diff --git a/codegen/data/fluent_gui_help.xml b/codegen/data/fluent_gui_help.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7a28dd180758 --- /dev/null +++ b/codegen/data/fluent_gui_help.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38716 @@ + + + +

Fluent Help System

+ Help System + +

Ansys Fluent Help System

+ documentation + Fluent + Fluent + fam_fluids + 100 + Fluids + +

Contains dialog-level and field-level help and user assistance for the Fluent user interface

+ + +
+

Ansys Fluent Watertight Geometry Workflow - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level + Help

+

The workflows available in the Workflow tab are divided into the + following categories:

+
+
    +
  • +

    + -- simplifies setting up and generating a volume + mesh based on a watertight geometry for use in Fluent solver mode.

    +
    • +
+
+ +

Watertight Geometry Workflow

+

You can begin the Watertight Geometry workflow in Ansys Fluent by selecting + Watertight Geometry from the Workflow + drop-down menu. When you select the workflow, several tasks are presented in the + Workflow tree.

+

You can also save your current workflow, load an existing workflow, and reset the + workflow if you have inadvertently added or removed one or more tasks.

+ +

Import Geometry

+

Specify the CAD geometry that you want to work with. Choose from either a CAD file or a surface or volume mesh. Choose the appropriate units in which the geometry or mesh was created. Choose any advanced options (such as faceting controls) that you want to take effect upon import. Browse, or specify the file name and location for the CAD geometry that you are going to import. It is recommended to select units so that the minimum size is between approximately 0.1 and 10. More... +

+ + +

File Format

+

Indicate whether the imported geometry is a CAD File or a Mesh (either a surface or volume mesh).

+ + +

File Units

+

Specify the units in which the surface or volume mesh was created in.

+ + +

Units

+

Select a suitable working unit for the meshing operation, with a min size of the order of 1. The model will be automatically scaled to meters when switching to the solver. It is recommended to select units so that the minimum size is between approximately 0.1 - 10. If the minimum size falls outside of this range, then you should change the units.

+ + +

File Name

+

Select a CAD file to import into your simulation. Supported file types are SpaceClaim (.scdoc) and Workbench (.agdb) files and also .pmdb files. Other supported formats include: *.CATpart, *.prt, *.x_t, *.sat, *.step, and *.iges files)

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Separate Zone By

+

Choose whether or not you are going to separate zones upon import based on a region, a specified separation angle, or neither. This is required to select faces for local sizing. If Named Selections have already been defined at these locations, then separation is not needed.

+ + +

Separation Angle

+

Specify the angle at which features will be extracted from the CAD model on import. Assigning a smaller separation angle will produce more zones.

+ + +

Use custom faceting

+

Enable this option to be able to set the Tolerance and the Max Facet Length custom faceting options for the imported geometry.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Specify the level of facet refinement during import. A value approximately 1/10 of the intended minimum size is recommended. Using a value of 0 results in the coarsest possible faceting.

+ + +

Max Facet Length

+

Enables you to specify a maximum facet size for the imported model to avoid very large facets during the file import. Depending on the CAD geometry, this may yield more accuracy.

+ + +

Does the CAD have Named Selections on Edges?

+

Specify whether or not the imported CAD geometry already includes specific edges with assigned names (named selections). These named edges can be available later in the workflow when you are adding local size controls.

+ + +

Import Body of Influence Geometry

+

Specify the geometry or mesh file(s) that represent the bodies of influence you wish to import into the workflow. Choose from either a CAD file or a surface or volume mesh. For CAD geometries, choose the appropriate units in which the geometry was created. Browse, or specify the file name(s) and location for the CAD geometry or mesh that you are going to import. It is recommended to select units so that the minimum size is between approximately 0.1 and 10. More... +

+ + +

File Name

+

Select CAD file(s) to import into your simulation as a body of influence. Supported file types are SpaceClaim (.scdoc) and Workbench (.agdb) files and also .pmdb files. Other supported formats include: *.CATpart, *.prt, *.x_t, *.sat, *.step, and *.iges files)

+ + +

File Name

+

Select surface or volume mesh file(s) to import into your simulation as a body of influence. Supported file types are: *.msh, *.msh.gz, and *.msh.h5 files).

+ + +

File Type

+

Specify whether you are importing CAD geometry file(s) or whether you are specifying surface or volume mesh file(s) to represent bodies of influence for your simulation.

+ + +

Units

+

Represents the units in which the imported CAD geometry or the mesh file was created in. If the CAD file type is chosen, the default Units will be set to the same as in the Import Geometry task. If the Mesh file type is chosen, assign the Units based on those used by the mesh file.

+ + +

Create Surface Mesh

+

Generate a mesh over the surface of the imported CAD geometry, or remesh an imported surface mesh, or use pre-existing size field or size control files. Surface meshes are used to define the computational region or volume for the CFD analysis. Specify and adjust various properties of the computational surface mesh and preview them in the graphics window until you are satisfied that the surface mesh completely and accurately captures the topology of the imported CAD geometry. No gaps or slivers should be present, and you should refine the surface mesh in key areas to ensure that you can capture important physical behavior in your CFD analysis. Choose any advanced options that you want to take effect upon updating the task. More... +

+ + +

Use Custom Size Field/Control Files?

+

Specify whether or not you want to use your own size field file and/or your own size control file when generating the surface mesh.

+ + +

Size Field File

+

Specify a size field file that contains the size function definitions based on specified parameters.

+ + +

Size Control File

+

Specify a size controls file (*.szcontrol) that contains the scoped sizing control definitions. The control name and type, and the scope of the control will be included in the size control file along with global size parameters.

+ + +

Preview Size Field

+

Enable this option to visualize the size field in the graphics window.

+ + +

Which boundaries do you want to remesh?

+

For an imported surface mesh, determine which surfaces you wish to remesh in this task. Choices depend upon if any local sizing has been added or not. More... +

+ + +

Preview Assigned Local Sizing

+

For an imported surface mesh, use this field to visualize those boundaries that already have assigned local sizing controls (and any selected boundaries if applicable).

+ + +

Minimum Size

+

Specify the minimum size of the elements for the surface mesh. A minimum size between approximately 0.1 - 10 is recommended.

+ + +

Maximum Size

+

Specify the maximum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the increase in element edge length with each succeeding layer of elements.

+ + +

Size Functions

+

Choose the type of size function that you want to apply to the surface mesh: based on curvature, proximity, or both.

+ + +

Curvature Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable angle (from 0 to 180 degrees) that one element edge is allowed to span given a particular geometry curvature. You can use this field to limit the number of elements that are generated along a curve or surface if the minimum size is too small for that particular curve. More... + +

+ + +

Cells Per Gap

+

Specify the minimum number of layers of elements to be generated in the gaps. The number of cells per gap can be a real value, with a minimum value of 0.01. +

+ + +

Separate Out Boundary Zones by Angle?

+

Choose whether or not to separate face zones. By default, this is set to No. If you choose to separate zones, specify a Separation Angle. You should separate zones when using Multizone meshing.

+ + +

Scope Proximity To

+

Set proximity based refinement. Edges considers edge-to-edge proximity, while Faces considers face-to-face proximity, and Faces and Edges considers both. More... +

+ + +

+ Draw Size Boxes

+

Enable this field to display the size boxes in the graphics window.

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to select your surface(s) to remesh (by label or by zone).

+ + +

Ignore Proximity Across objects?

+

Choose if you would like to ignore any small artificial gaps that may exist between two objects/bodies; especially applicable to assemblies that typically have duplicate faces and edges in between each body.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Check for Self-Interaction?

+

Choose whether or not to check for self-intersecting faces. Performance may be improved if this is disabled.

+ + +

Smooth Folded Faces/Repair Free Nodes Limit

+

Specify the value limiting when folded faces are smoothed or resolved. Folded faces are resolved while under this limit. Set this value to 0 if the number of free nodes (due to a zero-thickness wall such as a baffle for instance) falls below 10.

+ + +

Invoke Zone Separation?

+

Choose whether or not to separate zones. This is required to select faces for capping. If Named Selections have already been defined at these locations, then separation is not needed. Performance may be improved if this is disabled.

+ + +

Separation Angle

+

Specify a value for the separation angle for determining separation. Assigning a smaller separation angle will produce more zones.

+ + +

Auto Assign Zone Type?

+

Choose whether or not to automatically assign inlet, outlet, internal, and symmetry boundary types to zones.

+ + +

Invoke Quality Improve?

+

Choose whether or not to apply quality measures during surface mesh generation. You should disable this option when using Multizone meshing of very thin structures, relative to the minimum size.

+ + +

Quality Improve Skewness Limit

+

Specify a limiting value for skewness to improve the quality of the surface mesh. Quality improvement is attempted on those triangles where the skewness is above this limit.

+ + +

Quality Improve Max Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle between the normals of adjacent faces. This quality measure is useful in locating sharp corners in complicated geometries. The angle value ranges from 0 to 180 degrees. Four consecutive attempts are made to improve the quality, each using a larger adjacent angle, until this maximum value.

+ + +

Quality Improve Collapse Skewness Limit

+

Specify the limiting skewness value for cell collapse to improve the mesh. If any remaining triangles are above this limit, these triangles will be aggressively removed using a fixed maximum angle of 120 degrees.

+ + +

Remove Steps?

+

Indicate if there are any small imperfections (ledge or step artifacts from the original CAD geometry) that can be removed as part of this task. If you select yes, then you must specify a Max Step Width. +

+ + +

Max Step Width

+

Specify the width of the step that you wish to remove.

+ + +

Auto Remesh to Remove Clustering?

+

Choose whether or not to automatically remesh in order to remove excessive clustering of nodes. By default (auto), this is done if local sizing has been assigned or Share Topology is invoked, but skipped if not. Performance may be improved if this is disabled. In addition, you can choose to use the much faster refaceting technique as an alternative to automatic remeshing. When importing the mesh, remeshing is only performed if this option is set to yes and then all faces are remeshed; and the refaceting option is not available because the initial mesh cannot be refaceted.

+ + +

Describe Geometry

+

Specify the type of geometry you are importing: whether it is a solid model a fluid model, or both. The workflow changes based on your selection. Additionally, for fluid volume extraction, you need to indicate whether or not any openings need to be closed. More... +

+ + +

Geometry Type

+

Choose whether your geometry represents only a solid body, only a fluid body, or both a solid and fluid body.

+ + +

Will you cap openings and create fluid regions?

+

Choose whether or not you are going to perform any capping operations, thereby enclosing a fluid region.

+ + +

Change all fluid-fluid boundary types from "wall" to "internal"?

+

Choose whether or not to change interior fluid-fluid boundaries from type "wall" to "internal". Only internal boundaries bounded by two fluid regions are converted into internal zone types. Internal boundaries that are designated as "baffles" are retained as walls.

+ + +

Do you need to apply Share Topology?

+

For CAD assemblies with multiple parts, choose whether or not to identify and close any problematic gaps and whether to join and/or intersect problematic faces. This will add an Apply Share Topology task to your workflow.

+ + +

Non-Conformal Mesh Between Objects?

+

Determine whether or not you want to create non-conformal meshes between the objects in your geometry.

+ + +

Enable Multizone Meshing?

+

Determine whether or not you want to perform multi-zone meshing on your geometry. Saying Yes will add an Add Multizone Controls task and a Generate Multizone Mesh task to your workflow.

+ + +

Enclose Fluid Regions (Capping)

+

For solid model geometries where you want to extract a flow volume, use this task to enclose, or cap, any openings in your geometry in order to later calculate your fluid region(s). Assign a name for the capping surface, and designate the type of opening (inlet, outlet, etc.) and assign one or more zones or labels to the capping surface. Create as many caps as required to cover all openings. Choose any advanced options that you want to take effect upon updating the task. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the capping surface.

+ + +

Zone Type

+

Choose the type of zone to assign to the capping surface (velocity inlet, pressure outlet, etc.).

+ + +

Cap Type

+

Choose the type of capping surface: a regular, simple opening with one or more faces: or an annular opening where the fluid is within two concentric cylinders: +

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to select your surface (by label or by zone).

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more face zone labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Check Cap Self-Intersection?

+

Choose whether or not the system will detect if the capping surface intersects with any other face in the model. If an intersected face is found, it is automatically deleted. To increase the efficiency of the capping task, this option should be set to "no".

+ + +

Max Cap Edge Count Limit

+

Specify the upper limit for the number of edges that can be present on the capping surface.

+ + +

Compute Regions

+

Confirm that Fluent has correctly estimated the number of fluid regions. Fluent will detect additional regions if they exist, however, it will detect fluid regions only where they are connected to capping surfaces. Your geometry may include a solid region only, or it may contain a fluid region within a solid region. More... +

+ + +

Number of Flow Volumes

+

Confirm the number of flow volumes required for the analysis. The system will detect additional regions if they exist, however, it will detect fluid regions only where they are connected to capping surfaces.

+ + +

Add Boundary Type

+

Create additional boundaries for your simulation. Provide a name, and assign a boundary type to one or more selected zones in your geometry. More... +

+ + +

Label Name

+

Specify a name for the boundary type.

+ + +

Boundary Type

+

Choose a boundary type from the available options.

+ + +

Zones

+

Enter a text string to filter out the list of zones. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Merge the zones?

+

Determine whether or not to merge the selected zones (set to yes by default).

+ + +

Update Boundaries

+

Use the table to review a summary of all of your defined boundaries, and their assigned types, and make revisions as needed. Rename a boundary by double-clicking its name in the list and providing another name. Reassign the type for a specific boundary by clicking the type designation and using the drop-down menu that appears. More... +

+ + +

Selection Type

+

Choose how boundaries are displayed in the table.

+ + +

List All Boundaries

+

View more boundaries in the table, such as fluid-fluid internal boundaries, in addition to external boundaries.

+ + +

Update Regions

+

Use the table to review a summary of all of your defined regions, and their assigned types, and make revisions as needed. Rename a region by double-clicking its name in the list and providing another name. Reassign the type for a specific region by clicking the type designation and using the drop-down menu that appears. Dead regions are the same as a void or a pocket in the domain, and are not transferred to the Fluent solver. More... +

+ + +

Modify Mesh Refinement

+

Perform individual modifications to the surface mesh by creating mesh refinement objects and sequences. Assign a name, a remeshing sequence if desired, along with local sizing parameters. Create as many refinement controls as needed in order to modify the surface mesh to your needs. Choose any advanced options that you want to take effect upon updating the task. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Provide a name for this specific size control.

+ + +

Refinement Sequence

+

Specify whether to just add the current size control to the workflow, or to add the size control and perform a remeshing operation immediately thereafter.

+ + +

Local Size

+

Specify a value for the local sizing parameter to be applied to the indicated zone.

+ + +

Select By

+

Specify whether the size control is to be applied to an indicated zone or a label.

+ + +

Face Zones

+

Choose from the list of zones, or enter a text string to filter out the list of face zones. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Face Zones Labels

+

Choose from the list of zone labels, or enter a text string to filter out the list of face zone labels. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Draw Size Boxes

+

Enable this field to display the size boxes in the graphics window.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Re-mesh Feature Min Angle

+

Specify the minimum angle for which features will be preserved upon remeshing.

+ + +

Re-mesh Feature Max Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle for which features will be preserved upon remeshing.

+ + +

Re-mesh Corner Angle

+

Specify the corner angle for remeshing.

+ + +

Add Local Sizing

+

Apply local sizing controls. Use this task to gain better control over the mesh size distribution, and define specific mesh size controls that operate on specific, localized, portions of the geometry and mesh. Using this task, you can add as many localized size controls to the workflow as you need, depending on the requirements and details of your geometry. More... +

+ + +

Would you like to add local sizing?

+

Choose whether or not you want to add local size controls in order to create the surface mesh.

+ + +

Name

+

Provide a name for this specific size control.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the increase in element edge length with each succeeding layer of elements.

+ + +

Size Control Type

+

Choose whether the size control is to be applied to a local edge size, a local face size, a local body size, a body of influence, a face of influence, curvature, or proximity.

+ + +

Target Mesh Size

+

Specify a value for the desired size of the local sizing (or body/face of influence) to be applied to the indicated label(s) or zone(s).

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to select your surface (by label or by zone).

+ + +

Face Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Face Zones Labels

+

Choose one or more face zone labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Scope To

+

Set curvature or proximity based refinement. The edges option considers edge-to-edge proximity, while faces considers face-to-face proximity, and faces and edges considers both. The edge labels option considers edge sizing based on edge labels. Note that when you use the edges or the faces and edges options, you can only select face zones or face labels. Also, saving a size control file after using either of these two options will not be persistent.

+ + +

Minimum Size

+

Specify the minimum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Size

+

Specify the maximum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Curvature Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable angle (from 0 to 180 degrees) that one element edge is allowed to span given a particular geometry curvature. You can use this field to limit the number of elements that are generated along a curve or surface if the minimum size is too small for that particular curve.

+ + +

Cells Per Gap

+

Specify the minimum number of layers of elements to be generated in the gaps. The number of cells per gap can be a real value, with a minimum value of 0.01. +

+ + +

Repair Body of Influence

+

Enable this option to repair any openings that may still exist in the body of influence-based local sizing control.

+ + +

Refine Thin Regions (Ignore Orientation)?

+

Specify whether or not you need to apply additional refinement in and around thin areas (such as between plates), without over-refinement. This ignores face proximity within voids and will not allow you to refine in thin voids, but will allow refinement in gaps. This should be used in predominantly fluid regions with no thin solid regions. +

+ + +

Draw Size Boxes

+

Enable this field to display the size boxes in the graphics window.

+ + +

Improve Surface Mesh

+

Perform immediate improvements to the quality of the existing surface mesh by adjusting various parameters such as the face quality limit, as well as maximum angle and face skewness. More... +

+ + +

Face Quality Limit

+

Use the specified value to improve the surface mesh. Note that this control can aggressively change your surface mesh when applied.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Quality Improve Max Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle between the normals of adjacent faces during mesh improvement. This quality measure is useful in locating sharp corners in complicated geometries. The angle value ranges from 0-180 degrees.

+ + +

Quality Improve iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations that will be performed to improve the mesh.

+ + +

Quality Improve Collapse Skewness Limit

+

Specify the limiting skewness value for cell collapse to improve the mesh. The default value changes automatically when you change the Face Quality Limit.

+ + +

Remove Steps?

+

Indicate if there are any small imperfections (ledge or step artifacts from the original CAD geometry) that can be removed as part of this task. If you select yes, then you must specify a Max Step Width and the Step Skewness Quality Limit. +

+ + +

Max Step Width

+

Specify the width of the step that you wish to remove.

+ + +

Step Skewness Quality Limit

+

Specify the limiting skewness quality for the step(s) to be removed.

+ + +

Add Multizone Controls

+

Use this task to add multi-zone mesh controls for the selected regions. More... +

+ + +

Multizone Controls and Sizing for

+

Determine how you want to define the multi-zone control. Currently only region-based controls are supported.

+ + +

Mesh Method

+

Choose a multi-zone meshing technique: Standard or the Thin volume technique (for only a single layer)

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the multi-zone mesh control, or use the default.

+ + +

Fill With

+

Choose a multi-zone meshing fill type: Hex-Pave, Hex-Map, Prism, or Mixed.

+ + +

Use Fixed Sweep Size?

+

Determine whether or not a variable (no) or a fixed (yes) sweep size is to be applied to the multi-zone mesh control.

+ + +

Max Sweep Size

+

Indicates the maximum value for the sweep size.

+ + +

Regions

+

Select the named region(s) from the list to which you would like to create the multi-zone control. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Source-Target Selection

+

Choose one or more face zones or labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Select Parallel Zones

+

When your desired zones are aligned with the global x,y, or z plane, enable this checkbox to automatically select all parallel zones in the selected region(s).

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more face zone labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Assign Size Using

+

For edge-based multizone controls, you can choose from Interval or by Size.

+ + +

Number of Intervals

+

Specify the number of intervals for the edge-based multizone control.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the minimum size for the edge-based multizone control.

+ + +

Growth Pattern

+

Select from a choice of patterns that you want to apply to your edge-based multizone control.

+ + +

Assign Growth Using

+

add help text

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

add help text

+ + +

Last-First Ratio

+

add help text

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more edge labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Generate Multizone Mesh

+

Use this task to create a multi-zone mesh for the designated region(s). More... +

+ + +

Quality Improve Limit

+

This value sets the threshold for when mesh quality improvements are automatically invoked that employ the orthogonal quality limit, and is recommended to be around 0.04.

+ + +

Regions

+

Select the named region(s) from the list to which you would like to generate the multi-zone mesh. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Create Volume Mesh

+

Generate a computational mesh for the entire volume within your geometry. As needed, specify and adjust various global properties of the boundary layer and the volume itself to ensure a comprehensive mesh for the entire flow volume. In many cases, the default values will be sufficient. More... +

+ + +

Offset Method Type

+

Choose the type of offset to determine how the mesh cells closest to the boundary are generated. More... +

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Select the number of boundary layers to be generated.

+ + +

First Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the aspect ratio of the first layer of prism cells that are extruded from the base boundary zone.

+ + +

Transition Ratio

+

Specify the rate at which adjacent elements grow, for the smooth transition offset method.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth for the boundary layer.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify the height of the first layer of cells in the boundary layer.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Auto Ignore Inflation at Acute Angles?

+

Specify whether to automatically ignore boundary layers where there is an acute angle.

+ + +

Show Global Boundary Layer Settings

+

Display global settings for your boundary layers. Note that these settings are not applied for Multizone boundary layers

+ + +

Gap Factor

+

Specify the relative gap-size (based on local mesh size) between two boundary layer caps. If this limit is exceeded, the boundary layer will automatically be compressed.

+ + +

Max Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the maximum aspect ratio for the boundary layer when proximity compression is applied.

+ + +

Min Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the minimum aspect ratio for the boundary layer. If this limit is exceeded, the boundary layer will automatically be compressed.

+ + +

Keep First Boundary Layer Height

+

Specify whether to retain the initial boundary layer height.

+ + +

Adjacent Attach Angle

+

Specify the angle for which the boundary layer would imprint on an adjacent boundary.

+ + +

Fill With

+

Specify the type of cell to be used in the volumetric mesh: polyhedron (default), tetrahedron, hexahedron, or polyhedron-hexahedron.

+ + +

Mesh Solid Regions

+

Choose whether to mesh the solid regions in addition to the fluid regions.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth for a tetrahedron or polyhedron mesh.

+ + +

Max Cell Length

+

The maximum cell length for either the tetrahedron, polyhedron, or poly-hexcore volume fill types.

+ + +

Min Cell Length

+

The minimum cell length for the hexcore or poly-hexcore volume fill types.

+ + +

Max Cell Length

+

The maximum cell length for the hexahedron volume fill type.

+ + +

Merge Back the Separated Boundary Zones?

+

After separating zones during surface meshing, here, choose to re-merge the zones prior to creating the volume mesh.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Avoid 1/8 Transition?

+

Specify whether or not you want to avoid any potential 1:8 cell transition in the hexcore region of the volume mesh, replacing any abrupt change in the cell size with pyramid and tet cells.

+ + +

Quality Improve Limit

+

Specify the threshold for when mesh quality improvements are automatically invoked that employ the orthogonal quality limit.

+ + +

Check Self Proximity

+

Choose whether or not you would like to check for proximity issues (such as overlapping surfaces, very small gaps between surfaces, very sharp angles, etc.). Problematic areas will be highlighted in the graphics window if this option is set to yes.

+ + +

Write Prism Control File

+

Indicate whether or not you want to save a .pzmcontrol file to your working folder that will contain the boundary (prism) layer specifications.

+ + +

Polyhedral Mesh Feature Angle

+

Specify the angle to preserve features when using a polyhedral-based mesh.

+ + +

Buffer Layers

+

Specify the number of additional layers required to cover the rapid transition between finer cells in the boundary mesh and the coarser cells in the initial Cartesian mesh. +

+ + +

Peel Layers

+

Specify the number of layers that control the gap between the hexahedra core and the geometry. This distance is assumed to be the height of an ideal tetrahedral cell on the boundary face. +

+ + +

Enable Parallel Meshing

+

Allows you to employ parallel settings for quicker and more efficient volume meshing. Disable this option if you are interested in only generating the volume mesh in serial mode.

+ + +

Invoke Persistent Renaming

+

Indicate whether or not you want to persistently rename volume mesh components. This will make zone names equivalent to region names, and will make cell and face zone names unique. Using this field is highly recommended for any parametric study. Persistent renaming only works if all body names are unique.

+ + +

Merge Body Label Bodies

+

Determine whether or not you would like to merge bodies that contain multiple body labels when generating the volume mesh (the default is yes)

+ + +

Use Size Field?

+

Specify whether or not to use size fields as part of generating the volume mesh. By default, this is set to yes when a BOI or body sizing has been defined in the Add Local Sizing task, however, for large cases, it can be turned off for the hexcore and poly-hexcore volume fill methods.

+ + +

Avoid 1/8 Octree Transition?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to avoid any potential 1:8 cell transition in the hexcore region of the volume mesh, replacing any abrupt change in the cell size with polyhedral cells to improve solver performance in such transitional areas.

+ + +

Fill Polyhedra in Solids?

+

Indicate whether or not to fill only polyhedra cells in all solid regions during volume meshing using the poly-hexcore volume fill method. The default value is no. Setting this to yes may improve meshing efficiency.

+ + +

Sizing Method

+

Choose how the cell sizing controls (such as growth rate and the maximum cell length) will be evaluated: either globally or on a region-by-region basis.

+ + +

Solid Growth Rate

+

Controls the growth rate of all solid regions in the volume mesh. Only available for poly-hexcore volume meshes and when the Fill Polyhedra in Solids? option is set to yes. By default, the growth rate is set to a value of 1.5.

+ + +

Improve Volume Mesh

+

Perform immediate improvements to the quality of the existing volume mesh by adjusting various parameters such as the cell quality limit, as well as minimum angle and the ability to ignore problematic features. More... +

+ + +

Cell Quality Limit

+

Use the specified value to improve the volume mesh. Note that this control can aggressively change your volume mesh when applied.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Quality Improve Min Angle

+

Specify the minimum angle between the normals of adjacent faces during mesh improvement. This quality measure is useful in locating sharp corners in complicated geometries. The angle value ranges from 0 to 180 degrees.

+ + +

Quality Improve iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations that will be performed to improve the mesh.

+ + +

Allow Smoothing of Features for Remaining Bad Cells?

+

Choose whether or not to ignore geometric features that are related to any remaining problematic cells in the volume mesh.

+ + +

Volume Mesh Transformation

+

Use this task to create and apply either a translational or a rotational transformation to the volume mesh (or to one or more copies of the volume mesh). + + More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the transformation or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Indicate the type of transformation: translational or rotational

+ + +

Method

+

By default, the Manual method is utilized, however, when periodics are detected, then Automatic - use existing periodics is the default.

+ + +

Cell Zone List

+

Select one or more objects from the list to which you will apply the transformation. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Angle

+

Specify a value for the angle of rotation for this transformation.

+ + +

Create a Copy and Translate?

+

Indicate whether or not to make a copy of the volume mesh and apply the transformation to the copy.

+ + +

Number of Copies

+

Specify the number of copies that you want to make for this transformation.

+ + +

Merge the cell and face zones?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to merge cell and face zones prior to transforming the volume mesh, in order to avoid duplication.

+ + +

Rename cell and face zones?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to rename cell and face zones prior to transforming the volume mesh.

+ + +

Translational Shift

+

Specify the coordinates of the translational shift.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-coordinate of the translational shift.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-coordinate of the translational shift.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-coordinate of the translational shift.

+ + +

Rotation Axis Origin

+

Specify the coordinates of the rotational origin.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-coordinate of the rotational origin.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-coordinate of the rotational origin.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-coordinate of the rotational origin.

+ + +

Rotation Axis Direction

+

Specify the coordinates of the rotational vector.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-coordinate of the rotational vector.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-coordinate of the rotational vector.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-coordinate of the rotational vector.

+ + +

Run Custom Journal

+

Customize your workflow using journaling commands. Use a text editor to copy portions of any of your own journal files, and paste them into this task to perform additional meshing refinements. More... +

+ + +

Run Custom Journal

+

Enter one or more journal commands.

+ + +

Set Up Periodic Boundaries

+

Define boundaries suited for rotational periodicity. The task will remesh a single periodic face to exactly match its reference side, as well as create the corresponding periodic and shadow boundary types for use in the Fluent solver. More... +

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of periodicity: rotational or translational.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose the method for how you are going to define the periodic boundary. Automatic requires you to select two zones or labels. Manual requires only one zone or label.

+ + +

Periodicity Angle

+

Specify the angle at which periodicity occurs.

+ + +

Origin Components

+

The X, Y, and Z components of the origin point for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

X

+

The X component of the origin point for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

Y

+

The Y component of the origin point for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

Z

+

The Z component of the origin point for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

Vector Components

+

The X, Y, and Z components of the vector for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

X

+

The X component of the vector for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

Y

+

The Y component of the vector for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

Z

+

The Z component of the vector for the periodic boundary.

+ + +

Select By

+

Specify whether the periodic boundary is to be applied to an indicated zone or a label.

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose from the list of zones, or enter a text string to filter out the list of face zones. Provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose from the list of zone labels, or enter a text string to filter out the list of face zone labels. Provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). More... +

+ + +

Remesh Asymmetric Mesh Boundaries

+

Enable this option to remesh boundaries when there is an asymmetric mesh on the periodic faces.

+ + +

List All Labels

+

View more labels in the table, such as those for fluid-fluid internal boundaries, in addition to external boundaries.

+ + +

Apply Share Topology

+

For imported CAD assemblies with multiple parts, use this task to identify and close any problematic gaps and choose whether to join and/or intersect the problematic faces. More... +

+ + +

Max Gap Distance for Join-Intersect

+

Specify the maximum distance under which gaps will be removed. Use the Show Marked Gaps button to display such gaps.

+ + +

Max Gap Distance for Connect

+

Specify the maximum distance under which gaps will be removed (the default value of 0 is recommended). Use the Show Marked Gaps button to display such gaps.

+ + +

Share Topology Method

+

Choose whether to apply share topology using the Join-Intersect method where you join and/or intersect the problematic faces, or using the Interface Connect method where you connect edges of overlapping face pairs.

+ + +

Interface Labels Selection Method

+

Choose whether to have the interface labels selected manually (Manual), automatically (Automatic), or when force share connect topology is utilized in the geometry (Automatic - Using Connect Topology).

+ + +

Connect Label (Wildcard)

+

Enter a text string to filter out the list of labels. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Interface Labels

+

Enter a text string to filter out the list of labels. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Periodic Labels

+

Enter a text string to filter out the list of labels. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Will You Set Up Periodic Boundaries?

+

Choose whether or not you need to set up periodic boundaries. If you select yes, then choose your periodic boundaries from the list of available boundaries.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Join Pair Normal Angle

+

Specify the threshold angle for joining face pairs.

+ + +

Initial Relative Tolerance

+

Specify the relative tolerance for joining or intersecting face pairs, or the relative tolerance for connecting edge and face pairs.

+ + +

Number of Join Attempts

+

Specify the number of attempts that will be made to join face pairs under the given criteria.

+ + +

Join Tolerance Increment

+

Specify the increment by which the tolerance changes for each attempt to join face pairs.

+ + +

Join and Intersect Method

+

Choose whether the system will only join faces, only intersect faces, or do both.

+ + +

Rename internals based on body names?

+

Choose whether or not to apply body names from the imported geometry and use them in naming internal boundaries. For instance, the internal face between two regions solid and body would be renamed to solid-body.

+ + +

Add Linear Mesh Pattern

+

Create linear patterns of objects based on one or more CAD parts, greatly simplifying meshing for CAD geometries that require multiple, linearly spaced parts such as in modeling batteries. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the mesh pattern or use the default value.

+ + +

Select Part(s)

+

Select one or more parts from the list below that you want to use for creating the mesh pattern. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Estimate Both Axis and Pitch?

+

Indicate whether or not you want Fluent to approximate both the axes orientation and the pitch value, or whether you want to estimate the Pitch Only (default). This estimation only takes place once, either when the object is selected, or when the option is changed.

+ + +

Axis Direction

+

Specify a name for the mesh pattern or use the default value.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the X component of the axis orientation/direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the Y component of the axis orientation/direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the Z component of the axis orientation/direction.

+ + +

Pitch

+

Specify a value for the pitch, or displacement factor, or use the default value.

+ + +

Total Number of Units

+

Indicate the overall number of units that the pattern will use.

+ + +

Invoke Custom Numbering or Pattern?

+

Specify whether or not you are interested in creating a pattern based on custom numbering/labeling and setting dual unit labeling options (often useful in battery modeling). More... +

+ + +

First Unit First Number

+

Specify the numerical value that will be appended to the name of the first unit associated with the meshing pattern object. This value also dictates the labeling for mesh objects associated with this mesh pattern. More... +

+ + +

First Unit Second Number

+

Specify the numerical value that will be appended to the name of the first unit associated with the meshing pattern object. This value also dictates the labeling for mesh objects associated with this mesh pattern. More... +

+ + +

Highlight Unit Alignment?

+

Graphically highlights the mesh pattern units so that you can visualize them and make sure they are properly aligned. Misaligned units can cause a failure in the share topology of the battery cells.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to this task.

+ + +

Rename Regions and Face Zones?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to reassign region and face zone names based on the pattern and part name.

+ + +

Use Custom Pattern?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to create a customized pattern based on your own specifications. Enter the pattern specification in the field below. More... +

+ + +

Add Boundary Layer

+

Determine whether or not boundary layers will be added to various portions of the model. Once a boundary layer is defined, global boundary layer settings are determined in the Create Volume Mesh task.

+ + +

Would you like to add boundary layers?

+

Determine whether (yes) or not (no) you want to specify one or more boundary layers for your simulation. If none are yet defined, you can choose yes, using prism control file and read in a prism control file that holds the boundary layer definition.

+ + +

Read Prism Control File

+

Specify (or browse for) a .pzmcontrol file that contains the boundary (prism) layer specifications.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the boundary layer control or use the default value.

+ + +

Offset Method Type

+

Choose the type of offset to determine how the mesh cells closest to the boundary are generated. More... +

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Select the number of boundary layers to be generated.

+ + +

Transition Ratio

+

Specify the rate at which adjacent elements grow, for the smooth transition offset method.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth for the boundary layer.

+ + +

First Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the aspect ratio of the first layer of prism cells that are extruded from the base boundary zone.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify the height of the first layer of cells in the boundary layer.

+ + +

Add in

+

Specify what regions you would like to add the boundary layers: solid regions, fluid regions, or specifically named regions.

+ + +

Regions

+

Select the named region(s) from the list to which you would like to add a boundary layer. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Grow on

+

Specify where you would like to develop the boundary layers: either along only walls, all zones, along solid-fluid interfaces, or specifically selected zones or labels.

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to this task.

+ + +

Ignore Boundary Layers at Acute Angles?

+

Specify whether to automatically ignore boundary layers where there is an acute angle. Note that if there are sharp angles adjacent to other regions with boundary layers, some boundary layer removal may occur in those adjacent regions.

+ + +

Modify Surface Mesh at Invalid Normals?

+

Specify whether to automatically change the surface mesh where invalid normal faces are detected. To grow the boundary layer mesh in the proper direction (away from the boundary), normal vectors (valid) are required at the boundary face nodes of the surface mesh. More... + +

+ + +

Create Refinement Region

+

Define a more refined region, or body of influence (BOI) when simulating flow within or around your geometry. You can manually create a body of influence using a bounding box or by using an offset surface. This body surrounds the relevant aspects of your geometry, such as the wake region behind a vehicle. More... + +

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how you want to create the refinement region: either by creating a bounding box or using an offset surface. You should select a closed body for the offset surface.

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the body of influence.

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Box Parameters

+

View the extents of the bounding box.

+ + +

Coordinate Specification Method

+

Determine if you would like to specify the bounding box for the refinement region as a ratio of the geometry length, or by specifying a specific location for the minimum and maximum coordinates.

+ + +

X Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

X Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

Offset Parameters

+

These fields contain parameters that define the characteristics of the refinements region (direction, thickness, levels, etc.)

+ + +

Flow Direction

+

Specify the direction that the flow through this refinement region.

+ + +

Defeaturing Size

+

Specify a value that is used to obtain a rough shape of the selected object(s). The larger the value, the more approximate the shape.

+ + +

Boundary Layer Height

+

Specify the total height of the boundary layer for this refinement region (this is flow in the vicinity). +

+ + +

Wake Growth Factor

+

Specify the factor by which the refinement region expands in the wake of the flow direction. +

+ + +

Wake Levels

+

Specify the number of refinement layers that will appear in the wake. +

+ + +

Boundary Layer Levels

+

Specify the number of boundary layers that are to be captured in the refinement region. +

+ + +

Cross Wake Growth Factor

+

Specify the factor by which the refinement region expands in the rest of the directions. +

+ + +

Flip

+

Reverses the orientation of the refinement region.

+ + +

Mesh Size

+

Specify the cell size for the refinement region mesh.

+ + +

Manage Zones

+

Use this task to perform common operations on cell zones or face zones, Prior to generating the volume mesh, you can perform operations such as separating zones, splitting cylindrical regions, or extracting edges. After generating your volume mesh, you can perform operations such as renaming, changing prefixes, and merging zones. Especially useful for complex models with numerous zones. More... +

+ + +

Type

+

Indicate whether you are going to operate on Cell Zones or Face Zones. If your imported CAD geometry contains bodies with multiple body labels, you can also choose Body Labels.

+ + +

Type Filter

+

Choose the type of zone. For cell zones, choose from Fluid, Solid, or All. For face zones, choose from Internal, Fluid-Fluid, Solid-Fluid, Fluid-Solid, External-Solid, External-Fluid, or External.

+ + +

Area/Volume Filter

+

Indicate how you would like to filter the list of zones: All, Less than, More than, or Equal to the indicated value for the Volume (cell zone) or Area (face zone).

+ + +

Area/Volume

+

The value of the volume (cell) or area (face) for the zone you would like to filter by.

+ + +

Equal Within a Range of

+

Specify a percentage range to maintain equivalency for the cell zone volume value or the face zone area value.

+ + +

Cell Zones

+

Choose from the list of cell zones, or enter a text string to filter out the list of cell zones. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Face Zones

+

Choose from the list of face zones, or enter a text string to filter out the list of face zones. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Operation

+

Indicate the operation you wish to perform on the zones. When the task is located prior volume meshing: Separate Zones, Split Cylinders, or Extract Edges. When the task is located after volume meshing: Change prefix, Rename, or Merge. If your imported CAD geometry contains bodies with multiple body labels, you can also choose Merge cells within each body label +

+ + +

From

+

The text string to be applied to this zone operation.

+ + +

From

+

The text string to be applied to this zone operation.

+ + +

Merge Adjacent Faces?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to merge faces as part of the zone operation.

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by label or zone name).

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose from the list of labels, or enter a text string to filter out the list of labels. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Control Name

+

Specify a name for the managed zone control or use the default value.

+ + +

Separation Angle

+

Specify a value for the separation angle for determining separation. Assigning a smaller separation angle will produce more zones.

+ + +

Volume Mesh Extrusion

+

Use this task to extend all or parts of your volume mesh beyond the original domain. + + More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the extrusion or use the default value.

+ + +

External Boundary Zone

+

Select one or more boundaries. All selected boundaries must share the same plane. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Method

+

Choose whether you want the extrusion to be based on a specified Total Height value, or one based on a specified First Height value. The relationship between the two is illustrated by: +

+ + +

Total Height

+

Specify a value for the total height of the extrusion or use the default value.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify a value for the height of the first layer of the extrusion or use the default value.

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Specify the number of extrusion layers.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify how the extrusion layers will grow. For example, a value of 1.2 indicates that each successive layer will grow by 20 percent of the previous layer. + More... +

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Growth Pattern

+

Select from a choice of patterns that you want to apply to your volume mesh extrusion.

+ + +

Do you want to merge with the adjacent regions?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to merge the extruded layers with any adjacent regions. +

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Fault-tolerant Meshing Workflow - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level + Help

+

The workflows available in the Workflow tab are divided into the + following categories:

+
+
    +
  • +

    + -- simplifies setting up and generating a volume + mesh based on a watertight geometry for use in Fluent solver mode.

    +
    • +
+
+ +

Fault-tolerant Meshing Workflow

+

You can begin the Fault-tolerant Meshing workflow in Ansys Fluent by selecting + Fault-tolerant Meshing from the Workflow + drop-down menu. When you select the workflow, several tasks are presented in the + Workflow tree.

+

You can also save your current workflow, load an existing workflow, and reset the + workflow if you have inadvertently added or removed one or more tasks.

+ +

Import CAD and Part Management

+

Import a CAD geometry (.fmd or .stl), then determine how you want to create your meshing objects: by Part (simple, a mesh object will be created for each of the CAD part), or by Custom where you customize the import process (for complicated, multiple part assemblies, etc.). For a customized approach, you can pick and choose the portions of the CAD model that you want to add to your simulation, and adjust any meshing-related settings for individual objects, before converting them into meshing objects. You can further simplify your CAD model and combine parts and assemblies into a single object. To capture features more effectively, you can increase or decrease the faceting resolution, thereby controlling the surface mesh granularity and therefore influencing the simulation time. More... +

+ + +

CAD File

+

Select a CAD file to import into your simulation. Standard Ansys file types, among others, are supported, including .scdoc, .agdb, .fmd, .fmdb, .fmd, .pmdb, .tgf, and .msh. To quickly import multiple CAD files, you can use basic wildcard expression patterns such as the * or ? wildcards. More... +

+ + +

Display Unit

+

Select a suitable unit for display in the graphics window.

+ + +

Import Route

+

Provides the recommended route in order to import and load the specified CAD file into this task. The default settings are recommended in most cases. More... +

+ + +

Import Route (Append)

+

Provides the recommended route in order to import and append the specified CAD file into this task. The default settings are recommended in most cases. More... +

+ + +

File Unit

+

Specify the units of length used by this .stl file before loading the CAD file.

+ + +

File Unit (Append Mode)

+

Specify the units of length used by this .stl file before appending the CAD file.

+ + +

Jt LOD

+

Specify the level of detail that you want to include for this .jt file before loading the CAD file.

+ + +

Jt LOD

+

Specify the level of detail that you want to include for this .jt file before appending the CAD file.

+ + +

Part per body

+

Enable this option to make all bodies available as individual parts in the CAD Model tree once the CAD file is loaded into the task.

+ + +

Extract Edges

+

Choose how edges will be extracted from the CAD geometry. Setting this option to auto will extract edges from the CAD geometry when the number of meshing objects is less than 10,000. If this limit is exceeded, then no edges are extracted. When this option is set to yes, then edges are extracted regardless of the number of meshing objects. No edges are extracted when this option is set to no. +

+ + +

Create One Zone Per

+

Choose whether to create meshing objects by part, or by selectively customizing the portions of the imported CAD geometry to mesh. If you select by part, then meshing objects are automatically created for you once you import the geometry. Refaceting options are available as well for all meshing objects.

+ + +

Feature Extraction Angle [deg]

+

Specify the angle at which features will be extracted from the CAD model on import. The smaller the angle, the more features will be captured, thereby taking more time for processing. An angle of 40 degrees is a typical value. +

+ + +

Refacet

+

Select this option when you want to change faceting of the selected object. Refaceting will refacet the original CAD geometry. Only the faceted CAD geometry is used during the meshing process. The refaceting settings control how far the facet edges are from the model and the size of the facets. More... + +

+ + +

Append File

+

Enable this option and browse/select another CAD file to append to your original geometry. Specify additional CAD files in the Append File field, and use the Append button to load additional CAD files into the tree, after the original CAD objects. To quickly append multiple CAD files, you can use basic wildcard expression patterns such as the * or ? wildcards.

+ + +

Append

+

Enable this field and browse and select additional CAD files. Use the Append button to add the additional CAD components to the bottom of the CAD Model tree upon loading.

+ + +

Deviation

+

Specify the distance between facet edges and the geometry edges. Decreasing this value will result in more facets along curved edges.

+ + +

Normal Angle [deg]

+

Specify the angle that determines the distance between facet edges and the geometry edges. Decreasing this value will result in more facets along curved edges.

+ + +

Max Size

+

Specify a maximum element size for the imported model to avoid very large facets during the file import.

+ + +

Create one zone per

+

Specify whether to create your meshing zones based on an object, part, body or face. For instance, choosing the face option would create a separate zone for every topological face. +

+ + +

Prefix object name to zone name

+

Append the name of the object to the beginning of the name of the zone.

+ + +

Coordinate System

+

Specify whether to apply the transformation to the Local or Global coordinate system. The local coordinate system is one that is associated with the individual CAD geometry as it is being created, where one chooses to re-orient that CAD sketch and create the model. Its orientation can vary based on its placement in an assembly of the entire model (for example, tires for a car). The global coordinate system has a fixed orientation, whereas the local coordinate system will have a different orientation. If, however, the CAD part was created without changing the coordinate systems, then there will be no difference between the local and global coordinate systems.

+ + +

Type

+

Specify whether to apply a translational or a rotational transformation.

+ + +

Rotate (X)

+

Specify the angle of rotation (in degrees) around the X axis that you want to apply to the transformation.

+ + +

Rotate (Y)

+

Specify the angle of rotation (in degrees) around the Y axis that you want to apply to the transformation.

+ + +

Rotate (Z)

+

Specify the angle of rotation (in degrees) around the Z axis that you want to apply to the transformation.

+ + +

Translate (X)

+

Specify the distance (using display units) along the X axis to apply the translation.

+ + +

Translate (Y)

+

Specify the distance (using display units) along the Y axis to apply the translation.

+ + +

Translate (Z)

+

Specify the distance (using display units) along the Z axis to apply the translation.

+ + +

Describe Geometry And Flow

+

Specify the type of geometry you have and the type of flow you are trying to simulate. You can determine whether the flow is an external flow around an object, or whether it is an internal flow inside an object. For external flows, you can choose to add an enclosure. For internal flows, you can choose to cover large openings to extract the flow region, or rely on automatically detecting and closing any leaks to the outer domain. In either case, you are also able to add refinement regions in and around your geometry. More... +

+ + +

Flow Type

+

Specify the type of flow you want to simulate: external flow, internal flow, or both. The appropriate Standard Options (for example adding an enclosure, adding caps, etc.) will be selected for you, depending on your choice.

+ + +

Would you like to add enclosure?

+

Specify whether you are going to need to add an external flow boundary around your imported geometry. If so, this will add a Create External Flow Boundaries task to the workflow.

+ + +

Do you want to add local refinement regions around or within your geometry?

+

Specify whether or not you will need to add local refinement in and around the imported geometry. If so, this will add a Create Local Refinement Regions task to the workflow.

+ + +

Would you like to close large caps?

+

Specify whether or not you will need to cover, or cap, and large holes in order to create an internal fluid flow region. If so, this will add an Enclose Fluid Regions (Capping) task to the workflow.

+ + +

Standard Options

+

Display standard geometry-based options that you may want to apply to the workflow.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the workflow.

+ + +

Identify regions?

+

Specify whether or not you need to specifically identify and analyze particular regions. If so, then an Identify Regions task is added to the workflow.

+ + +

Close leakages?

+

Specify whether or not your geometry contains any problems (such as gaps or overlapping/intersecting surfaces) that may create leakages that need to be closed. If so, then a Define Leakage Threshold task is added to the workflow.

+ + +

Does your geometry require feature extraction?

+

Specify whether or not you will need to extract additional edge features from your imported geometry. These edge features will be captured. If so, then an Extract Edge Features task will be added to the workflow. +

+ + +

Does you need to add thickness to any walls?

+

Specify whether or not you will need to account for any portions of your geometry with zero-thickness, and apply thickness to them for a more refined surface mesh. If so, then an Add Thickness task will be added to the workflow. +

+ + +

Does your geometry have moving objects to simulate?

+

Specify whether or not you will need to create or identify any specialized construction surfaces within your geometry or flow that need to be identified (such as capping surfaces or cylindrical surfaces to be used for moving reference frames, etc.). If so, then an Identify Construction Surfaces task will be added to the workflow. More... + +

+ + +

Does your geometry have porous regions to simulate?

+

Specify whether or not you will have any porous regions in your geometry. If so, then a Create Porous Regions task will be added to the workflow. A simple primitive rectangle will be placed over complex and detailed geometry of a porous region (for example, fins and tubes of a heat exchanger). With buffer layer: +

+ + +

Do you want to enable overset options?

+

Specify whether or not you will need to create any overlapping or overset meshes. Such types of meshes can provide better mesh resolution in and around complicated, intersected portions of your geometry.

+ + +

Create External Boundaries

+

Create an enclosure, or a bounding box, around the geometry, or use a pre-existing object from the CAD model to represent the enclosure. This enclosure will represent the external flow region, whose bounds can be specified as a ratio of geometry size, or as specific minimum and maximum coordinates. More... + +

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the external flow boundary or use the default value.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose how you want to create the external flow boundary: either by creating a new boundary using a bounding box, or use an existing portion of the geometry.

+ + +

Extraction Method

+

Choose whether you would like to extract the external flow region either as a surface mesh object (a direct surface remesh of the object) a wrap, or an existing mesh (for overset components). The object setting is applied later when generating the surface mesh.

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose a single object from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose a single zone from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose a single label from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Box Parameters

+

View the extents of the bounding box.

+ + +

Coordinate Specification Method

+

Determine if you would like to specify the bounding box as a ratio of the geometry length, or by specifying a specific location for the minimum and maximum coordinates.

+ + +

X Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction. +

+ + +

Y Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction. +

+ + +

Z Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction. +

+ + +

X Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction. +

+ + +

Y Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction. +

+ + +

Z Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction. +

+ + +

Enclose Fluid Regions (Capping)

+

For solid model geometries where you want to extract a flow volume, use this task to enclose, or cap, any openings in your geometry in order to later calculate your fluid region(s). Assign a name for the capping surface, and assign one or more zones or labels to the capping surface. Create as many caps as required to cover all openings. Choose any advanced options that you want to take effect upon updating the task. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the capping surface.

+ + +

Zone Type

+

Choose the type of zone to assign to the capping surface (velocity inlet, pressure outlet, etc.).

+ + +

Cap Type

+

Choose the type of capping surface: a regular, simple opening with one or more faces: or an annular opening where the fluid is within two concentric cylinders: +

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to select your surface (by label or by zone).

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. If there are no zones available, return to the Import CAD and Part Management task and make sure that the Separate zone per face field is selected for the object. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more face zone labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Check Cap Self-Intersection?

+

Choose whether or not the system will detect if the capping surface intersects with any other face in the model. If an intersected face is found, it is automatically deleted. To increase the efficiency of the capping task, this option should be set to "no".

+ + +

Max Cap Edge Count Limit

+

Specify the upper limit for the number of edges that can be present on the capping surface.

+ + +

Extract Edge Features

+

Fidelity of the geometry can be improved by extracting feature edges. There are three types of feature edges that can be extracted: edges based on an angle; edges based on a sharp-angle; and edges based on intersections. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the edge feature extraction or use the default value.

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Zones

+

Select one or more zones from the list below to apply the edge feature extraction to. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Geometry Objects

+

Select one or more geometry objects from the list below to apply the edge feature extraction to. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Label

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify the minimum angle between the feature edges that should be preserved.

+ + +

Extraction Method Using

+

Choose how the edge features are to be extracted: either by feature angle, intersection loops, or by sharp angle.

+ + +

Geometry Objects

+

Select one or more geometry objects from the list below to apply the edge feature extraction to. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Intersected By

+

Choose face zone interactivity - individual: considers intersection of face zones within the object(s) selected; collectively: consider intersection of faces only across selected objects. +

+ + +

Sharp Angle

+

Use the slider to specify the sharp angle (in degrees) that will be used in the feature extraction. +

+ + +

Create Zero Thickness Geometry

+

Add thickness to any zero-thickness portions of your geometry (such as baffles or interior walls) where those portions of the geometry are relevant to your simulation. Not all portions of the geometry require a thickness, however, a more refined surface mesh can be generated if all important and relevant aspects of the geometry have a certain thickness. More... + +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the thickness control or use the default value.

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Offset Distance

+

Specify a value that adds thickness to the selected object. Thickness is applied in the normal direction. Negative values are allowed to preview the opposite/flipped direction. The original face normal will be kept, but you can add thickness in either direction based on a positive or negative value.

+ + +

Identify Construction Surfaces

+

Identify specific portions of your imported geometry that may exist as some form of construction surface, such as capping surface(s), or cylindrical surface(s) (for identifying moving reference frames, for example). You need to identify such objects within your geometry as being construction surfaces so that Fluent can mange those objects accordingly during the meshing process. More... + +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the construction surface or use the default value.

+ + +

Method:

+

Choose whether to create the construction surface using an Existing object or zone, a bounding Box, or by using an Offset Surface.

+ + +

Defeaturing Size

+

Specify a value that is used to obtain a rough shape of the selected object(s). The larger the value, the more approximate the shape.

+ + +

Height

+

Specify the height of the offset construction surface. This is how far from the selected object(s) the rough shape is offset.

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Object

+

Choose a single object from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zone

+

Choose a single zone from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Label

+

Choose a single label from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Box Parameters

+

View the extents of the bounding box.

+ + +

Coordinate Specification Method

+

Determine if you would like to specify the bounding box for the construction surface as a ratio of the geometry length, or by specifying a specific location for the minimum and maximum coordinates.

+ + +

X Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

X Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

Create Porous Regions

+

Identify porous regions in your imported geometry so that you can simulate flow through porous media. More... + +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the porous region or use the default value.

+ + +

Creation Method

+

Indicate whether you are creating the porous region using Direct coordinates, or by using a Text file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Specify the name and location of the text file containing the porous region definition. More... +

+ + +

Location

+

Specify how you would like to determine the location of the porous region.

+ + +

Cell Size Between P1 and P2

+

Specify the size of the cells that lie between P1 and P2 of the porous region. P1 is the first point designated for the porous region; P2 is the second point of the porous region - created to the left of P1 in the same plane.

+ + +

Cell Size Between P1 and P3

+

Specify the size of the cells that lie between P1 and P3 of the porous region. P1 is the first point designated for the porous region; P3 is the third point of the porous region - created above P1 in the same plane.

+ + +

Cell Size Between P1 and P4

+

Specify the size of the cells that lie between P1 and P4 of the porous region. P1 is the first point designated for the porous region; P4 is the fourth point of the porous region - created in relation to P1 to essentially define a thickness for the porous region.

+ + +

Buffer Size Ratio

+

Specify a value for the buffer size ratio. The buffer is created as an extra layer. The thickness is equivalent to the product of the buffer size ratio and the core thickness. The core thickness is the distance between P1 and P4.

+ + +

Number of Cells

+

Specify the number of cells that lie between P1 and P2 of the porous region. P1 is the first point designated for the porous region; P2 is the second point of the porous region - created to the left of P1 in the same plane.

+ + +

Number of Cells

+

Specify the number of cells that lie between P1 and P3 of the porous region. P1 is the first point designated for the porous region; P3 is the third point of the porous region - created above P1 in the same plane.

+ + +

Number of Cells

+

Specify the number of cells that lie between P1 and P4 of the porous region. P1 is the first point designated for the porous region; P4 is the fourth point of the porous region - created in relation to P1 to essentially define a thickness for the porous region.

+ + +

Buffer Size

+

Specify a value for the buffer size ratio. The buffer is created as an extra layer. The thickness is equivalent to the product of the buffer size ratio and the core thickness. The core thickness is the distance between P1 and P4.

+ + +

Mesh Size

+

Specify the cell size for the porous region mesh.

+ + +

Thickness

+

Specify the total height of the porous region.

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Specify the number of porous layers.

+ + +

Feature Extraction Angle

+

Specify the angle at which features will be extracted for the porous region.

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, zone, or label).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects (or voids) from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Select one or more labels that will correspond to the porous region.

+ + +

Flip

+

Reverses the orientation of the porous region.

+ + +

Create Refinement Region

+

Define a more refined region, or body of influence (BOI) when simulating flow within or around your geometry. You can manually create a body of influence by defining a body through the use of a bounding box, a cylinder, an existing portion of the geometry, or by creating an offset surface. This body surrounds the relevant aspects of your geometry, such as the wake region behind a vehicle. More... + +

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how you want to create the refinement region: either by creating a bounding box, an existing portion of the geometry, or using an offset surface.

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the local refinement region (body of influence).

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Box Parameters

+

View the extents of the bounding box.

+ + +

Coordinate Specification Method

+

Determine if you would like to specify the bounding box for the refinement region as a ratio of the geometry length, or by specifying a specific location for the minimum and maximum coordinates.

+ + +

X Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Min Extension

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Max Extension

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Min Extension Ratio

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

X Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Max Extension Ratio

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

Offset Parameters

+

These fields contain parameters that define the characteristics of the refinements region (direction, thickness, levels, etc.)

+ + +

Flow Direction

+

Specify the direction that the flow through this refinement region.

+ + +

Defeaturing Size

+

Specify a value that is used to obtain a rough shape of the selected object(s). The larger the value, the more approximate the shape.

+ + +

Boundary Layer Height

+

Specify the total height of the boundary layer for this refinement region (this is flow in the vicinity). +

+ + +

Wake Growth Factor

+

Specify the factor by which the refinement region expands in the wake of the flow direction. +

+ + +

Wake Levels

+

Specify the number of refinement layers that will appear in the wake. +

+ + +

Boundary Layer Levels

+

Specify the number of boundary layers that are to be captured in the refinement region. +

+ + +

Cross Wake Growth Factor

+

Specify the factor by which the refinement region expands in the rest of the directions. +

+ + +

Flip

+

Reverses the orientation of the refinement region.

+ + +

Mesh Size

+

Specify the cell size for the refinement region mesh.

+ + +

Identify Regions

+

Identify specific regions in and around your imported geometry, such as a flow region surrounding a vehicle in an external flow simulation. In this task, you are positioning specific points in the domain where certain regions of interest can be identified and classified for later use in your simulation. More... + +

+ + +

Identify Any Fluid or Void Region(s)?

+

Determine whether or not you want to specify any fluid or void regions using this task.

+ + +

Define Location Using

+

Choose how you want to identify the region: using a distinct numerical input of X, Y, and Z coordinates, using the centroid of the selected object, or by using an offset distance relative to the centroid of selected object/zone.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the region that you want to identify or use the default value.

+ + +

Region Type

+

Specify the type of region as being fluid, solid, or a void. + +

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects (or voids) from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Link to Construction Surface(s)

+

Keep the default value of no for most cases involving a singular fluid region. If you mean to identify an additional fluid region, choose yes to indicate that the current fluid region is either inside or adjacent to a construction surface(s), in order to properly mesh this fluid region accordingly (that is, using a surface mesh).

+ + +

View Exact Coordinates

+

Enable this option when providing numerical inputs for the region location, and you want to view the exact coordinates.

+ + +

X

+

The x-coordinate of the center of the region.

+ + +

Y

+

The y-coordinate of the center of the region.

+ + +

Z

+

The z-coordinate of the center of the region.

+ + +

Offset X

+

The x-coordinate of the offset distance relative to the centroid of the selected object/zone.

+ + +

Offset Y

+

The y-coordinate of the offset distance relative to the centroid of the selected object/zone.

+ + +

Offset Z

+

The z-coordinate of the offset distance relative to the centroid of the selected object/zone.

+ + +

Compute from Graphical Selection

+

Enable this option and select a point in the graphics window to be the center of the region.

+ + +

Update Region Settings

+

Review the settings assigned to the regions in your simulation. Use the table to reassign their extraction techniques, region types, volume meshing cell types, or leakage size settings. More... +

+ + +

Main Fluid

+

Identify the main fluid region for your simulation.

+ + +

Displayed Regions

+

Select how your regions will be displayed in the table. You can choose to view all regions, or specifically identified regions, or only object-based regions.

+ + +

Choose Mesh Control Options

+

Pick and choose various means of generating and refining the mesh in your simulation. Determine how you want to create and manage and view your size controls in the workflow. More... +

+ + +

How do you want to handle mesh sizes?

+

Determine whether you want to create new, or use existing mesh size controls or size fields.

+ + +

Do you want to use default size controls?

+

Determine whether you want to use default size controls or not. Default will populate your size controls with default settings, based on the number of objects in your model. The Custom option can be used to populate as many size controls as you need using your own customized settings.

+ + +

Which method would you prefer for creating and editing size controls?

+

Determine if you would like to use separate tasks or a table to view and work with your mesh controls.

+ + +

Size Control File Name

+

Browse to specify the location and the name of the size control file (.szcontrol) where your mesh controls are defined.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Apply Quick Edge Proximity?

+

For geometries having a very large number of small feature edges, select Yes to speed up the calculation and reduce memory requirements when using a proximity size function.

+ + +

Solid/Fluid Size Ratio

+

The ratio of the actual size of the solid and the actual size of the fluid.

+ + +

Compute Size Field For

+

Determine how the size controls are calculated in the Add Local Sizing task: using Both Wrap and Target values (the default), by Target Only, or by Wrap Only. For complex models, computational expense can be lowered by choosing one of the other options. If either Wrap Only or Target Only is selected, then the other values are determined using the Wrap/Target Size Ratio value.

+ + +

Wrap/Target Size Control Ratio

+

This is the ratio of the wrap size and the target size controls. For example, if this ratio is 0.67 and the initial minimum target size is 1 and initial maximum target size is 16, then the initial minimum wrap size will be 0.67 and the initial maximum wrap size will be 10.72 . This value does not affect BOI or soft size controls, since, in such cases, the Wrap/Target Size Control Ratio is set to 1.

+ + +

Existing Size Field For

+

Determine which existing size field files will be used: Both Wrap and Target (the default), Target Only, or Wrap Only. For complex models, computational expense can be lowered by choosing one of the other options. If either Target Only or Target Only is selected, then the other values are determined using the Wrap/Target Size Ratio value.

+ + +

Target Size Field File

+

Indicate the name and location of the target size field file (*.sf).

+ + +

Wrap Size Field File

+

Indicate the name and location of the wrap size field file (*.sf).

+ + +

Wrap/Target Size Field Ratio

+

The ratio of the initial wrap size field and the local target size field.

+ + +

Mesh Controls

+

Create individual sizing controls for your mesh. For every size control that you create, it is added to the workflow as a subtask. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the size control or use the default value.

+ + +

Sizing Type

+

Choose the type of sizing control (curvature, proximity, soft, or boi). + +

+ + +

Scope Proximity To

+

Set proximity based refinement. The edges option considers edge-to-edge proximity, while faces considers face-to-face proximity, and faces and edges considers both. Note that when you use the faces and edges option, you can only select objects.

+ + +

Minimum Size

+

Specify the minimum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Size

+

Specify the maximum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the increase in element edge length with each succeeding layer of elements.

+ + +

Curvature Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable angle (from 0 to 180 degrees) that one element edge is allowed to span given a particular geometry curvature. You can use this field to limit the number of elements that are generated along a curve or surface if the minimum size is too small for that particular curve.

+ + +

Cells Per Gap

+

Specify the minimum number of layers of elements to be generated in the gaps. The number of cells per gap can be a real value, with a minimum value of 0.01. +

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Edge Zone

+

Choose one or more edge zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Show Size Box

+

Enable this field to display the target size control in the graphics window.

+ + +

Ignore Self

+

Select this option to ignore the proximity computation between facets within a face zone, and avoid over-refinement. +

+ + +

Show Wrap Settings

+

Display advanced wrap-specific options that are also applied to the task. See this description for more information about wrap (and target) mesh size controls.

+ + +

Wrap Min Size

+

Specify a value for the minimum wrapping size for the size control. It will wrap with this minimum size and later coarsen through remeshing to the given target size. One of the advantages of the wrapper is that it can automatically de-feature unnecessary small details. The wrap size is used to wrap the geometry and target size is used to remesh. Feature capturing highly depends on the value of the wrap size. The default wrap size is 1/1.5 times smaller than the target size, and you can change the value. +

+ + +

Wrap Max Size

+

Specify a value for the maximum wrapping size for the size control. It will wrap with this maximum size and later coarsen through remeshing to the given target size.

+ + +

Wrap Growth Rate

+

Specify the increase in element edge length with each succeeding layer of elements for the wrap.

+ + +

Wrap Curvature Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable angle (from 0 to 180 degrees) that one element edge is allowed to span given a particular geometry curvature for the wrap. You can use this field to limit the number of elements that are generated along a curve or surface if the minimum size is too small for that particular curve.

+ + +

Wrap Cells Per Gap

+

Specify the minimum number of layers of elements to be generated in the gaps for the wrap. The number of cells per gap can be a real value, with a minimum value of 0.01. +

+ + +

Show Wrap Size Box

+

Enable this field to display the initial size control in the graphics window.

+ + +

Mesh Controls Table

+

Review the mesh control settings, such as the Minimum Size, the Maximum Size, and the Growth Rate, as well as a table of common settings.

+ + +

Draw Size Boxes

+

Enable this field to display the size boxes in the graphics window.

+ + +

Show Initial Size Control

+

Enable this field to display the initial size control in the graphics window.

+ + +

Show Target Size Control

+

Enable this field to display the target size control in the graphics window.

+ + +

Size Box Density

+

Specify the amount of size control boxes to display.

+ + +

Define Leakage Threshold

+

Define leakage threshold size to fix any potential leakages that may occur due to any missing, misaligned parts, or small imperfections from the imported geometry. These holes may be larger than any of your initial local size controls, resulting in leaks that need to be closed. Use the Preview Leakages button and associated controls repeatedly to identify holes that need to be closed. Leakages can be closed to a void region or inside an object. More... + +

+ + +

Would you like to close any leakages for your regions?

+

Indicate whether or not you need to define a leakage threshold for one or more regions.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the leakage threshold or use the default value.

+ + +

Regions

+

Choose one or more regions from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Minimum Size

+

Specify a value for the minimum leakage size. The leakage threshold size is based on multiples of two, starting with this minimum size value.

+ + +

Clipping Plane Direction

+

Indicates the direction in which the clipping plane faces.

+ + +

Clipping Plane Direction

+

Indicates the direction in which the clipping plane faces.

+ + +

Clipping Plane Location

+

Use the slider to move the clipping plane along the axis of the selected X, Y, or Z direction.

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object or by a previously identified region).

+ + +

Maximum Leakage Size

+

The leakage threshold size is based on multiples of two. For example, if leaks are detected at 8 but not at 16 (for example, 2*8), then the threshold size is 16, and any leakage smaller than 16 will be closed. +

+ + +

Maximum Leakage Size

+

The leakage threshold size is based on multiples of two. For example, if leaks are detected at 8 but not at 16 (for example, 2*8), then the threshold size is 16, and any leakage smaller than 16 will be closed. +

+ + +

Flip

+

Change the orientation of the clipping plane, exposing the mesh on the opposite side.

+ + +

Identified Regions

+

Choose one or more regions from the list of identified regions below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Define Prism Controls

+

Improve how the boundary layer flow along the walls of the geometry is captured using specialized boundary layer elements within the volume mesh (also called prisms or inflation layers). You can use this task to assign different fluid regions to have their own boundary layer controls. For more layers (greater than 3), consider adding 1 layer and performing anisotropic adaption in the solver. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the boundary layer control or use the default value.

+ + +

Offset Method Type

+

Choose the method that will be used to create the boundary layer, or prism, controls. + + +

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth of the boundary layer.

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object or by zone).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the ratio of the prism base length to the prism layer height.

+ + +

Boundary Layers

+

Specify the number of cell layers you require along the boundary.

+ + +

Last Ratio Percentage

+

Specify the offset height of the last layer as a percentage of the local base mesh size.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify the height of the first layer of cells in the boundary layer.

+ + +

Would you want to add boundary layers to fluid regions?

+

Determine whether or not you want to better capture flow in and around the boundary layer of your fluid regions.

+ + +

Regions

+

Choose one or more regions from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Add Boundary Layer

+

Determine whether or not boundary layers will be added to various portions of the model.

+ + +

Add Boundary Layers?

+

Determine whether or not you want to specify one or more boundary layers for your simulation.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the boundary layer control or use the default value.

+ + +

Offset Method Type

+

Choose the type of offset to determine how the mesh cells closest to the boundary are generated. More... + + + +

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Select the number of boundary layers to be generated.

+ + +

Transition Ratio

+

Specify the rate at which adjacent elements grow, for the smooth transition offset method.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth for the boundary layer.

+ + +

First Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the aspect ratio of the first layer of prism cells that are extruded from the base boundary zone.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify the height of the first layer of cells in the boundary layer.

+ + +

Add in

+

Specify what regions you would like to add the boundary layers: fluid regions, or specifically named regions.

+ + +

Regions

+

Select the named region(s) from the list to which you would like to add a boundary layer. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Post Improvement Method

+

Specify how you would like to improve the generated boundary layer: as a continuous or stair-stepped boundary layer in the specified area(s).

+ + +

Grow on

+

Specify where you would like to develop the boundary layers: either along only walls, along all zones, selected zones, or selected labels.

+ + +

Split Prism?

+

Choose whether or not to add split prisms to each layer along the boundary. Not available when the Offset Method Type is set to last-ratio.

+ + +

Number of Split Prisms Per Layer

+

Indicate the number of split prism layers you wish to apply to each layer that you specified for the boundary layer definition. +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Generate the Surface Mesh

+

This task will close all the leakages to objects and void regions and then generate only the surface mesh. More... +

+ + +

Do you want to save intermediate files?

+

Determine whether or not you want to save any intermediate files that are generated during volume meshing. Disabling this option may increase speed and efficiency.

+ + +

Directory

+

By default, files are saved in a temporary folder and later deleted once the session is ended. You can also save files in a specified folder. The prefix for the name of the files are taken from the FMD or STL file name.

+ + +

Min Spike Angle

+

Specify a value for the minimum spike angle for the specified region. A spike angle of 250 degrees is recommended or use the default value. You should not exceed 260 degrees. +

+ + +

Min Dihedral Angle

+

Specify a value for the minimum dihedral angle for the specified region. A dihedral angle of 30 degrees are recommended or use the default value. You should not exceed 30 degrees. +

+ + +

Surface Mesh Target Skewness

+

This is the target maximum surface mesh quality. The recommended value is between 0.7 and 0.85. +

+ + +

Save Mesh

+

Select this option to save the surface mesh. Use advanced options to determine whether to save intermediate files or not, and to choose a specific directory to save the mesh.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Do you want to separate surface mesh?

+

Select Yes if you want to have the final surface mesh to be viewed as separated zones. +

+ + +

Auto Assign Zone Type?

+

Choose whether or not to automatically assign inlet, outlet, far-field, interface, and symmetry boundary types to zones.

+ + +

Merge Interior Pockets?

+

Choose whether or not to extend or expand the surface mesh into any interior pockets or cavities. +

+ + +

Global Minimum

+

Specify a global minimum value for the surface mesh. The default minimum value is calculated based on available target and wrap size controls and bodies of influence. + More... +

+ + +

Create Gap Cover

+

This task will cover any gaps within a selected object. Recommended with geometries containing noticeable gaps and openings that need to be covered prior to surface meshing. More... + +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the gap cover object, or retain the default name.

+ + +

Gap Size Ratio

+

Specify a value for the gap size ratio that, when multiplied by the local initial size field, corresponds to the size of the gap that needs to be covered.

+ + +

Sizing Method

+

Determine the method for specifying the gap cover sizing controls. The Use Size Controls option uses the control settings defined in the Choose Mesh Controls task. Using the Fixed option requires you to provide a value for the Fixed Gap Size. If this task is located at a point in the workflow prior to the Choose Mesh Control Options task, then only the Fixed option is available.

+ + +

Fixed Gap Size

+

A specified fixed width for the gap.

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (for instance, by object name, zone name, or label name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose an object from the list below that represent the contact source. Use the Filter Text field to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below that represent the contact source. Use the Filter Text field to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Select one or more labels that represent the contact source. Use the Filter Text field to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Create Contact Patch

+

This task will create patches in and around any problematic, sharp-angle contact areas (such as between a tire and the road surface) in order to avoid such areas during the meshing process. More... + +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the contact patch object, or retain the default name.

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (for instance, by object, zone, or label).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose an object from the list below that represent the contact source. Use the Filter Text field to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below that represent the contact source. Use the Filter Text field to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Select one or more labels that represent the contact source. Use the Filter Text field to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Ground Zone

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below that represent the contact target (for instance, the ground face zone in an enclosing bounding box for a tire-ground contact scenario).

+ + +

Offset Distance

+

Specify the distance of the contact patch geometry from the ground zone, or the thickness of the contact patch.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the angle used to extract feature edges on the contact patch object.

+ + +

Patch Hole

+

Indicate whether you want the contact patch object to be filled or not.

+ + +

Flip

+

Use this option to switch the direction/orientation of the contact patch.

+ + +

Maximum Number of Island Faces

+

Specify the maximum face count required for isolated areas (islands) to be created during surface mesh generation. Any islands that have a face count smaller than this value will be removed, and only larger islands will remain.

+ + +

Separate Contact Pairs?

+

Specify whether or not you want to separate contact pairs between fluids and solids. +

+ + +

Do you want to run parallel sessions for solids?

+

Specify whether or not you want to perform solid meshing using parallel sessions. Select Yes and indicate the Maximum Number of Sessions. The number of parallel sessions that are used will depend upon the number of solid objects that need to be meshed.

+ + +

Maximum Number of Sessions

+

Indicate the number of parallel sessions that are to be used, depending upon the number of solid objects that need to be meshed.

+ + +

Identify Deviated Faces

+

Use this task to identify how the wrapped surface mesh differs from the original geometry. This task can be useful for identifying deviations in the surface mesh in, for example, geometries with sharp angles.

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the identified deviated faces.

+ + +

Select By

+

Specify whether the identification of deviated faces is to be applied to an indicated object or zone.

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Auto Compute

+

Enable this option to automatically calculate the minimum and maximum deviation for the selected object(s) or zone(s).

+ + +

Minimum Deviation

+

When Auto Compute is disabled, specify a minimum value for the deviation.

+ + +

Maximum Deviation

+

When Auto Compute is disabled, specify a maximum value for the deviation.

+ + +

Overlay With

+

Determine how you want the deviated faces to be displayed (either with the mesh or with the geometry).

+ + +

Generate the Volume Mesh

+

This task will generate the volume mesh for all the fluid regions. It will generate the cell type based on the selection from the Volume Fill setting in the Update Region Settings task. Boundary layer prisms will also be generated if assigned for the fluid region. Use the Edit Volume Fill Setting option to view previous settings and edit them accordingly prior to creating the volume mesh.

+ + +

Save Mesh

+

Select this option to save the volume mesh.

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Avoid 1/8 Octree Transition in Hexcore Region?

+

Specify whether or not you want to avoid any potential 1:8 cell transition in the hexcore or polyhexcore region of the volume mesh, replacing any abrupt change in the cell size with tetrahedral or polyhedral cells. +

+ + +

Enable Parallel Meshing for Fluids

+

Enable this option to perform parallel volume and continuous boundary layer (prism) meshing for fluid region(s). Applicable for poly, hexcore and poly-hexcore volume fill types.

+ + +

Edit Volume Fill Settings

+

Enable this option to review and/or edit the fill settings for your volume region(s).

+ + +

Quality Improve Limit

+

This value sets the threshold for when mesh quality improvements are automatically invoked that employ the orthogonal quality limit, and is recommended to be around 0.04.

+ + +

Update Boundaries

+

Use the table to review a summary of all of your defined boundaries, and their assigned types, and make revisions as needed. Rename a boundary by double-clicking its name in the list and providing another name. Reassign the type for a specific boundary by clicking the type designation and using the drop-down menu that appears. More... +

+ + +

Selection Type

+

Choose how boundaries are displayed in the table.

+ + +

List All Boundaries

+

View more boundaries in the table, such as fluid-fluid internal boundaries, in addition to external boundaries.

+ + +

Volume Mesh Transformation

+

Use this task to create and apply either a translational or a rotational transformation to the volume mesh (or to one or more copies of the volume mesh). + + More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the transformation or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Indicate the type of transformation as either translational or rotational

+ + +

Method

+

By default, the Manual method is utilized, however, when periodics are detected, then Automatic is the default.

+ + +

Cell Zone List

+

Select one or more objects from the list to which you will apply the transformation.

+ + +

Angle

+

Specify a value for the angle of rotation for this transformation.

+ + +

Create a Copy and Translate?

+

Indicate whether or not to make a copy of the volume mesh and apply the transformation to the copy.

+ + +

Number of Copies

+

Specify the number of copies that you want to make for this transformation.

+ + +

Merge the cell and face zones?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to merge cell and face zones prior to transforming the volume mesh, in order to avoid duplication.

+ + +

Rename cell and face zones?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to rename cell and face zones prior to transforming the volume mesh.

+ + +

Translational Shift

+

Specify the coordinates of the translational shift.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-coordinate of the translational shift.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-coordinate of the translational shift.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-coordinate of the translational shift.

+ + +

Rotation Axis Origin

+

Specify the coordinates of the rotational origin.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-coordinate of the rotational origin.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-coordinate of the rotational origin.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-coordinate of the rotational origin.

+ + +

Rotation Axis Direction

+

Specify the coordinates of the rotational vector.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-coordinate of the rotational vector.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-coordinate of the rotational vector.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-coordinate of the rotational vector.

+ + +

Volume Mesh Extrusion

+

Use this task to extend all or parts of your volume mesh beyond the original domain. + + More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the extrusion or use the default value.

+ + +

External Boundary Zone

+

Select one or more boundaries. All selected boundaries must share the same plane.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose whether you want the extrusion to be based on a specified Total Height value, or one based on a specified First Height value. The relationship between the two is illustrated by: +

+ + +

Total Height

+

Specify a value for the total height of the extrusion or use the default value.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify a value for the height of the first layer of the extrusion or use the default value.

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Specify the number of extrusion layers.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify how the extrusion layers will grow. For example, a value of 1.2 indicates that each successive layer will grow by 20 percent of the previous layer. + More... +

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Growth Pattern

+

Choose from a selection of patterns that you can apply to the growth of your volume mesh extrusion.

+ + +

Do you want to merge with the adjacent regions?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to merge the extruded layers with any adjacent regions. +

+ + +

Describe Overset Features

+

Use this task to determine if specific overset features are required for your workflow. Depending on your simulation requirements, you may or may not need to add an overset collar mesh and/or an overset component mesh to your overall workflow tasks.

+ + +

Do you need to add a collar mesh?

+

Indicate whether you need to add an overset collar mesh task to the workflow

+ + +

Do you need to add a component mesh?

+

Indicate whether you need to add an overset component mesh task to the workflow.

+ + +

Create Collar Mesh

+

Use this task to create an overset collar mesh. You can use various techniques, such as using intersecting objects, using an edge-based approach, or using an existing object. + More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the collar mesh or use the default name.

+ + +

Creation Method

+

Choose how you want to create the collar mesh: either by using intersecting objects, an edge-based collar, or an existing object.

+ + +

Max Cell Size

+

Specify the maximum size of the elements for the collar mesh.

+ + +

Fill With

+

Specify the type of mesh cell to use to fill the collar mesh. Available options are tetrahedral, hexcore, poly, or poly-hexcore. .

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose a single object from the list below.

+ + +

Edge Zone

+

Choose a single edge zone from the list below for your edge-based collar mesh.

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose a single zone from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Select one or more labels that will make up the collar mesh. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Label

+

Select a single label that will make up the collar mesh. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Total Thickness

+

Specify the total height of the boundary layer for this refinement region (this is flow in the vicinity). +

+ + +

Define Location Using

+

Choose how you want to assign the location of the offset collar mesh. You can choose Automatic to have the system determine the best place for the collar mesh based on the intersected bodies or zones, or you can choose to use distinct Numerical Inputs.

+ + +

View Exact Coordinates

+

Display the X, Y, and Z coordinate fields

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the offset collar mesh.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the offset collar mesh.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the offset collar mesh.

+ + +

Create Component Mesh

+

Use this task to create an overset component mesh. You can use various techniques, such as using an offset surface, a bounding box, or an existing object. + More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the component mesh or use the default value.

+ + +

Creation Method

+

Choose how you want to create the component mesh: either by using an offset surface, creating a bounding box, using an existing portion of the geometry, or by growing a boundary layer.

+ + +

Max Cell Size

+

Specify the maximum size of the elements for the component mesh.

+ + +

Fill With

+

Specify the type of mesh cell to use to fill the component mesh. Available options are tetrahedral, hexcore, poly, or poly-hexcore. .

+ + +

Select By

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object, label, or zone name).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose a single object from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose a single zone from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Select one or more labels that will make up the component mesh. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Select a single label that will make up the component mesh. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Total Thickness

+

Specify the total height of the boundary layer for this refinement region (this is flow in the vicinity). +

+ + +

Box Parameters

+

View the extents of the bounding box.

+ + +

Coordinate Specification Method

+

Determine if you would like to specify the bounding box for the component mesh as a ratio of the geometry length, or by specifying a specific location for the minimum and maximum coordinates.

+ + +

X Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Y Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value.

+ + +

Z Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value.

+ + +

X Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Min

+

Extends the minimum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

X Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the X direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the X direction.

+ + +

Y Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Y direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Y direction.

+ + +

Z Max

+

Extends the maximum size of the bounding box in the Z direction by the specified value. The value is the ratio relative to the geometry size in the Z direction.

+ + +

Offset Method Type

+

Choose the method that will be used to create the boundary layer, or prism, controls. + + +

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Select the number of boundary layers to be generated.

+ + +

Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the ratio of the prism base length to the prism layer height.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth of the boundary layer.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify the height of the first layer of cells in the boundary layer.

+ + +

Last Ratio Percentage

+

Specify the offset height of the last layer as a percentage of the local base mesh size.

+ + +

Create Overset Interface

+

Use this task to create a mesh interface between two or more overset mesh objects. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the overset mesh interface or use the default value.

+ + +

Overset Interfaces

+

Select one or more overset mesh objects that will make up the mesh interface. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Identify Orphans

+

Use this task to isolate and locate any orphan cells in your mesh. + More... +

+ + +

Overset Interfaces

+

Select one or more mesh objects that you would like to identify any potential orphan faces. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Donor Priority Method

+

Determines the location of the overset mesh. Choose how the mesh donor cells are prioritized - either based on the cell size (proportional to the inverse of the cell volume) or based on the boundary distance (proportional to the inverse of the distance to the closest boundary).

+ + +

Overlap Boundaries?

+

Determine if you need to account for any overlapping boundaries that may be present in your overset mesh (due to overlapping geometry and boundaries or those sometimes generated by collar meshes). You can improve the overset performance by setting this option to no.

+ + +

Number Of Orphans

+

Specify the allowable number of orphans to accept in your mesh.

+ + +

Manage Zones

+

Once you generate your volume mesh, use this task to perform common operations on cell zones or face zones, such as renaming, changing prefixes, and merging zones. Especially useful for complex models with numerous zones. More... +

+ + +

Type

+

Indicate whether you are going to operate on Cell Zones or Face Zones. If your imported CAD geometry contains bodies with multiple body labels, you can also choose Body Labels.

+ + +

Type Filter

+

Choose the type of zone. For cell zones, choose from Fluid, Solid, or All. For face zones, choose from Internal, Fluid-Fluid, Solid-Fluid, Fluid-Solid, External-Solid, External-Fluid, or External.

+ + +

Area/Volume Filter

+

Indicate how you would like to filter the list of zones: All, Less than, More than, or Equal to the indicated value for the Volume (cell zone) or Area (face zone).

+ + +

Area/Volume

+

The value of the volume (cell) or area (face) for the zone you would like to filter by.

+ + +

Equal Within a Range of

+

Specify a percentage range to maintain equivalency for the cell zone volume value or the face zone area value.

+ + +

Cell Zones

+

Choose from the list of cell zones. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Face Zones

+

Choose from the list of face zones. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Operation

+

Indicate the operation you wish to perform on the zones: Change prefix, Rename, or Merge. If your imported CAD geometry contains bodies with multiple body labels, you can also choose Merge cells within each body label +

+ + +

From

+

The text string to be applied to this zone operation.

+ + +

From

+

The text string to be applied to this zone operation.

+ + +

Do you want to merge adjacent faces?

+

Indicate whether or not you want to merge faces as part of the zone operation.

+ + +

Separate Contacts

+

Enable or disable the ability to separate any existing contacts between surfaces.

+ + +

Separate Contacts

+

Use this option to enable or disable the ability to separate any existing contacts between surfaces.

+ + +

Add Local Sizing for Part Replacement

+

Create individual sizing controls for your mesh. For every size control that you create, it is added to the workflow as a subtask. More... +

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the size control or use the default value.

+ + +

Sizing Type

+

Choose the type of sizing control (curvature, proximity, soft, or boi). + +

+ + +

Scope Proximity To

+

Set proximity based refinement. The edges option considers edge-to-edge proximity, while faces considers face-to-face proximity, and faces and edges considers both. Note that when you use the faces and edges option, you can only select objects.

+ + +

Minimum Size

+

Specify the minimum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Size

+

Specify the maximum size of the elements for the surface mesh.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the increase in element edge length with each succeeding layer of elements.

+ + +

Curvature Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable angle (from 0 to 180 degrees) that one element edge is allowed to span given a particular geometry curvature. You can use this field to limit the number of elements that are generated along a curve or surface if the minimum size is too small for that particular curve.

+ + +

Cells Per Gap

+

Specify the minimum number of layers of elements to be generated in the gaps. The number of cells per gap can be a real value, with a minimum value of 0.01. +

+ + +

Select By:

+

Choose how you want to make your selection (by object or by zone).

+ + +

Objects

+

Choose one or more objects from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Edge Zone

+

Choose one or more edge zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Show Size Box

+

Enable this field to display the target size control in the graphics window.

+ + +

Ignore Self

+

Select this option to ignore the proximity computation between facets within a face zone, and avoid over-refinement. +

+ + +

Show Wrap Settings

+

Display advanced wrap-specific options that are also applied to the task. See this description for more information about wrap (and target) mesh size controls.

+ + +

Wrap Min Size

+

Specify a value for the minimum wrapping size for the size control. It will wrap with this minimum size and later coarsen through remeshing to the given target size. One of the advantages of the wrapper is that it can automatically de-feature unnecessary small details. The wrap size is used to wrap the geometry and target size is used to remesh. Feature capturing highly depends on the value of the wrap size. The default wrap size is 1/1.5 times smaller than the target size, and you can change the value. +

+ + +

Wrap Max Size

+

Specify a value for the maximum wrapping size for the size control. It will wrap with this maximum size and later coarsen through remeshing to the given target size.

+ + +

Wrap Growth Rate

+

Specify the increase in element edge length with each succeeding layer of elements for the wrap.

+ + +

Wrap Curvature Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable angle (from 0 to 180 degrees) that one element edge is allowed to span given a particular geometry curvature for the wrap. You can use this field to limit the number of elements that are generated along a curve or surface if the minimum size is too small for that particular curve.

+ + +

Wrap Cells Per Gap

+

Specify the minimum number of layers of elements to be generated in the gaps for the wrap. The number of cells per gap can be a real value, with a minimum value of 0.01. +

+ + +

Show Wrap Size Box

+

Enable this field to display the initial size control in the graphics window.

+ + +

Add Boundary Layers for Part Replacement

+

Determine whether or not boundary layers will be added to your replacement parts for this model.

+ + +

Add Boundary Layers?

+

Determine whether or not you want to specify one or more boundary layers for your replacement part(s).

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the boundary layer control or use the default value.

+ + +

Offset Method Type

+

Choose the type of offset to determine how the mesh cells closest to the boundary are generated. More... + + + +

+ + +

Number of Layers

+

Select the number of boundary layers to be generated.

+ + +

Transition Ratio

+

Specify the rate at which adjacent elements grow, for the smooth transition offset method.

+ + +

Growth Rate

+

Specify the rate of growth for the boundary layer.

+ + +

First Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the aspect ratio of the first layer of prism cells that are extruded from the base boundary zone.

+ + +

First Height

+

Specify the height of the first layer of cells in the boundary layer.

+ + +

Regions

+

Select the named region(s) from the list to which you would like to add a boundary layer. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Post Improvement Method

+

Specify how you would like to improve the generated boundary layer: as a continuous or stair-stepped boundary layer in the specified area(s).

+ + +

Grow on

+

Specify where you would like to develop the boundary layers: either along only walls, along all zones, selected zones, or selected labels.

+ + +

Split Prism?

+

Choose whether or not to add split prisms to each layer along the boundary. Not available when the Offset Method Type is set to last-ratio.

+ + +

Number of Split Prisms Per Layer

+

Indicate the number of split prism layers you wish to apply to each layer that you specified for the boundary layer definition. +

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose one or more face zones from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Labels

+

Choose one or more labels from the list below. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []). Choose Use Wildcard to provide wildcard expressions in filtering the list. When you use either ? or * in your expression, the matching list item(s) are automatically selected in the list. Use ^, |, and & in your expression to indicate boolean operations for NOT, OR, and AND, respectively. More... +

+ + +

Choose Part Replacement Options

+

After creating a volume mesh, use this task to append, add, remove, or replace portions of your original geometry with other CAD parts. By applying localized surface mesh or volume mesh based analyses, you can use this task to quickly update the volume mesh to easily see how geometry changes impact the volume mesh.

+ + +

Do you want to append parts?

+

Determine whether or not you will be appending new CAD parts to your original geometry. Answering Yes will add an Import CAD and Part Management task.

+ + +

Do you want to add local sizing?

+

Determine whether or not you will need to apply local sizing controls. Answering Yes will add an Add Local Sizing for Part Replacement task.

+ + +

Do you want to add boundary layers?

+

Determine whether or not you will need to apply boundary layer (prism controls) to your replacement parts. Answering Yes will add an Add Boundary Layers for Part Replacement task.

+ + +

Part Replacement Settings

+

Use this task to define particular details for the part replacement operation where you can choose to add, remove, or replace one or more portions of your original imported geometry.

+ + +

Name

+

Enter a name for the part replacement object, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Operation

+

Choose whether the part replacement operation will be an Addition, Replacement, or Removal of a part.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose the approach for handling meshing for the part replacement task: Surface Mesh Based or Volume Mesh Based. The volume mesh based approach defines a separate region for the area of interest surrounding the part replacement. Volume meshing is performed only in this region and thus is much faster than generating the volume mesh in the entire domain. The surface mesh approach requires the remeshing of all volume regions.

+ + +

Select Source Object

+

For part replacement or removal, use this list to pick the original object(s) that you wish to replace or remove. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []).

+ + +

Select Target Object

+

For part replacement or addition, use this list to pick the new object(s) that you wish to replace or add. Use the Filter Text drop-down to provide text and/or regular expressions in filtering the list (for example, using *, ?, and []).

+ + +

Advanced Options

+

Display advanced options that you may want to apply to the task.

+ + +

Scaling Factor of New Objects

+

Specify a factor to change the size of the bounding box surrounding the selected object(s) for part replacement.

+ + +

Define Location Using

+

Choose how you are going to determine the location of the region around the replacement part - by using numerical inputs directly, or by using the region around the selected object(s).

+ + +

Compute from Graphical Selection

+

Use this option to have the numerical inputs be automatically filled out based on the centroid of the object(s) selected in the graphics window.

+ + +

View Exact Coordinates

+

Use this option to see the exact coordinate values of the current location point.

+ + +

X

+

Indicates the x-coordinate of the current point location.

+ + +

Y

+

Indicates the y-coordinate of the current point location.

+ + +

Z

+

Indicates the z-coordinate of the current point location.

+ + +

Update the Volume Mesh

+

Use this task to remove the existing volume mesh and to update the volume mesh with your new part replacement changes.

+ + +

Enable Parallel Meshing for Fluids

+

Enable this option to perform parallel volume and continuous boundary layer (prism) meshing for fluid region(s). Applicable for poly, hexcore and poly-hexcore volume fill types.

+ + +

Run Custom Journal

+

Customize your workflow using journaling commands. Use a text editor to copy portions of any of your own journal files, and paste them into this task to perform additional meshing refinements. More... +

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Turbo Workflow - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level + Help

+

The workflows available in the Workflow tab are divided into the + following categories:

+
+
    +
  • +

    + -- simplifies setting up and generating a turbomachinery problem for use in Fluent solver mode.

    +
    • +
+
+ +

Turbo Workflow

+

You can begin the turbomachinery workflow in Ansys Fluent by selecting + Turbo Workflow from the Workflow + drop-down menu. When you select the workflow, several tasks are presented in the + Workflow tree.

+

You can also save your current workflow, load an existing workflow, and reset the + workflow if you have inadvertently added or removed one or more tasks.

+ +

Component Description

+

This task gathers physical information about the turbomachine such as the machine type (axial compressor or turbine, radial compressor or turbine), the number of blade rows in the machine, and the number of blades in each row, and whether or not there is a tip gap. You must also specify the rotating and stationary blade rows. More... +

+ + +

Component Type

+

Specify the type of machine component: either an Axial Turbine, Axial Compressor, a Radial Turbine, or a Radial Compressor.

+ + +

Component Name

+

Specify a name for the component, or use the default value.

+ + +

Num Rows

+

Specify the number of rows for the component. For each row, use the table to provide a Name, a Type (stationary or rotating), the Number of Blades, and whether or not there is a tip gap present (spacing between the blade and the hub/shroud).

+ + +

Blade Row Analysis Scope

+

Use this task to specify which rows are included in the CFD analysis. You must define a single contiguous set of rows. Indicate whether or not to include or exclude the row. The analysis scope can include all the rows defined in the Component Description task or a portion of it. Review the information in the table, and make any changes as needed. More... +

+ + +

Import Mesh

+

Use this task to supply the mesh for the row you wish to include in the CFD model. You can import a single mesh file that includes all of the rows/passages/blades, or import multiple mesh files that represent each passage/blade.

+ + +

Mesh File Path

+

Specify the name and location of a single mesh file that includes all the zones, or import multiple mesh files that represent each zone. Standard Ansys mesh file types are supported, including .msh, .msh.h5, .def, .cgns, and .gtm.

+ + +

Associate Mesh

+

Use this task to associate each cell zone from the imported mesh file(s) with the corresponding row.

+ + +

Use Wireframe

+

Toggle the display of the model in wireframe.

+ + +

Create CFD Model

+

Use this task to formally create the CFD model. For each blade row, specify the number of modeled passages (or sectors) per row. Make sure to first specify the Axis of Rotation. Use the graphics window to visually verify and ensure the CFD model is constructed properly.

+ + +

Axis Of Rotation

+

Specify the rotational axis for the generated CFD turbomachine geometry.

+ + +

Restrict To Factors

+

Choose whether or not to restrict the number of model blades to a factor of the number of blades.

+ + +

Region Information

+

Use this task to ensure that, for each cell zone, the face zones correspond to the correct passage region. Use the table to check the associations, or make changes as needed.

+ + +

Select Cell Zone

+

Select a cell zone for which you wish to review associations.

+ + +

Use Wireframe for Highlighting

+

In order to more easily visualize highlighted items, use this option to display the 3D wireframe representation of the CFD model in the graphics window.

+ + +

Turbo Physics

+

Use this task to specify the turbo-related physics for the machine, such as the rotational speed, operating pressure, and the working fluid.

+ + +

Rotation Speed

+

Specify the rotation speed, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Operating Pressure

+

Specify the operating pressure, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Energy

+

Indicates whether or not temperature conditions are to be considered.

+ + +

Working Fluid

+

Choose one of the following materials as the working fluid for the CFD model.

+ + +

Air Density

+

Provide a value for the density of air, or use the default value.

+ + +

Existing Fluid Material

+

Displays the current existing fluid assigned to the CFD model. Use the Creat/Edit... button to create your own material, or edit other existing materials.

+ + +

Turbo Regions and Zones

+

Use this task to specify the main path inflow and outflow operating conditions. By default, zones are merged to simplify boundary condition input and based on the target turbo model requirements.

+ + +

Inflow/Outflow Type

+

Choose the type of inflow and outflow conditions. Choices include Pressure Inlet, Pressure Outlet, or Pressure Inlet, Mass Flow Outlet, or Mass Flow Inlet, Pressure Outlet.

+ + +

Gauge Total Pressure

+

Specify a value for the gauge total pressure for the pressure inlet, or use the default value.

+ + +

Total Temperature

+

Specify a value for the total temperature for the pressure inlet, or use the default value.

+ + +

Flow Direction

+

Choose how you want to define the flow direction for the pressure inlet. Choose from Normal to Boundary (default), or specify the direction based on Cartesian or Cylindrical systems.

+ + +

X

+

Provide the x component of the flow direction at the pressure inlet.

+ + +

Y

+

Provide the y component of the flow direction at the pressure inlet.

+ + +

Z

+

Provide the z component of the flow direction at the pressure inlet.

+ + +

R

+

Specify the radial component of the flow direction at the pressure inlet.

+ + +

T

+

Specify the tangential component of the flow direction at the pressure inlet.

+ + +

A

+

Specify the axial component of the flow direction at the pressure inlet.

+ + +

Mass Flow Rate

+

Specify the mass flow rate for the inlet.

+ + +

Mass Flow Rate Per

+

Specify whether the inlet mass flow rate is provided by the Machine, the Sector, or by the Passage.

+ + +

Flow Direction

+

Choose how you want to define the flow direction for the mass flow inlet. Choose from Normal to Boundary (default), or specify the direction based on Cartesian or Cylindrical systems.

+ + +

X

+

Provide the x component of the flow direction for the mass flow inlet.

+ + +

Y

+

Provide the y component of the flow direction for the mass flow inlet.

+ + +

Z

+

Provide the z component of the flow direction for the mass flow inlet.

+ + +

R

+

Provide the radial component of the flow direction for the mass flow inlet.

+ + +

T

+

Provide the tangential component of the flow direction for the mass flow inlet.

+ + +

A

+

Provide the axial component of the flow direction for the mass flow inlet.

+ + +

Gauge Pressure

+

Specify the outlet gauge pressure, or use the default value.

+ + +

Radial Equilibrium Pressure Distribution

+

Indicate whether or not the outlet exhibits a radial pressure distribution.

+ + +

Mass Flow Rate

+

Specify the mass flow rate for the outlet.

+ + +

Mass Flow Rate Per

+

Specify whether the outlet mass flow rate is provided by the Machine, the Sector, or by the Passage.

+ + +

Merge Zones

+

Indicate how zones in the same row are to be merged (if at all). By default, all cells are merged as well as inlets, outlets, hubs, and shrouds. You can deselect options or choose to not merge cells at all.

+ + +

Cells

+

Select whether or not to merge cells

+ + +

Inlets

+

Select whether or not to merge inlet zones.

+ + +

Outlets

+

Select whether or not to merge outlet zones.

+ + +

Blades

+

Select whether or not to merge blade zones.

+ + +

Hubs

+

Select whether or not to merge hub zones.

+ + +

Shrouds

+

Select whether or not to merge shroud zones.

+ + +

Turbo Topology

+

Use this task so that Ansys Fluent can compute the turbo coordinates the machine main path inflow and outflow, the hub and shroud, and the side boundaries should be associated.

+ + +

Topology Name

+

Provide a name for the turbo topology, or use the default name.

+ + +

Use Wireframe for Highlighting

+

In order to more easily visualize highlighted items, use this option to display the 3D wireframe representation of the turbo topology model in the graphics window.

+ + +

Turbo Surfaces

+

Use this task to create turbo surfaces at span-wise locations that will be used in solution post processing. By default, the locations will be at 0.25, 0.5, and 0.75.

+ + +

Number of Iso-Surfaces

+

Specify the number of turbo iso-surfaces you want to create, or keep the default value of 3.

+ + +

Report Definitions and Monitors

+

In this task, determine whether or not you want this task to create contour plots of the iso-surfaces you defined as part of the Define Turbo Surfaces task. In addition, once complete, the workflow will have Fluent automatically create performance parameters such as flow rate, pressure-ratio, efficiency, and so on.

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Icing Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level Help

+ +

Icing Workspace

+ +

Airflow

+

The airflow solver. Two solvers are supported (Fluent and FENSAP).

+ + +

Mesh Adaptation (beta)

+

Select to run a sequence of airflow mesh adaptation cycles.

+ + +

Icing Domain

+

Choose the cell zone to represent the Icing Domain in Fluent Icing.

+ + +

Custom Domain

+

Specify a Custom Domain using a single cell zone name or a group of cell zones that share a common suffix (for example ""*-ext"").

+ + +

Auto-Save Solutions

+

Select the auto-save feature, which is writing solutions to files at the end of any icing solver run (airflow, particles, ice).

+ + +

Plot Update Interval

+

Specify the frequency of residual output and reports that are monitored.

+ + +

Log Verbosity

+

Choose the amount of convergence and execution information displayed (Minimal, Complete, Detailed) inside the Console window.

+ + +

Plotting

+

Choose to plot the residuals and any report set in the case file.

+ + +

Save Convergence to File

+

Select to save convergence files for each Fluent Icing component inside its run folder.

+ + +

Save GMRES to File

+

Select to enable the *.*gmres file to monitor convergence of the GMRES solver in FENSAP and Particles.

+ + +

Number of Shots

+

Specify the number of quasi-steady shots to simulate.

+ + +

Total time [s]

+

Specify the total time of ice accretion.

+ + +

Save Files at Each Shot

+

Select to allow the solution to be saved for each solver step in separate files on the disk inside the run folder.

+ + +

Airflow Restart

+

Choose the initial solution of the airflow at each shot.

+ + +

Settings

+

Choose the number of iterations for the first shot.

+ + +

First Shot - Air Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations for the first shot during Airflow iterations.

+ + +

First Shot - Particles Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations for the first shot during Particles iterations.

+ + +

Local Session

+

Indicates whether or not the current session is local.

+ + +

Fluid

+

Choose the same Air Properties as those coming from the loaded case file (Fluid set to Case settings) or set new air properties (Fluid set to Air).

+ + +

Density - Option

+

Choose to use Ideal Gas correlations, a Constant value or Case Settings from the loaded case file.

+ + +

Density [kg/m3]

+

Specify a constant value for air density.

+ + +

Cp - Option

+

Choose to use a Constant value or the Case Settings from the loaded case file.

+ + +

Cp [J/kg-K]

+

Specify a constant value of Cp.

+ + +

Thermal Conductivity - Option

+

Choose to use a Constant value of Thermal Conductivity from Fluent Icing or Case settings to have Fluent Icing use the value defined within the input Case file or from within the Solution Workspace.

+ + +

Thermal Conductivity [W/m-K]

+

Specify a constant value of Thermal Conductivity.

+ + +

Dynamic Viscosity - Option

+

Choose to use a Constant value of Dynamic Viscosity from Fluent Icing or Case settings to have Fluent Icing use the value defined within the input Case file or from within the Solution Workspace.

+ + +

Dynamic Viscosity [kg/m-s]

+

Specify a constant value for Dynamic Viscosity.

+ + +

Turbulence

+

Choose the Turbulence model used with the Fluent Airflow simulation.

+ + +

Roughness Correlation

+

Select to specify a constant value for the correlation associated with the Transition SST turbulence model.

+ + +

Roughness Constant

+

Specify the Geometric Roughness Height associated with the Transition SST turbulence model as a constant value.

+ + +

k-omega Model

+

Choose the k-w model to be used.

+ + +

Viscous Heating

+

Select to include the viscous dissipation terms in the energy equation.

+ + +

Energy

+

Select to enable the calculation of energy in the model.

+ + +

Turb. Production Limiter

+

Select to limit the production term in the turbulence equation.

+ + +

Energy

+

Choose the type of Energy. The Momentum equations are always set to Navier-Stokes.

+ + +

Conservative

+

Select to enable the energy equation in conservative form.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pressure-based Navier-Stokes solution algorithm or density-based Navier-Stokes coupled solution algorithm.

+ + +

Turbulence Model

+

Choose the Turbulence model to use with the FENSAP Airflow simulation.

+ + +

Transition

+

Choose which turbulent transition is modeled.

+ + +

Transition

+

Choose which turbulent transition is modeled.

+ + +

Mode

+

Choose an Artificial Viscosity mode to stabilize the solution.

+ + +

Cross-Wind Dissipation

+

Specify larger values for smoother convergence of the residual or lower values for accuracy of shear stress and heat fluxes.

+ + +

Order (First/Second [percent])

+

Specify the Order parameter which varies from 0 percent (first-order scheme in the upwind direction) to 100 percent (fully second-order scheme in the upwind direction).

+ + +

Airflow Solver

+

Choose your airflow solver.

+ + +

Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the absolute pressure for the boundary condition.

+ + +

Characteristic Length [m]

+

Specify the characteristic length of your geometry.

+ + +

Speed [m/s]

+

Specify the reference flow speed for the simulation.

+ + +

Mach Number

+

Indicates the reference Mach number used in the simulation, computed from the other reference conditions.

+ + +

Reynolds Number

+

Indicates the reference Reynolds number used in the simulation, computed from the other reference conditions.

+ + +

Temperature [K]

+

Specify the reference flow temperature for the simulation.

+ + +

Relative Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the relative pressure for the problem. For all flows, ANSYS Fluent uses gauge pressure internally.

+ + +

Operating Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the operating pressure for the problem. For all flows, ANSYS Fluent uses gauge pressure internally.

+ + +

Adiabatic Stagnation Temperature [K]

+

Indicates the Adiabatic stagnation temperature useful for glaze ice simulations.

+ + +

Vector Mode

+

Choose the Vector Mode used to define the reference flow direction.

+ + +

X Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the x-component of the reference velocity.

+ + +

Y Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the y-component of the reference velocity.

+ + +

Z Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the z-component of the reference velocity.

+ + +

Lift Direction

+

Choose the orientation of the geometry by setting the Lift Direction vector when the Angle of Attack and Yaw Angle are zero degrees.

+ + +

Drag Direction

+

Choose the orientation of the geometry by setting the Drag Direction vector when the Angle of Attack and Yaw Angle are zero degrees.

+ + +

AoA [deg.]

+

Specify the direction of the flow specified via two angles, AoA [deg.] and Yaw [deg.] and its velocity magnitude by Velocity magnitude [m/s].

+ + +

Yaw [deg.]

+

Specify the direction of the flow specified via two angles, AoA [deg.] and Yaw [deg.] and its velocity magnitude by Velocity magnitude [m/s].

+ + +

Velocity Magnitude [m/s]

+

Specify the magnitude of the reference velocity.

+ + +

Droplets

+

Select to allow the modeling of water droplets in a particles simulation.

+ + +

Crystals

+

Select to allow the modeling of ice crystals in a particles simulation.

+ + +

Vapor

+

Select to allow the modeling of vapor in a particles simulation.

+ + +

Particle Thermal Equation

+

Select to enable the energy transfer between particles as well as their respective phase change.

+ + +

LWC [kg/m3]

+

Specify the concentration of water droplets in the air.

+ + +

Droplet Diameter [microns]

+

Specify the droplet diameter to use for the simulation.

+ + +

Water Density [kg/m3]

+

Specify the density of water droplets.

+ + +

SLD

+

Select to allow the set-up of extra physical models when water droplets exceed a MVD of ~40 microns.

+ + +

Appendix Conditions

+

Choose the droplet cloud environments that link ambient conditions to average droplet sizes and concentrations.

+ + +

Droplet Distribution

+

Choose the distribution of water droplets to be used in the simulation.

+ + +

Droplet Drag Model

+

Choose the drag models corresponding to drag correlations.

+ + +

Break-Up Model

+

Choose the process by which a large droplet is broken up into smaller droplets due to aerodynamic forces.

+ + +

Splashing and Bouncing

+

Choose the droplet collection efficiency on the surface.

+ + +

Splashing Model

+

Choose the splashing model used when simulating Splashing and Bouncing.

+ + +

Terminal Velocity

+

Choose to enable SLD particles to fall without exceeding their terminal velocity (maximum fall speed).

+ + +

Droplet Distribution

+

Choose the Appendix O distribution of particle droplets to be used in the simulation.

+ + +

Ice Crystal Content [kg/m3]

+

Specify the concentration of crystals in the air.

+ + +

Crystal Diameter [microns]

+

Specify the semi-major axis length of a thin oblate spheroid.

+ + +

Crystal Density [kg/m3]

+

Specify the density of ice that forms the ice crystal.

+ + +

Crystal Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the aspect ratio (E=b/a) of an oblate spheroid, where b is the semi-major axis length and a is the semi-minor axis length.

+ + +

Appendix Conditions

+

Choose the ICC and the LWC to use in your simulation.

+ + +

Crystal Distribution

+

Choose the distribution of crystals to be used in the simulation.

+ + +

Vapor Initialization

+

Choose the initial reference conditions of vapor using Relative Humidity or Vapor Concentration.

+ + +

Relative Humidity [percent]

+

Specify the ambient relative humidity.

+ + +

Vapor Concentration [kg/m3]

+

Specify the ambient vapor concentration.

+ + +

Turbulent Schmidt Number

+

Specify the rate of propagation of water vapor.

+ + +

Icing Model

+

Choose to solve surface water flow problems.

+ + +

Recovery Factor

+

Specify the convective heat transfer coefficients for ambient/reference or icing temperatures.

+ + +

Specify Icing Air Temperature

+

Select to specify the static temperature at which ice accretion is computed.

+ + +

Icing Air Temperature [K]

+

Specify the static temperature at which ice accretion is computed.

+ + +

Relative Humidity [percent]

+

Specify the relative humidity expressed in percentage value.

+ + +

Beading

+

Select to calculate variable surface roughness evolution on iced walls.

+ + +

Heat Flux

+

Choose to select the convective heat flux used to conduct the ice accretion simulation.

+ + +

Bouncing

+

Choose to model the portion of crystals that bounce off the surface depending on local flow and surface water conditions.

+ + +

Erosion

+

Select to account for crystal erosion effects on ice accreting surfaces.

+ + +

Ice Density Type

+

Choose the ice density.

+ + +

Constant Ice Density [kg/m3]

+

Specify a constant value for ice density.

+ + +

Leading Edge Diameter [m]

+

Specify the reference leading edge diameter used by the Jones Rime density model.

+ + +

Conditions

+

Choose Edit to expose the boundary condition settings for this zone or Case Settings to have Fluent use whichever boundary conditions settings defined on this zone in the input Case file.

+ + +

Temperature [K]

+

Specify the Temperature for this boundary condition.

+ + +

Gauge Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the Pressure for this boundary condition.

+ + +

Velocity Mode

+

Choose the mode for the boundary condition flow.

+ + +

Speed [m/s]

+

Specify the magnitude of the flow speed used to define the boundary condition.

+ + +

Speed [m/s]

+

Indicates the computed magnitude of the flow speed used to define the boundary condition.

+ + +

Mach Number

+

Specify the Mach number used to define the boundary condition.

+ + +

Mach Number

+

The computed Mach number used to define the boundary condition.

+ + +

Normal to the boundary

+

Select to enable the orientation of the inlet flow by the normal vectors of the boundary surface.

+ + +

Direction

+

Choose the Direction used to define the boundary condition flow direction.

+ + +

Alpha (X-Y) [deg.]

+

Specify the orientation of the inlet flow in the X-Y plane.

+ + +

Beta (X-Z) [deg.]

+

Specify the orientation of the inlet flow in the X-Z plane.

+ + +

Flow Direction X

+

Specify the orientation of the inlet flow by the following unit vector components, Flow direction X, Flow direction Y and Flow direction Z.

+ + +

Flow Direction Y

+

Specify the orientation of the inlet flow by the following unit vector components, Flow direction X, Flow direction Y and Flow direction Z.

+ + +

Flow Direction Z

+

Specify the orientation of the inlet flow by the following unit vector components, Flow direction X, Flow direction Y and Flow direction Z.

+ + +

Flow Direction X [m/s]

+

Indicates the X direction component of the inlet Flow computed from the inlet Speed and Alpha and Beta angles.

+ + +

Flow Direction Y [m/s]

+

Indicates the Y direction component of the inlet Flow computed from the inlet Speed and Alpha and Beta angles.

+ + +

Flow Direction Z [m/s]

+

Indicates the Z direction component of the inlet Flow computed from the inlet Speed and Alpha and Beta angles.

+ + +

Turbulence Specification

+

Choose which method will be used to define the turbulence parameters.

+ + +

Intermittency

+

Specify Intermittency to measure the probability that a given point is located inside a turbulent region.

+ + +

Total Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the absolute pressure for the boundary condition.

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

Turb Intensity

+

Specify the values for the turbulent intensity.

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

Conditions

+

Choose Edit to expose the boundary condition settings for this zone or Case Settings to have Fluent use whichever boundary conditions settings defined on this zone in the input Case file.

+ + +

Turbulence Specification

+

Choose which method will be used to define the turbulence parameters.

+ + +

Intermittency

+

Specify Intermittency to measure the probability that a given point is located inside a turbulent region.

+ + +

Temperature [K]

+

Specify the Total Temperature for this boundary condition.

+ + +

Gauge Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the pressure for this boundary condition.

+ + +

Direction Mode

+

Choose the Direction used to define the boundary condition mass flow direction.

+ + +

Mass Flow [kg/s]

+

Specify the inlet mass flow used to define this boundary condition.

+ + +

Flow Direction X

+

Specify the x-component of the Flow Direction.

+ + +

Flow Direction Y

+

Specify the y-component of the Flow Direction.

+ + +

Flow Direction Z

+

Specify the z-component of the Flow Direction.

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the absolute pressure for the boundary condition.

+ + +

Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the absolute pressure for the boundary condition.

+ + +

Thermal Conditions

+

Choose the type of energy equation boundary conditions at the wall.

+ + +

Temperature [K]

+

Specify a temperature at the wall.

+ + +

Heat Flux [W/m2]

+

Specify a heat flux at the wall.

+ + +

Wall Roughness

+

Choose the type of roughness properties at the wall.

+ + +

Roughness Height (m)

+

Specify a Roughness Height (m) at the wall.

+ + +

Gauge Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the Pressure for this boundary condition.

+ + +

Backflow Total Temperature [K]

+

Specify the backflow total temperature to use on this boundary condition when reverse flow is produced on this outlet boundary.

+ + +

From Ref. Conditions

+

Select to enable the boundary conditions at the Inlet to use values from the reference conditions.

+ + +

Droplet LWC [kg/m3]

+

Specify the water droplet concentration at the Inlet.

+ + +

Droplet Diameter [microns]

+

Specify the MVD of the spherical particle that represents a cloud of water droplets at the Inlet.

+ + +

Droplet Temperature [K]

+

Specify the temperature of the cloud of water droplets at the inlet.

+ + +

Droplet Velocity Vector

+

Select to allow an inlet droplet velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Droplet X velocity [m/s]

+

Specify an inlet droplet velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Droplet Y Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify an inlet droplet velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Droplet Z Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify an inlet droplet velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Crystal ICC [kg/m3]

+

Specify the ice crystal concentration at the Inlet.

+ + +

Crystal Temperature [K]

+

Specify the temperature of the cloud of ice crystals at the inlet.

+ + +

Crystal Velocity Vector

+

Select to allow an inlet ice crystal velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Crystal X velocity [m/s]

+

Specify an inlet ice crystal velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Crystal Y Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify an inlet ice crystal velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Crystal Z Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify an inlet ice crystal velocity that is different than the airflow velocity at the inlet.

+ + +

Vapor Condition Mode

+

Choose the type of vapor boundary condition to impose at the inlet.

+ + +

Relative Humidity [percent]

+

Specify the relative humidity at the inlet.

+ + +

Vapor Concentration [kg/m3]

+

Specify the ambient vapor concentration.

+ + +

Vapor Wet wall

+

Select to stay at 100 percent relative humidity and allowing evaporation at these walls.

+ + +

Icing

+

Choose to allow wall boundary control during the icing simulation.

+ + +

Specify Heat Flux

+

Select to specify heat flux at the wall.

+ + +

Heat Flux [W/m2]

+

Specify the heat flux value at the wall.

+ + +

Number of Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations to be calculated during the Fluent Airflow calculation.

+ + +

Write Post-processing Files

+

Choose to write efficient post processing files (.cas.post +.dat.post) to use with the Post-Analysis feature.

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose the regions where results will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Post Variable List

+

Choose the solution variables that will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Surface Selection

+

Select surfaces where results will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Additional Variables

+

Select customized additional variables that will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

CFL

+

Specify the CFL number to control the rate of convergence.

+ + +

CFL Ramping

+

Select to linearly increase the CFL number from 1, at the start of the simulation, to its full value at the end of the CFL ramping iterations.

+ + +

CFL Ramping Iterations

+

Specify to improve the stability at the beginning of a calculation.

+ + +

Number of Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations to be calculated during the FENSAP Airflow calculation.

+ + +

Roughness From Beading

+

Select to allow the roughness distribution computed by the beads model to be applied as a boundary profile on all walls where the High roughness – Icing model has been enabled.

+ + +

Forces

+

Choose to monitor drag and moment coefficients (on all walls) during the simulation.

+ + +

Lift Axis

+

Choose the positive orientation of lift along the positive or negative X, Y and Z axis.

+ + +

Drag - X

+

Specify the x-component of the non-dimensional direction of drag in Cartesian coordinates.

+ + +

Drag - Y

+

Specify the y-component of the non-dimensional direction of drag in Cartesian coordinates.

+ + +

Drag - Z

+

Specify the z-component of the non-dimensional direction of drag in Cartesian coordinates.

+ + +

Reference Area

+

Specify a reference area in m2 used to compute the aerodynamic coefficients.

+ + +

Moment - X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of a point in the computational domain to act as the moment center to compute the aerodynamic moment coefficient.

+ + +

Moment - Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of a point in the computational domain to act as the moment center to compute the aerodynamic moment coefficient.

+ + +

Moment - Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of a point in the computational domain to act as the moment center to compute the aerodynamic moment coefficient.

+ + +

Numbered Solution Files

+

Select to specify the frequency at which FENSAP solutions will be written inside your working directory.

+ + +

Iterations Between Output

+

Specify the frequency at which FENSAP solutions will be written inside your working directory.

+ + +

Monitor-Total Heat

+

Select to monitor the total convective heat flux using all walls of the computational domain.

+ + +

Monitor-Mass Flow

+

Select to monitor the mass inflow, outflow and deficit of air inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Monitor-Heat Flux

+

Select to monitor the total enthalpy inflow, outflow and deficit of the computational domain.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose the solver convergence strategy.

+ + +

Time Scale Factor

+

Specify a factor that scales the pseudo time step size employed for the flow equations.

+ + +

Courant Number

+

Specify the Courant number for CFL-based time stepping.

+ + +

First to Higher Order Blending

+

Specify a blending factor to reduce the desired solution accuracy.

+ + +

Initial Courant Number

+

Specify the starting Courant number.

+ + +

Maximum Courant Number

+

Specify the maximum allowed Courant number.

+ + +

Explicit Under-Relaxation Factor

+

Specify to have the solution be under-relaxed to improve convergence.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose a method for initializing the solution.

+ + +

FMG Courant Number

+

Specify the FMG Courant number.

+ + +

Initial Values

+

Choose to use values from reference or inlet boundary conditions, or specify initial values of applicable variables.

+ + +

Pressure [Pa]

+

Specify the initial pressure.

+ + +

Temperature [K]

+

Specify the initial temperature.

+ + +

X Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the x-velocity component that will be assigned as the initial velocity for the airflow inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Y Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the y-velocity component that will be assigned as the initial velocity for the airflow inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Z Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the z-velocity component that will be assigned as the initial velocity for the airflow inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Turbulent Intensity

+

Specify the values for the initial turbulent intensity.

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the initial turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

Inlet BC

+

Select the inlet boundary condition to compute initial values from.

+ + +

CFL

+

Specify the CFL value to use in your Particles simulation.

+ + +

Artificial Viscosity Coef.

+

Specify the Streamline upwind (SU) technique to stabilize the PDEs.

+ + +

Residual Cut-Off

+

Specify the stopping criterion of the overall residual for the Particles governing equations.

+ + +

Change in Total Beta

+

Specify the difference in total collection efficiency of all walls between two consecutive iterations.

+ + +

Number of Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations to be calculated during the Particles calculation.

+ + +

Numbered Solution Files

+

Select to specify the frequency at which Particles solutions will be written inside your working directory.

+ + +

Iterations Between Output

+

Specify the frequency at which Particles solutions will be written inside your working directory.

+ + +

Save Distribution Solutions

+

Select to save all the solutions of a particles distribution simulation.

+ + +

Distribution Restart Mode

+

Choose to restart from a previously calculated diameter, when executing the next diameter in sequence in a distribution.

+ + +

Velocity

+

Choose speed and direction to be used as the initial velocity or the velocity components that will be assigned as the initial velocity.

+ + +

X Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the Velocity x-component assigned as the initial velocity for all particles inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Y Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the Velocity y-component assigned as the initial velocity for all particles inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Z Velocity [m/s]

+

Specify the Velocity z-component assigned as the initial velocity for all particles inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Dry Initialization

+

Select to define the initial particle concentration (LWC, ICC or Vapor Humidity) to zero everywhere inside the computational domain except at the inlet, where Particles boundary conditions are defined.

+ + +

Solution Type

+

Indicates which type of Airflow solution (Fluent or FENSAP) is currently loaded and used for the Particles simulation.

+ + +

Total Beta

+

Select to enable the total collection efficiency computed on all walls of the computational domain.

+ + +

Change in Total Beta

+

Select to enable the difference in total collection efficiency of all walls between two consecutive iterations.

+ + +

Mass Deficit

+

Select to enable the mass inflow, outflow and deficit of particles inside the computational domain.

+ + +

Vapor Condensation

+

Select to enable the total vapor condensation on all walls of the computational domain.

+ + +

File

+

Select to enable the total vapor condensation on all walls of the computational domain.

+ + +

Automatic Time Step

+

Select to enable the optimal time step for each grid/film speed combination. If disabled, a Time step [s] option appears, where you can define a stable time step for the Ice simulation.

+ + +

Time Step [s]

+

Specify a stable time step for the Ice simulation.

+ + +

Total Time of Ice Accretion [s]

+

Specify the total physical time duration of the Ice simulation.

+ + +

Disable EID Preprocessing (If Applicable)

+

Select to skip EID preprocessing.

+ + +

Remeshing

+

Choose to update the volumetric mesh by displacing and deforming the wall mesh and the surrounding cells or by automatically remeshing using Fluent Meshing.

+ + +

Hybrid Remeshing

+

Enable to run ALE for mesh displacement and revert to remeshing if required, or if the remeshing interval indicates it.

+ + +

Remeshing Interval (Shots)

+

Specify the number of intervals to update the volumetric mesh by displacing and deforming the wall mesh and the surrounding cells or by automatically remeshing using Fluent Meshing.

+ + +

Additional Options

+

Select to enable additional remeshing options.

+ + +

Global Sizing - Min/Max

+

Specify the minimum and maximum global cell size of triangles or tetrahedra used during wrapping and mesh creation.

+ + +

Global Sizing - Growth Rate

+

Specify the growth rate of triangles or tetrahedra between the minimum and maximum cell size inside the computational domain used during wrapping and mesh creation.

+ + +

Proximity Sizing - Min

+

Specify the minimum cell size used in the proximity of the surface.

+ + +

Proximity Sizing - Growth Rate

+

Specify the growth rate of cell size in the proximity of the surface.

+ + +

Proximity Sizing - Cells per Gap

+

Specify the number of cells filled between two proximal surfaces. This parameter is useful when you have a blunt trailing edge in your geometry.

+ + +

Curvature Sizing - Min/Max

+

Specify the minimum and maximum cell size used to capture the curved surface of walls.

+ + +

Curvature Sizing - Growth Rate

+

Specify the growth rate of the cell size used to capture the curved surface of walls. This is used for wrapping and surface mesh creation.

+ + +

Curvature Sizing - Normal Angle

+

Specify the maximum allowable difference in surface normal angle between two neighboring cells that represent the curved surface of walls.

+ + +

Prism - Number of Layers

+

Specify the number of prism layers to generate around wall boundaries.

+ + +

Prism - First Cell Aspect Ratio

+

Specify the aspect ratio of the first prism layer just above the wall boundaries.

+ + +

Prism - Growth Rate

+

Specify the growth rate of the cell height of prisms from the wall boundaries.

+ + +

Material Point

+

Specify a point located in the volumetric region where you would like to create the volume mesh along with its location using cartesian coordinates, example [x, y, z].

+ + +

Wrap - Resolution factor

+

Specify the resolution of the surface during wrapping. A value of 0 will capture all features present in the ice shape.

+ + +

Cell Sizing

+

Choose how these 3D cells grow from the existing surface mesh to the outer boundaries of the domain.

+ + +

Cell Sizing - Growth Rate

+

Specify the cells growth from the existing surface mesh to the outer boundaries of the domain.

+ + +

Dimension

+

Choose if the original mesh is a full 3D or a 2.5D mesh.

+ + +

Extrusion - Z Thickness

+

Specify the extrusion thickness used to generate the 2.5D mesh from the 2D mesh, in the Z direction.

+ + +

Wrap - Max Length

+

Specify the maximum length used to wrap the surfaces when a 3D geometry has a thin span and a large mesh cell size is required at the outer boundaries of the computational domain.

+ + +

Rotational Periodic

+

Select to specify rotational periodicity options.

+ + +

Angle

+

Specify the rotational periodic angle of the original mesh.

+ + +

Center

+

Specify the rotational periodic center point of the original mesh in cartesian system [vx, vy, vz] m.

+ + +

Axis

+

Specify the axis of the periodic zone of the original mesh in cartesian system [vx, vy, vz] m.

+ + +

Periodic Zones

+

Specify the zone name of the rotational periodic surfaces in the original mesh.

+ + +

Translational Periodic

+

Select to specify translational periodicity options.

+ + +

Translation

+

Specify the translational periodic vector in cartesian system [vx, vy, vz] m.

+ + +

Periodic Zones

+

Specify the zone name of the translational periodic surfaces in the original mesh.

+ + +

Remote Info

+

Indicates session information, such as whether this is a locally run session or not, and the host name.

+ + +

Airflow

+

Select to include air flow effects as part of your simulation.

+ + +

Particles

+

Select to include particle effects as part of your simulation.

+ + +

Ice

+

Select to include ice accretion effects as part of your simulation.

+ + +

Mode

+

Choose the cell zone to represent the Icing Domain in Fluent Icing.

+ + +

Filter

+

Specify a Custom Domain using a single cell zone name or a group of cell zones that share a common suffix (for example, ""*-ext"").

+ + +

Energy

+

Select to enable the effects of temperature when using Fluent to solve your simulation.

+ + +

Model

+

Choose to solve surface water flow problems.

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Boundary Values

+

Select to overwrite the node values (on boundaries) with a simple average of the boundary +face values.

+ + +

Filled

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Select to display the mesh.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the contours.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the vectors.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Step

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Path Coarsen

+

Specify to reduce the time and the number of points plotted in a pathline.

+ + +

Pathlines Field

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the pathlines.

+ + +

Oil Flow

+

Select to display pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

Choose from a list of functions for the axis of the plot.

+ + +

Enabled

+

Select to enable the chosen plot function.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the pathline display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the pathline display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular pathline color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the pathline display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the pathline color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pathline color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the pathline color map data.

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Enable to plot values at nodes.

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the XY plot.

+ + +

Graphics Objects

+

Select the graphics objects to include in the scene.

+ + +

Filename

+

Specify the file that contains the plot information.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the y-axis.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Surfaces

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Zones

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the point location.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the point location.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the point location.

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Lattice Boltzman Method Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level + Help

+ +

LB Method Workspace

+ +

Automatically Maximize CPU Performance

+

Automatically utilizes the CPU to the maximum benefit of Fluent Lattice Boltzmann

+ + +

Global Mesh Size

+

Specify the target mesh size (in meters). Click "Statistics" to see the current surface mesh size for a possible starting point.

+ + +

Number of Refinement Steps

+

Specify how the mesh transitions between refined and coarse areas. Higher values result in more gradual mesh transitions.

+ + +

Default Wall Mesh Size

+

Specify the desired mesh size for wall boundaries.

+ + +

Boundary Mesh Size

+

Specify the target boundary mesh size (in meters).

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries where the boundary mesh size will be applied.

+ + +

Target Cell Size

+

Specify the target mesh size (in meters) for the refinement box.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X coordinate for the center of the refinement box.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y coordinate for the center of the refinement box.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z coordinate for the center of the refinement box.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component for the length of the box.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component for the length of the box.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component for the length of the box.

+ + +

Number of Active Cells

+

An estimate of the number of cells in the final mesh.

+ + +

Improve Estimate

+

Improve the estimate of how many cells will be in the final mesh (increases estimation time).

+ + +

Merge

+

Merge cell zones into a single cell zone.

+ + +

Delete

+

Delete cell zones that are not part of the study.

+ + +

Transform Type

+

Specify whether you want to scale, rotate, or translate the mesh.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the scaling factor for the X-component.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the scaling factor for the Y-component

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the scaling factor for the Z-component

+ + +

Rotation Angle

+

Set how many degrees the domain will be rotated

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component for the axis of rotation

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component for the axis of rotation

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component for the axis of rotation

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component of the origin of the rotation

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component of the origin of the rotation

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component of the origin of the rotation

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component of the offset for the mesh translation

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component of the offset for the mesh translation

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component of the offset for the mesh translation

+ + +

Viscous

+

Specify whether the flow is laminar or turbulent

+ + +

Method

+

Fluent LB supports materials with a constant density

+ + +

Value

+

Specify the density of this material

+ + +

Method

+

Fluent LB supports materials with a constant viscosity

+ + +

Value

+

Specify the viscosity of this material

+ + +

Material

+

Define the case material

+ + +

Velocity Specification

+

Select the method for specifying the velocity.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the velocity.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the velocity.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the velocity.

+ + +

Velocity Magnitude

+

Specify the magnitude of the velocity.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the direction.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the direction.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the direction.

+ + +

Gauge Pressure

+

Specify the gauge pressure.

+ + +

Mach Number

+

Specify the Mach number.

+ + +

Wall Velocity Specification

+

Select whether the wall velocity is stationary, translational, or rotational.

+ + +

Translational Velocity Specification

+

Select the method for specifying the translational velocity.

+ + +

Translational Velocity Magnitude

+

Specify the magnitude of the translational velocity.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the direction of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the direction of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the direction of the translational velocity.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Rotational Speed

+

Specify the rotational speed.

+ + +

X

+

Provide the X coordinate of the rotational origin axis

+ + +

Y

+

Provide the Y coordinate of the rotational origin axis

+ + +

Z

+

Provide the Z coordinate of the rotational origin axis

+ + +

X

+

Provide the X coordinate for the rotational direction

+ + +

Y

+

Provide the Y coordinate for the rotational direction

+ + +

Z

+

Provide the Z coordinate for the rotational direction

+ + +

Operating Pressure

+

Specify the operating pressure of the system

+ + +

X

+

Specify the "X" coordinate of the reference pressure location

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the "Y" coordinate of the reference pressure location

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the "Z" coordinate of the reference pressure location

+ + +

Reference Area

+

Specify the reference area

+ + +

Reference Density

+

Specify the reference density

+ + +

Reference Length

+

Specify the reference length

+ + +

Reference Pressure

+

Specify the reference pressure

+ + +

Reference Velocity

+

Specify the reference velocity

+ + +

Print

+

Print the value of the report definition to the console

+ + +

Plot

+

Plot the value of the report definition in the graphics window

+ + +

Write

+

Write the report definition to a file so that it can be plotted in a future session or other application

+ + +

Quantity

+

Select the type of report definition being created

+ + +

Coefficient

+

Enable to compute the coefficient instead of the raw value.

+ + +

X Label

+

Choose the quantity for the X axis of the report plot.

+ + +

Y Label

+

Displays the quantity for the Y axis of the report plot.

+ + +

Variable

+

Specify the variable that is being evaluated for this report definition.

+ + +

Volume Integration Type

+

Setup a volume integral report definition.

+ + +

Type

+

Setup a surface integral report definition.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-vector for the force report definition.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-vector for the force report definition.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-vector for the force report definition

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component for the moment center

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component for the moment center

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component for the moment center

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component for the moment axis

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component for the moment axis

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component for the moment axis

+ + +

File Name

+

Name of the report file (not including the file extension)

+ + +

Base File Name

+

Full name and location of the report file

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Automatically adjust the range

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis

+ + +

Color

+

Specify the color of the major tick marks

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of the major tick marks

+ + +

Color

+

Specify the color of the minor tick marks

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of the minor tick marks

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the X-axis

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the X-axis values will be displayed

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of X-axis values

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Automatically adjust the range

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis

+ + +

Color

+

Specify the color of the major tick marks

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of the major tick marks

+ + +

Color

+

Specify the color of the minor tick marks

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of the minor tick marks

+ + +

Label

+

Specify the label for the Y-axis

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values

+ + +

Compute From

+

Select where initialization values are computed from

+ + +

Pressure

+

Specify the initialization pressure

+ + +

X Velocity

+

Specify the initialization X-velocity

+ + +

Y Velocity

+

Specify the initialization Y-velocity

+ + +

Z Velocity

+

Specify the initialization Z-velocity

+ + +

Save Data Every

+

Specify whether autosaving is done based on timesteps or flow time

+ + +

Retain Only the Most Recent Files

+

Enable so that only the most recent files are saved during the calculation.

+ + +

Save Data Interval

+

Set how frequently the case and/or data is saved

+ + +

Save Data Interval

+

Set how frequently the case and/or data is saved

+ + +

Maximum Number of Data Files

+

Set to a value greater than 0 to limit the total number of data files

+ + +

Save Associated Case File

+

Specify whether the case file is saved every time with the data file or only when the case is changed

+ + +

File Name

+

Set the name and location of autosaved files

+ + +

Append File Name With

+

Set whether filenames are appended with the timestep or flow time

+ + +

Number of Decimal Units in File Name

+

Set the number of digits included in the flowtime appended to the filename

+ + +

Last Frame

+

Number of the last saved animation frame

+ + +

Graphics

+

Select the object(s) you want to animate

+ + +

Record After Every

+

Specify whether animation images are saved based on wall clock time or timesteps

+ + +

Index

+

Set how many reporting intervals (specified in Properties-Run Calculation) pass between saving animation images

+ + +

Wall Clock

+

Set how much time should pass between saving animation images

+ + +

Storage Type

+

Specify the image format for the saved animation images

+ + +

Storage Directory

+

Path to the directory where animation files will be written

+ + +

WindowId

+

ID of the window where animation images will be displayed

+ + +

Projection

+

Specify whether the object is displayed in perspective or orthographic view

+ + +

View

+

Set the camera orientation for object being animated (you can click "Use Active View" to use the view in the active graphics window)

+ + +

Data Sampling for Time Statistics

+

Save unsteady statistics and derived quantities

+ + +

Compute From

+

Specify where initial flow field variables are computed from

+ + +

Pressure

+

Set an initial value for the system pressure

+ + +

X Velocity

+

Set an initial velocity in the X-direction

+ + +

Y Velocity

+

Set an initial velocity in the Y-direction

+ + +

Z Velocity

+

Set an initial velocity in the Z-direction

+ + +

Time Step Method

+

Time steps move at a fixed size

+ + +

Time Step Size

+

Click "Compute Timestep" to have Fluent LB provide an initial timestep size or enter your own

+ + +

Number of Time Steps

+

Specify how many timesteps to run in this simulation

+ + +

Startup Timesteps (pressure damping)

+

Specify how many timesteps to use for starting the solution with pressure damping (for early stability)

+ + +

Reporting Interval

+

The number of timesteps before min/max pressure and velocity values are printed to the console.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Surfaces

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Zones

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Filled

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the contours.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the vectors.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Step

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Coarsen

+

help text for coarsen

+ + +

Pathlines Field

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the pathlines.

+ + +

Oil Flow

+

Select to display pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Step Size

+

Specify the steps size used to control accuracy.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

help text for x axis function.

+ + +

Enabled

+

help text for enabled.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the pathline display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the pathline display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular pathline color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the pathline display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the pathline color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pathline color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the pathline color map data.

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Specify the plane surface(s) on which you want to display the LIC.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Specify the vector field used to calculate the LIC plot.

+ + +

Lic Color By Field

+

Enable to have the LIC vectors colored by a field variable.

+ + +

Field

+

Specify the field variable that will be used to color the LIC plot.

+ + +

Lic Color

+

Set a constant color for the LIC plot.

+ + +

Oriented Lic

+

Enable to utilize the Oriented LIC method for generating the LIC plot.

+ + +

Lic Normalize

+

Enable to normalize the magnitude of the vector field used in the LIC calculations. This option should be disabled when LIC vectors are oriented.

+ + +

Lic Max Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of integration steps for the convolution. This value is used for forward and backward integration, so the total number of steps can be double the provided value.

+ + +

Texture Spacing

+

Seed spacing controls density of the texture for the oriented LIC method. The number you provide is the general number of pixels separating the placement of seed points before integration.

+ + +

Texture Size

+

Set the size of the non-oriented LIC texture.

+ + +

Intensity Factor

+

Scale up or down the intensity of the convolution levels. You can use this to control the brightness or contrast of the LIC plot.

+ + +

Image Filter

+

Select a filter to enhance or alter the LIC texture. These options will have a greater effect when using standard LIC (versus oriented).

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the LIC.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Select the mesh that will be displayed with the LIC.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the view position.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the view position.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the view position.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the view target.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the view target.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the view target.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the view up vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the view up vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the view up vector.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the width of the view.

+ + +

Height

+

Specify the height of the view.

+ + +

Projection

+

Select whether the view is perspective or orthographic.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the point location.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the point location.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the point location.

+ + +

Lb Clipping

+

Enable to have the points created at the closest boundary to the specified location.

+ + +

Surface Integration Type

+

Select the type of surface report you want to compute.

+ + +

Variable

+

Select the field variable you want computed for the surface report.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces you want included in the report computation.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all surface report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the surface report.

+ + +

Volume Integration Type

+

Select the type of volume report you want to compute.

+ + +

Variable

+

Select the variable you want computed for the volume report.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all volume report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the volume report.

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries you want included in the force report computation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the direction in which the force is to be resolved.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the direction in which the force is to be resolved.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the direction in which the force is to be resolved.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all force report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the force report.

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries you want included in the moment report computation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the moment center.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the moment center.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the moment center.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the moment axis.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the moment axis.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the moment axis.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all moment report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the moment report.

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries you want included in the mass flow report computation.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all mass flow report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the mass flow report.

+ + +

Color Grid Far

+

Select a color for the mesh for the far-field boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Inlet

+

Select a color for the mesh for the inlet boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Interior

+

Select a color for the mesh for the interior boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Outlet

+

Select a color for the mesh for the outlet boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Overset

+

Select a color for the mesh for the overset boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Periodic

+

Select a color for the mesh for the periodic boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Rans Les Interface

+

Select a color for the mesh for the RANS LES interface boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Symmetry

+

Select a color for the mesh for the symmetry boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Axis

+

Select a color for the mesh for the axis boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Wall

+

Select a color for the mesh for the wall boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Free Surface

+

Select a color for the mesh for the free surface boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Internal

+

Select a color for the mesh for the internal boundary type.

+ + +

Color Grid Traction

+

Select a color for the mesh for the traction boundary type.

+ + +

Color Interface

+

Select a color for the mesh for the interface boundary type.

+ + +

Color Surface

+

Select a color for the mesh for the surface boundary type.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Enable to plot values at nodes.

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the XY plot.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the Y-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Filename

+

Specify the file that contains the plot information.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the y-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Graphics Objects

+

Select the graphics objects to include in the scene.

+ + +
+ +

Ansys Fluent Polyflow Manufacturing Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level + Help: General Properties

+ +

Polyflow Manufacturing Workspace

+ +

General Properties

+

TBD

+ + +

Operating mode

+

Select the thermal operating mode of current calculation such as temperature computed, temperature frozen or process temperature imposed. Temperature frozen means that the initial temperature will be kept during calculation.

+ + +

Mass of the Mold

+

Specify a value for the mass of the mold: corresponding to the total mass of the mold and of the moving part connected to the mold.

+ + +

Limit Mold Displacement

+

Activates limitation of mold displacement.

+ + +

Maximum Displacement

+

Specify a value for the maximum acceptable displacement of the mold.

+ + +

Penetration accuracy

+

Specify a value for the desired penetration accuracy to be used in contact detection.

+ + +

Slip specification

+

Indicate the flow conditions at the wall boundary. You can choose whether to impose a zero velocity (no slip), a friction force (partial slip), or no friction (free slip).

+ + +

Slip model

+

For slip conditions, specify how the shear force is calculated with respect to the tangential relative velocity.

+ + +

Friction coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for the Navier law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Friction coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for the Generalized Navier law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Scaling factor

+

Specify the scaling factor for the Generalized Navier law slip conditions.

+ + +

Exponent

+

Specify the exponent for the Generalized Navier law slip conditions.

+ + +

First Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the first friction coefficient for the slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Second Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the second friction coefficient for the slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Critical stress

+

The critical force density at which the friction coefficient changes. When this stress is exceeded, the second friction component is used.

+ + +

First Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the first friction coefficient for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

First Scaling factor

+

Specify the first scaling factor for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. This scaling factor has the dimensions of the velocity, and it affects the slope of the first part the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Second Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the second friction coefficient for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Second Scaling factor

+

Specify the second scaling factor for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. This scaling factor has the dimensions of the velocity, and it affects the slope of the second part the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Exponent

+

Specify the exponent for the generalized threshold law slip conditions.

+ + +

Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for the asymptotic slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Scaling Factor

+

A scaling factor with the dimensions of the velocity. It affects the slope of the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Temperature Dependence

+

Specify whether the thermal dependency is a constant, or it obeys a first-order approximation of the Arrhenius law, or it obeys the Arrhenius law.

+ + +

Ea / R

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference Temperature

+

A reference temperature for which the thermal dependency function H(T) is 1.

+ + +

Pressure Dependence

+

Specify the wall pressure dependency as either exponential or linear.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Specify a value for the linear pressure dependency.

+ + +

Beta

+

Specify a value for the exponential pressure dependency.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the cell zone(s) on which the condition for adaptive meshing applies

+ + +

Element dilatation

+

Select the mode for handling element dilation in contact detection such as Program controlled or User value.

+ + +

Mesh file

+

Indicates the location and name of the mesh file. For more information, see Meshes in the Polyflow documentation.

+ + +

Mesh length unit

+

Indicates the unit of length used in the mesh file. For more information, see Units in the Polyflow documentation.

+ + +

Mesh Format

+

Indicates the format of the mesh file

+ + +

Box Size

+

Describes the dimensions of the mesh.

+ + +

Geometry Type

+

Indicates the dimensionality of the geometry to be represented by the mesh file.

+ + +

Calculation Type

+

Indicates the specific type of calculation to be performed. Calculations can be Steady, Continuation and Transient.

+ + +

Task name

+

Specify a name for the task.

+ + +

Duration

+

For a transient or volume of fluid calculation, specify the overall length of time interval.

+ + +

Upper limit of continuation variable

+

Specify the uppermost value of the continuation variable.

+ + +

Include thermal effects

+

Enable this option if you want to model fluid flow in which temperature plays a role.

+ + +

Include inertia effects

+

Enable this option if you want to model fluid flow in which inertia plays a role. For blow molding simulations, inertia effects are always included.

+ + +

Include viscous dissipation effects

+

Enable this option if you want to model the heat generated by internal forces and friction along slipping walls.

+ + +

Include gravity effects

+

Enable this option if you want to model fluid flow in which gravity plays a role. When selected, for the Gravity definition, enter the X, Y, and Z components of the gravitational acceleration.

+ + +

Gx

+

Specify the value of the x-component of the gravitational acceleration. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient or continuation simulations only).

+ + +

Gy

+

Specify the value of the y-component of the gravitational acceleration. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient or continuation simulations only).

+ + +

Gz

+

Specify the value of the z-component of the gravitational acceleration. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient or continuation simulations only).

+ + +

Material

+

help text for material

+ + +

Zones

+

help text for zones

+ + +

Thickness H

+

help text for thickness h

+ + +

A

+

help text for a

+ + +

B

+

help text for b

+ + +

C

+

help text for c

+ + +

D

+

help text for d

+ + +

Activation

+

help text for activation

+ + +

Direction of Anisotropy

+

help text for direction of anisotropy

+ + +

Anisotropy Factor

+

help text for anisotropy factor

+ + +

Stretching

+

help text for stretching

+ + +

View properties

+

Indicate whether or not to display material properties.

+ + +

Density

+

Specify the density of the material.

+ + +

Coefficient of thermal expansion

+

Coefficient of thermal expansion used within the context of the Boussinesq approximation, that is, the effect is applied only on the volume forces (gravity).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Within the context of the Boussinesq approximation for the thermal expansion: temperature at which thermal expansion vanishes, that is, at which the density is equal to the specified Density value.

+ + +

K

+

Select a constant thermal conductivity (K) or a third-order, temperature-dependent, polynomial expression.

+ + +

A

+

When the thermal conductivity law is set to Constant, specify a constant value for the thermal conductivity, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only). Otherwise, when the law is set to Polynomial, specify the primary coefficient of the thermal conductivity polynomial expression; it may not vanish.

+ + +

B

+

The coefficient of the linear term in the temperature-dependent thermal conductivity polynomial expression.

+ + +

C

+

The coefficient of the quadratic term in the temperature-dependent thermal conductivity polynomial expression.

+ + +

D

+

The coefficient of the cubic term in the temperature-dependent thermal conductivity polynomial expression.

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Specify the temperature at which the thermal conductivity is constant and is equal to the primary coefficient A.

+ + +

Cp

+

Select a constant heat capacity per unit mass or a third-order, temperature-dependent, polynomial expression.

+ + +

A

+

When the heat capacity per unit mass law is set to Constant, specify a constant value for the heat capacity per unit mass, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only). Otherwise, when the law is set to Polynomial, specify the primary coefficient of the polynomial expression for the heat capacity per unit mass.

+ + +

B

+

The coefficient of the linear term in the temperature-dependent heat capacity per unit mass polynomial expression.

+ + +

C

+

The coefficient of the quadratic term in the temperature-dependent heat capacity per unit mass polynomial expression.

+ + +

D

+

The coefficient of the cubic term in the temperature-dependent heat capacity per unit mass polynomial expression.

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Specify the temperature at which the heat capacity per unit mass is constant and is equal to the primary coefficient A.

+ + +

E

+

Specify a value for E, the Young modulus.

+ + +

Mu

+

Specify a value for mu, for the Poisson coefficient.

+ + +

Alpha

+

For linear thermo-elasticity, specify a value for alpha, the lineic dilitation coefficient.

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

For linear thermo-elasticity, specify the temperature at which lineic dilatation vanishes.

+ + +

Shear-rate dependency model

+

Specify the model for the shear-rate dependence.

+ + +

Temperature dependency model

+

Specify the model for the temperature dependence.

+ + +

Viscosity

+

Specify a constant value for the viscosity.

+ + +

Consistency factor

+

The viscosity at shear-rate equal to the inverse of the Time Constant.

+ + +

Time constant

+

The inverse of the shear-rate at which the viscosity is equal to the Consistency Factor.

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning. On a log-log diagram, the index corresponds to the slope of shear stress curve vs. shear rate. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant viscosity Newtonian fluid, while values lower than 1 indicate shear thinning. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero shear viscosity

+

The viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning that occurs beyond a shear rate equal to the inverse of the time constant. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant viscosity Newtonian fluid, while the amount of shear thinning increases when the power index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Infinite shear viscosity

+

The asymptotic value of the shear viscosity at very high shear rate.

+ + +

Zero shear viscosity

+

Viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from Newtonian to power-law behavior).

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning that occurs beyond a shear rate equal to the inverse of the time constant. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant viscosity Newtonian fluid, while the amount of shear thinning increases when the power index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Infinite shear viscosity

+

The asymptotic value of the shear viscosity at very high shear rate.

+ + +

Plateau index

+

Parameter that controls the sharpness of the transition from the Newtonian viscosity plateau at low shear rate to the shear thinning behavior. A value between 0 and 1 leads to a rather smooth transition, while higher values lead to a sharp transition.

+ + +

Plastic viscosity

+

On a linear diagram, the plastic viscosity indicates the slope of the shear stress curve vs. shear rate beyond the yield stress threshold. It also corresponds to the asymptotic value of the shear viscosity at very high shear rate.

+ + +

Yield stress threshold

+

Ideally, the yield stress threshold is the minimum amount of stress that is needed to apply a deformation to the material. In the CFD context, it corresponds to the stress level below which very little deformation is exhibited by the fluid.

+ + +

Critical shear rate

+

The critical shear rate controls the sharpness of the transition between the no-flow behavior when the local stress level is less than the yield stress threshold and the fluid response when the stress is large enough. The sharpness of the transition increases when the critical shear rate decreases. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Plastic viscosity

+

On a linear diagram, the plastic viscosity indicates the slope of the shear stress curve vs. shear rate beyond the yield stress threshold. It also corresponds to the asymptotic value of the shear viscosity at very high shear rate.

+ + +

Yield stress threshold

+

Ideally, the yield stress threshold is the minimum amount of stress that is needed to apply a deformation to the material. In the CFD context, it corresponds to the stress level below which very little deformation is exhibited by the fluid.

+ + +

Critical shear rate

+

The critical shear rate controls the sharpness of the transition between the no-flow behavior when the local stress level is less than the yield stress threshold and the fluid response when the stress is large enough. The sharpness of the transition increases when the critical shear rate decreases. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Yield stress threshold

+

Ideally, the yield stress threshold is the minimum amount of stress that is needed to apply a deformation to the material. In the CFD context, it corresponds to the stress level below which very little deformation is exhibited by the fluid.

+ + +

Consistency factor

+

On a linear diagram, the consistency factor indicates the shear stress growth vs. shear rate beyond the yield stress threshold.

+ + +

Power law index

+

On a linear diagram, the power law index indicates the change of slope of the shear stress growth vs. shear rate beyond the yield stress threshold. The rate of shear thinning increases when the index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Critical shear rate

+

The critical shear rate controls the sharpness of the transition between the no-flow behavior when the local stress level is less than the yield stress threshold and the fluid response when the stress is large enough. The sharpness of the transition increases when the critical shear rate decreases. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Yield stress threshold

+

Ideally, the yield stress threshold is the minimum amount of stress that is needed to apply a deformation to the material. In the CFD context, it corresponds to the stress level below which very little deformation is exhibited by the fluid.

+ + +

Consistency factor

+

On a linear diagram, the consistency factor indicates the shear stress growth vs. shear rate beyond the yield stress threshold.

+ + +

Power law index

+

On a linear diagram, the power law index indicates the change of slope of the shear stress growth vs. shear rate beyond the yield stress threshold. The rate of shear thinning increases when the index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Critical shear rate

+

The critical shear rate controls the sharpness of the transition between the no-flow behavior when the local stress level is less than the yield stress threshold and the fluid response when the stress is large enough. The sharpness of the transition increases when the critical shear rate decreases. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero shear viscosity

+

Viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Cross law index

+

Index that controls the rate at which the viscosity decreases with increasing shear-rate. A value of 0 corresponds to a Newtonian fluid (no shear thinning), a value of 1 corresponds to a viscosity that decreases rapidly (important shear thinning). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero shear viscosity

+

The viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Cross law index

+

Index that controls the rate at which the viscosity decreases with increasing shear-rate. A value of 0 corresponds to a Newtonian fluid (no shear thinning), a value of 1 corresponds to a viscosity that decreases rapidly (important shear thinning). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Activation energy

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity. It often corresponds to the temperature of the master curve.

+ + +

Shift

+

Dictates how the viscosity will change with temperature: a vertical shift means that the viscosity curve is simply shifted downwards in a viscosity/shear-rate diagram when temperature increases, a vertical and horizontal shift means that the viscosity curve is shifted downwards and to the right when temperature increases.

+ + +

Activation energy

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity. It often corresponds to the temperature of the master curve.

+ + +

Shift

+

Dictates how the viscosity will change with temperature: a vertical shift means that the viscosity curve is simply shifted downwards in a viscosity/shear-rate diagram when temperature increases, a vertical and horizontal shift means that the viscosity curve is shifted downwards and to the right when temperature increases.

+ + +

F1

+

Coefficient that can be used for applying an overall vertical shift of the viscosity curve vs. temperature. It is redundant with the zero shear viscosity.

+ + +

F2

+

Coefficient that affects the slope of the decay of the viscosity curve with increasing temperature. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

F3

+

Temperature corresponding to the vertical asymptote of the viscosity curve vs. temperature. In other words, it is the temperature at which the model would predict an infinite viscosity, suggesting fusion or solidification.

+ + +

C1

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

C2

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence.

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

A temperature parameter which is sometimes related to the glass transition temperature of the material.

+ + +

Reference temperature difference

+

A temperature shift applied when considering another reference temperature (for example, when considering another temperature for the master curve).

+ + +

Shift

+

Dictates how the viscosity will change with temperature: a vertical shift means that the viscosity curve is simply shifted downwards in a viscosity/shear-rate diagram when temperature increases, a vertical and horizontal shift means that the viscosity curve is shifted downwards and to the right.

+ + +

Weighting Coefficient

+

At the first approximation, it controls the swelling intensity vs. flow rate. Use swelling-based experimental data to fine-tune the values for this property.

+ + +

Shear-rate dependency model

+

Specify the model for the shear-rate dependence.

+ + +

Viscosity

+

Specify a constant value for the viscosity.

+ + +

Consistency factor

+

The viscosity at shear-rate equal to the inverse of the Time Constant.

+ + +

Time constant

+

The inverse of the shear-rate at which the viscosity is equal to the Consistency Factor.

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning. On a log-log diagram, the index corresponds to the slope of shear stress curve vs. shear rate. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant viscosity Newtonian fluid, while values lower than 1 indicate shear thinning. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

The viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning that occurs beyond a shear rate equal to the inverse of the time constant. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant viscosity Newtonian fluid, while the amount of shear thinning increases when the power index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Infinite first normal viscosity

+

The asymptotic value of the shear viscosity at very high shear rate.

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

Viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from Newtonian to power-law behavior).

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning that occurs beyond a shear rate equal to the inverse of the time constant. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant viscosity Newtonian fluid, while the amount of shear thinning increases when the power index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Infinite first normal viscosity

+

The asymptotic value of the shear viscosity at very high shear rate.

+ + +

Plateau index

+

Parameter that controls the sharpness of the transition from the Newtonian viscosity plateau at low shear rate to the shear thinning behavior. A value between 0 and 1 leads to a rather smooth transition, while higher values lead to a sharp transition.

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

Viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Cross law index

+

Index that controls the rate at which the viscosity decreases with increasing shear-rate. A value of 0 corresponds to a Newtonian fluid (no shear thinning), a value of 1 corresponds to a viscosity that decreases rapidly (important shear thinning). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

The viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Cross law index

+

Index that controls the rate at which the viscosity decreases with increasing shear-rate. A value of 0 corresponds to a Newtonian fluid (no shear thinning), a value of 1 corresponds to a viscosity that decreases rapidly (important shear thinning). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Shear-rate dependency model

+

Specify the law for the dependence of the first normal viscosity with respect to the pseudo shear-rate.

+ + +

Viscosity

+

The normal viscosity at any pseudo shear rate.

+ + +

Consistency factor

+

The viscosity at pseudo shear-rate equal to the inverse of the Time Constant.

+ + +

Time constant

+

The inverse of the pseudo shear-rate at which the normal viscosity is equal to the Consistency Factor.

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning. On a log-log diagram, the index corresponds to the slope of shear stress curve vs. pseudo shear rate. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant normal viscosity Newtonian fluid, while values lower than 1 indicate shear thinning. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

The normal viscosity at zero pseudo shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the pseudo shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning that occurs beyond a pseudo shear rate equal to the inverse of the time constant. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant normal viscosity Newtonian fluid, while the amount of shear thinning increases when the power index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Infinite first normal viscosity

+

The asymptotic value of the normal viscosity at very high pseudo shear rate.

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

The normal viscosity at zero pseudo shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the pseudo shear rate at which the fluid changes from Newtonian to power-law behavior).

+ + +

Power law index

+

An index usually ranging between 0 and 1; it quantifies the rate of shear thinning that occurs beyond a pseudo shear rate equal to the inverse of the time constant. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant normal viscosity Newtonian fluid, while the amount of shear thinning increases when the power index decreases down to 0. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Infinite first normal viscosity

+

The asymptotic value of the normal viscosity at very high pseudo shear rate.

+ + +

Plateau index

+

Parameter that controls the sharpness of the transition from the Newtonian normal viscosity plateau at low pseudo shear rate to the shear thinning behavior. A value between 0 and 1 leads to a rather smooth transition, while higher values lead to a sharp transition.

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

The normal viscosity at zero pseudo shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the pseudo shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Cross law index

+

Index that controls the rate at which the normal viscosity decreases with increasing pseudo shear-rate. A value of 0 corresponds to a Newtonian fluid (no shear thinning), a value of 1 corresponds to a normal viscosity that decreases rapidly (important shear thinning). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Zero first normal viscosity

+

The viscosity at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Time constant

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the pseudo shear rate at which the fluid changes from a Newtonian to a power-law behavior).

+ + +

Cross law index

+

Index that controls the rate at which the normal viscosity decreases with increasing pseudo shear-rate. A value of 0 corresponds to a Newtonian fluid (no shear thinning), a value of 1 corresponds to a viscosity that decreases rapidly (important shear thinning). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Shear-rate dependency model

+

Specify the model for the shear rate dependence.

+ + +

Facr

+

It affects the speed at which the pseudo shear rate changes subsequent to a change in the local shear rate. Additionally, in first approximation, it affects the speed at which the extrudate swelling develops. Use swelling-based experimental data to fine-tune the values for this property.

+ + +

Facr

+

The relaxation time at shear-rate equal to the inverse of the Time Constant.

+ + +

Tnatr

+

The inverse of the shear-rate at which the relaxation time is equal the Consistency Factor.

+ + +

Expor

+

An index that controls the rate at which the relaxation time decreases with increasing shear-rate. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant relaxation time, a low value corresponds to a relaxation time that decreases rapidly. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Facr

+

The relaxation time at zero shear-rate.

+ + +

Tnatr

+

Natural time (that is, inverse of the shear-rate at which the relaxation time starts to decrease with an increasing shear-rate ).

+ + +

Expor

+

An index that controls the rate at which the relaxation time decreases with increasing shear-rate. A value of 1 corresponds to a constant relaxation time, a low value corresponds to a relaxation time that decreases rapidly. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Temperature dependency model

+

Specify the model for the temperature dependence.

+ + +

Thermal dependency applied on relaxation time

+

By default, the temperature dependence is applied only on the viscosity and first normal viscosity laws. Optionally it can also be applied on the relaxation time.

+ + +

Activation energy

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity. It often corresponds to the temperature of the master curve.

+ + +

Shift

+

Dictates how the viscosity will change with temperature: a vertical shift means that the viscosity curve is simply shifted downwards in a viscosity/shear-rate diagram when temperature increases, a vertical and horizontal shift means that the viscosity curve is shifted downwards and to the right when temperature increases.

+ + +

Activation energy

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity. It often corresponds to the temperature of the master curve.

+ + +

Shift

+

Dictates how the viscosity will change with temperature: a vertical shift means that the viscosity curve is simply shifted downwards in a viscosity/shear-rate diagram when temperature increases, a vertical and horizontal shift means that the viscosity curve is shifted downwards and to the right when temperature increases.

+ + +

C1

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

C2

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence.

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

A temperature parameter which is sometimes related to the glass transition temperature of the material.

+ + +

Reference temperature difference

+

A temperature shift applied when considering another reference temperature (for example, when considering another temperature for the master curve).

+ + +

Shift

+

Dictates how the viscosity will change with temperature: a vertical shift means that the viscosity curve is simply shifted downwards in a viscosity/shear-rate diagram when temperature increases, a vertical and horizontal shift means that the viscosity curve is shifted downwards and to the right.

+ + +

Number of reinforcements

+

Specify the number of reinforcements, with a maximum of three.

+ + +

Magnitude

+

Magnitude of the reinforcement. It has the same units as the viscosity, and it is typically 100 to 1000 times the viscosity of the matrix.

+ + +

Orientation

+

Select the way of describing the reinforcement orientation. A Cartesian description of the reinforcement is better suited for flat objects, while a cylindrical description is recommended for objects with a symmetry axis (for example, rubber tire).

+ + +

X -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the first reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Y -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the y-component of the first reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Z -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the z-component of the first reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Cylinder axis

+

Specify the symmetry axis for the reinforcement.

+ + +

Angle of reinforcement

+

Specify the angle of the first reinforcement with respect to a plane perpendicular to the axis given above. The angle is positive for a reinforcement suggesting a helix along the axis direction when rotating clockwise.

+ + +

Magnitude

+

Magnitude of the reinforcement. It has the same units as the viscosity, and it is typically 100 to 1000 times the viscosity of the matrix.

+ + +

Orientation

+

Select the way of describing the reinforcement orientation. A Cartesian description of the reinforcement is better suited for flat objects, while a cylindrical description is recommended for objects with a symmetry axis (for example, rubber tire).

+ + +

X -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the second reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Y -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the second reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Z -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the second reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Cylinder axis

+

Specify the symmetry axis for the reinforcement.

+ + +

Angle of reinforcement

+

Specify the angle of the first reinforcement with respect to a plane perpendicular to the axis given above. The angle is positive for a reinforcement suggesting a helix along the axis direction when rotating clockwise.

+ + +

Magnitude

+

Magnitude of the reinforcement. It has the same units as the viscosity, and it is typically 100 to 1000 times the viscosity of the matrix.

+ + +

Orientation

+

Select the way of describing the reinforcement orientation. A Cartesian description of the reinforcement is better suited for flat objects, while a cylindrical description is recommended for objects with a symmetry axis (for example, rubber tire).

+ + +

X -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the third reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Y -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the third reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Z -component of reinforcement

+

Specify the x-component of the third reinforcement in the Cartesian orientation.

+ + +

Cylinder axis

+

Specify the symmetry axis for the reinforcement.

+ + +

Angle of reinforcement

+

Specify the angle of the first reinforcement with respect to a plane perpendicular to the axis given above. The angle is positive for a reinforcement suggesting a helix along the axis direction when rotating clockwise.

+ + +

Initial Bubble Radius

+

Specify a value for the initial radius of the foam bubbles. This value will be used to initialize the bubble radius in the fluid zone and is usually the bubble radius at inlet.

+ + +

Initial Gas Pressure

+

Specify a value for the initial gas pressure in the bubbles.

+ + +

Number of Cells per Unit Volume

+

Specify the number of cells (or bubbles) per volume unit of gas/polymer mixture. This number remains the same during foaming, bubbles grow but are not created nor disappear.

+ + +

Surface Tension

+

Specify a value for the bubble surface tension. The default value is 0. A positive surface tension slows down the bubble growth.

+ + +

Viscosity

+

Specify a value for the consistency factor of viscosity that must be considered for the bubble growth. This viscosity is always modelled by a power law and can be slightly different than the fluid viscosity.

+ + +

Power Index

+

Specify the power law index of the viscosity that must be considered for the bubble growth. A power law index must range between 0 and 1. A value of 1 is used by default.

+ + +

Booster

+

Controls the growth of bubbles in the foam. By default, it is set to 1 but can be increased if the foaming does not provide enough swelling of the extrudate.

+ + +

Viscosity

+

Specify a value for the viscosity. Viscosity for porous medium simulation should be constant as the actual shear-rate cannot be calculated (flow inside narrow channels of the porous medium).

+ + +

Temperature Dependence

+

Specify the model for the temperature dependence. Available models are None, Arrhenius approximate, or Arrhenius, Fulcher and WLF.

+ + +

Activation Energy

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference Temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity.

+ + +

Activation Energy

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference Temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity.

+ + +

Model

+

Choose a differential viscoelastic model: Maxwell, Oldroyd-B, Geisekus, Phan Thien-Tanner, Fene-P, POMPOM, or Leonov.

+ + +

Number of Relaxation Modes

+

Specify the number of relaxation modes, with a maximum is eight modes.

+ + +

Additional viscosity

+

It is the viscosity value of the purely Newtonian (inelastic) contribution to the total extra-stress tensor.

+ + +

Thermal Dependency

+

Specify the model for the temperature dependence. Available models are Arrhenius approximate, Arrhenius, Fulcher, and WLF.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Alpha controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Giesekus model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Epsilon primarily controls the asymptotic value of the transient elongation viscosity for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Strain hardening is obtained for very low values of Epsilon. A typical value is of the order of 0.01 for a strain hardening material.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the Phan-Thien-Tanner model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

L^2

+

It corresponds to the upper limit of the relative elongation undergone by the FENE macromolecules associated with the current mode. A large value leads to a large extensibility and tends towards the behavior of the Oldroyd-B model.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Orientation

+

Relaxation time associated with the orientation changes undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time for Stretching

+

Relaxation time associated with the stretching undergone by the chain segments of the POMPOM macromolecules associated with the current mode. It is usually 2 to 10 times smaller than the relaxation time for orientation.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Number of Arms

+

A POMPOM macromolecule consists of a backbone and a sequence of arms. The number of arms increases with decreasing relaxation times, and contributes to the strain hardening of the macromolecule.

+ + +

Xi

+

Nonlinear parameter of the current mode. Xi primarily controls the shear thinning as well as the ratio of second to first normal stress difference for the current mode of the POMPOM model. Typical values can be of the order of 0.2 to 0.5.

+ + +

Shear Modulus

+

Weight of the current mode. Typically, the value is often identified from dynamic data G prime and G double-prime.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Initial ratio of free to trapped chains in the system.

+ + +

Beta

+

Coefficient in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index in the potential function relating the Finger strain tensor to the extra-stress tensor for the current mode.

+ + +

M

+

Coefficient of a material function used in the constitutive equation for free chains of the current mode.

+ + +

Nu

+

Power index used in the mobility function used in the constitutive equation for trapped chains of the current mode.

+ + +

K

+

Value of the mobility function under no-debonding, that is, when no trapped chain is de-bonded from the filler.

+ + +

Q

+

Dimensionless time factor which may delay or accelerate de-bonding in a flow.

+ + +

Gamma*

+

Generalized shear at which yield occurs.

+ + +

Temperature Dependence

+

For temperature dependent differential viscoelastic models, the viscosity and the relaxation time will be multiplied by the same temperature shift function H(T). Available shift functions are the Arrhenius approximate, Arrhenius, or WLF law.

+ + +

Activation Energy Ratio

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference Temperature

+

Temperature at which the function describing the temperature dependence is unity.

+ + +

C1

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

C2

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence.

+ + +

Reference Temperature Difference

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, (Tr-Ta) with Tr being based on the glass transition temperature and Ta being an arbitrary reference temperature.

+ + +

Number of Relaxation Modes

+

Specify the number of relaxation modes, with a maximum is eight modes

+ + +

Additional viscosity

+

It is the viscosity value of the purely Newtonian (inelastic) contribution to the total extra-stress tensor.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Relaxation Time

+

The relaxation of the current mode.

+ + +

Partial Viscosity

+

Partial viscosity (or zero shear rate viscosity factor) of the current mode.

+ + +

Temperature Dependence

+

Choose a temperature-dependency model: None, Arrhenius approximate, Arrhenius, or WLF +

+ + +

Activation energy ratio

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

A temperature parameter which is sometimes related to the glass transition temperature of the material.

+ + +

C1

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

C2

+

Empirical constant of the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) law, which dictates the intensity of the temperature dependence.

+ + +

Reference temperature difference

+

A temperature shift applied when considering another reference temperature (for example, when considering another temperature for the master curve).

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of cell zone, such as fluid, solid, porous media, moving mold, etc.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select one or more zones to apply to this cell zone.

+ + +

Multiple Materials

+

Enable coextrusion modeling via transport of concentrations of different fluid materials.

+ + +

Fluid material(s)

+

Specify a fluid material for the cell zone.

+ + +

Activate

+

Enable this option to activate the foaming properties of the fluid cell zone.

+ + +

Enable Freezing

+

Enable this option to freeze the bubble radius on some parts of your fluid domain. Freezing the bubble radius in the die is common practice as foaming should not occur in a well tuned extrusion die.

+ + +

Freezing Zones

+

Select one or more zones where the bubble radius must be frozen.

+ + +

Solid material

+

Specify a solid material for the cell zone.

+ + +

Fluid model

+

Specify a model for the fluid zone. Currently only Generalized Newtonian is supported.

+ + +

Solid model

+

Specify whether the solid is being modeled as Inelastic.

+ + +

Mold model

+

Specify the type of model to use for the mold: Adiabatic, Fixed temperature, or Heat conduction.

+ + +

Heat source per unit volume

+

For fluid or solid thermal cell zones, specify the heat source per unit volume.

+ + +

Dx

+

Specify the X component of the initial displacement of the part.

+ + +

Dy

+

Specify the Y component of the initial displacement of the part.

+ + +

Dz

+

Specify the Z component of the initial displacement of the part.

+ + +

Dx

+

Specify the X component of the initial displacement of the moving part.

+ + +

Dy

+

Specify the Y component of the initial displacement of the moving part.

+ + +

Dz

+

Specify the Z component of the initial displacement of the moving part.

+ + +

Alpha [deg]

+

Specify a value for the initial rotation of the moving part.

+ + +

Xo

+

Specify the X coordinate of the local rotation axis for the moving part.

+ + +

Yo

+

Specify the Y coordinate of the local rotation axis for the moving part.

+ + +

Zo

+

Specify the Z coordinate of the local rotation axis for the moving part.

+ + +

Dir-x

+

Specify the X-component of the orientation of the local rotation axis for the moving part.

+ + +

Dir-y

+

Specify the Y-component of the orientation of the local rotation axis for the moving part.

+ + +

Dir-z

+

Specify the Z-component of the orientation of the local rotation axis for the moving part.

+ + +

Omega [rpm]

+

Specify the angular velocity of the moving part.

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify the X component of the translational velocity of the moving part.

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify the Y component of the translational velocity of the moving part.

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify the Z component of the translational velocity of the moving part.

+ + +

Condition

+

Specify whether the flow condition for the cell zone is to be Stick or Slip.

+ + +

Max. slipping stress

+

Specify the maximum slipping stress for the cell zone. Below this value, a full stick condition is assumed; otherwise, a slip condition is modeled with this value (and no higher value) applied.

+ + +

Condition

+

Specify whether the thermal condition for the cell zone is to be Heat conduction or Temperature distribution.

+ + +

Tp

+

Specify the components of the temperature distribution. You can specify that the temperature distribution is defined as a linear function of the coordinates: f() - A+Bx+Cy+Dz

+ + +

A

+

Constant for the temperature distribution.

+ + +

B

+

Constant for the temperature distribution.

+ + +

C

+

Constant for the temperature distribution.

+ + +

D

+

Constant for the temperature distribution.

+ + +

Activation

+

Enable or disable solid motion considerations.

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the translational velocity of the solid motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the translational velocity of the solid motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the translational velocity of the solid motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Motion type

+

Specify the type of mold motion as Translation velocity imposed, Translation force imposed or General velocity driven motion.

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the translational velocity of the mold motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the translational velocity of the mold motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the translational velocity of the mold motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the initial velocity of the mold motion.

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the initial velocity of the mold motion.

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the initial velocity of the mold motion.

+ + +

Fx

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the translational force of the mold motion.

+ + +

Fy

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the translational force of the mold motion.

+ + +

Fz

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the translational force of the mold motion.

+ + +

Mass of the mold

+

Specify a value for the mass of the mold: corresponding to the total mass of the mold and of the moving part connected to the mold.

+ + +

Limit mold motion

+

Indicate whether or not you want to apply a limit to the mold motion.

+ + +

Max displacement

+

Specify a value for the maximum displacement. The value corresponds to the maximum admissible displacement along the direction specified by the force. The mold motion will continue until either the maximum displacement is reached, the specified time duration is reached, or the solution diverges.

+ + +

Dx

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the initial displacement of the mold motion.

+ + +

Dy

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the initial displacement of the mold motion.

+ + +

Dz

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the initial displacement of the mold motion.

+ + +

Alpha [deg]

+

Specify a value for the initial rotation angle for the mold motion.

+ + +

Xo

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the point of local rotation.

+ + +

Yo

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the point of local rotation.

+ + +

Zo

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the point of local rotation.

+ + +

Dir-x

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the orientation of the local rotation axis. Note that for 2D flows, the rotation axis is perpendicular to the XY plane.

+ + +

Dir-y

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the orientation of the local rotation axis. Note that for 2D flows, the rotation axis is perpendicular to the XY plane.

+ + +

Dir-z

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the orientation of the local rotation axis. Note that for 2D flows, the rotation axis is perpendicular to the XY plane.

+ + +

Omega [rps]

+

Specify a value for the angular velocity for the general mold motion. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify a value for the X-component of the angular velocity. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify a value for the Y-component of the angular velocity. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify a value for the Z-component of the angular velocity. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Void fraction

+

Specify a value for the void fraction of the porous media.

+ + +

Mode

+

Indicate how you would like to specify the porosity: as a scalar, or a tensor.

+ + +

Permeability

+

Specify a value for the scalar permeability.

+ + +

Pxx

+

Specify the positive-definite X-X Cartesian components of the tensor permeability.

+ + +

Pxy

+

Specify the positive-definite X-Y Cartesian components of the tensor permeability.

+ + +

Pxz

+

Specify the positive-definite X-Z Cartesian components of the tensor permeability.

+ + +

Pyy

+

Specify the positive-definite Y-Y Cartesian components of the tensor permeability.

+ + +

Pyz

+

Specify the positive-definite Y-Z Cartesian components of the tensor permeability.

+ + +

Pzz

+

Specify the positive-definte Z-Z Cartesian components of the tensor permeability.

+ + +

Activation

+

Specify the volume conservation as: Program controlled, User controlled, or Disabled +

+ + +

Initial fluid volume

+

Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value for the initial fluid volume, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Initial fluid volume info

+

The initial fluid volume conservation is dictated by the solver.

+ + +

Activation

+

For transient Generalized Newtonian fluid zones and 2d planar, shell or 3D problems, indicate the matrix reinforcement.

+ + +

Inflation Pressure

+

Specify a value for the inflation pressure, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Time Dependency

+

Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient simulations only).

+ + +

Flip Darts Orientation

+

Change the direction of the darts, as shown in the graphics window: whether they are pointing toward the mold body or toward the mold cavity.

+ + +

Volume Flow Rate

+

Specify the normal volume flow rate. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient or continuation simulations only).

+ + +

Option

+

Specify an optional heat source on the surface of the film.

+ + +

Heat Flux

+

Specify a value for the constant heat flux on the surface of the film.

+ + +

Heat Transfer Coefficient

+

Specify a value for the heat transfer coefficient for the convection heat flux on the surface of the film.

+ + +

Convection Temperature

+

Specify a value for the heat transfer coefficient for the convection heat flux on the surface of the film.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the cell zones where the deformation method should be applied.

+ + +

Extrudate Deformation Method

+

Select the deformation method to use for the extrudate such as Planes, Optimesh-3D, Streamwise, Elastic or Elastic with torsion control.

+ + +

Die Deformation Method

+

Select the deformation method to use for the die such as Program controlled, Sliceable (semi-structured) or Not sliceable (unstructured).

+ + +

Inlet Section

+

Choose a boundary for the inlet section of the extrudate remeshing zone.

+ + +

Outlet Section

+

Choose a boundary for the outlet section of the extrudate remeshing zone.

+ + +

Inlet Section

+

For constant or adaptive die sections, specify a boundary for the inlet section of the extrudate.

+ + +

Outlet Section

+

For constant or adaptive die sections, specify a boundary for the outlet section of the extrudate.

+ + +

Type

+

Specify the type of boundary (inlet, outlet, wall, etc.)

+ + +

Boundary zone

+

Specify one or more surfaces to assign to this boundary.

+ + +

Flow specification

+

Indicate the flow conditions at the inlet boundary. You can choose to impose a mass flow rate, a volume flow rate, or a velocity.

+ + +

Velocity profile

+

You can choose to pre-compute the velocity profile corresponding to the given flow rate (fully developed), to compute it with the main flow (computed dynamically) or let the program decide automatically (program controlled).

+ + +

Incoming material

+

Specify the material that flows through the inlet.

+ + +

Volume flow rate

+

Provide the flow rate in terms of the volume of material that flows through the inlet. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Mass flow rate

+

Provide the flow rate in terms of the mass of material that flows through the inlet. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

CSV Filename

+

Specify the name and location of the comma separated file that contains the inflow velocity profile.

+ + +

Field Name

+

Specify the field variable from the CSV file that you want to apply to the inflow velocity profile.

+ + +

Normal velocity

+

Provide the velocity of material that flows through the inlet. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Allow non-zero tangential velocity

+

Deselecting this option forces the velocity to be strictly normal to the inlet.

+ + +

Bubble Radius

+

Specify a value for the radius of the foam bubbles. This value is usually the same as the initial bubble radius in the fluid zone.

+ + +

Flow specification

+

Indicate the flow conditions at the outlet boundary. You can choose to impose a mass flow rate, a volume flow rate, or a pressure (default).

+ + +

Volume flow rate

+

Provide the flow rate in terms of the volume of material that flows through the outlet. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Mass flow rate

+

Provide the flow rate in terms of the mass of material that flows through the outlet. you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Gauge static pressure

+

Provide the pressure that you want to impose at the outlet. That pressure will determine the actual flow rate if pressure is imposed at inlet(s) or the level of pressure in the die if flow rate is imposed at inlet(s). Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

CSV Filename

+

Specify the name and location of the comma separated file that contains the outflow velocity profile.

+ + +

Field Name

+

Specify the field variable from the CSV file that you want to apply to the outflow velocity profile.

+ + +

Normal velocity

+

Provide the velocity of material that flows through the outlet. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Allow non-zero tangential velocity

+

Deselecting this option forces the velocity to be strictly normal to the outlet.

+ + +

Slip specification

+

Indicate the flow conditions at the wall boundary. You can choose whether to impose a zero velocity (no slip), a friction force (partial slip), or no friction (free slip).

+ + +

Wall velocity

+

Indicate whether the wall boundary is a stationary wall, or a moving wall with an associated velocity.

+ + +

Slip model

+

For slip conditions, specify how the shear force is calculated with respect to the tangential relative velocity.

+ + +

Friction coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for the Navier law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Friction coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for the Generalized Navier law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Scaling Factor

+

Specify the scaling factor for the Generalized Navier law slip conditions.

+ + +

Exponent

+

Specify the exponent for the Generalized Navier law slip conditions.

+ + +

First friction coefficient

+

Specify the first friction coefficient for the slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Second friction coefficient

+

Specify the second friction coefficient for the slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Friction coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for the asymptotic slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Scaling factor

+

A scaling factor with the dimensions of the velocity. It affects the slope of the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Critical stress

+

The critical force density at which the friction coefficient changes. When this stress is exceeded, the second friction component is used.

+ + +

First Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the first friction coefficient for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

First Scaling Factor

+

Specify the first scaling factor for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. This scaling factor has the dimensions of the velocity, and it affects the slope of the first part the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Second Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the second friction coefficient for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Second Scaling Factor

+

Specify the second scaling factor for the generalized threshold law slip conditions. This scaling factor has the dimensions of the velocity, and it affects the slope of the second part the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Exponent

+

Specify the exponent for the generalized threshold law slip conditions.

+ + +

Temperature dependence

+

Specify whether the thermal dependency is a constant, or it obeys a first-order approximation of the Arrhenius law, or it obeys the Arrhenius law.

+ + +

Activation energy ratio

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

A reference temperature for which the thermal dependency function H(T) is 1.

+ + +

Pressure dependence

+

Specify the wall pressure dependency as either exponential or linear.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Specify a value for the linear pressure dependency.

+ + +

Beta

+

Specify a value for the exponential pressure dependency.

+ + +

X1

+

Specify the X component of the rotation axis for the first point.

+ + +

Y1

+

Specify the Y component of the rotation axis for the first point.

+ + +

Z1

+

Specify the Z component of the rotation axis for the first point.

+ + +

X2

+

Specify the X component of the rotation axis for the second point.

+ + +

Y2

+

Specify the Y component of the rotation axis for the second point.

+ + +

Z2

+

Specify the Z component of the rotation axis for the second point.

+ + +

Omega [rad/s]

+

Specify the magnitude of the angular velocity at which the wall is rotating about the axis defined by the two points Pt1 and Pt2.

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify the X component of the translational velocity for the wall boundary.

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify the Y component of the translational velocity for the wall boundary.

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify the Z component of the translational velocity for the wall boundary.

+ + +

Plane of symmetry

+

Specify the type of symmetry plane as either normal in the X, Y, or Z direction, or in an arbitrary normal direction.

+ + +

Nx

+

Specify the X value for the arbitrary normal direction of the symmetry plane.

+ + +

Ny

+

Specify the Y value for the arbitrary normal direction of the symmetry plane.

+ + +

Nz

+

Specify the Z value for the arbitrary normal direction of the symmetry plane.

+ + +

Fixed part

+

Specify one or more surfaces to which the free surface is attached/fixed.

+ + +

Gauge Pressure

+

Specify the pressure applied on the free surface.

+ + +

Direction of Displacement

+

Although not recommended in general cases, the direction of displacement of the free surface can be constrained in some circumstances (to better control the mesh deformation, for example).

+ + +

Gauge static pressure

+

Specify the pressure applied on the vent.

+ + +

Allow non-zero tangential velocity

+

Deselecting this option forces the velocity to be strictly normal to the vent.

+ + +

Fixed edges of extrudate exit

+

Specify whether to fix all edges of the free-jet exit in the frame of a die lip shape design, to fix none of the edges, or to specify your own surfaces.

+ + +

Free surfaces with fixed edges

+

Specify the applicable surfaces.

+ + +

Flow specification

+

Specify the flow conditions at the free-jet exit. You can choose to impose a take-up force, a take-up velocity or a take-up force per unit area when the extrudate is pulled by the extrusion line. Take-up force(velocity) if the force(velocity) applied at the end of the free-jet to reach an extrusion speed. It can been seen as a model simulating the rolls or transportation belt of the extrusion line.

+ + +

Take-up force per unit area

+

Specify a value for the take-up force per unit area. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Vx

+

Specify the X component of the take-up velocity. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Vy

+

Specify the Y component of the take-up velocity. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Vz

+

Specify the Z component of the take-up velocity. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Fx

+

Specify the X component of the take-up force. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Fy

+

Specify the Y component of the take-up force. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Fz

+

Specify the Z component of the take-up force. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Fx

+

Specify the X component of the force.

+ + +

Fy

+

Specify the Y component of the force.

+ + +

Fz

+

Specify the Z component of the force.

+ + +

Option

+

Indicate how you would like to calculate the normal force on the porous boundary: using the linear law, the threshold law, or the asymptotic law.

+ + +

Permeability

+

Specify the permeability for the linear law.

+ + +

First permeability

+

Specify a value for the first permeability for the threshold law.

+ + +

Second permeability

+

Specify a value for the second permeability for the threshold law.

+ + +

Critical stress

+

Specify a value for the critical force density for the threshold law.

+ + +

Permeability

+

Specify a value for the permeability using the asymptotic law.

+ + +

Scaling factor

+

Specify a value for the scaling factor.

+ + +

Temperature dependence

+

Choose how the temperature dependency is managed. You can choose one, or either of the Arrhenius laws.

+ + +

Activation energy ratio

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Reference temperature

+

A reference temperature for which the thermal dependency function H(T) is 1.

+ + +

Option

+

Specify the thermal conditions at this wall boundary. You can choose an insulated wall, or impose a heat flux (constant and/or convective), or impose the temperature of the wall, and provide the parameters of the selected energy boundary condition.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Specify the temperature at the boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Heat flux

+

Specify the heat flux that is independent of temperature. This heat flux is constant on the whole boundary.

+ + +

Heat transfer coefficient

+

Specify the heat convection coefficient. The convection heat flux will be evaluated at a given location of the boundary by multiplying the difference between the calculated local temperature and the reference temperature by the convection coefficient. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Convection temperature

+

Specify the heat convection temperature at the boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Minimum Normal Velocity

+

help text for minimum normal velocity

+ + +

Penalty Coefficient

+

help text for penalty coefficient

+ + +

CSV Filename

+

Specify the name and location of the CSV file containing the temperature-related data.

+ + +

Field Name

+

Identifies the temperature-related data to be loaded from the specified CSV file.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of boundary zone, such as Temperature, Insulated, Symmetry, Convection, Heat flux, Heat flux and convection, or Temperature profile.

+ + +

Boundary Zone

+

Specify one or more surfaces to assign to this boundary.

+ + +

Option

+

Specify the thermal conditions at this wall boundary. You can choose an insulated wall, or impose a heat flux (constant and/or convective), or impose the temperature of the wall, and provide the parameters of the selected energy boundary condition.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Specify the temperature at the boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Heat flux

+

Specify the heat flux that is independent of temperature. This heat flux is constant on the whole boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Heat transfer coefficient

+

Specify the heat convection coefficient. The convection heat flux will be evaluated at a given location of the boundary by multiplying the difference between the calculated local temperature and the reference temperature by the convection coefficient. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Convection temperature

+

Specify the heat convection temperature at the boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

CSV Filename

+

Specify the name and location of the CSV file containing the temperature-related data.

+ + +

Field Name

+

Identifies the temperature-related data to be loaded from the specified CSV file.

+ + +

Type

+

Specify the type of porous boundary (pressure or velocity)

+ + +

Boundary zone

+

Specify one or more surfaces to assign to this boundary.

+ + +

P

+

Specify the pressure at the porous boundary.

+ + +

Vn

+

Specify the velocity normal to the porous boundary.

+ + +

Option

+

Specify the thermal conditions at this wall boundary. You can choose an insulated wall, or impose a heat flux (constant and/or convective), or impose the temperature of the wall, and provide the parameters of the selected energy boundary condition.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Specify the temperature at the boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Heat flux

+

Specify the heat flux that is independent of temperature. This heat flux is constant on the whole boundary.

+ + +

Heat transfer coefficient

+

Specify the heat convection coefficient. The convection heat flux will be evaluated at a given location of the boundary by multiplying the difference between the calculated local temperature and the reference temperature by the convection coefficient. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

Convection temperature

+

Specify the heat convection temperature at the boundary. Using the drop-down menu, you can enter a constant value, or a valid expression (for transient, continuation, or volume of fluid simulations only).

+ + +

CSV Filename

+

Specify the name and location of the CSV file containing the temperature-related data.

+ + +

Field Name

+

Identifies the temperature-related data to be loaded from the specified CSV file.

+ + +

Fluid

+

Specify the fluid material involved with the contact boundary.

+ + +

Fluid zone of contact

+

Specify one or more surfaces that is adjacent to the fluid side of the contact boundary.

+ + +

Mold

+

Specify the mold material involved with the contact boundary.

+ + +

Mold zone of contact

+

Specify one or more surfaces that is adjacent to the mold side of the contact boundary.

+ + +

Allow contact release

+

Choose whether or not to allow the simulation of releasing the contact, for example, when the motion of a mold is reversed, or when the material is pulled away from a mold

+ + +

Adhesion force per unit area

+

Specify a value for the adhesion force, dependant on the deformed melt and the material of the plug.

+ + +

Heat transfer coefficient

+

Specify a value for the heat transfer coefficient.

+ + +

Activation

+

Enables heat transfer coefficient dependency upon contact time.

+ + +

Function

+

Specify the type of dependency function to use: either "ramp" or "smoothed ramp".

+ + +

Field

+

Displays the contact time.

+ + +

X1

+

Specify the X-component of the first point of the (smoothed) ramp dependency function.

+ + +

Y1

+

Specify the Y-component of the first point of the (smoothed) ramp dependency function.

+ + +

X2

+

Specify the X-component of the second point of the (smoothed) ramp dependency function.

+ + +

Y2

+

Specify the Y-component of the second point of the (smoothed) ramp dependency function.

+ + +

Slipping coefficient

+

Specify a value for the slipping coefficient. If the slip coefficient and the penalty coefficient have the same value, then it is assumed that the fluid sticks to the mold when it comes into contact. Full slippage at the contact boundary is assumed if the slip coefficient is zero.

+ + +

Penalty coefficient

+

Specify a value for the penalty coefficient, which enforces the condition that the fluid velocity must be equal to the wall velocity in the normal direction.

+ + +

Darts are pointing to

+

Determine the direction of the contact, using darts in the graphics window: whether they are pointing toward the mold body or toward the mold cavity.

+ + +

Conformal Interface

+

Enable this option if the interface is conformal, that is, the two cell zones share the same mesh nodes along the interface.

+ + +

Type

+

Specify the type of interface such as Fluid-Solid, Fluid-Fluid, Solid-Solid, Fluid-Porous (beta) and Solid-Porous (beta)

+ + +

Interface Zone

+

Select the zone(s) that represents the conformal interface.

+ + +

Cell Zone 1

+

Specify the cell zone on the first side of the (non-conformal) interface.

+ + +

Boundary Zone 1

+

Specify the boundary of cell zone 1 that participates in the (non-conformal) interface.

+ + +

Cell Zone 2

+

Specify the cell zone on the second side of the (non-conformal) interface.

+ + +

Boundary Zone 2

+

Specify the boundary of cell zone 2 that participates in the (non-conformal) interface

+ + +

Interface Geometries Match

+

If interface geometries match, all nodes of both boundaries must be part of the interface. Do not select if boundaries do not fully overlap.

+ + +

Momentum Transfer

+

Choose the way momentum is transferred through the interface, such as Program controlled, Bidirectional, Unidirectional, Complementary, or Filtered. Bidirectional means that constraints are written from the primary side to the secondary side and inversely. Unidirectional means that constraints are written from the primary side to the secondary side only. Complementary means that constraints are created from the secondary side to the primary side only if necessary to complement the ones written from the primary to the secondary side. Filtered means that a heuristic is used to limit the number of constraints to the necessary.

+ + +

Thermal Transfer

+

Choose the way thermal information is transferred through the interface, such as Program controlled, Bidirectional, Unidirectional, Complementary, or Filtered. Bidirectional means that constraints are written from the primary side to the secondary side and inversely. Unidirectional means that constraints are written from the primary side to the secondary side only. Complementary means that constraints are created from the secondary side to the primary side only if necessary to complement the ones written from the primary to the secondary side. Filtered means that a heuristic is used to limit the number of constraints to the necessary.

+ + +

Spreading Factor

+

Do not change this parameter unless requested by customer support.

+ + +

Smoothing Factor

+

Do not change this parameter unless requested by customer support.

+ + +

Primary Side

+

Select the primary side of the interface for the creation of constraints. It ideally should be the side with the coarser mesh.

+ + +

Face Extension Factor

+

Specify a value for the face extension factor that defines the expansion of each face of the source boundary to detect the corresponding face on the target boundary. The default value is set according to the dimensions of the mesh, and it is generally not needed to modify it.

+ + +

Normal Tolerance Factor

+

Specify a value for the geometrical tolerance dictating the search for correspondent nodes across the interface.

+ + +

Typical Shear Rate

+

Specify a value for a typical shear-rate in the modelled flow. It will be used to tune the momentum transfer.

+ + +

Typical Temperature

+

Specify a value for a typical temperature in the model. It will be used to tune the thermal transfer.

+ + +

Fixed Part

+

For conformal fluid-fluid interfaces, specify the fixed part from the list of adjacent boundaries.

+ + +

Moving Interface

+

For conformal fluid-fluid interfaces, indicate whether the interface is in motion or not.

+ + +

Slip Specification

+

help text for slip specification

+ + +

Slip Model

+

For slip conditions, specify how the shear force is calculated with respect to the tangential relative velocity.

+ + +

Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for slip conditions.

+ + +

Friction Coefficient

+

help text for friction coefficient

+ + +

Scaling Factor

+

help text for scaling factor

+ + +

Exponent

+

help text for exponent

+ + +

First Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the first friction coefficient for slip conditions.

+ + +

Second Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the second friction coefficient for slip conditions.

+ + +

Critical Stress

+

The critical force density at which the friction coefficient changes. When this stress is exceeded, the second friction component is used.

+ + +

First Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the first friction coefficient for slip conditions.

+ + +

First Scaling Factor

+

help text for first scaling factor

+ + +

Second Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the second friction coefficient for slip conditions.

+ + +

Second Scaling Factor

+

help text for second scaling factor

+ + +

Exponent

+

help text for exponent

+ + +

Friction Coefficient

+

Specify the friction coefficient for slip conditions.

+ + +

Scaling Factor

+

A scaling factor with the dimensions of the velocity. It affects the slope of the slip-velocity curve.

+ + +

Temperature Dependence

+

Specify whether the thermal dependency is a constant, or it obeys a first-order approximation of the Arrhenius law, or it obeys the Arrhenius law.

+ + +

Activation Energy Ratio

+

The ratio of the activation energy to the thermodynamic constant.

+ + +

Reference Temperature

+

A reference temperature for which the thermal dependency function H(T) is 1.

+ + +

Pressure Dependence

+

Specify the wall pressure dependency as either exponential or linear.

+ + +

Alpha

+

Specify a value for the linear pressure dependency.

+ + +

Beta

+

Specify a value for the exponential pressure dependency.

+ + +

Cell Zones

+

Specify one or more cell zones to which to assign this temperature initialization.

+ + +

Temperature T

+

Specify the components of this temperature initialization equation.

+ + +

A

+

The first component of the temperature initialization equation.

+ + +

B

+

The second component of the temperature initialization equation.

+ + +

C

+

The third component of the temperature initialization equation.

+ + +

D

+

The fourth component of the temperature initialization equation.

+ + +

Search Zone

+

Select the cell zone(s) in which the point closest to the coordinates provided below must be located.

+ + +

Pressure

+

Specify a value for the pressure that must be imposed at the desired point.

+ + +

X

+

Specify a value for the x-coordinate of the desired point for the assigned pressure.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify a value for the y-coordinate of the desired point for the assigned pressure.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify a value for the z-coordinate of the desired point for the assigned pressure.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component of the probe location.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component of the probe location.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component of the probe location.

+ + +

Mode

+

Specify whether the probe is located on a moving node, or at a fixed location.

+ + +

Enabled

+

Indicate whether or not to use adaptive meshing.

+ + +

Number of Steps

+

Indicate the number of time steps to use for adaptive meshing. A value of 1 indicates that adaptive meshing will take place at each time step.

+ + +

Maximum Number of Subdivisions

+

Specify the number of times a primitive element (that is, an element of the initial mesh, as created in the mesh generator) can be subdivided recursively.

+ + +

Adaptive Meshing at Start

+

Indicate whether or not to use adaptive meshing at the start of the calculations. That is, for blow molding and thermoforming simulations that involve both contact and adaptive meshing, you can specify that an additional adaptive meshing step is performed before the start of the transient simulation.

+ + +

Conformalization

+

Indicate whether or not to use conformalization on the mesh. For 2D and shell meshes that use the recursive subdivision technique, you can enable conformalization for the mesh.

+ + +

Triangulation

+

Indicate whether to use partial or full triangulation for the mesh. If Full triangulation is used, when one element is selected for remeshing, the whole moving domain (that is, the domain for which there are local criteria activated) will be remeshed. With big meshes, the cost of this operation could be too high. Partial triangulation is when one element is selected for remeshing, a zone defined upon the neighbors of this element will be remeshed (and not the entire mesh), and is preferable for large meshes.

+ + +

Angle Conservation

+

Enables angle conservation on the border of the remeshed zone(s).

+ + +

Angle [deg]

+

Specify a value for the minimum angle that should be conserved.

+ + +

Enabled

+

Indicate whether or not to use mapping for the adaptive meshing. A mapping technique is used that projects the nodes along the local normal to the free surface, since the remeshing algorithm used for triangular / tetrahedral element generation builds a new mesh on the basis of the old mesh, rather than the original geometry.

+ + +

Planes of symmetry taken into account

+

Indicate whether or not to account for symmetry planes.

+ + +

Threshold value

+

This field triggers the mapping of the nodes. The contact algorithm uses internal fields that are named contact_field and are defined on the free surface. This field stores the contact information for each node and initially has a value of either 0 or 1. If a node of the free surface is in contact, the field value is 1, otherwise the value is 0. However, after a remeshing step, the contact_field values must be interpolated onto the newly generated mesh. After this interpolation, the contact_field values are no longer limited to being either 0 or 1, but can be intermediate values (for example, 0.3). If a node of the free surface has a contact_field value greater than the threshold, the node is assumed to be in contact and will be mapped. The default value of the threshold is 0.8

+ + +

Scaling factor

+

This parameter is used to determine if a point on the free surface is in the vicinity of the mold surface. The distance between the free surface point and the mold surface must be less than typical_size*scaling_factor, where typical_size is the maximum size of a face (or a segment in 2D) of the mold surface. The default value of Scaling factor is 0.6.

+ + +

Maximum displacement

+

In order to avoid highly distorted elements in the layer of elements adjacent to the free surface, the displacement of the mapped nodes is limited to this value. A good practice is to define the maximum displacement as 10 to 25 percent of the minimum element size imposed in the adaptive meshing setup. The default value is calculated from the typical mesh size.

+ + +

Penetration tolerance

+

This parameter is used to provide a tolerance level for the distance between the free surface and the mold surface. If a point on the free surface is located inside the mold at a distance from the mold surface below this tolerance, the point will not be moved; otherwise the position of the point is corrected. Three options are available: a value of max displacement sets the penetration tolerance to be equivalent to the maximum displacement; a value of penetration accuracy sets the penetration tolerance to be equivalent to the minimum of the penetration accuracies; a value of user input allows you to provide your own value for the tolerance.

+ + +

User value

+

Specify a value for the penetration tolerance, where it is recommended to keep the penetration tolerance to be less than or equal to the penetration accuracy

+ + +

Enabled

+

Indicate whether or not to consider the condition on the mesh quality in order to trigger adaptive meshing.

+ + +

Quality

+

Specify a value for the expected quality of the mesh.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify a value for the expected element size of the mesh.

+ + +

Enabled

+

Indicate whether or not to consider the condition on contact in order to trigger adaptive meshing

+ + +

Mold surfaces of contact

+

Select the contact surface(s) to consider for the condition on contact.

+ + +

Method

+

Specify the method for the local criterion: "distance", "curvature", or "angle and curvature".

+ + +

Minimum size

+

Specify the minimum size for elements close to the mold boundary.

+ + +

Minimum distance

+

Specify the minimum distance below which the minimum size is applied.

+ + +

Maximum size

+

Specify the maximum size for elements far from the mold boundary.

+ + +

Maximum distance

+

Specify the maximum distance beyond which the maximum size is applied.

+ + +

Fraction of Radius of Curvature

+

For the curvature method, this value is dimensionless, and its default value is 0.2. This value should lead to almost 30 elements to mesh a circle.

+ + +

Typical Distance to Mold

+

For the curvature method, this value has the units of length, and is the typical size of segments of the mesh.

+ + +

Coefficient of Proportionality

+

For the curvature method, this value has units of length, and is typically zero.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

For the angle and curvature method, this value defines the tolerance for the contact. Note that if you set the tolerance to a very small value, it may produce unachievable values of ; that is, a given fluid element may never reach , because there are set limits to how many times an element can be subdivided. It is recommended that you set the tolerance to be 0.1–0.2 percent of the overall size of the mold.

+ + +

Critical distance

+

For the angle and curvature method, this value has units of length, and is typically 10 percent of the typical size of the segments in the mesh. Note that a larger value for results in larger areas of the fluid where the elements are subdivided, which produces higher element counts. On the other hand, if you choose a value that is too small, there may not be sufficient meshing iterations to reduce the elements to an appropriate size. To ensure that is not too small, you must account for the meshing frequency and the velocity of the parison / preform / sheet. The default for this parameter is one percent of the medium diagonal of the axis-aligned minimum box bounding the whole geometry

+ + +

Enabled

+

Indicate whether or not to apply the current condition on overlapping parts for adaptive meshing.

+ + +

Overlapping Parts

+

Select the overlapping part(s) that will be used for mesh adaption in the fluid zone.

+ + +

Unrefinement Threshold

+

Specify the required threshold for local mesh unrefinement. The operating mode depends on the cell selection method. For the cell selection method based on inside field variation: when an element of the fluid zone is far enough from the border of the overlapping part (that is, when the corresponding overlapping or inside field exhibits small or no variation), the element can be selected for unrefinement. For the cell selection method based on average inside field values: when an element of the fluid zone is far enough from the overlapping part (that is, when the corresponding overlapping or inside field exhibits small values), the element can be selected for unrefinement.

+ + +

Refinement Threshold

+

Specify the required threshold for local mesh refinement. The operating mode depends on the cell selection method. For the cell selection method based on inside field variation: when an element of the fluid zone is close enough to the border of the overlapping part (that is, when the corresponding overlapping or inside field exhibits large variation), the element can be selected for refinement. For the cell selection method based on average inside field values: when an element of the fluid zone is close enough to the overlapping part or overlapped (that is, when the corresponding overlapping or inside field exhibits large values), the element can be selected for refinement.

+ + +

Cell Selection Method

+

Specify whether the cell selection method for refinement/unrefinement is based on the variations or on the values of the overlapping or inside field.

+ + +

Type

+

Specify the method in which you want to define the refinement zone: along boundaries, box, or sphere.

+ + +

Boundary

+

Specify a boundary for the refinement zone. For moving zones, specify the free surface on which you want to attach the moving zone.

+ + +

Method

+

Specify the method of refinement along the boundary: distance, or curvature Specifying the size is similar to contacts.

+ + +

Minimum Size

+

Specify the minimum size for elements close to the mold boundary.

+ + +

Minimum Distance

+

Specify the minimum distance below which the minimum size is applied.

+ + +

Maximum Size

+

Specify the maximum size for elements far from the mold boundary.

+ + +

Maximum Distance

+

Specify the maximum distance beyond which the maximum size is applied.

+ + +

Fraction of Radius of Curvature

+

For the curvature method, this value is dimensionless, and its default value is 0.2. This value should lead to almost 30 elements to mesh a circle.

+ + +

Typical Distance to Boundary

+

For the curvature method, this value has the units of length, and is the typical size of segments of the mesh.

+ + +

Coefficient of Proportionality

+

For the curvature method, this value has units of length, and is typically zero.

+ + +

Xmin

+

Specify a value for the minimum position on the X axis for the refinement zone box.

+ + +

Ymin

+

Specify a value for the minimum position on the Y axis for the refinement zone box.

+ + +

Zmin

+

Specify a value for the minimum position on the Z axis for the refinement zone box.

+ + +

Xmax

+

Specify a value for the maximum position on the X axis for the refinement zone box.

+ + +

Ymax

+

Specify a value for the maximum position on the Y axis for the refinement zone box.

+ + +

Zmax

+

Specify a value for the maximum position on the Z axis for the refinement zone box.

+ + +

Element Size

+

Specify a value for the element size.

+ + +

Size

+

The dimensions of the rectangle are dictated by: A + B * x + C * y + D * z

+ + +

A

+

Specify the length of the box.

+ + +

B

+

A coefficient for the rectangle size, 0 by default.

+ + +

C

+

A coefficient for the rectangle size, 0 by default.

+ + +

D

+

A coefficient for the rectangle size, 0 by default.

+ + +

Xc

+

Specify the X coordinate of the center of the sphere.

+ + +

Yc

+

Specify the Y coordinate of the center of the sphere.

+ + +

Zc

+

Specify the Z coordinate of the center of the sphere.

+ + +

Diameter

+

Specify a value for the sphere diameter.

+ + +

Element Size

+

Specify the value for the radius of the spherical element.

+ + +

Size

+

The size of the spherical element is dictated by: A + B * r

+ + +

A

+

A coefficient for the spherical element size.

+ + +

B

+

A coefficient for the spherical element size.

+ + +

Restart Type

+

Allows you to select the restart option such as No previous solution, Restart from an old result file, Restart from an old CSV file or Restart from old result and restart files (non steady calculations only). When there is no previous solution, the initial state is all fields is set to zero except for those with an explicit initialization as to the temperature. An old result file is a Polyflow format file that must be topologically compatible. A CVS file that contains a cloud of data points does not require such compatibility. A restart file contains time derivatives that permit to pursue the time integration.

+ + +

RES Filename

+

Specify the pathname of the file containing calculation results in a Polyflow format.

+ + +

CSV Filename

+

Specify the pathname of the file containing calculation results in a CSV format.

+ + +

RST Filename

+

Specify the pathname of the file containing time derivatives of a previous calculation.

+ + +

Solver arguments

+

Advanced command-line options (should not be used unless recommended by ANSYS Customer Support)

+ + +

Solver keywords

+

Advanced options (should not be used unless recommended by ANSYS Customer Support).

+ + +

Number of processors

+

Indicate the number of processes to use in the calculation.

+ + +

GPU

+

Allows you to activate usage of Graphical Processor Unit(s) that speed(s) up the calculation.

+ + +

Number of GPUs

+

Specify the number of GPUs to be used in the calculation. More than one GPU allows you to balance the load in a parallel calculation.

+ + +

Iterations Criterion

+

Allows you to switch between Program controlled and User specified parameter.

+ + +

Maximum Number of Iterations

+

Specify a value for the maximum number of solver iterations in a given equations system resolution.

+ + +

Convergence criterion

+

Controls when the convergence to a stable solution is assumed. Allow the program to check convergence of the solution, or define your own criterion.

+ + +

Convergence tolerance

+

Specify the tolerance for when the solution is converging. When the relative variation of the solution is smaller that the provide tolerance, convergence is assumed.

+ + +

Divergence criterion

+

Controls the solution when divergence is assumed. Allow the program to check divergence of the solution, or define your own criterion.

+ + +

Divergence tolerance

+

Specify the maximum value for the relative variation of the solution at which the solver assumes divergence and stops the iterations.

+ + +

Use double-precision buffer

+

Determine whether or not to use double-precision buffering in your solution.

+ + +

Solver unit system

+

Sets the units in which all data will be converted before being passed to the solver. Setting this avoids very large or very small numbers in the solver and enhances accuracy.

+ + +

Solver type

+

Sets the method used to solve the system of equations. AMF direct solver is the default. Classic direct solver is the slowest approach and should be used only when troubles are encountered with the AMF option. AMF direct solver + secant option allows faster iterations but can reduce the convergence rate..

+ + +

Upwinding in energy equation

+

Activates the upwinding numerical method on the energy equation to aid in solution convergence.

+ + +

Upwinding on free surfaces

+

Activates the upwinding numerical method on free surfaces to aid in solution convergence.

+ + +

Decouple computation of temperature

+

Decouples the calculation of temperature to produce a stabilizing effect in some cases.

+ + +

Decouple computation of free surfaces

+

Decouples the calculation of free surfaces to produce a stabilizing effect in some cases.

+ + +

Integration method on free surfaces

+

Choose the type of integration for the free surface: program controlled, line integration, or surface integration.

+ + +

Integration Rule for Transient Terms

+

Allows you to select standard or hybrid integration rule for transient terms. The hybrid integration rule is recommended for transient nonisothermal flow or heat conduction problems involving thermal shocks (for example, a glass pressing problem).

+ + +

Picard iterations

+

Assists in the robustness of the calculation. Recommended when the selected viscosity model exhibits important variations.

+ + +

Pressure stabilization

+

Smooths the pressure over elements by introducing a slight compressibility of the fluid. Mandatory when using linear interpolation of velocities.

+ + +

Relative compression factor

+

The amount of compressibility for the pressure stabilization. A factor that is too small will introduce pressure peaks. If the factor is too large, the fluid is too compressible and all pressure gradients will be smoothed out, leading to an unrealistically low pressure prediction.

+ + +

Fluid fractions diffusivity

+

Specify the diffusivity for the fluid fractions.

+ + +

Overlap threshold

+

Specify a value of the overlap threshold that is used to separate the nodes that are inside and outside the moving parts. In general, there is no reason to modify the default value that is 0.6.

+ + +

Allow Multiple Overlapping

+

Allows overlapping of moving parts, a fluid node may then be inside more than one moving part.

+ + +

Slip stabilization factor

+

A stabilization factor for slip conditions that helps resolve problems that arise from conflicting boundary conditions.

+ + +

Numerical Parameters for DEVSS

+

Allows you to switch between Program controlled and User specified numerical parameters.

+ + +

Numerical Viscosity for DEVSS

+

Specify a value for the numerical viscosity which can possibly be adjusted in order to compensate for the discarded stress components.

+ + +

Coordinates

+

Choose the interpolation of the coordinates field. This interpolation should be linear.

+ + +

Thickness

+

Choose the interpolation type used to calculate the thickness field.

+ + +

Velocity (V) and pressure (P)

+

Choose a combination of velocity-pressure interpolations. The default is linear velocity with constant-per-element (stabilized) pressure (usually the least computationally expensive combination) . The quadratic velocity with linear pressure is the most computationally accurate and expensive.

+ + +

Stress

+

Choose an interpolation type used to calculate the stress field.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Choose an interpolation type used to calculate the temperature field, based on the Péclet number or expected temperature gradients.

+ + +

Pressure at slip wall

+

Choose an interpolation type used to calculate the pressure applied along a slipping wall to enforce the zero normal velocity condition.

+ + +

Penetration Accuracy

+

If the penetration of a point into the mold is greater than the penetration accuracy, the time step will be rejected. The calculation will then be restarted from the previous time step with a smaller time-step increment. The default value is set according to the dimensions of the mesh, and you will generally not need to modify it.

+ + +

Element Dilatation

+

This option allows for expansion of each finite element of the mold in order to help the contact detection algorithm. Some numerical errors can cause a point to "miss" the mold. A typical case can occur when a point of the fluid domain is supposed to come into contact with a mold at the location of the symmetry line of the mold. A small expansion of the finite elements fixes the problem. The default value is set according to the dimensions of the mesh, and you will generally not need to modify it.

+ + +

Search Settings

+

You have the choice of five predefined groups of search settings. The groups can be “faster” (that is, result in faster computation times for the search) or “safer” (that is, conduct searches that are more thorough but require more computation time). By default, a fast group of settings is selected, as this group is appropriate for a relatively broad range of cases.

+ + +

Action if Limits Exceeded

+

Specify what actions to take if local element distortion limits are exceeded.

+ + +

Minimum Angle [deg]

+

Specify a value for the minimum interior angle to avoid local distortions to the mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Angle [deg]

+

Specify a value for the maximum interior angle to avoid local distortions to the mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Aspect Ratio

+

Specify a value for the maximum aspect ratio to avoid local distortions to the mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Bend

+

Specify a value for the maximum bend to avoid local distortions to the mesh.

+ + +

Maximum Skew

+

Specify a value for the maximum skew to avoid local distortions to the mesh.

+ + +

Reduction Rate of Time Step

+

For transient calculations, specify a value for the time step reduction rate. This is a factor that multiplies the current time step when a significant risk of element distortion is detected.

+ + +

Initial Value

+

Specify a value for the first step of the continuation calculations.

+ + +

Upper Limit

+

Specify a value for the final step of the continuation calculations.

+ + +

Initial step size

+

Specify a value for the initial continuation step size.

+ + +

Minimum step size

+

Specify a value for the minimum continuation step size.

+ + +

Maximum step size

+

Specify a value for the maximum continuation step size.

+ + +

Maximum number of steps

+

Specify a value for the maximum number of continuation steps.

+ + +

Integration scheme

+

Choose an integration scheme for the continuation calculations: Zero order, Implicit Euler, Galerkin, or Crank-Nicolson

+ + +

Initial time step

+

Specify a value for the initial time step size for the transient calculations.

+ + +

Minimum time step

+

Specify a value for the minimum time step size for the transient calculations.

+ + +

Maximum time step

+

Specify a value for the maximum time step size for the transient calculations.

+ + +

Maximum number of time steps

+

Specify a value for the maximum number of time steps for the transient calculations.

+ + +

Integration scheme

+

Choose an integration scheme for the transient calculations: Zero order, Implicit Euler, Galerkin, or Crank-Nicolson

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Specify a tolerance value for the transient calculations.

+ + +

Use velocity for precision evaluation

+

Determine whether or not you want to use velocity prediction.

+ + +

Initial Time Step

+

Specify a value for the initial time step size for the volume of fluid transient calculations.

+ + +

Minimum Time Step

+

Specify a value for the minimum time step size for the volume of fluid transient calculations.

+ + +

Maximum Time Step

+

Specify a value for the maximum number of time steps for the volume of fluid transient calculations.

+ + +

Maximum Number of Time Steps

+

help text for maximum number of time steps

+ + +

Accuracy

+

help text for accuracy

+ + +

Filtering Threshold on Fluid Fraction

+

help text for filtering threshold on fluid fraction

+ + +

Stop Run When Cavity Full

+

help text for stop run when cavity full

+ + +

Multiple Materials

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows with more than one material.

+ + +

Free Surfaces and Moving Interfaces

+

Enable this option to assist converging free surface flows involving a pulling component, such as take-up velocity, take-up force or gravity.

+ + +

Viscosity and Slip

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows with non-linear viscosity and/or slipping.

+ + +

Viscoelasticity

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows with viscoelastic non-linearities that often originate from the combination of high stress values developing in the vicinity of geometric singularities and of transport mechanisms inherent to viscoelasticity.

+ + +

Thermal Effects

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows when temperatures are important.

+ + +

Flow at Inlet

+

Enable this option to assist converging (foaming) flows based on the flow at the inlet.

+ + +

Foaming

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows based on foaming.

+ + +

Flow at Outlet

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows based on the flow at the outlet.

+ + +

Take-up at Extrudate Exit

+

Enable this option to assist converging flows based on the take-up velocity at the extrudate exit.

+ + +

Viscous heating

+

Enable this option to create an output field containing the local intensity of viscous dissipation (heat generation by friction of fluid layers and slipping).

+ + +

Stress

+

Enable this option to create an output field containing the stress tensor (stresses in the fluid due to fluid deformation).

+ + +

Volume of Liquid

+

Enable this option to create an output field to evaluate the volume of the flow domain. If the flow domain contains overlapping internal moving parts, the calculation of the volume will remove the part of the flow domain overlapped by the moving parts, in order to provide the actual volume occupied by the fluid.

+ + +

Tracking of Material Points

+

In most simulations, mesh nodes do not correspond to material particles. Therefore, a postprocessor is provided to track these material points. Enable this option to create an output field for tracking materials particles as in Polyflow since mesh nodes do not correspond to material points.

+ + +

Vorticity

+

Vorticity is a measure of the rotation of a fluid element as it moves in the flow field, and is defined as the curl of the velocity vector. Enable this option to create an output field to evaluate the vorticity.

+ + +

Mixing Index

+

Enable this option to create an output field to evaluate the mixing index lambda that is defined as the shear-rate (gamma dot) divided by the sum of the shear-rate and the magnitude of the vorticity vector.. For a shear flow, the mixing index is equal to 0.5, whereas its value is 1 in a purely elongational flow. In a purely rotational flow, the mixing index is zero. The mixing index is not defined everywhere in the flow problem; singular values arise in regions where the denominator is zero (for example, along the axis of symmetry of a Poiseuille flow).

+ + +

Rate of Deformation Tensor

+

Activates the calculation of the rate-of-deformation tensor D in the flow domain.

+ + +

Enable

+

Activates the evaluation of the uniformity of the velocity field at specified boundary(ies).

+ + +

Useful Borders

+

Select the boundary(ies) where the flow balance will be evaluated.

+ + +

Enable

+

Indicate whether or not to activate the calculation of several technological measures of fluid zone deformation.

+ + +

Area Stretch Ratio

+

Indicate whether or not to evaluate the distribution of area stretch ratio undergone by the fluid zone, that is, the ratio of local area after deformation to initial area.

+ + +

Track Vectors

+

Specify the initial sets of vectors whose deformation and orientation changes will be tracked. These sets consist of vectors whose initial distribution is (i) circumferential around a point P, (ii) parallel to a direction D, (iii) perpendicular to a direction D, or (iv) radial from a point P.

+ + +

Px

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the reference point P.

+ + +

Py

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the reference point P.

+ + +

Pz

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the reference point P.

+ + +

Dir-x

+

Specify the x-component of the reference direction D.

+ + +

Dir-y

+

Specify the y-component of the reference direction D.

+ + +

Dir-z

+

Specify the z-component of the reference direction D.

+ + +

Enable

+

Activates the detection of folds or knit-lines that can occur in a blown/thermoformed part.

+ + +

Action

+

Select the action to be taken when self-contact is detected such as No action, Warning or Stop. No action simply allows to postprocess the self-contact field. Warning generates a message in the listing. Stop halts the calculation.

+ + +

Enable

+

Activates the evaluation of the residence time in the flow domain.

+ + +

Inlet Boundary

+

Select the boundary(ies) where the residence time is imposed.

+ + +

Law

+

Select the law for imposing the material property such as Constant or Polynomial.

+ + +

A

+

Specify a value for the constant coefficient of the residence time function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

B

+

Specify a value for the X coefficient of the polynomial function for the residence time function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

C

+

Specify a value for the Y coefficient of the polynomial function for the residence time function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

D

+

Specify a value for the Z coefficient of the polynomial function for the residence time function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

Enable

+

Activates the tracking of material particles via the transport of a material property (a conventional scalar field).

+ + +

Inlet Boundary

+

Select the boundary(ies) where the material property is imposed.

+ + +

Law

+

Select the law for imposing the material property such as Constant or Polynomial.

+ + +

A

+

Specify a value for the constant coefficient of the material property function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

B

+

Specify a value for the X coefficient of the polynomial function for the material property function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

C

+

Specify a value for the Y coefficient of the polynomial function for the material property function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

D

+

Specify a value for the Z coefficient of the polynomial function for the material property function at the inlet boundary.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) where the derived quantity must be calculated.

+ + +

Useful Borders

+

Specify the border that is used as the basis for the evaluation of the thickness; it may consist of one or several boundaries, but typically symmetry planes and lines are not considered.

+ + +

Activation Time

+

Specify a value for the activation time. The thickness evaluation will be performed only when the simulation time is greater than or equal to the activation time.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Specify a value for the geometric tolerance. The thickness at a point is evaluated as a distance between the point and the opposite surface, measured along a line perpendicular to the surface at this point. The algorithm involves a search of geometric intersection (between the perpendicular line and boundary elements). A geometric tolerance is needed in order to compensate for round-off errors.

+ + +

Output at Initial State

+

Specify how you will save the initialized state of the simulation (state prior to beginning the calculation). This allows you to check the initialization state of an old results file and is useful for both transient and continuation type simulations.

+ + +

Output Frequency (continuation)

+

Specify how often the output will be generated for continuation calculations.

+ + +

Output Frequency (transient)

+

Specify how often the output will be generated for transient calculations.

+ + +

Number of Steps

+

Specify the number of steps after which the output will be generated.

+ + +

Time Interval

+

Specify the time interval for the output generation.

+ + +

Step Interval

+

Specify the step interval for the output generation.

+ + +

Transcript Verbosity

+

Specify how verbose you would like the output transcript to be.

+ + +

Fields Visualization

+

Specify whether to include special output fields along with standard output fields.

+ + +

STL

+

Creates output containing the facets describing the boundaries of the domains of the geometry, such that each boundary of each region corresponds to a STL solid.

+ + +

CFD-Post

+

Creates output that contains the geometry and the computed fields for use with ANSYS CFD-Post.

+ + +

Polyflow

+

Creates output files (res.msh, res) that contain the mesh and the computed fields for use with ANSYS Polyflow. This format can also be read into the Fluent Materials Processing workspace.

+ + +

CSV

+

Creates this output file (csv) is a common format for tabulated data that can be read into spreadsheet programs as Excel. It can also be read in ANSYS Polyflow for initial or boundary conditions.

+ + +

EnSight

+

Creates output that contains the geometry and the computed fields for use with EnSight.

+ + +

FieldView

+

Creates output that contains the geometry and the computed fields for use with FieldView.

+ + +

Ansys Mapper

+

Creates output that contains the geometry and the computed fields for use with Ansys Mapper.

+ + +

Velocity convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the velocity residuals.

+ + +

Pressure convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the pressure residuals.

+ + +

Temperature convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the temperature residuals.

+ + +

Stress convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the stress residuals.

+ + +

Thickness convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the thickness residuals.

+ + +

Coordinates Convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the coordinates residuals.

+ + +

Fluid Fraction Convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the fluid fraction residuals.

+ + +

Density Convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the fluid density in foaming flows.

+ + +

Bubble Radius Convergence

+

Monitor the convergence of the bubble radius in foaming flows.

+ + +

Case

+

help text for case

+ + +

Solver

+

help text for solver

+ + +

Host

+

help text for host

+ + +

Configuration

+

States case details including dimensions, precision, turbulence model and whether the case is steady-state or transient

+ + +

Dimension

+

Select the dimension type.

+ + +

Analysis Type

+

Indicates the type of analysis (for example, steady or transient).

+ + +

No. of Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations the calculation will perform.

+ + +

Time Step Size (s)

+

Specify the time step size (s) for the solver run

+ + +

No. of Time-steps

+

Specify how many time steps will the solver run for

+ + +

Max Iterations Per TimeStep

+

Specify the maximum number of iterations per time step

+ + +

PV Coupling Scheme

+

Select from an assortment of pressure-velocity coupling schemes.

+ + +

Value

+

Choose a particular solver method (discretization scheme) option, or use the default setting.

+ + +

Courant Number

+

help text for courant number

+ + +

Convergence Criterion Type

+

help text for convergence criterion type

+ + +

Check Convergence

+

Enable this option to check the convergence for this specific equation.

+ + +

Absolute Criterion

+

Specify the absolute criterion for this specific equation, or use the default value.

+ + +

Relative Criterion

+

help text for relative criterion

+ + +

Graphics

+

help text for graphics

+ + +

Record After Every

+

help text for record after every

+ + +

Sequence

+

help text for sequence

+ + +

Index

+

help text for index

+ + +

Wall Clock

+

help text for wall clock

+ + +

Storage Type

+

help text for storage type

+ + +

Storage Directory

+

help text for storage directory

+ + +

WindowId

+

help text for windowid

+ + +

Projection

+

help text for projection

+ + +

View

+

help text for view

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the report, or use the default name.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of report as either a surface report or a volume report.

+ + +

Quantity

+

Choose the surface or volume quantity that you want to report.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable to be used in the surface or volume integrations.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volumes used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Per Surface

+

Select to include individual surfaces or volumes.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Surfaces

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Zones

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the point location.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the point location.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the point location.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Display Filled Contour

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the contours.

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Minimum Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Maximum Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Automatically Skip Labels

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the vectors.

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Minimum Value

+ + +

Max Value

+

Maximum Value

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Automatically Skip Labels

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Coarsen

+

help text for coarsen

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Color by

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Release from Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Path Density

+

Specify the density of pathlines for better visualization.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Enable to draw the mesh with the pathlines.

+ + +

Oil Flow

+

Select to display pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Minimum Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Maximum Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the thickness of pathlines.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Diameter

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Minimum Steps

+

Specify the minimum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle of a particle.

+ + +

Maximum Rotation

+

Specify the maximum rotation of a particle.

+ + +

Step Size

+

Specify the steps size used to control accuracy.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

help text for x axis function.

+ + +

Enabled

+

help text for enabled.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the pathline display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the pathline display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular pathline color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the pathline display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Automatically Skip Labels

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the pathline color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pathline color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the pathline color map data.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose a rotational or translational periodicity.

+ + +

Number of Repeats

+

Specify the number of times you want to repeat the periodic domain.

+ + +

Rotation Axis

+

Select the direction vector (X,Y,Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Number of Sections for Full Circle

+

Specify the number of segments that would form a full circle.

+ + +

Apply to All Surfaces

+

Select to apply the settings to all surfaces.

+ + +

Angle in degrees

+

Indicates the angle of rotation in degrees. This is equal to 360/Number of Sections for Full Circle.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify direction vector (X) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Y) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the periodic instance.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify the distance in the X direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Y direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Z direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the volume render.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volume(s) where you want to display the volume render.

+ + +

Quality

+

Select the quality of the volume render.

+ + +

Transparencies

+

Specify the transparencies to be used for different field values.

+ + +

Alpha Scale

+

Specify to increase or decrease the transparency with lower values increasing transparency.

+ + +

NX

+

Specify the number of clusters in the x-direction.

+ + +

NY

+

Specify the number of clusters in the y-direction.

+ + +

NZ

+

Specify the number of clusters in the z-direction.

+ + +

Restrict to bounding box

+

Enable to specify bounding box extents.

+ + +

XMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Min).

+ + +

YMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Min)

+ + +

ZMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Min)

+ + +

XMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Max)

+ + +

YMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Max)

+ + +

ZMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Max)

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of volume render values.

+ + +

Use Global Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

TBD

+

TBD

+ + +

TBD

+

TBD

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along the volume render display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the volume render display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular volume render color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the volume render display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the volume render color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the volume render color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the volume render color map data.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select the skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the volume render color map.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis

+

Select the variable you want to apply to the x-axis for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Option

+

Choose the timestep selection option for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of y-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Lines

+

Choose a surface for the XY plot

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the Y-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Axis Triad

+

Show or hide the axis triad in the graphics window.

+ + + +

Active Viewport

+

Select the viewport that you want to be currently active.

+ + +

Linked Viewport

+

Lists any viewports that are linked.

+ + +

Visible

+

Show or hide boundary markers in the graphics window.

+ + +

Fraction

+

Specify the number of boundary markers as a fraction.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify the size of the boundary markers.

+ + + +
+

Ansys Fluent Aero Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level Help

+ +

Aero Workspace

+ +

Run Type

+

Help text for Run Type

+ + +

Airflow

+

Help text for Airflow

+ + +

Airflow

+

Help text for Airflow

+ + +

Mode

+

Help text for Mode

+ + +

Solution

+

Help text for Solution

+ + +

Airflow Run

+

Help text for Airflow Run

+ + +

Airflow Fluent Output Solution

+

Help text for Airflow Fluent Output Solution

+ + +

B C

+

Help text for B C

+ + +

Component Part

+

Indicates the part to which a boundary zone belongs in a component group.

+ + +

Manage Components

+

Help text for Manage Components

+ + +

Component Display

+

Help text for Component Display

+ + +

Group Name

+

Help text for Group Name

+ + +

Reload Results Custom Table

+

Help text for Reload Results Custom Table

+ + +

Manage Outputs

+

Help text for Manage Outputs

+ + +

Rename B C

+

Help text for Rename B C

+ + +

B C Name

+

Help text for B C Name

+ + +

New Name

+

Help text for New Name

+ + +

Change B C Type

+

Help text for Change B C Type

+ + +

B C Name

+

Help text for B C Name

+ + +

B C Type

+

Help text for B C Type

+ + +

Move B C To Group

+

Help text for Move B C To Group

+ + +

B C Name

+

Help text for B C Name

+ + +

Group Name

+

Help text for Group Name

+ + +

B C Sync

+

Choose Edit to expose the boundary condition settings for this zone or Case Settings to have Fluent use whichever boundary conditions settings defined on this zone in the input Case file.

+ + +

Turbulence Specification

+

Choose which method will be used to define the turbulence parameters.

+ + +

Intermittency

+

Specify Intermittency to measure the probability that a given point is located insidea turbulent region.

+ + +

Temperature Input

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature Custom

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the total temperature of the mass flow inlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_T0.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Help text for Temperature

+ + +

Pressure Input

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Pressure Custom

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the static pressure of the mass flow inlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_P.

+ + +

Pressure

+

Help text for Pressure

+ + +

Mass Flow Input

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across each Design Point.

+ + +

Mass Flow Custom

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the mass flow rate of the mass flow inlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_massflow.

+ + +

Mass Flow

+

Help text for Mass Flow

+ + +

Flow X

+

Help text for Flow X

+ + +

Flow Y

+

Help text for Flow Y

+ + +

Flow Z

+

Help text for Flow Z

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

Total Pressure

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across each Design Point.

+ + +

Total Temperature

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across each Design Point.

+ + +

Expression

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the total pressure of the pressure inlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_P0.

+ + +

Expression

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the total temperature of the pressure inlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_T0.

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

B C Sync

+

Choose Edit to expose the boundary condition settings for this zone or Case Settings to have Fluent use whichever boundary conditions settings defined on this zone in the input Case file.

+ + +

Pressure Input

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across each Design Point.

+ + +

Pressure Custom

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the static pressure of the pressure outlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_P.

+ + +

Pressure

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature Input

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature Custom

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the backflow total temperature of the pressure outlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_T0.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Help text for Temperature

+ + +

Airflow Mass Flow Outlet

+

Help text for Airflow Mass Flow Outlet

+ + +

B C Sync

+

Choose Edit to expose the boundary condition settings for this zone or Case Settings to have Fluent use whichever boundary conditions settings defined on this zone in the input Case file.

+ + +

Mass Flow Input

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Mass Flow Custom

+

Specify the name of the custom variable that is used to control the mass flow rate of the mass-flow-outlet zone. The default name of the expression uses the following format: zone_name_massflow.

+ + +

Mass Flow

+

Specify the mass flow rate in kg/s on this boundary.

+ + +

D P

+

Help text for D P

+ + +

Converged

+

Help text for Converged

+ + +

Status

+

Help text for Status

+ + +

Status Backup

+

Help text for Status Backup

+ + +

Solve

+

Help text for Solve

+ + +

Inputs

+

Help text for Inputs

+ + +

Conditions

+

Help text for Conditions

+ + +

Mach

+

Help text for Mach

+ + +

T A S

+

Help text for T A S

+ + +

Ao A

+

Help text for Ao A

+ + +

Ao S

+

Help text for Ao S

+ + +

Pressure

+

Help text for Pressure

+ + +

Temperature

+

Help text for Temperature

+ + +

Total Pressure

+

Help text for Total Pressure

+ + +

Total Temperature

+

Help text for Total Temperature

+ + +

Altitude

+

Help text for Altitude

+ + +

Reynolds

+

Help text for Reynolds

+ + +

Custom Inputs

+

Help text for Custom Inputs

+ + +

Parameters

+

Help text for Parameters

+ + +

Values

+

Help text for Values

+ + +

Component Inputs

+

Help text for Component Inputs

+ + +

Parameters

+

Help text for Parameters

+ + +

Values

+

Help text for Values

+ + +

Outputs

+

Help text for Outputs

+ + +

Forces

+

Help text for Forces

+ + +

Lift

+

Help text for Lift

+ + +

Drag

+

Help text for Drag

+ + +

Moment Yaw

+

Help text for Moment Yaw

+ + +

Moment Pitch

+

Help text for Moment Pitch

+ + +

Moment Roll

+

Help text for Moment Roll

+ + +

Coefficients

+

Help text for Coefficients

+ + +

Coefficient Lift

+

Help text for Coefficient Lift

+ + +

Coefficient Drag

+

Help text for Coefficient Drag

+ + +

Coefficient Moment Yaw

+

Help text for Coefficient Moment Yaw

+ + +

Coefficient Moment Pitch

+

Help text for Coefficient Moment Pitch

+ + +

Coefficient Moment Roll

+

Help text for Coefficient Moment Roll

+ + +

Coefficient Residuals

+

Help text for Coefficient Residuals

+ + +

Coefficient Lift Residual

+

Help text for Coefficient Lift Residual

+ + +

Coefficient Drag Residual

+

Help text for Coefficient Drag Residual

+ + +

Coefficient Moment Yaw Residual

+

Help text for Coefficient Moment Yaw Residual

+ + +

Coefficient Moment Pitch Residual

+

Help text for Coefficient Moment Pitch Residual

+ + +

Coefficient Moment Roll Residual

+

Help text for Coefficient Moment Roll Residual

+ + +

Custom Outputs

+

Help text for Custom Outputs

+ + +

Parameters

+

Help text for Parameters

+ + +

Values

+

Help text for Values

+ + +

Component Outputs

+

Help text for Component Outputs

+ + +

Parameters

+

Help text for Parameters

+ + +

Values

+

Help text for Values

+ + +

Residuals

+

Help text for Residuals

+ + +

Parameters

+

Help text for Parameters

+ + +

Values

+

Help text for Values

+ + +

Parameter Search

+

Enabling this will activate the Parameter Search functionality and the Parameter Search node will appear in the Outline View.

+ + +

Parameter

+

Choose the objective parameter. For now, Lift_Force, and Lift_Coefficient are the current objective parameters available.

+ + +

Distribution

+

Choose the Distribution of the objective parameter. Constants sets a target value specified in the Properties panel. Custom sets a target value per design point in the Input Design Points Table.

+ + +

Objective

+

Choose the objective for the search.

+ + +

Target Value

+

Specify the target value of the objective.

+ + +

Absolute Tolerance

+

Specify the absolute tolerance of the objective parameter.

+ + +

Parameter

+

Choose the input parameter that will vary during the search for the objective.

+ + +

Initial Value

+

Specify the initial value of the input parameter that will be used to compute the 1st cycle of the parameter search.

+ + +

Initial Delta Value

+

Specify the initial value of the input parameter that will be used to compute the 1st cycle of the parameter search.

+ + +

Lower Bound

+

Specify the minimum value of the input parameter to use in the parameter search.

+ + +

Upper Bound

+

Specify the maximum value of the input parameter to use in the parameter search.

+ + +

Method

+

Choose the parameter search method.

+ + +

Number of Cycles

+

Specify the maximum number of cycles to conduct this search.

+ + +

Num D Ps

+

Specify the number of design points to consider.

+ + +

Initialize Between Cycles

+

Select to re-initialize the flow solution at the beginning of each Parameter Search cycle.

+ + +

Aero Get Out Param

+

Help text for Aero Get Out Param

+ + +

Param Name

+

Help text for Param Name

+ + +

Aero Flags

+

Help text for Aero Flags

+ + +

Results

+

Help text for Results

+ + +

Tables

+

Help text for Tables

+ + +

Create Tables

+

Help text for Create Tables

+ + +

Export Tables

+

Help text for Export Tables

+ + +

Export Stk Aero

+

Help text for Export Stk Aero

+ + +

Post Proc Update

+

Help text for Post Proc Update

+ + +

Graphs

+

Help text for Graphs

+ + +

Coeffs Plot

+

Help text for Coeffs Plot

+ + +

Cl Cd Plot

+

Help text for Cl Cd Plot

+ + +

plot Ref Coeffs

+

Help text for plot Ref Coeffs

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Save Plot Coeffs

+

Help text for Save Plot Coeffs

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

plot Parametric

+

Help text for plot Parametric

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Plots

+

Help text for Plots

+ + +

Aero Cut Load Solution

+

Help text for Aero Cut Load Solution

+ + +

Cut Plot

+

Help text for Cut Plot

+ + +

plot Ref Cut

+

Help text for plot Ref Cut

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Save Plot Cut

+

Help text for Save Plot Cut

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Surfaces Group

+

Choose the surface on which to display the surface cut 2D plot values.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the 2D plot.

+ + +

Component Group

+

Select the Component Groups to use to display the 2D plot.

+ + +

Cut Norm

+

Choose the normal direction of the cut plane surface.

+ + +

Cut Num

+

Indicates the number of surface cuts. Currently, only 1 surface cut plot can be created at a time

+ + +

Cut Min#

+

Indicates the minimum global grid position, in meters, available in the direction normal to the plane that can be used to create the surface cut plot.

+ + +

Cut Position

+

Specify the global grid position, in meters, where a surface cut plot will be plotted.

+ + +

Cut Max#

+

Indicates the maximum global grid position, in meters, available in the direction normal to the plane that can be used to create the surface cut plot.

+ + +

Cut Field

+

Choose the field variable to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Solution

+

Choose the Design Point solution to use for the 2D plot.

+ + +

Contours

+

Help text for Contours

+ + +

Plot Surface

+

Help text for Plot Surface

+ + +

Plot Cutting Plane

+

Help text for Plot Cutting Plane

+ + +

Contour View

+

Help text for Contour View

+ + +

Save Contour Images

+

Help text for Save Contour Images

+ + +

Surfaces Group

+

Choose a method to define the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Component Group

+

Help text for Component Group

+ + +

Cutting Plane Normal

+

Choose the normal direction of the cutting plane.

+ + +

Cutting Plane Min Max

+

Indicates the range of the simulation domain in the cutting plane normal direction.

+ + +

Cutting Plane Position

+

Specify the cutting plane position.

+ + +

Wall Fields

+

Choose the field variable to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Cut Fields

+

Specify the solution field that will be plotted.

+ + +

Select Component Groups

+

Select the Component Groups where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Component Group Fields

+

Choose the field variable you want to display.

+ + +

Selected Surfaces Fields

+

Choose the field variable you want to display.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Range Max

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Range Min

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Draw Mesh

+

Select to display the mesh.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Automatically Skip Labels

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Solution

+

Choose the Design Point that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Turbulence Model

+

Choose the Turbulence model to use with the calculation.

+ + +

Trans S S T Rough Const

+

Specify to apply viscous heating and Transition SST Roughness Constant correlation.

+ + +

Two Temp Model

+

Choose to control the Two Temperature Model in your Fluent Aero simulation. This model +is only available if Solver Type is set to Density based.

+ + +

Fluid Properties

+

Choose from two types of air material properties depending on the activation of the Two Temperature Model.

+ + +

Solver Methods

+

Choose to apply Fluent Aero’s Default Solution Methods or choose Case settings to use those currently set in the Solution Workspace.

+ + +

Flow Range

+

Choose the expected flow range.

+ + +

Solution Control

+

Choose the solver convergence strategy.

+ + +

Time Scale Factor

+

Specify convergence speed. Lower values result in a slower +convergence speed but also potentially a better stability.

+ + +

Courant Number

+

Specify convergence speed. Lower values result in a slower +convergence speed but also potentially a better stability.

+ + +

Steering Blending

+

Specify the speed and aggressiveness of convergence.

+ + +

Steering Courant Number Initial

+

Specify the initial speed and aggressiveness of convergence.

+ + +

Steering Courant Number Max

+

Specify the maximum speed and aggressiveness of convergence.

+ + +

Steering Relaxation

+

Specify the relaxation factor related to the speed and aggressiveness of convergence.

+ + +

Auto Convergence Strategy

+

Choose to improve the convergence of cases that do not meet the convergence +conditions in the first set of iterations.

+ + +

Initialization Method

+

Choose the method used to initialize the simulation.

+ + +

FMG Advanced Settings

+

Select to access advanced settings associated with the FMG Initialization.

+ + +

FMG Courant Number

+

Specify the courant number to use during FMG initialization. Lower values result in potentially better stability.

+ + +

Initialize Between D Ps

+

Select to perform an Initialization at the beginning of the calculation of each Design Point.

+ + +

Conv Cutoff

+

Specify the convergence residual value at which the calculation of a design +point will stop if all the solver residuals drop below this value.

+ + +

Output Params Conv Cutoff

+

Specify the convergence cutoff for the Lift, the Drag and the Moment coefficients. +The default value is 2e-4.

+ + +

Output Params Prev Vals

+

Specify the number of iterations prior to the current iteration to be considered +to estimate the convergence of the monitored coefficients.

+ + +

Run Journal

+

Choose to execute a journal file at the beginning of a run.

+ + +

Run Journal File

+

Specify a journal file at the beginning of a run.

+ + +

Design Point Journal

+

Choose to execute a journal file right before the initialization or calculation of +each design Point.

+ + +

Design Point Journal File

+

Specify a journal file right before the initialization or calculation of +each design Point.

+ + +

Initialization Journal

+

Choose to execute a journal file to replace the initialization routine that Fluent +Aero would use for a Design Point.

+ + +

Initialization Journal File

+

Specify a journal file to replace the initialization routine that Fluent +Aero would use for a Design Point.

+ + +

Write Case

+

Choose to write case files (out.X.cas[.h5]) for each Design Point, inside the DP folder.

+ + +

Write Mode

+

Choose to write efficient post processing files (.cas.post +.dat.post) to use with the Post-Analysis feature.

+ + +

Zones

+

Choose the regions where results will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Post Variable List

+

Choose the solution variables that will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Surface Selection

+

Select surfaces where results will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Additional Variables

+

Select customized additional variables that will be saved to the post processing files.

+ + +

Aero Calculate

+

Help text for Aero Calculate

+ + +

Aero Interrupt

+

Help text for Aero Interrupt

+ + +

Aero Continue

+

Help text for Aero Continue

+ + +

Aero Save

+

Help text for Aero Save

+ + +

Aero Run Next

+

Help text for Aero Run Next

+ + +

Aero Apply Settings Solver

+

Help text for Aero Apply Settings Solver

+ + +

Aero Apply Settings Convergence

+

Help text for Aero Apply Settings Convergence

+ + +

Aero Initialize All D Ps

+

Help text for Aero Initialize All D Ps

+ + +

Aero Initialize Current D P

+

Help text for Aero Initialize Current D P

+ + +

Aero Solve Use Case Settings

+

Help text for Aero Solve Use Case Settings

+ + +

Iterations

+

Specify the number of iterations during the calculation.

+ + +

Show Advanced

+

Select to configure advanced settings.

+ + +

Solver Type

+

Choose the solver type used to perform the calculations.

+ + +

Solution

+

Help text for Solution

+ + +

Enhanced CASM

+

Enable the enhanced convergence acceleration for stretched meshes.

+ + +

Parameter

+

Choose the type of input parameter that will be used to define the flow direction.

+ + +

Distribution Aoa

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Aoa

+

Specify the angle of attack (degrees) used to define the flow direction for each Design Point.

+ + +

Aoa Min

+

Specify the minimum angle of attack (degrees) used to define the flow direction for each Design Point.

+ + +

Aoa Max

+

Specify the maximum angle of attack (degrees) used to define the flow direction for each Design Point.

+ + +

Aoa Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Distribution Aos

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Aos

+

Specify the flow direction for each Design Point.

+ + +

Aos Min

+

Specify the minimum flow direction for each Design Point.

+ + +

Aos Max

+

Specify the maximum flow direction for each Design Point.

+ + +

Aos Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Parameter

+

Choose the type of input parameter that will be used to define the flow speed of +the condition.

+ + +

Distribution

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Mass Flow Rate [kg/s]

+

Specify the mass flow rate for each Design Point.

+ + +

Minimum Mass Flow Rate [kg/s]

+

Specify the minimum mass flow rate for each Design Point.

+ + +

Maximum Mass Flow Rate [kg/s]

+

Specify the maximum mass flow rate for each Design Point.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of design points to consider.

+ + +

Mach

+

Specify the speed condition for each Design Point.

+ + +

Mach Min

+

Specify the minimum speed condition for each Design Point.

+ + +

Mach Max

+

Specify the maximum speed condition for each Design Point.

+ + +

Mach Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Tas

+

Specify the speed condition for each Design Point. If True Airspeed is selected, the Pressure and Temperature category is limited to use Static or Altitude Parameter settings under Flow Direction.

+ + +

Tas Min

+

Specify the minimum speed condition for each Design Point.

+ + +

Tas Max

+

Specify the maximum speed condition for each Design Point.

+ + +

Tas Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Parameter

+

Choose the type of input parameter that will be used to define pressure and temperature conditions.

+ + +

Distribution

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Altitude

+

Specify the altitude condition for each Design Point.

+ + +

Altitude Min

+

Specify the minimum altitude for each Design Point.

+ + +

Altitude Max

+

Specify the maximum altitude for each Design Point.

+ + +

Altitude Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Distribution Pressure

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Pressure

+

Specify the atmospheric static pressure condition in Pascal for each Design Point.

+ + +

Pressure Min

+

Specify the minimum static pressure for each Design Point.

+ + +

Pressure Max

+

Specify the maximum static pressure for each Design Point.

+ + +

Pressure Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Distribution Temperature

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature

+

Specify the atmospheric static temperature condition in Kelvin for each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature Min

+

Specify the minimum static temperature at each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature Max

+

Specify the maximum static temperature at each Design Point.

+ + +

Temperature Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Distribution Total Pressure

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Total Pressure

+

Specify the total pressure condition in Pascal for each Design Point.

+ + +

Total Pressure Min

+

Specify the minimum total pressure at each Design Point.

+ + +

Total Pressure Max

+

Specify the maximum total pressure at each Design Point.

+ + +

Total Pressure Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Distribution Total Temperature

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Total Temperature

+

Specify a constant total temperature in Kelvin to use for all Design Points.

+ + +

Total Temperature Min

+

Specify a minimum constant total temperature in Kelvin to use for all Design Points.

+ + +

Total Temperature Max

+

Specify a maximum constant total temperature in Kelvin to use for all Design Points.

+ + +

Total Temperature Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Distribution Reynolds

+

Choose how the value of the input parameter is distributed across +each Design Point.

+ + +

Reynolds

+

Specify the reference Reynolds number used in the simulation, computed from the other reference conditions.

+ + +

Reynolds Min

+

Specify the minimum reynolds number at each Design Point.

+ + +

Reynolds Max

+

Specify the maximum reynolds number at each Design Point.

+ + +

Reynolds Num

+

Specify the number of points to use for the selected +parameter.

+ + +

Input List

+

Help text for Input List

+ + +

Output List

+

Help text for Output List

+ + +

Output Component List

+

Help text for Output Component List

+ + +

Monitor Component List

+

Help text for Monitor Component List

+ + +

Custom Input

+

Select to allow custom input parameters to vary at each design point.

+ + +

Custom Output

+

Select to allow custom output parameters to vary at each design point.

+ + +

Simulation Conditions

+

Help text for Simulation Conditions

+ + +

Init Custom Table

+

Help text for Init Custom Table

+ + +

Reload Results Custom Table

+

Help text for Reload Results Custom Table

+ + +

Refresh Status Custom Table

+

Help text for Refresh Status Custom Table

+ + +

Add Table D P

+

Help text for Add Table D P

+ + +

Delete Table D P

+

Help text for Delete Table D P

+ + +

Table Import C S V

+

Help text for Table Import C S V

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Table Export C S V

+

Help text for Table Export C S V

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Show Input Select Panel

+

Help text for Show Input Select Panel

+ + +

Show Output Select Panel

+

Help text for Show Output Select Panel

+ + +

dpi

+

Help text for dpi

+ + +

icol

+

Help text for icol

+ + +

val

+

Help text for val

+ + +

Geometric Properties

+

Help text for Geometric Properties

+ + +

Refresh B Cs

+

Help text for Refresh B Cs

+ + +

Grid Load

+

Help text for Grid Load

+ + +

Domain Type

+

Choose a domain type to simulate the airflow around an aircraft during typical in-flight conditions or inside an experimental wind tunnel test section.

+ + +

Lift Dir

+

Choose which cartesian direction corresponds to the direction of the Lift vector in the scenario that the geometry is operating at a 0 degree angle of attack.

+ + +

Drag Dir

+

Choose which cartesian direction corresponds to the direction of the Drag vector in the scenario that the geometry is operating at a 0 degree angle of attack.

+ + +

Moment Pitch Dir

+

Choose which cartesian direction corresponds to the direction of the Pitching Moment.

+ + +

Moment Center X

+

Specify the Pitching Moment center position in meters using the cartesian coordinates of the mesh.

+ + +

Moment Center Y

+

Specify the Pitching Moment center position in meters using the cartesian coordinates of the mesh.

+ + +

Moment Center Z

+

Specify the Pitching Moment center position in meters using the cartesian coordinates of the mesh.

+ + +

Ref Length

+

Specify the reference length in units of meters used for the computation of aerodynamic coefficients.

+ + +

Ref Area

+

Specify the reference area in units of square meters used for the computation of the aerodynamic coefficients.

+ + +

Prj Area

+

Select to compute the reference area of your geometry.

+ + +

Component Groups

+

Select the Component Groups to use to display the 2D plot.

+ + +

Create Component Group

+

Help text for Create Component Group

+ + +

Group

+

Help text for Group

+ + +

Delete Component Group

+

Help text for Delete Component Group

+ + +

Group Name

+

Help text for Group Name

+ + +

Rename Component Group

+

Help text for Rename Component Group

+ + +

Current Group Name

+

Help text for Current Group Name

+ + +

New Group Name

+

Help text for New Group Name

+ + +

Add To Component Group

+

Help text for Add To Component Group

+ + +

Group Type

+

Help text for Group Type

+ + +

Group Name

+

Help text for Group Name

+ + +

Group Part

+

Help text for Group Part

+ + +

B C Name

+

Help text for B C Name

+ + +

Remove From Component Group

+

Help text for Remove From Component Group

+ + +

Group Type

+

Help text for Group Type

+ + +

Group Name

+

Help text for Group Name

+ + +

B C Name

+

Help text for B C Name

+ + +

Setup

+

Help text for Setup

+ + +

Velocity Specification

+

Help text for Velocity Specification

+ + +

Velocity Cartesian Components

+

Help text for Velocity Cartesian Components

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Velocity Magnitude

+

Help text for Velocity Magnitude

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Gauge Pressure

+

Help text for Gauge Pressure

+ + +

Mach Number

+

Help text for Mach Number

+ + +

Wall Velocity Specification

+

Help text for Wall Velocity Specification

+ + +

Translational Velocity Specification

+

Help text for Translational Velocity Specification

+ + +

Translational Velocity Magnitude

+

Help text for Translational Velocity Magnitude

+ + +

Translational Direction

+

Help text for Translational Direction

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Translational Velocity Components

+

Help text for Translational Velocity Components

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Rotational Speed

+

Help text for Rotational Speed

+ + +

Rotation Axis Origin

+

Help text for Rotation Axis Origin

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Rotation Axis Direction

+

Help text for Rotation Axis Direction

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Specification Method

+

Help text for Specification Method

+ + +

Turb Intensity

+

Specify the values for the turbulent intensity.

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Specify the values for the turbulent viscosity ratio.

+ + +

Intermittency

+

Specify Intermittency to measure the probability that a given point is located inside a turbulent region.

+ + +

Thermal Conditions

+

Help text for Thermal Conditions

+ + +

Temperature

+

Help text for Temperature

+ + +

Backflow Total Temperature

+

Help text for Backflow Total Temperature

+ + +

Heat Flux

+

Help text for Heat Flux

+ + +

Heat Transfer Coefficient

+

Help text for Heat Transfer Coefficient

+ + +

Free Stream Temperature

+

Help text for Free Stream Temperature

+ + +

External Emissivity

+

Help text for External Emissivity

+ + +

External Radiation Temperature

+

Help text for External Radiation Temperature

+ + +

Wall Thickness

+

Help text for Wall Thickness

+ + +

Heat Generation Rate

+

Help text for Heat Generation Rate

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent GPU Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level Help

+ +

GPU Workspace

+ +

Read Script File

+

Help text for Read Script File

+ + +

Start Transcript

+

Help text for Start Transcript

+ + +

Stop Transcript

+

Help text for Stop Transcript

+ + +

Send Command

+

Help text for Send Command

+ + +

Command Name

+

Help text for Command Name

+ + +

Wait

+

Help text for Wait

+ + +

Connect

+

Help text for Connect

+ + +

Disconnect

+

Help text for Disconnect

+ + +

Start Server

+

Help text for Start Server

+ + +

Version

+

Help text for Version

+ + +

Server Settings

+

Help text for Server Settings

+ + +

Precision

+

Help text for Precision

+ + +

Hidden

+

Help text for Hidden

+ + +

Server Info Filename

+

States the name of the server information file used to connect to the current running Fluent session

+ + +

Case File Name Dir Stripped

+

Help text for Case File Name Dir Stripped

+ + +

Solver Name

+

States the name of the solver being used in this session

+ + +

Host Name

+

States the machine name where the solver session is running

+ + +

Configuration

+

States case details including dimensions, precision, turbulence model and whether the case is steady-state or transient

+ + +

Case Info

+

Help text for Case Info

+ + +

Case File Name

+

Help text for Case File Name

+ + +

Data File Name

+

Help text for Data File Name

+ + +

Is P V Coupling Active

+

Help text for Is P V Coupling Active

+ + +

Default Field

+

Help text for Default Field

+ + +

Default Vector Field

+

Help text for Default Vector Field

+ + +

Is Overset Read Only

+

Help text for Is Overset Read Only

+ + +

Setup

+

Help text for Setup

+ + +

Domain

+

Help text for Domain

+ + +

Merge

+

Merge cell zones into a single cell zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Help text for Zones

+ + +

Delete

+

Delete cell zones that are not part of the study.

+ + +

Zones

+

Help text for Zones

+ + +

Models

+

Help text for Models

+ + +

rf_energy

+

Help text for rf_energy

+ + +

rp_lam

+

Help text for rp_lam

+ + +

rp_ke

+

Help text for rp_ke

+ + +

rp_kw

+

Help text for rp_kw

+ + +

rp_les

+

Help text for rp_les

+ + +

kw_geko_on

+

Help text for kw_geko_on

+ + +

Energy

+

Help text for Energy

+ + +

Viscous

+

Specify whether the flow is laminar or turbulent

+ + +

Parameters

+

Help text for Parameters

+ + +

Cmu

+

Help text for Cmu

+ + +

C1 Epsilon

+

Help text for C1 Epsilon

+ + +

C2 Epsilon

+

Help text for C2 Epsilon

+ + +

T K E Pr

+

Help text for T K E Pr

+ + +

T D R Pr

+

Help text for T D R Pr

+ + +

Gravity

+

Help text for Gravity

+ + +

Gravitational Acceleration

+

Help text for Gravitational Acceleration

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Operating Conditions

+

Help text for Operating Conditions

+ + +

Operating Pressure

+

Help text for Operating Pressure

+ + +

Reference Location

+

Help text for Reference Location

+ + +

Xref

+

Help text for Xref

+ + +

Yref

+

Help text for Yref

+ + +

Zref

+

Help text for Zref

+ + +

Beta

+

Help text for Beta

+ + +

Solution Control

+

Help text for Solution Control

+ + +

Validate Report Definitions

+

Help text for Validate Report Definitions

+ + +

Methods

+

Help text for Methods

+ + +

P V Coupling Scheme

+

Help text for P V Coupling Scheme

+ + +

Discretization Schemes

+

Help text for Discretization Schemes

+ + +

Value

+

Help text for Value

+ + +

Controls

+

Help text for Controls

+ + +

Under Relaxation Factors

+

Help text for Under Relaxation Factors

+ + +

Value

+

Help text for Value

+ + +

Report Definitions

+

Help text for Report Definitions

+ + +

Plot Data

+

Help text for Plot Data

+ + +

X Label

+

Choose the quantity for the X axis of the report plot.

+ + +

Y Label

+

Displays the quantity for the Y axis of the report plot.

+ + +

Print

+

Print the value of the report definition to the console

+ + +

Plot

+

Plot the value of the report definition in the graphics window

+ + +

Write

+

Write the report definition to a file so that it can be plotted in a future session or other application

+ + +

Quantity

+

Select the type of report definition being created

+ + +

Variable

+

Specify the variable that is being evaluated for this report definition.

+ + +

Volume Integration Type

+

Setup a volume integral report definition.

+ + +

Type

+

Setup a surface integral report definition.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Help text for Surfaces

+ + +

Force Vector

+

Help text for Force Vector

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-vector for the force report definition.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-vector for the force report definition.

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Coefficient

+

Enable to compute the coefficient instead of the raw value.

+ + +

Moment Center

+

Help text for Moment Center

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component for the moment center

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component for the moment center

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component for the moment center

+ + +

Moment Axis

+

Help text for Moment Axis

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X-component for the moment axis

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y-component for the moment axis

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z-component for the moment axis

+ + +

Unit

+

Help text for Unit

+ + +

Factor

+

Help text for Factor

+ + +

Offset

+

Help text for Offset

+ + +

File Name

+

Name of the report file (not including the file extension)

+ + +

Base File Name

+

Full name and location of the report file

+ + +

Residuals

+

Help text for Residuals

+ + +

Plot Data

+

Help text for Plot Data

+ + +

Print

+

Help text for Print

+ + +

Plot

+

Help text for Plot

+ + +

X Label

+

Help text for X Label

+ + +

Y Label

+

Help text for Y Label

+ + +

Unit

+

Help text for Unit

+ + +

Factor

+

Help text for Factor

+ + +

Offset

+

Help text for Offset

+ + +

Quantities

+

Help text for Quantities

+ + +

Pressure

+

Help text for Pressure

+ + +

X Velocity

+

Help text for X Velocity

+ + +

Y Velocity

+

Help text for Y Velocity

+ + +

Z Velocity

+

Help text for Z Velocity

+ + +

K

+

Help text for K

+ + +

Epsilon

+

Help text for Epsilon

+ + +

Convergence Criterion Type

+

Help text for Convergence Criterion Type

+ + +

Equation

+

Help text for Equation

+ + +

Check Convergence

+

Help text for Check Convergence

+ + +

Absolute Criterion

+

Help text for Absolute Criterion

+ + +

Relative Criterion

+

Help text for Relative Criterion

+ + +

Calculation Activities

+

Help text for Calculation Activities

+ + +

Auto Save

+

Help text for Auto Save

+ + +

Interval Unit

+

Help text for Interval Unit

+ + +

Iteration Frequency

+

Help text for Iteration Frequency

+ + +

Time Interval

+

Help text for Time Interval

+ + +

Step Interval

+

Help text for Step Interval

+ + +

Append File Name

+

Set the name and location of autosaved files

+ + +

Append File Unit

+

Set whether filenames are appended with the timestep or flow time

+ + +

Decimal Units

+

Set the number of digits included in the flowtime appended to the filename

+ + +

Solution Animations

+

Help text for Solution Animations

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Play Back

+

Help text for Play Back

+ + +

Last Frame

+

Number of the last saved animation frame

+ + +

Graphics

+

Select the object(s) you want to animate

+ + +

Record After

+

Specify whether animation images are saved based on wall clock time or timesteps

+ + +

Integer Index

+

Set how many reporting intervals (specified in Properties-Run Calculation) pass between saving animation images

+ + +

Real Index

+

Set how much time should pass between saving animation images

+ + +

Storage Type

+

Specify the image format for the saved animation images

+ + +

Storage Directory

+

Path to the directory where animation files will be written

+ + +

Window Id

+

ID of the window where animation images will be displayed

+ + +

Projection

+

Specify whether the object is displayed in perspective or orthographic view

+ + +

View

+

Set the camera orientation for object being animated (you can click "Use Active View" to use the view in the active graphics window)

+ + +

Unsteady Statistics

+

Help text for Unsteady Statistics

+ + +

Data Sampling for Time Statistics

+

Save unsteady statistics and derived quantities

+ + +

Initialize

+

Help text for Initialize

+ + +

Compute From

+

Specify where initial flow field variables are computed from

+ + +

Pressure

+

Set an initial value for the system pressure

+ + +

X Velocity

+

Set an initial velocity in the X-direction

+ + +

Y Velocity

+

Set an initial velocity in the Y-direction

+ + +

Z Velocity

+

Set an initial velocity in the Z-direction

+ + +

Set Initial Values

+

Help text for Set Initial Values

+ + +

Is Transient

+

Help text for Is Transient

+ + +

Timestep Options

+

Help text for Timestep Options

+ + +

Timestep Size

+

Help text for Timestep Size

+ + +

Number Of Timesteps

+

Help text for Number Of Timesteps

+ + +

Number Of Iterations

+

Help text for Number Of Iterations

+ + +

Reporting Interval

+

The number of timesteps before min/max pressure and velocity values are printed to the console.

+ + +

State

+

Help text for State

+ + +

Case Valid

+

Help text for Case Valid

+ + +

Data Valid

+

Help text for Data Valid

+ + +

Parallel

+

Help text for Parallel

+ + +

Timer

+

Help text for Timer

+ + +

Usage

+

Help text for Usage

+ + +

Reset

+

Help text for Reset

+ + +

Performance

+

Help text for Performance

+ + +

Summary

+

Help text for Summary

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Initial Setup

+

Help text for Initial Setup

+ + +

Clear Datamodel

+

Help text for Clear Datamodel

+ + +

Read Case

+

Help text for Read Case

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Read Data

+

Help text for Read Data

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Write Case

+

Help text for Write Case

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Overwrite

+

Help text for Overwrite

+ + +

Write Data

+

Help text for Write Data

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Overwrite

+

Help text for Overwrite

+ + +

Compute Timestep

+

Help text for Compute Timestep

+ + +

Setup Before Solve

+

Help text for Setup Before Solve

+ + +

File Output Mode

+

Help text for File Output Mode

+ + +

Solve

+

Help text for Solve

+ + +

Interpolate

+

Help text for Interpolate

+ + +

File Output Mode

+

Help text for File Output Mode

+ + +

Initialize

+

Help text for Initialize

+ + +

Interpolate

+

Help text for Interpolate

+ + +

Interrupt

+

Help text for Interrupt

+ + +

Send Command

+

Help text for Send Command

+ + +

Command

+

Help text for Command

+ + +

X Min

+

Help text for X Min

+ + +

Y Min

+

Help text for Y Min

+ + +

Z Min

+

Help text for Z Min

+ + +

X Max

+

Help text for X Max

+ + +

Y Max

+

Help text for Y Max

+ + +

Z Max

+

Help text for Z Max

+ + +

Boundary Type

+

Help text for Boundary Type

+ + +

Flow

+

Help text for Flow

+ + +

Velocity Specification

+

Select the method for specifying the velocity.

+ + +

Velocity Cartesian Components

+

Help text for Velocity Cartesian Components

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the velocity.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the velocity.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the velocity.

+ + +

Velocity Magnitude

+

Specify the magnitude of the velocity.

+ + +

Direction

+

Help text for Direction

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the direction.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the direction.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the direction.

+ + +

Gauge Total Pressure

+

Help text for Gauge Total Pressure

+ + +

Gauge Pressure

+

Specify the gauge pressure.

+ + +

Mass Flow Specification Method

+

Help text for Mass Flow Specification Method

+ + +

Mass Flow Rate

+

Help text for Mass Flow Rate

+ + +

Mass Flux

+

Help text for Mass Flux

+ + +

Average Mass Flux

+

Help text for Average Mass Flux

+ + +

Direction Specification Method

+

Help text for Direction Specification Method

+ + +

Flow Direction

+

Help text for Flow Direction

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Mach Number

+

Specify the Mach number.

+ + +

Wall Velocity Specification

+

Select whether the wall velocity is stationary, translational, or rotational.

+ + +

Translational Velocity Specification

+

Select the method for specifying the translational velocity.

+ + +

Translational Velocity Magnitude

+

Specify the magnitude of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Translational Direction

+

Help text for Translational Direction

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the direction of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the direction of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the direction of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Translational Velocity Components

+

Help text for Translational Velocity Components

+ + +

X

+

Specify the X component of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the Y component of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the Z component of the translational velocity.

+ + +

Rotational Speed

+

Help text for Rotational Speed

+ + +

Rotation Axis Origin

+

Help text for Rotation Axis Origin

+ + +

X

+

Provide the X coordinate of the rotational origin axis

+ + +

Y

+

Provide the Y coordinate of the rotational origin axis

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Rotation Axis Direction

+

Help text for Rotation Axis Direction

+ + +

X

+

Provide the X coordinate for the rotational direction

+ + +

Y

+

Provide the Y coordinate for the rotational direction

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Specification Method

+

Help text for Specification Method

+ + +

Turbulent Intensity

+

Help text for Turbulent Intensity

+ + +

Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+

Help text for Turbulent Viscosity Ratio

+ + +

Turbulent Length Scale

+

Help text for Turbulent Length Scale

+ + +

Hydraulic Diameter

+

Help text for Hydraulic Diameter

+ + +

Thermal Conditions

+

Help text for Thermal Conditions

+ + +

Temperature

+

Help text for Temperature

+ + +

Total Temperature

+

Help text for Total Temperature

+ + +

Heat Flux

+

Help text for Heat Flux

+ + +

Heat Transfer Coefficient

+

Help text for Heat Transfer Coefficient

+ + +

Free Stream Temperature

+

Help text for Free Stream Temperature

+ + +

External Emissivity

+

Help text for External Emissivity

+ + +

External Radiation Temperature

+

Help text for External Radiation Temperature

+ + +

Wall Thickness

+

Help text for Wall Thickness

+ + +

Heat Generation Rate

+

Help text for Heat Generation Rate

+ + +

Type

+

Help text for Type

+ + +

Density

+

Help text for Density

+ + +

Method

+

The workspace supports materials with a constant density

+ + +

Value

+

Specify the density of this material

+ + +

Cp Specific Heat

+

Help text for Cp Specific Heat

+ + +

Method

+

Help text for Method

+ + +

Value

+

Help text for Value

+ + +

Thermal Conductivity

+

Help text for Thermal Conductivity

+ + +

Method

+

Help text for Method

+ + +

Value

+

Help text for Value

+ + +

Viscosity

+

Help text for Viscosity

+ + +

Method

+

The workspace supports materials with a constant viscosity

+ + +

Value

+

Specify the viscosity of this material

+ + +

Thermal Expansion Coefficient

+

Help text for Thermal Expansion Coefficient

+ + +

Method

+

Help text for Method

+ + +

Value

+

Help text for Value

+ + +

Molecular Weight

+

Help text for Molecular Weight

+ + +

Load From Database

+

Help text for Load From Database

+ + +

Material Name

+

Help text for Material Name

+ + +

Cell Zone Id

+

Help text for Cell Zone Id

+ + +

Material

+

Define the case material

+ + +

Display Name

+

Help text for Display Name

+ + +

Solver Name

+

Help text for Solver Name

+ + +

Section

+

Help text for Section

+ + +

Domain

+

Help text for Domain

+ + +

Rank

+

Help text for Rank

+ + +

Unit Quantity

+

Help text for Unit Quantity

+ + +

Display Name

+

Help text for Display Name

+ + +

Solver Name

+

Help text for Solver Name

+ + +

Section

+

Help text for Section

+ + +

Domain

+

Help text for Domain

+ + +

Rank

+

Help text for Rank

+ + +

Display Name

+

Help text for Display Name

+ + +

Solver Name

+

Help text for Solver Name

+ + +

Section

+

Help text for Section

+ + +

Domain

+

Help text for Domain

+ + +

Display Name

+

Help text for Display Name

+ + +

Solver Name

+

Help text for Solver Name

+ + +

Section

+

Help text for Section

+ + +

Domain

+

Help text for Domain

+ + +

Display Name

+

Help text for Display Name

+ + +

Solver Name

+

Help text for Solver Name

+ + +

Display Name

+

Help text for Display Name

+ + +

Solver Name

+

Help text for Solver Name

+ + +

X Component

+

Help text for X Component

+ + +

Y Component

+

Help text for Y Component

+ + +

Z Component

+

Help text for Z Component

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Ungroup

+

Help text for Ungroup

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Help text for Surfaces

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the point location.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the point location.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the point location.

+ + +

Lb Clipping

+

Enable to have the points created at the closest boundary to the specified location.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the first point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the second point of the line.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Update Min Max

+

Help text for Update Min Max

+ + +

Id List

+

Help text for Id List

+ + +

Type

+

Help text for Type

+ + +

Z Id

+

Help text for Z Id

+ + +

Z Type

+

Help text for Z Type

+ + +

Surface Integrals

+

Help text for Surface Integrals

+ + +

Compute Surface Integral

+

Help text for Compute Surface Integral

+ + +

Surface Integration Type

+

Select the type of surface report you want to compute.

+ + +

Variable

+

Select the field variable you want computed for the surface report.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces you want included in the report computation.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all surface report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the surface report.

+ + +

Volume Integrals

+

Help text for Volume Integrals

+ + +

Compute Volume Integral

+

Help text for Compute Volume Integral

+ + +

Volume Integration Type

+

Select the type of volume report you want to compute.

+ + +

Variable

+

Select the variable you want computed for the volume report.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all volume report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the volume report.

+ + +

Forces

+

Help text for Forces

+ + +

Compute Forces

+

Help text for Compute Forces

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries you want included in the force report computation.

+ + +

Force Vector

+

Help text for Force Vector

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the direction in which the force is to be resolved.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the direction in which the force is to be resolved.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the direction in which the force is to be resolved.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all force report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the force report.

+ + +

Moments

+

Help text for Moments

+ + +

Compute Moments

+

Help text for Compute Moments

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries you want included in the moment report computation.

+ + +

Origin Vector

+

Help text for Origin Vector

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the moment center.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the moment center.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the moment center.

+ + +

Axis Vector

+

Help text for Axis Vector

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the moment axis.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the moment axis.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the moment axis.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all moment report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the moment report.

+ + +

Mass Flow

+

Help text for Mass Flow

+ + +

Compute Mass Flow

+

Help text for Compute Mass Flow

+ + +

Boundaries

+

Select the boundaries you want included in the mass flow report computation.

+ + +

Write

+

Enable to write the report results to a file when you click "Compute".

+ + +

Append

+

Enable to have all mass flow report computations appended to the same file.

+ + +

File Name

+

Provide a name for the mass flow report.

+ + +

Get X Y Data

+

Help text for Get X Y Data

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Help text for Surfaces

+ + +

Fields

+

Help text for Fields

+ + +

Get Field Min Max

+

Help text for Get Field Min Max

+ + +

Field

+

Help text for Field

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Help text for Surfaces

+ + +

Create Multiple Planes

+

Help text for Create Multiple Planes

+ + +

Name Format

+

Help text for Name Format

+ + +

Option

+

Help text for Option

+ + +

Number Of Planes

+

Help text for Number Of Planes

+ + +

Normal Specification

+

Help text for Normal Specification

+ + +

Start Point

+

Help text for Start Point

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

End Point

+

Help text for End Point

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Normal Vector

+

Help text for Normal Vector

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Spacing

+

Help text for Spacing

+ + +

Create Multiple Isosurfaces

+

Help text for Create Multiple Isosurfaces

+ + +

Name Format

+

Help text for Name Format

+ + +

Field

+

Help text for Field

+ + +

Specify By

+

Help text for Specify By

+ + +

First Value

+

Help text for First Value

+ + +

Last Value

+

Help text for Last Value

+ + +

Increment

+

Help text for Increment

+ + +

Steps

+

Help text for Steps

+ + +

Create Cell Zone Surfaces

+

Help text for Create Cell Zone Surfaces

+ + +

Options

+

Help text for Options

+ + +

Log

+

Help text for Log

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Help text for Auto Range

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Help text for Major Rules

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Help text for Minor Rules

+ + +

Number Format

+

Help text for Number Format

+ + +

Type

+

Help text for Type

+ + +

Precision

+

Help text for Precision

+ + +

Range

+

Help text for Range

+ + +

Minimum

+

Help text for Minimum

+ + +

Maximum

+

Help text for Maximum

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Help text for Major Rules

+ + +

Color

+

Help text for Color

+ + +

Weight

+

Help text for Weight

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Help text for Minor Rules

+ + +

Color

+

Help text for Color

+ + +

Weight

+

Help text for Weight

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label

+ + +

Line Style

+

Help text for Line Style

+ + +

Pattern

+

Help text for Pattern

+ + +

Color

+

Help text for Color

+ + +

Weight

+

Help text for Weight

+ + +

Marker Style

+

Help text for Marker Style

+ + +

Symbol

+

Help text for Symbol

+ + +

Color

+

Help text for Color

+ + +

Size

+

Help text for Size

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Graphics Objects

+

Select the graphics objects to include in the scene.

+ + +

Restore View

+

Help text for Restore View

+ + +

Camera

+

Help text for Camera

+ + +

Position

+

Help text for Position

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the view position.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the view position.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the view position.

+ + +

Target

+

Help text for Target

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the view target.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the view target.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the view target.

+ + +

Up Vector

+

Help text for Up Vector

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the view up vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the view up vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the view up vector.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the width of the view.

+ + +

Height

+

Specify the height of the view.

+ + +

Projection

+

Select whether the view is perspective or orthographic.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Filled

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Display In Viewport

+

Help text for Display In Viewport

+ + +

Viewport

+

Help text for Viewport

+ + +

Add To Viewport

+

Help text for Add To Viewport

+ + +

Viewport

+

Help text for Viewport

+ + +

Update Min Max

+

Help text for Update Min Max

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Display In Viewport

+

Help text for Display In Viewport

+ + +

Viewport

+

Help text for Viewport

+ + +

Add To Viewport

+

Help text for Add To Viewport

+ + +

Viewport

+

Help text for Viewport

+ + +

Push

+

Help text for Push

+ + +

Pull

+

Help text for Pull

+ + +

Diff

+

Help text for Diff

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Specify the plane surface(s) on which you want to display the LIC.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Specify the vector field used to calculate the LIC plot.

+ + +

Lic Color By Field

+

Enable to have the LIC vectors colored by a field variable.

+ + +

Field

+

Specify the field variable that will be used to color the LIC plot.

+ + +

Lic Color

+

Set a constant color for the LIC plot.

+ + +

Oriented Lic

+

Enable to utilize the Oriented LIC method for generating the LIC plot.

+ + +

Lic Normalize

+

Enable to normalize the magnitude of the vector field used in the LIC calculations. This option should be disabled when LIC vectors are oriented.

+ + +

Lic Max Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of integration steps for the convolution. This value is used for forward and backward integration, so the total number of steps can be double the provided value.

+ + +

Texture Spacing

+

Seed spacing controls density of the texture for the oriented LIC method. The number you provide is the general number of pixels separating the placement of seed points before integration.

+ + +

Texture Size

+

Set the size of the non-oriented LIC texture.

+ + +

Intensity Factor

+

Scale up or down the intensity of the convolution levels. You can use this to control the brightness or contrast of the LIC plot.

+ + +

Image Filter

+

Select a filter to enhance or alter the LIC texture. These options will have a greater effect when using standard LIC (versus oriented).

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Overset

+

Help text for Overset

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Free Stream Particles

+

Help text for Free Stream Particles

+ + +

Wall Film Particles

+

Help text for Wall Film Particles

+ + +

Track P D F Particles

+

Help text for Track P D F Particles

+ + +

Coarsen

+

Reduces the plotting time by reducing the number of points that are plotted for a given trajectory in any cell. This is only valid for steady-state cases

+ + +

Skip

+

Allows you to "thin" or "sample" the particles that are displayed

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

Lists the X-axis function

+ + +

Enabled

+

Enable the display of an XY plot along the particle trajectories for steady particle tracking and at the current particle locations for unsteady tracking

+ + +

Track Single Particle Stream

+

Help text for Track Single Particle Stream

+ + +

Stream Id

+

Help text for Stream Id

+ + +

Enabled

+

Help text for Enabled

+ + +

Enabled

+

Enable to expose the Filter By field

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify the minimum particle track filter value

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify the maximum particle track filter value

+ + +

Inside

+

Enable to filter particle track values between the specified minimum and maximum. Disable to filter particle track values below the minimum and above the maximum specified values

+ + +

Filter Field

+

Specify how you would like to filter the particles being displayed

+ + +

Injections

+

Select the injections where particles will be released. You must select at least one injection before any particles can be released

+ + +

Constant Color

+

Enable to specify a color for the vectors. Disable to have the vectors colored by the selected particle track variable

+ + +

Color

+

Help text for Color

+ + +

Variable Length

+

Enable to have the vector length determined by a field variable. Disable to have fixed-length vectors

+ + +

Vectors Of

+

Specify the variable that the particle tracks vectors are representing

+ + +

Field

+

Specify the variable used to determine the vector length

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

Specify the factor used to scale the particle track vectors

+ + +

Length

+

Specify the length of the particle track vectors

+ + +

Length To Head Ratio

+

Specify the ration of vector length to vector head size

+ + +

Node Values

+

Specify that node values should be interpolated to compute the scalar field at a particle location

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Specify that the minimum and maximum values of the scalar field will be the limits of that field. If this option is not selected, you can enter Min and Max values manually. These values determine the range of the color scale

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify the lower end of the colormap scale

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify the upper end of the colormap scale

+ + +

Style

+

Specify whether the particle tracks are rendered as points or spheres

+ + +

Line Width

+

Help text for Line Width

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Help text for Arrow Space

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Help text for Arrow Scale

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the particle track points

+ + +

Radius

+

Help text for Radius

+ + +

Variable Size

+

Enable to select a particle variable to estimate the size of the spheres. If disabled, the spheres are a constant size.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Disable to clip the displayed particles to the values given in Minimum Value and Maximum Value

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify the minimum displayed particle size

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify the maximum displayed particle size

+ + +

Sphere Field

+

Select the variable that will determine the size of the particle track spheres

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the particle track spheres

+ + +

Sphere Lod

+

Specify the detail applied to the graphical rendering of the spheres

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

Specify the factor used to scale the particle track spheres

+ + +

Ribbon

+

Help text for Ribbon

+ + +

Field

+

Help text for Field

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

Help text for Scale Factor

+ + +

Particle Tracks Field

+

Specify how the particle tracks are colored

+ + +

Options

+

Help text for Options

+ + +

Node Values

+

Enable to plot values at nodes.

+ + +

X Component

+

Help text for X Component

+ + +

Y Component

+

Help text for Y Component

+ + +

Z Component

+

Help text for Z Component

+ + +

Y Axis Function

+

Help text for Y Axis Function

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

Direction Vector

+

Help text for Direction Vector

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

Help text for X Axis Function

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

Direction Vector

+

Help text for Direction Vector

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the XY plot.

+ + +

Plot

+

Help text for Plot

+ + +

Export Data

+

Help text for Export Data

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis

+

Help text for X Axis

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Report File

+

Help text for Report File

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label

+ + +

Selected Columns

+

Help text for Selected Columns

+ + +

Print

+

Help text for Print

+ + +

Plot

+

Help text for Plot

+ + +

Export

+

Help text for Export

+ + +

File Name

+

Help text for File Name

+ + +

Color Grid Far

+

Help text for Color Grid Far

+ + +

Color Grid Inlet

+

Help text for Color Grid Inlet

+ + +

Color Grid Outlet

+

Help text for Color Grid Outlet

+ + +

Color Grid Symmetry

+

Help text for Color Grid Symmetry

+ + +

Color Grid Wall

+

Help text for Color Grid Wall

+ + +

Color Surface

+

Help text for Color Surface

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

X Origin

+

Help text for X Origin

+ + +

Y Origin

+

Help text for Y Origin

+ + +

Z Origin

+

Help text for Z Origin

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Position

+

Help text for Position

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Target

+

Help text for Target

+ + +

X

+

Help text for X

+ + +

Y

+

Help text for Y

+ + +

Z

+

Help text for Z

+ + +

Filename

+

Specify the file that contains the plot information.

+ + +

Y Axis Function

+

Help text for Y Axis Function

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

Help text for X Axis Function

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Plot

+

Help text for Plot

+ + +

gpu List

+

Help text for gpu List

+ + +

Automatically Maximize CPU Performance

+

Automatically utilizes the CPU to the maximum benefit of the workspace

+ + +

cpu Solver Threads

+

Help text for cpu Solver Threads

+ + +

cpu Meshing Threads

+

Help text for cpu Meshing Threads

+ + +

cpu Operations Threads

+

Help text for cpu Operations Threads

+ + +

Cpu Info

+

Help text for Cpu Info

+ + +

Cpu Mem Usage

+

Help text for Cpu Mem Usage

+ + +

Gpu Info

+

Help text for Gpu Info

+ + +

Gpu Mem Usage

+

Help text for Gpu Mem Usage

+ + +

Timer Reset

+

Help text for Timer Reset

+ + +

Timer Usage

+

Help text for Timer Usage

+ + +

Timer Summary

+

Help text for Timer Summary

+ + +

Display

+

Help text for Display

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Lod

+

Specify the detail applied to the graphical rendering of the spheres

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Field

+

Select a scalar field to determine pathline twisting

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

Specify the factor used to modify the pathline twist. To magnify the twist for a field with very little change, increase this factor; to display less twist for a field with dramatic changes, decrease this factor

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Step Size

+

Specify the steps size used to control accuracy.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

help text for x axis function.

+ + +

Enabled

+

help text for enabled.

+ + +

Step

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Coarsen

+

help text for coarsen

+ + +

Pathlines Field

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Post Analysis Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level Help

+ +

Post Analysis Workspace

+ +

Setup

+

Help text for Setup.

+ + +

Depth [m]

+

Specify the quantity used for reporting fluxes and forces.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the report, or use the default name.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of report as either a surface report or a volume report.

+ + +

Quantity

+

Choose the surface or volume quantity that you want to report.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable to be used in the surface or volume integrations.

+ + +

Volume Fraction Field

+

Select the volume fraction field if a phase-specific report is desired for multiphase simulations.

+ + +

Density Field

+

Select the density field to be plotted.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volumes used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Per Surface

+

help text for per surfac.e

+ + +

Per Volume

+

help text for per volume.

+ + +

Expression

+

Specify an expression (functions of other report objects and/or numerical constants) to define your property field. To refer to another report, the report name should be enclosed in curly brackets without any spaces, for example {Report-1}.

+ + +

Density Specification

+

Select a constant or density field.

+ + +

Density [kg/m^3]

+

Specify Density using a constant.

+ + +

Text

+

Enter the text to display for the annotation object. If you want to include the value of a constant variable, you can add the following string {{OBJECT:OPTIONS:FORMAT}} where: OBJECT is the dataset name/variable name, OPTIONS is u (units label) and FORMAT is either ％g, ％.Xe, or ％.Xf with X being between 0 and 10.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the annotation text displayed along with the graphic object.

+ + +

X Position

+

Specify the position of the annotation text along the x-axis.

+ + +

Y Position

+

Specify the position of the annotation text along the y-axis.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the size (in points) of the annotation text.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose the color to be used for the annotation text.

+ + +

Justification

+

Choose to give the annotation text left, right or center justification.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Surfaces

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Zones

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Enable the x-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

Y

+

Enable the y-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

Z

+

Enable the z-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

X Origin [m]

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Y Origin [m]

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Z Origin [m]

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the contours.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Filled

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the volume render.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volume(s) where you want to display the volume render.

+ + +

Quality

+

Select the quality of the volume render.

+ + +

Transparencies

+

Specify the transparencies to be used for different field values.

+ + +

Alpha Scale

+

Specify to increase or decrease the transparency with lower values increasing transparency.

+ + +

NX

+

Specify the number of clusters in the x-direction.

+ + +

NY

+

Specify the number of clusters in the y-direction.

+ + +

NZ

+

Specify the number of clusters in the z-direction.

+ + +

Restrict to bounding box

+

Enable to specify bounding box extents.

+ + +

XMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Min).

+ + +

YMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Min)

+ + +

ZMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Min)

+ + +

XMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Max)

+ + +

YMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Max)

+ + +

ZMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Max)

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of volume render values.

+ + +

Use Global Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip to Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Minimum Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the volume render data.

+ + +

Maximum Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the volume render data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along the volume render display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the volume render display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular volume render color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the volume render display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the volume render color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the volume render color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the volume render color map data.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select the skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the volume render color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the volume render map.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the vectors.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Step

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Path Density

+

Specify the density of pathlines for better visualization.

+ + +

On Zone

+

Select the zone(s) on which the particles are constrained to lie. This list is activated only when the Oil Flow option is selected.

+ + +

Oil Flow Offset

+

Specify the offset of pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the pathlines.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Coarsen

+

help text for coarsen

+ + +

Pathlines Field

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Oil Flow

+

Select to display pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Lod

+

help text for sphere lod.

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Field

+

help text for field.

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

help text for scale factor.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the thickness of pathlines.

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Minimum Steps

+

Specify the minimum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle of a particle.

+ + +

Maximum Rotation

+

Specify the maximum rotation of a particle.

+ + +

Step Size

+

Specify the steps size used to control accuracy.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

help text for x axis function.

+ + +

Enabled

+

help text for enabled.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the pathline display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the pathline display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular pathline color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the pathline display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the pathline color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pathline color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the pathline color map data.

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis

+

Select the variable you want to apply to the x-axis for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Option

+

Choose the timestep selection option for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Begin Time [s]

+

Specify the start time for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

End Time [s]

+

Specify the end time for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Time Increment [s]

+

Specify the time increment to use for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of y-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose a rotational or translational periodicity.

+ + +

Number of Repeats

+

Specify the number of times you want to repeat the periodic domain.

+ + +

Rotation Axis

+

Select the direction vector (X,Y,Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Number of Sections for Full Circle

+

Specify the number of segments that would form a full circle.

+ + +

Apply to All Surfaces

+

Select to apply the settings to all surfaces.

+ + +

Angle in degrees

+

Indicates the angle of rotation in degrees. This is equal to 360/Number of Sections for Full Circle.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify direction vector (X) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Y) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the periodic instance.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify the distance in the X direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Y direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Z direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport.

+ + +

X Origin

+

Specify the location for the x-coordinates of the selected viewport origin.

+ + +

Y Origin

+

Specify the location for the y-coordinates of the selected viewport origin.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the width of a selected viewport in x-coordinates from the viewport origin.

+ + +

Height

+

Specify the height of a selected viewport in y-coordinates from the viewport origin.

+ + +

View

+

Choose the global settings for Perspective versus Orthographic display applied in the selected viewport.

+ + +

Lighting

+

Select to apply light sources to your viewport.

+ + +

Hidden Surface

+

Select to apply shaded drawing to the viewport.

+ + +

Hidden Line

+

Select to apply hidden line drawing to the viewport.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport title.

+ + +

X Position

+

Specify the x-position of the viewport title.

+ + +

Y Position

+

Specify the y-position of the viewport title.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the size of the viewport title.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of viewport title.

+ + +

Justification

+

Choose Center, Left or Right justification for the viewport title.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose coloring styles for your viewport.

+ + +

Top Color

+

Select to specify a background color for the top half of the viewport.

+ + +

Bottom Color

+

Select to specify a background color for the bottom half of the viewport.

+ + +

Image

+

Select to choose an image as a background for your viewport.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport border.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Enable to plot values at nodes.

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the XY plot.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the Y-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Post Analysis Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level Help

+ +

Post Analysis Workspace

+ +

Setup

+

Help text for Setup.

+ + +

Depth [m]

+

Specify the quantity used for reporting fluxes and forces.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the report, or use the default name.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of report as either a surface report or a volume report.

+ + +

Quantity

+

Choose the surface or volume quantity that you want to report.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable to be used in the surface or volume integrations.

+ + +

Volume Fraction Field

+

Select the volume fraction field if a phase-specific report is desired for multiphase simulations.

+ + +

Density Field

+

Select the density field to be plotted.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volumes used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Per Surface

+

help text for per surfac.e

+ + +

Per Volume

+

help text for per volume.

+ + +

Expression

+

Specify an expression (functions of other report objects and/or numerical constants) to define your property field. To refer to another report, the report name should be enclosed in curly brackets without any spaces, for example {Report-1}.

+ + +

Density Specification

+

Select a constant or density field.

+ + +

Density [kg/m^3]

+

Specify Density using a constant.

+ + +

Text

+

Enter the text to display for the annotation object. If you want to include the value of a constant variable, you can add the following string {{OBJECT:OPTIONS:FORMAT}} where: OBJECT is the dataset name/variable name, OPTIONS is u (units label) and FORMAT is either ％g, ％.Xe, or ％.Xf with X being between 0 and 10.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the annotation text displayed along with the graphic object.

+ + +

X Position

+

Specify the position of the annotation text along the x-axis.

+ + +

Y Position

+

Specify the position of the annotation text along the y-axis.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the size (in points) of the annotation text.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose the color to be used for the annotation text.

+ + +

Justification

+

Choose to give the annotation text left, right or center justification.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Surfaces

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Zones

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

X

+

Enable the x-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

Y

+

Enable the y-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

Z

+

Enable the z-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

X Origin [m]

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Y Origin [m]

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Z Origin [m]

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the contours.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Filled

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the volume render.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volume(s) where you want to display the volume render.

+ + +

Quality

+

Select the quality of the volume render.

+ + +

Transparencies

+

Specify the transparencies to be used for different field values.

+ + +

Alpha Scale

+

Specify to increase or decrease the transparency with lower values increasing transparency.

+ + +

NX

+

Specify the number of clusters in the x-direction.

+ + +

NY

+

Specify the number of clusters in the y-direction.

+ + +

NZ

+

Specify the number of clusters in the z-direction.

+ + +

Restrict to bounding box

+

Enable to specify bounding box extents.

+ + +

XMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Min).

+ + +

YMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Min)

+ + +

ZMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Min)

+ + +

XMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Max)

+ + +

YMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Max)

+ + +

ZMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Max)

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of volume render values.

+ + +

Use Global Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip to Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Minimum Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the volume render data.

+ + +

Maximum Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the volume render data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along the volume render display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the volume render display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular volume render color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the volume render display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the volume render color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the volume render color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the volume render color map data.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select the skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the volume render color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the volume render map.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the vectors.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Step

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Path Density

+

Specify the density of pathlines for better visualization.

+ + +

On Zone

+

Select the zone(s) on which the particles are constrained to lie. This list is activated only when the Oil Flow option is selected.

+ + +

Oil Flow Offset

+

Specify the offset of pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the pathlines.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Coarsen

+

help text for coarsen

+ + +

Pathlines Field

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Oil Flow

+

Select to display pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Lod

+

help text for sphere lod.

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Field

+

help text for field.

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

help text for scale factor.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the thickness of pathlines.

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Minimum Steps

+

Specify the minimum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle of a particle.

+ + +

Maximum Rotation

+

Specify the maximum rotation of a particle.

+ + +

Step Size

+

Specify the steps size used to control accuracy.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

help text for x axis function.

+ + +

Enabled

+

help text for enabled.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the pathline display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the pathline display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular pathline color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the pathline display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the pathline color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pathline color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the pathline color map data.

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis

+

Select the variable you want to apply to the x-axis for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Option

+

Choose the timestep selection option for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Begin Time [s]

+

Specify the start time for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

End Time [s]

+

Specify the end time for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Time Increment [s]

+

Specify the time increment to use for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of y-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose a rotational or translational periodicity.

+ + +

Number of Repeats

+

Specify the number of times you want to repeat the periodic domain.

+ + +

Rotation Axis

+

Select the direction vector (X,Y,Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Number of Sections for Full Circle

+

Specify the number of segments that would form a full circle.

+ + +

Apply to All Surfaces

+

Select to apply the settings to all surfaces.

+ + +

Angle in degrees

+

Indicates the angle of rotation in degrees. This is equal to 360/Number of Sections for Full Circle.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify direction vector (X) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Y) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the periodic instance.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify the distance in the X direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Y direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Z direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport.

+ + +

X Origin

+

Specify the location for the x-coordinates of the selected viewport origin.

+ + +

Y Origin

+

Specify the location for the y-coordinates of the selected viewport origin.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the width of a selected viewport in x-coordinates from the viewport origin.

+ + +

Height

+

Specify the height of a selected viewport in y-coordinates from the viewport origin.

+ + +

View

+

Choose the global settings for Perspective versus Orthographic display applied in the selected viewport.

+ + +

Lighting

+

Select to apply light sources to your viewport.

+ + +

Hidden Surface

+

Select to apply shaded drawing to the viewport.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to apply hidden line drawing to the viewport.

+ + +

X Position

+

Specify the x-position of the viewport title.

+ + +

Y Position

+

Specify the y-position of the viewport title.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the size of the viewport title.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of viewport title.

+ + +

Justification

+

Choose Center, Left or Right justification for the viewport title.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose coloring styles for your viewport.

+ + +

Top Color

+

Select to specify a background color for the top half of the viewport.

+ + +

Bottom Color

+

Select to specify a background color for the bottom half of the viewport.

+ + +

Image

+

Select to choose an image as a background for your viewport.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport border.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Enable to plot values at nodes.

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the XY plot.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the Y-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Post Analysis Workspace - Dialog-Level Quick Help & Field-Level Help

+ +

Post Analysis Workspace

+ +

Setup

+

Help text for Setup.

+ + +

Depth [m]

+

Specify the quantity used for reporting fluxes and forces.

+ + +

Name

+

Specify a name for the report, or use the default name.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the type of report as either a surface report or a volume report.

+ + +

Quantity

+

Choose the surface or volume quantity that you want to report.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable to be used in the surface or volume integrations.

+ + +

Volume Fraction Field

+

Select the volume fraction field if a phase-specific report is desired for multiphase simulations.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volumes used in computing the report definition.

+ + +

Per Surface

+

help text for per surfac.e

+ + +

Per Volume

+

help text for per volume.

+ + +

Expression

+

Specify an expression (functions of other report objects and/or numerical constants) to define your property field. To refer to another report, the report name should be enclosed in curly brackets without any spaces, for example {Report-1}.

+ + +

Density Specification

+

Select a constant or density field.

+ + +

Density [kg/m^3]

+

Specify Density using a constant.

+ + +

Text

+

Enter the text to display for the annotation object. If you want to include the value of a constant variable, you can add the following string {{OBJECT:OPTIONS:FORMAT}} where: OBJECT is the dataset name/variable name, OPTIONS is u (units label) and FORMAT is either ％g, ％.Xe, or ％.Xf with X being between 0 and 10.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the annotation text displayed along with the graphic object.

+ + +

X Position

+

Specify the position of the annotation text along the x-axis.

+ + +

Y Position

+

Specify the position of the annotation text along the y-axis.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the size (in points) of the annotation text.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose the color to be used for the annotation text.

+ + +

Justification

+

Choose to give the annotation text left, right or center justification.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-clips.

+ + +

Minimum

+

Specify a minimum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Maximum

+

Specify a maximum iso-clip value.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the iso-clip.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the iso-surface.

+ + +

Iso Value

+

Specify a value to apply to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Minimum

+

The minimum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Maximum

+

The maximum value of the selected field.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Surfaces

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular surface.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Restrict To Specific Zones

+

Select to restrict the iso-surface to a particular zone.

+ + +

Zones

+

Select the zone(s) that you want to restrict to the iso-surface.

+ + +

Creation Mode

+

Choose how the plane should be created. A plane can be created using Three Points, using a Point and Normal vector, or by specifying the XY, YZ, or ZX planes.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the first point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the second point in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the third point in the plane creation.

+ + +

Bounded

+

Select to have your plane bounded by the extents of the domain.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-component of the vector in the plane creation.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the point.

+ + +

Number of Points

+

Specify the number of points to have as part of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the starting point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Y

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

Z

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the ending point of the rake surface.

+ + +

X

+

Enable the x-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

Y

+

Enable the y-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

Z

+

Enable the z-coordinate of the mirror plane.

+ + +

X Origin [m]

+

Specify the x-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Y Origin [m]

+

Specify the y-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Z Origin [m]

+

Specify the z-coordinate of the mirror plane origin.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the mesh.

+ + +

Shrink Factor

+

Specify a value for the mesh shrink factor. To distinguish individual faces or cells in the display, enlarge the space between adjacent faces or cells by increasing this value.

+ + +

Nodes

+

Select to include nodes in the mesh display.

+ + +

Edges

+

Select to include edges in the mesh display.

+ + +

Faces

+

Select to include faces in the mesh display.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose how the edges will be displayed, all edges, edges within a specific feature angle, or just the outline.

+ + +

Feature Angle

+

Specify a value for the edge feature angle to control how you can display certain features in complex geometries.

+ + +

Automatic

+

Select to use automatic mesh coloring, where the coloring is automatically determined by either boundary type or ID. If disabled, you can color faces, edge, and node independently.

+ + +

Color By

+

Specify whether to automatically color the mesh by boundary type or by boundary ID.

+ + +

Color Faces By

+

Specify a color to apply to faces.

+ + +

Color Edges By

+

Specify a color to apply to edges.

+ + +

Color Nodes By

+

Specify a color to apply to nodes.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the contour plot.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the contour plot.

+ + +

Use Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the contour plot.

+ + +

Filled

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using filled contours.

+ + +

Contour Lines

+

Select to visualize the contour plot using just contour lines.

+ + +

Coloring

+

Choose whether you want a smooth, transitional display of contours or a delineated, banded display of contours.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of contour values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the contour display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the contour data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the contour display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the contour display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular contour color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the contour display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the contour color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the contour color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the contour color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the contour color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the contours.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the contour color map data.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the volume render.

+ + +

Volumes

+

Select the volume(s) where you want to display the volume render.

+ + +

Quality

+

Select the quality of the volume render.

+ + +

Transparencies

+

Specify the transparencies to be used for different field values.

+ + +

Alpha Scale

+

Specify to increase or decrease the transparency with lower values increasing transparency.

+ + +

NX

+

Specify the number of clusters in the x-direction.

+ + +

NY

+

Specify the number of clusters in the y-direction.

+ + +

NZ

+

Specify the number of clusters in the z-direction.

+ + +

Restrict to bounding box

+

Enable to specify bounding box extents.

+ + +

XMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Min).

+ + +

YMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Min)

+ + +

ZMin

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Min)

+ + +

XMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (X Max)

+ + +

YMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Y Max)

+ + +

ZMax

+

Specify the bounding box extents (Z Max)

+ + +

Auto-Compute Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of volume render values.

+ + +

Use Global Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip to Range

+

Select to have the volume render display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Minimum Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the volume render data.

+ + +

Maximum Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the volume render data.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the volume render map.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along the volume render display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the volume render display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular volume render color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the volume render display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the volume render color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the volume render color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the volume render color map data.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select the skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the volume render color map.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field variable that you want to use for creating the vector plot.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the vectors.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) where you want to display the vector plot.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of levels to include in the vector plot.

+ + +

Style

+

Select a particular style for your vector markers.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of vector values.

+ + +

Global Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from the entire domain.

+ + +

Clip To Range

+

Select to have the vector display use data from a specific portion of the domain defined by specified minimum and maximum values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the vector data.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the vector display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the vector display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular vector color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the vector display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the vector color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the vector color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the vector color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the vector color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the vector color map data.

+ + +

In Plane

+

Select to display the vector in the plane normal to the flow.

+ + +

Fixed Length

+

Select to have all of the vectors displayed with the same length.

+ + +

X Component

+

Select to include the x-component of the vector.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Select to include the y-component of the vector.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Select to include the z-component of the vector.

+ + +

Head Scale

+

Specify a value that can control the size of the arrowhead for the vector display.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the vector arrows.

+ + +

Auto Scale

+

Select to use automatic scaling in the vector display.

+ + +

Scale

+

Specify a value in order to increase or decrease the vector scale from the default auto scale value.

+ + +

Vector Field

+

Select the vector quantity to be plotted.

+ + +

Step

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance. A particle will stop when it has traveled this number of steps or when it leaves the domain.

+ + +

Path Density

+

Specify the density of pathlines for better visualization.

+ + +

On Zone

+

Select the zone(s) on which the particles are constrained to lie. This list is activated only when the Oil Flow option is selected.

+ + +

Oil Flow Offset

+

Specify the offset of pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Overlayed Mesh

+

Choose the mesh object that you want to overlay upon the pathlines.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of pathlines for better visualization. By default, Path Skip is set to 0, indicating that a pathline will be drawn from each face on the selected surface (for example, pathlines).

+ + +

Coarsen

+

help text for coarsen

+ + +

Pathlines Field

+

Select the field variable to be used to color the pathlines.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) from which the pathlines will be originating.

+ + +

Velocity Domain

+

Select the velocity field variable that you want to use for creating the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Oil Flow

+

Select to display pathlines that are constrained to lie on a particular boundary.

+ + +

Reverse

+

Select to reverse the direction of the pathlines display.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Select to use values that have been interpolated to the nodes, or computed cell-center values in the pathlines plot.

+ + +

Relative

+

Display the pathlines relative to the rotating reference frame.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Select to automatically determine the range of pathline values.

+ + +

Min Value

+

Specify a minimum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Max Value

+

Specify a maximum value for the pathline data.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose from a variety of styles to apply to your pathline display.

+ + +

Line Width

+

Specify the width of an individual pathline.

+ + +

Arrow Space

+

Specify the space between the line-arrow pathlines.

+ + +

Arrow Scale

+

Specify the size of the line-arrow pathline.

+ + +

Marker Size

+

Specify the size of the marker when using marker pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Size

+

Specify the diameter of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Sphere Lod

+

help text for sphere lod.

+ + +

Radius

+

Specify the radius of the sphere when using sphere pathlines.

+ + +

Field

+

help text for field.

+ + +

Scale Factor

+

help text for scale factor.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the thickness of pathlines.

+ + +

Accuracy Control On

+

Select to mitigate any potential accuracy issues for pathline calculations when using large time step sizes.

+ + +

Minimum Steps

+

Specify the minimum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Steps

+

Specify the maximum number of steps a particle can advance.

+ + +

Maximum Angle

+

Specify the maximum angle of a particle.

+ + +

Maximum Rotation

+

Specify the maximum rotation of a particle.

+ + +

Step Size

+

Specify the steps size used to control accuracy.

+ + +

Tolerance

+

Control the error when using large time steps for the calculation.

+ + +

X Axis Function

+

help text for x axis function.

+ + +

Enabled

+

help text for enabled.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to have the color key displayed along with the pathline display.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the number of levels in the color key for the pathline display, or keep the default value.

+ + +

Color Map

+

Select a particular pathline color map scheme, or keep the default selection.

+ + +

Use Log Scale

+

Select to have the pathline display use a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Show All

+

Select to skip a certain number of labels (or show all) in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Skip

+

Specify the number of color levels to include in the pathline color map.

+ + +

Position

+

Choose the position of the pathline color map in the graphics window, or use the default value.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose the pathline color map presentation of data as general, exponential, or float.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the numerical precision for the pathline color map data.

+ + +

Title

+

Specify the title for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis

+

Select the variable you want to apply to the x-axis for the transient plot.

+ + +

X Axis Label

+

Specify the x-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Y Axis Label

+

Specify the y-axis label for the transient plot.

+ + +

Reports

+

Select the reports you wish to include in the transient plot.

+ + +

Option

+

Choose the timestep selection option for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Begin Time [s]

+

Specify the start time for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

End Time [s]

+

Specify the end time for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Time Increment [s]

+

Specify the time increment to use for plotting, printing to console or exporting to file.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Help text for Label.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of y-axis values.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Type

+

Choose a rotational or translational periodicity.

+ + +

Number of Repeats

+

Specify the number of times you want to repeat the periodic domain.

+ + +

Rotation Axis

+

Select the direction vector (X,Y,Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Number of Sections for Full Circle

+

Specify the number of segments that would form a full circle.

+ + +

Apply to All Surfaces

+

Select to apply the settings to all surfaces.

+ + +

Angle in degrees

+

Indicates the angle of rotation in degrees. This is equal to 360/Number of Sections for Full Circle.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify direction vector (X) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Y) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify direction vector (Z) for the axis of rotation.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surface(s) that you want to apply to the periodic instance.

+ + +

X [m]

+

Specify the distance in the X direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Y [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Y direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Z [m]

+

Specify the distance in the Z direction by which the domain is translated to create +the periodic repeat.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport.

+ + +

X Origin

+

Specify the location for the x-coordinates of the selected viewport origin.

+ + +

Y Origin

+

Specify the location for the y-coordinates of the selected viewport origin.

+ + +

Width

+

Specify the width of a selected viewport in x-coordinates from the viewport origin.

+ + +

Height

+

Specify the height of a selected viewport in y-coordinates from the viewport origin.

+ + +

View

+

Choose the global settings for Perspective versus Orthographic display applied in the selected viewport.

+ + +

Lighting

+

Select to apply light sources to your viewport.

+ + +

Hidden Surface

+

Select to apply shaded drawing to the viewport.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to apply hidden line drawing to the viewport.

+ + +

X Position

+

Specify the x-position of the viewport title.

+ + +

Y Position

+

Specify the y-position of the viewport title.

+ + +

Size

+

Specify the size of the viewport title.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of viewport title.

+ + +

Justification

+

Choose Center, Left or Right justification for the viewport title.

+ + +

Style

+

Choose coloring styles for your viewport.

+ + +

Top Color

+

Select to specify a background color for the top half of the viewport.

+ + +

Bottom Color

+

Select to specify a background color for the bottom half of the viewport.

+ + +

Image

+

Select to choose an image as a background for your viewport.

+ + +

Visible

+

Select to hide the viewport border.

+ + +

Node Values

+

Enable to plot values at nodes.

+ + +

Position On Y Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the y-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the y-axis.

+ + +

Position On X Axis

+

Enable to plot position on the x-axis.

+ + +

X Component

+

Specify the x-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Y Component

+

Specify the y-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Z Component

+

Specify the z-component of the plot direction.

+ + +

Field

+

Select the field to plot on the x-axis.

+ + +

Surfaces

+

Select the surfaces for the XY plot.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the x-axis

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the x-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of x-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Label

+

Select the label for the Y-axis.

+ + +

Log

+

Enable to have the axis on a logarithmic scale.

+ + +

Auto Range

+

Enable to automatically adjust the range.

+ + +

Major Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at major increments.

+ + +

Minor Rules

+

Enable to have tick marks at minor increments.

+ + +

Type

+

Select how the Y-axis values will be displayed.

+ + +

Precision

+

Specify the precision of Y-axis values.

+ + +

Minimum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Minimum value for the axis.

+ + +

Maximum

+

(If "Auto Range" is disabled) Specify the Maximum value for the axis.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of major tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of major tick marks.

+ + +

Color

+

Select the color of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Weight

+

Specify the thickness of minor tick marks.

+ + +

Pattern

+

Choose a line style for the curve line.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color for the curve line.

+ + +

Weight

+

Choose a thickness for the curve line.

+ + +

Symbol

+

Choose a symbol to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Color

+

Choose a color to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +

Size

+

Choose a size to apply to the curve marker.

+ + +
+
+

Ansys Fluent Text User Interface Help Content

+ +

TUI Menu and Command Help

+ +

adjoint/controls/

+

Menu to configure adjoint solver controls.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/settings

+

Sets parameters for the adjoint solver numerics.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/stabilization

+

Sets parameters for the adjoint stabilization schemes.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/stabilization-strategy/

+

Enters the stabilization strategy menu, where you can define the stabilization strategy and settings for the adjoint solver.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/stabilization-strategy/complex-case-settings

+

Defines the settings that are recommended for complex cases.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/stabilization-strategy/default-settings

+

Defines settings that are recommended for standard cases. These settings are used by default.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/stabilization-strategy/settings

+

Allows you to define a custom settings.

+ + +

adjoint/controls/stabilization-strategy/type

+

Allows you to define the stabilization strategy type.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/

+

Enters the design-tool menu.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/

+

Performs optimal shape modification.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/calculate-design-change

+

Computes the optimal design change.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/check

+

Prints a report in the console that summarizes the control points defined for the region, the defined constraining and/or deformation conditions, and any possible conflicts between multiple constraints / deformations applied on a single node.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/display-applied-conditions

+

Displays all of the applied conditions in the graphics window, each type in a unique color. Note that this includes the selected design conditions, as well as the fixed conditions applied to zones that are not selected for deformation.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/export-displacements

+

Exports the computed optimal displacements.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/export-stl

+

Exports specified surfaces from 3D cases as an.stl file.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/mesh-history/

+

Provides text commands that allow you to compare the current mesh to a reference mesh.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/mesh-history/export-displacements

+

Exports the displacements of nodes in selected surfaces with respect to their earlier position in a reference mesh.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/mesh-history/overlay-reference-mesh

+

Displays in the graphics window how selected surfaces of the mesh have changed compared to a reference mesh (reference mesh in green, modified mesh in white).

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/mesh-history/set-reference-mesh

+

Sets the current mesh as the reference mesh, which can then be compared to later modified versions of the mesh.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/modify-mesh

+

Applies the computed optimal displacement to the mesh.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/multiobjective-weights

+

Sets the weights for multiple free-form objectives.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/preview-mesh

+

Displays the planned changes in the graphics window for select surfaces (undeformed in white, deformed in green).

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/print-expected-changes

+

Prints the expected changes.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/remesh

+

Remeshes the geometry after mesh modification.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/revert-mesh

+

Reverts (rejects) the last mesh modification.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/select-conditions

+

Selects which conditions to apply to the mesh deformation.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/select-morphing-method

+

Selects the morphing method.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/select-strict-conditions

+

Selects constraining and/or deformation conditions you want strictly enforced (that is, applied to all of the nodes of the associated zones).

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/select-zones

+

Selects which zones are allowed to deform.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/settings

+

Specifies global deformation scale and settings.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-change/write-expected-changes

+

Writes out the expected changes in the observables for the computed optimal design change.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/design-conditions/

+

Creates, deletes, displays (with various options), renames, and/or sets conditions on the geometry deformation.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/numerics

+

Adjusts numerics settings for computing the optimal displacement.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/objectives/

+

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/objectives/include-current?

+

Optionally includes the most-recently computed observable sensitivity in the multi-objective design computation.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/objectives/manage/

+

Menu to import, export, and manage sensitivity data.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/objectives/set

+

Configures the objectives for loaded observables.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/

+

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/boundaries

+

Specifies what degree of continuity to enforce at the boundaries of the deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/invariant

+

Specifies that the X, Y, and Z motion of the deformation region is uniform with respect to one or more of the coordinate directions. You have the option of enabling advanced settings if want greater control of this invariance (for example, if you only want the X motion to be uniform with respect to a particular direction).

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/motion

+

Enables/disables the motion of the control points in each of the coordinate directions.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/points

+

Specifies the number of control points in the deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/symmetry

+

Specifies symmetry conditions for the deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region-conditions/periodicity

+

Specifies the desired number of periodic repeats in the theta direction in the cylindrical deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/

+

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/cartesian-limits

+

Directly specifies the bounds of the Cartesian deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/cylindrical-limits

+

Directly specifies the bounds of the cylindrical deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/export-sensitivities

+

Exports the sensitivity to mesh node movement for the currently selected observable. Sensitivities are only exported for mesh nodes that lie within the specified deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/get-bounds

+

Sets the limits for the deformation region to encompass a list of selected surfaces.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/larger-box

+

Uniformly increases the size of the deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/set-region-type

+

Specifies whether the deformation region is either a Cartesian or cylindrical region type.

+ + +

adjoint/design-tool/region/smaller-box

+

Uniformly decreases the size of the deformation region.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/

+

Provides text commands that allow you to undo enhancements to the default adjoint solver behavior.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/undo-2019r3-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo an enhancement introduced in version 2019 R3 of ANSYS Fluent: the use of a full (rather than a flexible) cycle algebraic multigrid (AMG) solver in the adjoint solver, which can improve convergence and efficiency.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/undo-r19.2-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo enhancements introduced in version 19.2 of ANSYS Fluent, including a modified Rhie-Chow averaging method (to be consistent with default changes introduced in the general solver in version 19.0), a non-conservative form of the adjoint equations, an enhanced method for building the algebraic multigrid (AMG) matrix for the adjoint solver, and a disabling of the early protection scheme used by the AMG solver for the adjoint calculations.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/undo-2022r2-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo enhancements introduced in version 22.2 of ANSYS Fluent, including the contribution of the gradient (e.g pressure/velocity gradient) when building the AMG matrix and freeing the design tool after mesh modification.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/diagnosis

+

Provides text commands to enable printing/saving of adjoint equation residuals.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/diagnosis/print-residuals-by-zone

+

Specifies that the residuals are printed in the console during the adjoint calculation.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/diagnosis/retain-cell-residuals

+

Saves the residuals as field variables that can be postprocessed.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/diagnosis/print-residuals-by-distribution

+

Specifies that the distribution of the residuals is printed in the console during the adjoint calculation.

+ + +

adjoint/expert/match-fluent-flux-type?

+

Sets the adjoint solver flux type to be the same flux type as the flow solver.

+ + +

adjoint/methods/

+

Menu to configure adjoint solver settings.

+ + +

adjoint/methods/settings

+

Defines settings such as spatial discretization methods for the adjoint solver.

+ + +

adjoint/methods/default-settings

+

Applies defaults to adjoint solver settings such as spatial discretization methods.

+ + +

adjoint/methods/balanced-settings

+

Defines discretization schemes to achieve a balance between stability and accuracy.

+ + +

adjoint/methods/best-match-settings

+

Defines settings such as spatial discretization methods for the adjoint solver to match those for the flow solver as closely as possible.

+ + +

adjoint/monitors/

+

Menu to configure monitors for the adjoint solver.

+ + +

adjoint/monitors/plot-residuals

+

Plots the adjoint residuals in the designated graphics window.

+ + +

adjoint/monitors/settings

+

Allows you to configure the monitors and convergence criteria for the adjoint solver.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/

+

Menu to create and configure observables of interest.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/create

+

A new observable of the specified type and name is created and the definition is populated with default parameters.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/delete

+

Removes a named observable.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/evaluate

+

Evaluates the current value of the selected observable and prints the result to the console.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/rename

+

An existing observable is renamed to a new specified name.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/select

+

A named observable is selected as the one for which an adjoint solution is to be computed.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/specify

+

The parameters that define a named observable are configured.

+ + +

adjoint/observable/write

+

Evaluates the current value of the selected observable and writes the result to a file.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/

+

Enters the optimizer menu, where you can use a gradient-based optimizer to optimize the geometry to meet multiple goals for multiple observables at multiple operating conditions.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculate/

+

Enters the calculate menu, for running the gradient-based optimizer.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculate/initialize

+

Initializes the optimizer and clears out the optimization history.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculate/optimize

+

Runs adjoint-based optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculate/reset

+

Sets the current design iteration as the optimal solution.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculate/summarize

+

Reports the optimization history.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/

+

Enters the calculation-activities menu, for setting activities during the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/

+

Enters the animate menu, for outputting plots for animations every design iteration.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/define/

+

Enters the animation definition menu.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/define/define-monitor

+

Defines new animation.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/define/edit-monitor

+

Change animation monitor attributes.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/objects/

+

Enters the objects menu to define, edit, delete solution animation objects.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/objects/clear-history

+

Clears object history.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/objects/copy

+

Copies graphics object.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/objects/create

+

Creates new graphics object.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/objects/delete

+

Deletes graphics object.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/objects/edit

+

Edits graphics object.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/playback/

+

Enters the animation playback menu.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/playback/delete

+

Deletes animation sequence.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/playback/play

+

Plays the selected animation.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/playback/read

+

Reads new animation from file or already-defined animations.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/playback/stored-view?

+

Plays the 3D animation sequence using the view stored in the sequence.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/animate/playback/write

+

Writes animation sequence to the file.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/auto-save

+

Saves files at a specified frequency of design iterations.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/execute-commands/

+

Enters the execute-commands menu.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/execute-commands/add-edit

+

Adds or edits a command so that it can be enabled to be executed during the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/execute-commands/disable

+

Disables a command so that it is not executed during the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/execute-commands/enable

+

Enables a command so that it is executed during the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/monitor

+

Monitors the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/monitor/plot

+

Plots monitors.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/calculation-activities/monitor/settings

+

Settings for monitors.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/mesh-quality/

+

Enters the mesh-quality menu, for printing and setting the requirement of mesh quality during the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/mesh-quality/mesh-quality-settings

+

Sets the requirement of mesh quality during the adjoint optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/mesh-quality/post-morph/

+

Enters the Post Morph menu.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/mesh-quality/post-morph// remeshing?

+

Enables/disables the option to smooth the mesh at the end of the design iteration.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/mesh-quality/post-morph// smoothing?

+

Enables/disables the option to remesh the geometry at the end of the design iteration.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/mesh-quality/print-current-status

+

Prints the current mesh quality status.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/optimizer-objectives/

+

Enters the optimizer-objectives menu, for setting the objectives in the adjoint optimizer.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/optimizer-objectives/set-adaptive-change

+

Sets adaptive change.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/optimizer-objectives/set-conditions

+

Sets operating conditions.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/optimizer-objectives/set-objectives

+

Sets multi-objectives.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/optimizer-objectives/set-observables

+

Choose observables.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/optimizer-settings

+

Sets the settings in the adjoint optimizer.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool

+

Enters the turbulence-model-design-tool menu, for specifying turbulence model optimization settings.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-region

+

Sets the design region for optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/

+

Enters the menu for configuring design variable settings for turbulence model optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/initialize

+

Initializes the design variables.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/select

+

Choose the design variables to be optimized.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/unhook-model

+

Disables the design variables from updating the turbulence model settings during optimization.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/

+

Menu for configuring the optimization model settings.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/default-settings

+

Sets the default model settings.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/

+

Menu for configuring settings for offline training of the neural network model.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/apply-model

+

Applies the trained neural network turbulence model and trained design variables to the turbulence model.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/manage-data/

+

Menu for managing training data.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/manage-data/export-data

+

Exports current training data.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/manage-data/import-data

+

Imports training data from another trained model.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/manage-data/include-current?

+

When enabled, will use any existing training data to train the neural network model.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/manage-data/list-data

+

Select training data files to be used for training the current case.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/manage-data/remove-data

+

Removes imported training data.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/train

+

Begins training the neural network model.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/default-settings

+

Applies default offline training settings.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/offline-training/settings

+

Sets the offline training settings.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/settings

+

Specifies the neural network model settings.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/management

+

Allows for importing, exporting, and clearing of trained neural network turbulence models.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/model/select

+

Select the input features as inputs to the neural network model.

+ + +

adjoint/optimizer/turb-model-design-tool/design-variables/set-limits

+

Sets the upper and lower bounds of design variables.

+ + +

adjoint/reporting/

+

Menu to report sensitivity data from the adjoint solution.

+ + +

adjoint/reporting/report

+

Reports sensitivity data on a named flow boundary.

+ + +

adjoint/reporting/write

+

Reports sensitivity data on a named flow boundary and writes it to a named file.

+ + +

adjoint/run/

+

Menu to initialize and compute the adjoint solution.

+ + +

adjoint/run/calculation-activities/

+

Enters the calculation-activities menu, for setting activities during the adjoint calculation.

+ + +

adjoint/run/calculation-activities/auto-save

+

Saves case and data files at a specified frequency of adjoint iterations.

+ + +

adjoint/run/calculation-activities/execute-commands/

+

Enters the execute-commands menu.

+ + +

adjoint/run/calculation-activities/execute-commands/add-edit

+

Adds or edits a command that can be enabled to be executed during the adjoint calculation.

+ + +

adjoint/run/calculation-activities/execute-commands/disable

+

Disables a command so that it is not executed during the adjoint calculation.

+ + +

adjoint/run/calculation-activities/execute-commands/enable

+

Enables a command so that it is executed during the adjoint calculation.

+ + +

adjoint/run/initialize

+

Initializes the adjoint solution field to zero everywhere.

+ + +

adjoint/run/initialize-stabilization

+

Initializes the stabilization data. This text command is only available if the residual minimization or modal stabilization is used.

+ + +

adjoint/run/initialize-strategy

+

Initializes the stabilization strategy, such that the first stabilization scheme is used at the start of the next calculation rather than continuing to use the second stabilization scheme. This text command is only available when the blended stabilization strategy is used.

+ + +

adjoint/run/iterate

+

Advances the adjoint solver by a specified number of iterations, or until the convergence criteria are met.

+ + +

adjoint/utilities/

+

Enters the utilities menu.

+ + +

adjoint/utilities/interpolate/

+

Menu to write and read interpolation files.

+ + +

adjoint/utilities/interpolate/write-data

+

Writes field variable data to a user-defined memory (UDM) location.

+ + +

adjoint/utilities/interpolate/read-data

+

Reads field variable data into a user-defined memory (UDM) location.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/

+

Enters the battery model menu.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-pack-builder/

+

Enables the menu for the battery pack builder.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-pack-builder/construct-battery-pack

+

Constructs the battery pack.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-pack-builder/non-conformal-interface-matching

+

Creates non-conformal interfaces between the battery modules and the cold plate.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-pack-builder/setup-pack-connection

+

Sets battery connections.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/

+

Enters the menu for the battery ROM took kit. See for details about the below text commands.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-face-heat-list

+

Allows you to specify heat fluxes through the selected faces.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-face-temperature-list

+

Allows you to specify temperature at the selected faces.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-lti-output-cell-list

+

Adds the selected cell zones to the list of the LTI output parameters. This text command is available only for the LTI-ROM.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-lti-output-face-list

+

Adds the selected face zones to the list of the LTI output parameters. This text command is available only for the LTI-ROM.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-lti-output-point-list

+

Adds the selected user-created points to the list of the LTI output parameters. This text command is available only for the LTI-ROM.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-lti-output-report-definition-list

+

Adds the selected report definitions that you previously created to the list of the LTI output parameters. This text command is available only for the LTI-ROM.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-lti-output-surface-list

+

Adds the selected surfaces that you previously created to the list of the LTI output parameters. This text command is available only for the LTI-ROM.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-svd-zone-list

+

Adds the selected cell zones for which you want to export temperature information to the list of the SVD output parameters. This text command is available only for the SVD-ROM.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/add-item-to-volume-heat-list

+

Allows you to specify heat sources in the selected volumes.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/delete-item-from-list

+

Deletes the specified ROM parameter. The name of the parameter must be entered in double quotes.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/file-saving-frequency

+

Allows you to specify the frequency with which the solution files should be saved.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/list-rom-related-lists

+

Prints information on all ROM-related lists in the Fluent console.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/rom-data-creator

+

Selects the ROM type (LTI or SVD).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/battery-rom-tool-kit/transient-setup

+

Allows you to set up the transient solver.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/cht-coupling-parameters

+

Allows you to define the total heat source for each battery active zone for the CHT coupling solution method.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/ecm-parameters

+

Sets ECM model-specific parameters (see for definitions of the ECM model parameters).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/electric-field-model/

+

Enters the electric field setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/electric-field-model/conductive-regions

+

Specifies active conductive regions.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/electric-field-model/contact-resistance-regions

+

Specifies contact resistance regions.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/electric-field-model/current-tap

+

Sets cathode tap.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/electric-field-model/voltage-tap

+

Sets anode tap.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/enable-battery-model?

+

Enables/disables battery model.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/fmu-coupling-parameters

+

Allows you to hook up FMU output parameters to the ANSYS Fluent parameters for the FMU-CHT coupling solution method.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/model-parameters

+

Sets battery model options (see for definitions of the model general parameters).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/newman-parameters

+

Sets Newman model-specific parameters (see for definitions of the Newman model parameters).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/ntgk-parameters

+

Sets NTGK model-specific parameters (see for definitions of the NTGK model parameters).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/parameter-estimation-tool

+

S testing data. You can use the estimation tool to compute model parameters for the NTGK or ECM model, or for the One-Equation thermal abuse model. You must provide battery

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/run-echem-model-standalone

+

Allows you to run the electro-chemistry models and the physics-based battery life model in the standalone mode. For more information, see and .

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/solution-method

+

Sets solution method options (see for details).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/thermal-abuse-model

+

Allows you to choose a thermal abuse model and specify its parameters (see for more details).

+ + +

define/models/battery-model/user-defined-emodel-parameters

+

Sets-specific parameters for the user-defined model (see for definitions of the model parameters).

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/

+

Enters the boundary conditions menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/axis

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/bc-settings/

+

Enters the boundary conditions settings menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/bc-settings/mass-flow

+

Selects method for setting the mass flow rate.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/bc-settings/pressure-outlet

+

Sets advanced options for pressure outlet boundaries.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/bc-settings/pressure-far-field

+

Sets advanced options for pressure far field boundaries.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/bc-settings/pressure-far-field/riemann-invariants-tangency-correction?

+

Enables/disables the Riemann-invariant tangency correction as described in .

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/bc-settings/pressure-far-field/type?

+

Enables/disables the flux-based treatment of the far-field boundary condition as described in .

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/copy-bc

+

Copies boundary conditions to other zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/degassing

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/exhaust-fan

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/fan

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/fluid

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/

+

Enters the impedance data fitting menu, which provides text commands that can be helpful when you are using the impedance boundary condition (IBC).

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/absorption-data

+

Reads an input file with experimental absorption coefficient data in the frequency domain and then computes the terms needed for an approximation of the reflection coefficient as a series of poles / residues in the time domain. The resulting terms are printed in the console, and can be written to a pole / residue file (which can be imported and the impedance parameters applied to a boundary condition using the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/import-parameters text command). You can also write a file with fitted frequency / impedance data, which can be compared to the input data to evaluate how well it fits.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/convergence-tolerance

+

Sets the convergence tolerance, which is an accuracy that is used for completing the iterative fitting procedure in the calculations performed from the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/ text command menu. By default, the tolerance is set to 1e-6.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/impedance-data

+

Reads an input file with experimental specific impedance data in the frequency domain and then computes the terms needed for an approximation of the reflection coefficient as a series of poles / residues in the time domain. The resulting terms are printed in the console, and can be written to a pole / residue file (which can be imported and the impedance parameters applied to a boundary condition using the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/import-parameters text command). You can also write a file with fitted frequency / impedance data, which can be compared to the input data to evaluate how well it fits.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/import-parameters

+

Reads a pole / residue file with impedance parameters in the time domain and applies them to a specified boundary condition.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/iterations

+

Sets the number of internal iterations used for the calculations performed from the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/ text command menu. By default, the number of iterations is set to 20.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/reflection-data

+

Reads an input file with experimental reflection coefficient data in the frequency domain and then computes the terms needed for an approximation of the reflection coefficient as a series of poles / residues in the time domain. The resulting terms are printed in the console, and can be written to a pole / residue file (which can be imported and the impedance parameters applied to a boundary condition using the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/import-parameters text command). You can also write a file with fitted frequency / impedance data, which can be compared to the input data to evaluate how well it fits.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/residue-tolerance

+

Sets the residue tolerance, which is the minimum value of residues that are kept in the fitting performed from the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/ text command menu. This residue check helps to eliminate parasitic poles. By default, the tolerance is set to 1e-6.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/verbosity

+

Sets the verbosity of the progress messages during the fitting performed from the define/boundary-conditions/impedance-data-fitting/ text command menu. Setting this to 1 results in messages being printed in the console as the fitting calculation progresses. The default value of 0 suppresses this output.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/inlet-vent

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/intake-fan

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/interface

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/interior

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/knudsen-number-calculator

+

Computes the Knudsen number based on a characteristic physical length and the area-averaged flow quantities along an incoming-flow boundary. You can use this information to determine flow regime for selecting the appropriate wall boundary treatment. For details, see .

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/list-zones

+

Prints out the types and IDs of all zones in the console window. You can use your mouse to check a zone ID, following the instructions listed under Zone in the + Boundary Conditions Task Page + section of the User’s Guide.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/mass-flow-inlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/mass-flow-outlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/

+

Enters the modify zones menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/activate-cell-zone

+

Activates cell thread.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/append-mesh

+

Appends new mesh.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/append-mesh-data

+

Appends new mesh with data.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/change-zone-state

+

Sets the state (liquid or vapor) for a specific fluid zone.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/convert-all-solid-mrf-to-solid-motion

+

Converts all solid zones using frame motion to instead use solid motion, copying the motion variable values for origin, axis, and velocities.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/copy-move-cell-zone

+

Creates a copy of a cell zone that is offset from the original either by a translational distance or a rotational angle. In the copied zone, the bounding face zones are all converted to walls, any existing cell data is initialized to a constant value, and non-conformal interfaces and dynamic zones are not copied; otherwise, the model settings are the same as in the original zone. Note that if you want the copied zone to be connected to existing zones, you must either fuse the boundaries (see ) or set up a non-conformal interface (see ).

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/copy-mrf-to-mesh-motion

+

Copies motion variable values for origin, axis, and velocities from Frame Motion to Mesh Motion.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/copy-mesh-to-mrf-motion

+

Copies motion variable values for origin, axis, and velocities from Mesh Motion to Frame Motion.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/create-all-shell-threads

+

Marks all finite thickness walls for shell creation. Shell zones will be created at the start of the iterations.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/create-periodic-interface

+

Creates a conformal or non-conformal periodic interface.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/deactivate-cell-zone

+

Deactivates cell thread.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/delete-all-shells

+

Deletes all shell zones and switches off shell conduction on all the walls. These zones can be recreated using the command recreate-all-shells.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/delete-cell-zone

+

Deletes a cell thread.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/extrude-face-zone-delta

+

Extrudes a face thread a specified distance based on a list of deltas.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/extrude-face-zone-para

+

Extrudes a face thread a specified distance based on a distance and a list of parametric locations between 0 and 1, for example, 0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.0.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/fuse-face-zones

+

Attempts to fuse zones by removing duplicate faces and nodes.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/list-zones

+

Lists zone IDs, types, kinds, and names.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/make-periodic

+

Attempts to establish periodic/shadow face zone connectivity.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/matching-tolerance

+

Sets normalized tolerance used for finding coincident nodes.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/merge-zones

+

Merges zones of same type and condition into one.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/mrf-to-sliding-mesh

+

Changes the motion specification from MRF to moving mesh.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/orient-face-zone

+

Orients the face zone.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/recreate-all-shells

+

Recreates shells on all the walls that were deleted using the command delete-all-shells.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/replace-zone

+

Replaces cell zone.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/rotate-zone

+

Rotates individual cell zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/scale-zone

+

Scales individual cell zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/sep-cell-zone-mark

+

Separates cell zone based on cell marking.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/sep-cell-zone-region

+

Separates cell zone based on contiguous regions.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/sep-face-zone-angle

+

Separates face zone based on significant angle.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/sep-face-zone-face

+

Separates each face in zone into unique zone.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/sep-face-zone-mark

+

Separates face zone based on cell marking.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/sep-face-zone-region

+

Separates face zone based on contiguous regions.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/slit-periodic

+

Slits periodic zone into two symmetry zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/slit-face-zone

+

Slits two-sided wall into two connected wall zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/slit-interior-between-diff-solids

+

Slits the interior zone between solid zones of differing materials to create a coupled wall. You will generally be prompted by Fluent if this is necessary.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/translate-zone

+

Translates individual cell zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/zone-name

+

Gives a zone a new name.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones/zone-type

+

Sets the type for a zone or multiple zones of the same category. You will be prompted for the name / ID of the zone to be changed and the new type for that zone. To change multiple zones, you can enter a list (separated by spaces and contained within a pair of parentheses) or use asterisks (*) as wildcards.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-overlapping-zone-name

+

Displays the name of the non-overlapping zone associated with a specified interface zone. This text command is only available after a mesh interface has been created.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/

+

Enters the non-reflecting boundary condition menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/general-nrbc/

+

Setting for general non-reflecting b.c.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/general-nrbc/set/

+

Enters the setup menu for general non-reflecting b.c.’s.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/general-nrbc/set/sigma

+

Sets NRBC sigma factor (default value 0.15).

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/general-nrbc/set/sigma2

+

Sets NRBC sigma2 factor (default value 5.0).

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/general-nrbc/set/verbosity

+

Enables/disables nrbc verbosity scheme output.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/

+

Enters the turbo specific nrbc menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/enable?

+

Enables/disables non-reflecting b.c.’s.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/initialize

+

Initializes non-reflecting b.c.’s.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/set/

+

Enters the set menu for non-reflecting b.c. parameters.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/set/discretization

+

Enables use of higher-order reconstruction at boundaries if available.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/set/under-relaxation

+

Sets non-reflecting b.c. under-relaxation factor.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/set/verbosity

+

Sets non-reflecting b.c. verbosity level. 0 : silent, 1 : basic information (default), 2 : detailed information for debugging.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/non-reflecting-bc/turbo-specific-nrbc/show-status

+

Shows current status of non-reflecting b.c.’s.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/open-channel-wave-settings

+

Opens channel wave input analysis.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/openchannel-threads

+

Lists open channel group IDs, names, types and variables.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/outflow

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/outlet-vent

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/perforated-walls/

+

Enters the perforated walls menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/perforated-walls/model-setup

+

Sets up the perforated wall model for each effusion surface.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/perforated-walls/read-input-file

+

Reads an input file for perforated walls.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/periodic

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/phase-shift/

+

Enters the phase shift settings menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/phase-shift/multi-disturbances

+

Sets basic phase-shift parameters.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/phase-shift/extra-settings

+

Sets other phase-shift parameters.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/porous-jump

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/pressure-far-field

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/pressure-inlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/pressure-outlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/radiator

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/rans-les-interface

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/recirculation-inlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/recirculation-outlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/rename-zone/

+

Enter the menu for renaming cell and face zones based on adjacency, adding suffixes or prefixes to names, and renaming zones based on the Fluent naming conventions.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/rename-zone/add-suffix-or-prefix

+

Add a suffix or prefix to one or more zones.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/rename-zone/rename-by-adjacency

+

Append the name of the adjacent cell zone to the specified face zone. For example, if fluid is the adjacent cell zone, and you select a face zone named interior, the resulting name of the face zone would be interior-fluid.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/rename-zone/rename-to-default

+

Rename a zone to use the Fluent naming convention.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/set/

+

Allows you to define one or more settings at single or multiple boundaries/cell zones of a given type at once. Enter q to exit the define/boundary-conditions/set/<type> command. For a description of the items in this menu, see corresponding define/boundary-conditions/<type>.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/shadow

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/solid

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/symmetry

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/target-mass-flow-rate-settings/

+

Enters the targeted mass flow rate settings menu.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/target-mass-flow-rate-settings/setunder-relaxation-factor

+

The default setting is 0.05.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/target-mass-flow-rate-settings/enabletargeted mass flow rate verbosity?

+

Enables/disables verbosity when using targeted mass flow rate. When enabled, it prints to the console window the required mass flow rate, computed mass flow rate, mean pressure, the new pressure imposed on the outlet, and the change in pressure in SI units.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/velocity-inlet

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/wall

+

Sets boundary conditions for a zone of this type.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/zone-name

+

Gives a zone a new name.

+ + +

define/boundary-conditions/zone-type

+

Sets the type for a zone or multiple zones of the same category. You will be prompted for the name / ID of the zone to be changed and the new type for that zone. To change multiple zones, you can enter a list (separated by spaces and contained within a pair of parentheses) or use asterisks (*) as wildcards.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/

+

Enters the custom field functions menu.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/define

+

Defines a custom field function.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/delete

+

Deletes a custom field function.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/example-cff-definitions

+

Lists example custom field functions.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/list-valid-cell-function-names

+

Lists the names of cell functions that can be used in a custom field function.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/load

+

Loads a custom field function.

+ + +

define/custom-field-functions/save

+

Saves a custom field function.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/actions/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh action menu, where you can initiate manual remeshing (that is, remeshing without running a calculation).

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/actions/remesh-cell-zone

+

Manually remeshes a cell zone with option to remesh adjacent dynamic face zones.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh controls menu. This text command is only available when the define/dynamic-mesh/dynamic-mesh? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh contact-parameters menu. This text command is only available when you enable contact detection using the prompts of the define/dynamic-mesh/dynamic-mesh? text command.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/contact-face-zones

+

Selects face zones involved in contact detection.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/contact-method

+

Selects the method used for flow control in the contact region. Enter 0 for the contact zones method (which restricts the flow using additional cell zones with porous zone properties) or 1 for the contact marks method (which blocks the flow using zero-mass-flux boundaries).

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/contact-threshold

+

Specifies threshold distance for contact detection.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/contact-udf

+

Selects the UDF to be invoked when contact is detected.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/flow-control-parameters/

+

Enters the flow control parameters menu, which provides settings related to controlling the flow in the contact region.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/flow-control-parameters/create-flow-control-zone

+

Creates a flow control zone as part of the contact zones method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/flow-control-parameters/delete-flow-control-zone

+

Deletes a flow control zone as part of the contact zones method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/flow-control-parameters/solution-stabilization?

+

Enables/disables the performance of additional iterations per time step and the application of solution controls to improve the stability of the solver as part of the contact marks method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/flow-control?

+

Enables/disables flow control in the contact region.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/render-contact-cells?

+

Enables/disables the availability of a field variable (contact-cell-mark) that can be used to display contours of cells marked for flow blocking as part of the contact marks method, and allows you to postprocess other field variables on those cells.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/update-contact-marks

+

Updates which cells are marked in order to block flow in the contact region as part of the contact marks method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/contact-parameters/verbosity

+

Sets the level of detail printed in the console regarding contact detection.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/implicit-update-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh implicit update menu. This text command is only available when you enable implicit mesh updating using the prompts of the define/dynamic-mesh/dynamic-mesh? text command.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/implicit-update-parameters/motion-relaxation

+

Specifies a value (within the range of 0 to 1) for the motion relaxation, which is applied during the implicit mesh update.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/implicit-update-parameters/residual-criteria

+

Specifies the relative residual threshold that is used to check the motion convergence during the implicit mesh update.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/implicit-update-parameters/update-interval

+

Specifies the update interval (that is, the frequency in iterations) at which the mesh is updated within a time step.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-output?

+

Enables/disables in-cylinder output.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh in-cylinder menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/crank-angle-step

+

Specifies crank angle step size.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/crank-period

+

Specifies the crank period.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/max-crank-angle-step

+

Specifies maximum crank angle step size.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/minimum-lift

+

Specifies minimum lift for in-cylinder valves.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/modify-lift

+

Modifies lift curve (shift or scale).

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/piston-data

+

Specifies the crank radius and connecting rod length.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/piston-stroke-cutoff

+

Specifies the cut off point for in-cylinder piston.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/position-starting-mesh

+

Moves mesh from top dead center to starting crank angle.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/print-plot-lift

+

Prints or plot valve lift curve.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/in-cylinder-parameters/starting-crank-angle

+

Specifies the initial value for the crank angle.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/layering?

+

Enables/disables dynamic-layering in quad/hex cell zones.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/layering-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh layering menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/layering-parameters/collapse-factor

+

Sets the factor determining when to collapse dynamic layers.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/layering-parameters/constant-height?

+

Enables/disables layering based on constant height, else layering based on constant ratio.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/layering-parameters/split-factor

+

Sets the factor determining when to split dynamic layers.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/periodic-displacement-parameters/

+

Enters the periodic displacement parameters menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/periodic-displacement-parameters/create-properties

+

Sets the properties for periodic displacement.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/periodic-displacement-parameters/list-properties

+

Lists the properties for periodic displacement.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing?

+

Enables/disables local remeshing in tri/tet and mixed cell zones.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh remeshing menu to set parameters for all remeshing methods.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/cell-skew-max

+

Sets the cell skewness threshold above which cells will be remeshed.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/face-skew-max

+

Sets the face skewness threshold above which faces will be remeshed.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/length-max

+

Sets the length threshold above which cells will be remeshed.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/length-min

+

Sets the length threshold below which cells will be remeshed.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/parallel-remeshing?

+

Disables/enables parallel remeshing as part of methods-based remeshing..

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-controls/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh prism controls menu, which provides text commands that can be useful when you want to modify the algorithm that attempts to retain the size distribution during unified remeshing. Each prism control definition is applied to one or more boundary zones, and then affects the height distribution and number of layers of the wedge cells in the adjacent boundary layers.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-controls/delete

+

Deletes an existing prism controls definition.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-controls/list

+

Prints a list of the existing prism controls definitions in the console.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-controls/list-properties

+

Prints the properties of an existing prism controls definition of your choice in the console.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-layer-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh prism layer parameters menu, where you can define the parameters of the prism layers as part of methods-based remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-layer-parameters/first-height

+

Sets the first cell height in the prism layer.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-layer-parameters/growth-rate

+

Sets the geometric growth rate of the prism layer.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/prism-layer-parameters/number-of-layers

+

Sets the number of elements in the prism layer.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/remeshing-after-moving?

+

Enables a second round of remeshing based on the skewness parameters after the boundary has moved as part of methods-based remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/remeshing-methods

+

Enables/disables individual remeshing options as part of methods-based remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/retain-size-distribution?

+

Enables/disables the use of local size criteria when marking cells for unified remeshing (in an attempt to maintain the initial mesh size distribution even as the mesh moves), rather than marking cells based on the minimum and maximum length scale values of the cell zone in the initial mesh. Either marking can be overridden if more restrictive values are specified using the define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/length-min and define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/length-max text commands.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/size-remesh-interval

+

Sets the interval (in time steps) when remeshing based on size is done for methods-based remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh sizing controls menu, which provides text commands that can be useful when you want to modify the algorithm that attempts to retain the size distribution during unified remeshing. Each sizing control definition is applied to one or more boundary zones, and then affects the size of the cells throughout the mesh based on their distance from those boundary zone(s) and your settings in the definition.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/add

+

Adds a new sizing controls definition. After being prompted for a name, you can enter the following to complete the definition:

+
    +
  • +

    + growth-rate Sets the growth rate of the sizing controls definition.

    +
    • +
  • +

    + max-length Sets a maximum length threshold that is used when the type is set to auto or soft.

    +
    • +
  • +

    + min-length Sets a maximum length threshold that is used when the type is set to auto.

    +
    • +
  • +

    + motion Determines whether the size control definition affects the remeshing based on whether the mesh undergoes motion: auto specifies that it is applied whether or not there is motion; and static specifies that it is only applied if there is no motion.

    +
    • +
  • +

    + name Specifies the name of the sizing controls definition.

    +
    • +
  • +

    + type Specifies how the sizing is affected by the selected boundary zones: auto specifies that the default size distribution (rather than the initial size distribution in your selected boundary zones) is used, along with your specified max-length and min-length values; soft specifies that the maximum length scale of your selected boundary zones is used, along with your specified min-length value; and meshed specifies that the maximum and minimum length scales of your selected boundary zones are used, in order to respect their initial size distribution. This setting is only relevant if you have more than one sizing controls definition.

    +
    • +
  • +

    + zones Specifies all of the boundary zones on which the sizing controls definition is applied.

    +
    • +
+
Enter q when the definition is complete to return to the text command menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/delete

+

Deletes an existing sizing controls definition.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/edit

+

Edits an existing sizing controls definition. You can revise the fields listed previously for the define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/add text command.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/list

+

Prints a list of the existing sizing controls definitions in the console.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-controls/list-properties

+

Prints the properties of an existing sizing controls definition of your choice in the console.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-funct-defaults

+

Sets sizing function defaults.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-funct-rate

+

Determines how far from the boundary the increase/decrease happens.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-funct-resolution

+

Sets the sizing function resolution with respect to shortest boundary.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-funct-variation

+

Sets the maximum sizing function increase/decrease in the interior.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/sizing-function?

+

Enables/disables the sizing function as part of methods-based remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/unified-remeshing?

+

Enables/disables unified remeshing, which specifies that an algorithm is used that combines aspects of a variety of remeshing methods. It is applied to triangular or tetrahedral cells and can produce wedge cells in 3D boundary layer meshes. Unified remeshing simplifies the remeshing setup and can provide increased robustness compared to methods-based remeshing, especially for parallel simulations.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/remeshing-parameters/zone-remeshing

+

Enables/disables the cell zone remeshing method as part of methods-based remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh six degrees of freedom (DOF) solver menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/create-properties

+

Creates/edits a set of six DOF properties for rigid body motion.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/delete-properties

+

Deletes a set of six DOF properties for rigid body motion.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/list-properties

+

Prints summaries of the existing sets of six DOF properties for rigid body motion.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/motion-history-file-name

+

Specifies the name and location of the six DOF motion history file.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/motion-history?

+

Enables/disables writing position/orientation of six DOF zones to file.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/second-order?

+

Enables/disables the second order six degrees of freedom solver.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/x-component-of-gravity

+

Specifies x-component of gravity.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/y-component-of-gravity

+

Specifies y-component of gravity.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/six-dof-parameters/z-component-of-gravity

+

Specifies z-component of gravity.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing?

+

Enables/disables smoothing in cell zones.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh smoothing-parameters menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/bnd-node-relaxation

+

The boundary node relaxation is used by spring smoothing. The boundary node relaxation allows you to relax the update of the node positions at deforming boundaries. A value of 0 prevents deforming boundary nodes from moving and a value of 1 indicates no under-relaxation.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/bnd-stiffness-factor

+

Sets the stiffness factor for springs connected to boundary nodes.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/boundary-distance-method

+

Sets the method used to evaluate the boundary distance for the diffusion coefficient calculation, when diffusion-based smoothing is enabled.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/constant-factor

+

Sets the spring constant relaxation factor.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/convergence-tolerance

+

Sets the convergence tolerance for spring-based solver.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/diffusion-coeff-function

+

Specifies whether the diffusion coefficient for diffusion-based smoothing is based on the boundary distance or the cell volume.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/diffusion-coeff-parameter

+

Sets the diffusion coefficient parameter used for diffusion-based smoothing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/diffusion-fvm?

+

Answering yes at the prompt changes the diffusion-based smoothing method to the cell-based finite volume approach that was the default in releases prior to Fluent 15.0. Answering no at the prompt changes the diffusion-based smoothing method to the default node-based finite element method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/relative-convergence-tolerance

+

Sets the relative residual convergence tolerance for smoothing based on diffusion or the linearly elastic solid model.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/skew-smooth-all-deforming-boundaries?

+

Enables/disables skewness smoothing for all deforming dynamic boundary zones. This is enabled by default. If disabled, skewness smoothing is only applied to the deforming dynamic boundary zones that have smoothing explicitly enabled or use local face remeshing.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/skew-smooth-cell-skew-max

+

Sets the skewness threshold, above which cells will be smoothed using the skewness method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/skew-smooth-face-skew-max

+

Sets the skewness threshold, above which faces will be smoothed using the skewness method.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/skew-smooth-niter

+

Sets the number of skewness-based smoothing cycles.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/smooth-from-reference-position?

+

Enables/disables smoothing from a reference position. Such smoothing may produce greater mesh quality consistency for stationary or moving meshes with periodic or quasi-periodic motion, and is only available when the smoothing method is based on diffusion or the linearly elastic solid model.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/spring-on-all-elements?

+

Enables/disables spring-based smoothing for all cell shapes; if disabled, the spring-based smoothing is applied based on the setting of the define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/spring-on-simplex-shapes? text command.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/spring-on-simplex-shapes?

+

Enables/disables spring-based smoothing for triangular / tetrahedral cells in mixed element zones; if disabled, the spring-based smoothing is applied to triangular / tetrahedral cells in triangular / tetrahedral element zones.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/smoothing-parameters/poisson-ratio

+

Sets the Poisson’s ratio used for smoothing based on the linearly elastic solid model.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/controls/steady-pseudo-time-control?

+

Enables/disables the pseudo time step control in the graphical user interface.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/dynamic-mesh?

+

Enables/disables the dynamic mesh solver.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/events/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh events menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/events/export-event-file

+

Exports dynamic mesh events to file.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/events/import-event-file

+

Imports dynamic mesh event file.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/transient-settings/

+

Enters the transient dynamic mesh settings menu. This text command is only available when you enable dynamic mesh using the prompts of the define/dynamic-mesh/dynamic-mesh? text command. Solver time must also be set to Transient.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/transient-settings/allow-second-order?

+

Enables/disables second order transient scheme for dynamic mesh cases.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/transient-settings/verbosity

+

Enables/disables transient scheme verbosity for dynamic mesh cases.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/

+

Enters the dynamic mesh zones menu.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/delete

+

Deletes a dynamic zone.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/insert-boundary-layer

+

Inserts a new cell zone.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/insert-interior-layer

+

Inserts a new layer cell zone at a specified location.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/list

+

Lists the dynamic zones.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/remove-boundary-layer

+

Removes a cell zone.

+ + +

define/dynamic-mesh/zones/remove-interior-layer

+

Removes an interior layer cell zone.

+ + +

define/enable-mesh-morpher-optimizer?

+

Enables the mesh morpher/optimizer. When the mesh morpher/optimizer is enabled, the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer text command becomes available.

+ + +

define/gap-model/

+

Enters the gap model menu, where you can define one or more gap regions where the flow is blocked or decelerated when face zones move within a specified proximity threshold of each other.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/

+

Enters the advanced options menu for the gap model.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/check-cfl-condition?

+

Enables/disables the printing of warnings if the time step size is too large based on a Courant (CFL) number automatically determined for your specified solution stability level.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/enhanced-data-interpolation?

+

Enables/disables the use of enhanced data interpolation when updating information in gap regions. This text command is only available if you have enabled the define/gap-model/advanced-options/expert? text command.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/expert?

+

Enables/disables access to expert-level text commands for the gap model.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/extend-gap-regions?

+

Enables/disables the extending of the gap regions by including additional cells in the vicinity of the gap interfaces during marking. This is useful when the default shape of the marked cells is negatively affecting solution stability or convergence behavior.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/fill-data-in-gap-regions?

+

Enables/disables the interpolation of solution data throughout the gap regions. This text command is only available if you have enabled the define/gap-model/advanced-options/expert? text command.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/precise-gap-marking?

+

Enables/disables the use of a more accurate search algorithm for marking cells in gap regions. Note that it can be costly, particularly for 3D cases or those with a large number of cells inside the gap regions. This text command is only available if you have enabled the define/gap-model/advanced-options/expert? text command.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/reduce-gap-regions?

+

Enables/disables a more restrictive algorithm for marking cells in gap regions. This text command is only available if you have enabled the define/gap-model/advanced-options/expert? text command.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/render-flow-modeling-gaps?

+

Enables/disables the rendering of the solution in the cells of flow-modeling gap regions during postprocessing. This text command is only available if you have enabled the define/gap-model/advanced-options/expert? text command.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/render-gap-interface?

+

Enables/disables the rendering of the mesh surfaces inside the gap regions when displaying the mesh with contours. Note that the solution is still not rendered inside the flow-blocking gap regions.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/revert-controls-to-default

+

Reverts the global gap stabilization level and any related solver settings to the default.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/solution-stabilization

+

Sets the global solution stabilization level for the gap regions.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/sponge-layer

+

Allows you to edit the solution stabilization settings for flow-modeling gap regions that have sponge-layer local stabilization enabled.

+ + +

define/gap-model/advanced-options/verbosity

+

Sets the verbosity for messages printed in the console related to the gap model.

+ + +

define/gap-model/create

+

Creates a single gap region, so that when selected face zones move within a specified proximity threshold of each other, flow blockage / deceleration is applied to the cells that lie within the threshold.

+ + +

define/gap-model/delete

+

Deletes an existing gap region.

+ + +

define/gap-model/delete-all

+

Deletes all of the existing gap regions.

+ + +

define/gap-model/edit

+

Edits an existing gap region.

+ + +

define/gap-model/enable?

+

Enables/disables the gap model.

+ + +

define/gap-model/list-gap-cell-zones

+

Lists the names of the cell zones that can be excluded for individual gap regions (so that such cells are not marked for flow blockage / deceleration).

+ + +

define/gap-model/list-gap-face-zones

+

Lists the names of the face zones that can be used for creating gap regions.

+ + +

define/gap-model/list-gap-regions

+

Lists the properties of the gap regions.

+ + +

define/injections/

+

Enters the injections menu. For a description of the items in this menu, see define/models/dpm/injections.

+ + +

define/materials/

+

Enters the materials menu.

+ + +

define/materials/change-create

+

Changes the properties of a locally-stored material or create a new material. Generally, the properties you enter at the prompts will be filtered according to your case and model settings. However, some of the listed properties may not match the selection choice in the Graphics User Interface. Typically, those excessive properties in the Text User Interface will not be used in your simulation.

+ + +

define/materials/copy

+

Copies a material from the database.

+ + +

define/materials/copy-by-formula

+

Copies a material from the database by formula.

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/

+

Enters the material database menu.

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/database-type

+

Sets the database type (fluent-database, granta-mds, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/edit

+

Edits material.

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/list-materials

+

Lists all materials in the database.

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a material in the database.

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/new

+

Defines new material.

+ + +

define/materials/data-base/save

+

Saves user-defined database.

+ + +

define/materials/delete

+

Deletes a material from local storage.

+ + +

define/materials/list-materials

+

Lists all locally-stored materials.

+ + +

define/materials/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a locally-stored material.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/

+

Enters the mesh-interfaces menu.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-options/

+

Enters the auto-options menu. This menu is only available when the define/mesh-interfaces/one-to-one-pairing? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-options/naming-option

+

Specifies whether the name of each new one-to-one mesh interface (as well as existing mesh interfaces, if you so desire) has no additional suffix, or a suffix that includes the names of the associated boundary zones, the IDs of the associated boundary zones, or the names of the adjacent cell zones.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-options/pairing-between-different-cell-zones-only?

+

Specifies whether the one-to-one mesh interfaces are only created between different cell zones.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-options/proximity-tolerance

+

Sets the tolerance used as part of the automatic grouping of zones to create mesh interfaces when the define/mesh-interfaces/one-to-one-pairing? text command is disabled. The proximity tolerance is defined relative to the edge lengths in the interface zones, and can range from 0 to 1 (representing the minimum and maximum edge lengths, respectively).

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-options/set-default-name-prefix

+

Specifies the default interface name prefix used for one-to-one mesh interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-options/set-one-to-one-pairing-tolerance

+

Enables/disables the use of adjustable tolerances to determine which of the selected boundary zones can be paired up to make the mesh interfaces, in order to account for gaps, thin layers, and/or complex geometries.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/auto-pairing

+

Automatically "pairs" some or all of the interface zones, in order to create mesh interfaces. This text command is only available when the define/mesh-interfaces/one-to-one-pairing? text command is disabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/create

+

Creates mesh interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/delete

+

Deletes a mesh interface.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/delete-all

+

Deletes all mesh interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/display

+

Displays the specified mesh interface zone.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/edit

+

Edits attributes of existing mesh interfaces. For one-to-one interfaces, you can edit the name; for many-to-many interfaces, you can edit the interface options and (for a single interface) the name and the list of interface zones assigned to the interface.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/enable-visualization-of-interfaces?

+

Enables/disables the filling of node coordinates on the zones of mesh interfaces, so that they can be displayed in the graphics window.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/enforce-continuity-after-bc?

+

Enables/disables continuity across the boundary condition interface for contour plots in postprocessing.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/enforce-coupled-wall-between-solids?

+

Enables/disables automatic definition of solid-solid interfaces as coupled walls. By default this option is disabled and ANSYS Fluent creates interior boundaries at solid-solid interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/improve-quality

+

Checks the quality of all mapped interfaces. If Fluent finds any mapped interfaces that require improvement it will list them and ask you if you would like to increase the tolerance to improve the interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/list

+

Lists all mesh interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/mapped-interface-options/

+

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/non-conformal-interface-numerics/

+

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/remove-left-handed-interface-faces?

+

Removes left-handed faces (which can cause the mesh to be invalid) during mesh interface creation.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/transfer-motion-across-interfaces?

+

Enables/disables the automatic transfer of motion across a mesh interface when only one side is moving as a result of user-defined or system coupling motion. You can specify the method by which the motion is transferred: transfer-displacements (the default) interpolates nodal displacement from the active side of the interface to the passive side, and is recommended when there are gaps and/or penetrations in the mesh interface that must be maintained; project-nodes projects the passive nodes onto the faces of active side, and is recommended when the active side includes significant tangential motion (as only the normal displacement is effectively transferred in this method).

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/turbo-create

+

Creates a general turbo interface. This text command is only available if the define/turbo-model/enable-turbo-model? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/use-virtual-polygon-approach

+

Uses new virtual polygon approach for interfaces.

+ + +

define/mesh-interfaces/verbosity

+

Sets the mesh interface verbosity.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/

+

Enters the mesh morpher/optimizer menu in order to deform the mesh as part of a shape optimization problem. This text command is only available when the define/enable-mesh-morpher-optimizer? text command has been enabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/

+

Enters the deformation menu. This text command is only available if you have created a deformation region using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/create or the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/define-bounding-box text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/check-mesh

+

Displays a mesh check report in the console for the mesh displayed in the graphics window. The mesh check report provides volume statistics, mesh topology and periodic boundary information, verification of simplex counters, and verification of node position with reference to the axis for axisymmetric cases. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer? text command is disabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/deform-mesh

+

Modifies the mesh and updates the mesh display in the graphics window based on the parameter and deformation settings. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer? text command is disabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/motion-settings/

+

Enters the motion settings menu, where you can create, modify, and delete the motions applied to the control points. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution text command is set to unstructured.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/motion-settings/create

+

Creates a new motion, by specifying the parameter, type of motion (translation, rotation, or radial motion), directional settings, name, and control points. Note that for translations, the values you enter for the direction components are multiplied with the value of the parameter to define the displacement applied to the control points.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/motion-settings/delete

+

Deletes an existing motion.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/motion-settings/modify

+

Modifies the settings for an existing motion.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/motion-settings/read-from-file

+

Defines the settings for all the motions by reading an ASCII text file.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/motion-settings/write-to-file

+

Writes the settings for all the motions to an ASCII text file.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/read-motion-settings-from-file

+

Defines all of the motion settings by reading an ASCII text file. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution text command is set to regular.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/reset-all-deformations

+

Undoes any deformations made to the mesh and updates the mesh display in the graphics window.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/set-constraints

+

Defines the constraints on a boundary zone, in order to limit the freedom of a particular zone that falls within the deformation region(s) during the morphing of the mesh.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/set-constraints-multiple

+

Defines the constraints on multiple boundary zones, in order to limit the freedom of particular zones that fall within the deformation region(s) during the morphing of the mesh.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/set-parameters

+

Assigns translation direction components and a single parameter to a single control point in a region. Note that the values you enter for the direction components are multiplied with the value of the parameter to define the displacement applied to the control point. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution text command is set to regular.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/set-parameters-multiple

+

Assigns translation direction components and multiple parameters to multiple control points in a region. Note that the values you enter for the direction components are multiplied with the value of the parameter to define the displacement applied to the control point. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution text command is set to regular.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/deformation-settings/write-motion-settings-to-file

+

Writes the motion settings to an ASCII text file. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution text command is set to regular.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/morpher-summary

+

Displays a summary of the mesh morpher/optimizer settings in the console. This text command is only available if you have created a deformation region using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/create or the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/define-bounding-box text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/

+

Enters the optimizer menu. This text command is only available when you have created a deformation region using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/create or the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/define-bounding-box text command and have enabled the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer? text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/convergence-criteria

+

Defines the convergence criteria for the optimizer.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/custom-calculator/

+

Enters the custom calculator menu, in order to define the objective function as a function of output parameters. This menu is not available when the NEWUOA optimizer is selected using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/custom-calculator/define

+

Defines the custom objective function that will be minimized by the optimizer.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/custom-calculator/delete

+

Deletes the saved custom objective function.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/custom-calculator/example-obj-fn-definitions

+

Prints examples of custom objective function definitions in the console.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/custom-calculator/list-output-parameters

+

Prints a list of the output parameters that can be used to define the custom objective function.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/disable-mesh-check

+

Specifies whether you want to disable the general mesh check that is part of the optimization process. This check is conducted immediately after the mesh is deformed in every design stage, and determines whether a solution is calculated. Disabling this check allows you to use mesh repair commands (which can be set up using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/initial-commands text command) at the start of a design stage, so that an accurate solution can be calculated.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/end-commands

+

Specifies the commands (text commands or command macros) that will be executed after the solution has run and converged for a design stage. This text command is not available when the NEWUOA optimizer is selected using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/initial-commands

+

Specifies the commands (text commands or command macros) that will be executed after the design has been modified, but before ANSYS Fluent has started to run the calculation for that design stage. This text command is not available when the NEWUOA optimizer is selected using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/initialization

+

Specifies how the solution variables should be treated after the mesh is deformed, that is, whether they should be initialized to the values defined in theSolution Initialization task page, remain the values obtained in the previous design iteration, or be read from a data file that you specify.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/iterations-per-design

+

Defines the maximum number of iterations ANSYS Fluent will perform for each design change.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/maximum-designs

+

Defines the maximum number of design stages the optimizer will undergo to reach the specified objective function.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/mesh-quality-check

+

Specifies if orthogonal quality should be used to determine whether a solution is calculated for a mesh, and defines the minimum orthogonal quality value allowed (values may range from 0–1, where 0 represents the worst quality).

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/monitor/

+

Enters the monitor menu in order to plot and/or record optimization history data, that is, how the value of the objective function varies with each design stage produced by the mesh morpher/optimizer. This text menu is not available when the NEWUOA optimizer is selected using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/monitor/clear-opt-hist

+

Discards the optimization history data, including the associated files.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/monitor/plot-hist

+

Displays an XY plot of the optimization history data generated during the last calculation. Note that no plot will be displayed if the data was discarded using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/monitor/clear-optimization-monitor-data text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/monitor/plot?

+

Enables the plotting of the optimization history data in the graphics window.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/monitor/write?

+

Enables the saving of the optimization history data to a file.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/newuoa-initial-parameter-variation

+

Defines how much the parameters will be allowed to vary during the initial calculations. This text command is only available when the NEWUOA optimizer is selected using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/objective-function-definition

+

Specifies whether the format of the objective function is a user-defined function, a Scheme source file, or a custom function based on output parameters. The custom function is defined using the text commands in the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/custom-calculator menu. The objective-function-definition text command is not available when the NEWUOA optimizer is selected using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimize

+

Initiates the optimization process. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/optimizer-type

+

S Guide or in the ANSYS Fluent in Workbench User

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer-parameters/save-case-data-files

+

Sets up the automatic saving of intermediate case and data files during the optimization run, by specifying: the frequency (in design iterations) with which file sets are saved; the maximum number of file sets retained (after the maximum limit has been saved, the earliest file set will be overwritten with the latest); and the root name assigned to the files (which will have the design iteration number appended to it).

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer?

+

Enables the use of a built-in optimizer. This text command is only available if you have created a deformation region using the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/create or the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/define-bounding-box text command.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/parameter-settings/

+

Enters the parameters menu.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/parameter-settings/number-of-parameters

+

Defines the number of parameters that will be used to define the deformation.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/parameter-settings/parameter-bounds

+

Defines the minimum and maximum values allowed by the built-in optimizer for the parameters. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/optimizer? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/parameter-settings/parameter-value

+

Defines the value of a parameter. This value represents a magnitude that will then be used along with other direction settings to define motions that produce an overall displacement for a given control point. The value will specify a length in meters for translations and radial motions, and will specify an angle in degrees for rotations; the units here will be used regardless of what units you are using in the case. Note that you can enter a numeric value or define an input parameter (if you have enabled the definition of input parameters using the define/parameters/enable-in-TUI? text command). The parameter-value text command is only available in the following situations:

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/

+

Enters the region menu in order to define the regions of the domain where the mesh will be deformed in order to optimize the shape.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/

+

Enters the control points menu in order to create, modify, and/or delete control points. This text command is only available if the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution text command is set to unstructured.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/create

+

Creates a new control point by defining the coordinates of a point within an existing deformation region.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/delete

+

Deletes existing control points.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/distribute-points-on-zone

+

Creates an approximate number of control points on the mesh nodes of a particular boundary zone, with a distribution that is based on the distribution of the cell faces in that zone.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/modify

+

Modifies the coordinates of existing control points.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/read-from-file

+

Defines all of the control points by reading an ASCII text file.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/controlpoints/write-to-file

+

Writes the control point coordinates to an ASCII text file.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/create

+

Creates a new deformation region by specifying the name, number of control points (for a regular distribution), dimensions, origin coordinates, the components of the direction vectors, and whether to smooth the transitions of the mesh at the region boundaries (for an unstructured distribution). The region will be a “box”, that is, a rectangle for 2D cases or a rectangular hexahedron for 3D cases. After you have created a deformation region, additional menus will be available in the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer menu.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/define-bounding-box

+

Creates a new deformation region by specifying the name, the bounding zones that best represent the extents of the deformation region, the number of control points (for a regular distribution), and whether to smooth the transitions of the mesh at the region boundaries (for an unstructured distribution). The region will be a “box”, that is, a rectangle for 2D cases or a rectangular hexahedron for 3D cases. After you have created a deformation region, additional menus will be available in the define/mesh-morpher-optimizer menu.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/delete

+

Deletes a deformation region.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/scaling-enlarge

+

Sets the scaling factor applied to the bounding box when you click the Enlarge button in the Regions tab of the Mesh Morpher/Optimizer dialog box.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/region/scaling-reduce

+

Sets the scaling factor applied to the bounding box when you click the Reduce button in the Regions tab of the Mesh Morpher/Optimizer dialog box.

+ + +

define/mesh-morpher-optimizer/set-control-point-distribution

+

Specifies whether the control point distribution is regular (that is, spread in a regular distribution throughout the entire deformation region) or unstructured (that is, distributed at specified locations).

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/

+

Enters the mixing planes menu.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/create

+

Creates a mixing plane.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/delete

+

Deletes a mixing plane.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/list

+

Lists defined mixing plane(s).

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/

+

Sets global parameters relevant to mixing planes.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/averaging-method

+

Sets the mixing plane profile averaging method.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/under-relaxation

+

Sets mixing plane under-relaxation factor.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/fix-pressure-level

+

Sets fixed pressure level using value based on define/reference-pressure-location.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-swirl/

+

Enters the menu to set swirl conservation in mixing plane menu.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-swirl/enable?

+

Enables/disables swirl conservation in mixing plane.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-swirl/verbosity?

+

Enables/disables verbosity in swirl conservation calculations.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-swirl/report-swirl-integration

+

Reports swirl integration (Torque) on inflow and outflow zones.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-total-enthalpy/

+

Enters the menu to set total enthalpy conservation in mixing plane menu.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-total-enthalpy/enable?

+

Enables/disables total enthalpy conservation in mixing plane.

+ + +

define/mixing-planes/set/conserve-total-enthalpy/verbosity?

+

Enables/disables verbosity in total-enthalpy conservation calculations.

+ + +

define/models/

+

Enters the models menu to configure the solver.

+ + +

define/models/ablation?

+

Enables/disables the ablation model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/

+

Enters the acoustics menu.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/auto-prune

+

Enables/disables auto prune of the receiver signal(s) during read-and-compute.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/broad-band-noise?

+

Enables/disables the broadband noise model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/convective-effects?

+

Enables/disables the convective effects option.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/compute-write

+

Computes sound pressure.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/cylindrical-export?

+

Enables/disables the export of data in cylindrical coordinates.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/display-flow-time?

+

Enables/disables the display of flow time during read-and-compute.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/export-source-data-cgns?

+

Enables/disables the export of acoustic source data in CGNS format.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/export-volumetric-sources?

+

Enables/disables the export of fluid zones.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/export-volumetric-sources-cgns?

+

Enables/disables the export of fluid zones.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/export-source-data?

+

Enables/disables the export of acoustic source data in ASD format during the wave equation model run.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/far-field-parameters/

+

Enters the menu to specify the far-field density and speed of sound. Note that this menu is currently available only with the acoustics wave equation model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/far-field-parameters/far-field-density

+

Specifies the far-field density value for the acoustics wave equation model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/far-field-parameters/far-field-sound-speed

+

Specifies the far-field speed of sound value for the acoustics wave equation model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/ffowcs-williams?

+

Enables/disables the Ffowcs-Williams-and-Hawkings model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/moving-receiver?

+

Enables/disables the moving receiver option.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/off?

+

Enables/disables the acoustics model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/read-compute-write

+

Reads acoustic source data files and computes sound pressure.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/receivers

+

Sets acoustic receivers.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources

+

Sets acoustic sources.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/

+

Enters the acoustic sources fast Fourier transform (FFT) menu, to compute Fourier spectra from acoustic source data (ASD) files, create postprocessing variables for the pressure signals, and write CGNS files of the spectrum data.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/read-asd-files

+

Reads ASD files to perform FFT of the pressure history field.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/compute-fft-fields

+

Computes FFT of the read pressure histories. The computed spectra replace the pressure histories in memory.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/clean-up-storage-area

+

De-allocates memory used to store the pressure histories and their Fourier spectra, as well as any created surface variables for the visualization.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/write-cgns-files

+

Writes surface pressure spectra in CGNS format, which can be used for one-way coupling with Ansys Mechanical in the frequency domain.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/fft-surface-variables/

+

Enters the menu to create surface variables from the computed Fourier spectra for visualization.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/fft-surface-variables/create-constant-width-bands

+

Selects up to 20 constant width bands and creates either the surface pressures level (SPL) variables or the PSD of dp/dt variables for them.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/fft-surface-variables/create-octave-bands

+

Creates either the surface pressure level (SPL) variables or the PSD of dp/dt variables for 17 technical octaves.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/fft-surface-variables/create-third-bands

+

Creates either the surface pressure level (SPL) variables or the PSD of dp/dt variables for 54 technical thirds.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/fft-surface-variables/create-set-of-modes

+

Selects up to 20 individual Fourier modes and create variable pairs for them, containing the real and the imaginary parts of the complex Fourier amplitudes.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sources-fft/fft-surface-variables/remove-variables

+

Removes all variables created in this menu.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sponge-layers/delete

+

Deletes an existing sponge layer definition.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sponge-layers/edit

+

Edits an existing sponge layer. You can revise the fields listed previously for the define/models/acoustics/sponge-layers/add text command.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sponge-layers/list

+

Prints a list of the existing sponge layers in the console.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/sponge-layers/list-properties

+

Prints the properties of an existing sponge layer of your choice in the console.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation?

+

Enables/disables the wave equation model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/

+

Enters the menu to define the acoustics wave equation model options.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/

+

Enters the menu to define the geometry of the source mask and sponge layer using the basic shapes, represented by the cell registers of the type "Region".

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/add-source-mask-shape

+

Adds a basic shape to the definition of the source mask geometry.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/add-sponge-layer-shape

+

Adds a basic shape to the definition of the sponge layer geometry.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/list-source-mask-shapes

+

List basic shapes, which are currently used in the definition of the source mask geometry.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/list-sponge-layer-shapes

+

List basic shapes, which are currently used in the definition of the sponge layer geometry.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/list-region-registers

+

List all available cell registers of the type "Region".

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/remove-source-mask-shape

+

Remove a basic shape from the definition of the source mask geometry.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/basic-shapes/remove-sponge-layer-shape

+

Remove a basic shape from the definition of the sponge layer geometry.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/remote-receivers-options/

+

Enters the menu to define remote receivers for the Kirchhoff integral model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/remote-receivers-options/integration-surface

+

Selects the integration surface for the Kirchhoff model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/remote-receivers-options/write-signals

+

Writes the computed receiver signals to the ASCII files.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/remote-receivers?

+

Enables/disables the Kirchhoff integral model.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/source-mask-udf

+

Specifies the name of a user-defined function, which defines geometry of the source mask.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/sponge-layer-base-value

+

Specifies the base value of the artificial viscosity coefficient.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/sponge-layer-factor

+

Specifies the factor of the artificial viscosity coefficient.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/sponge-layer-udf

+

Specifies the name of a user-defined function, which defines geometry of the sponge layer.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/wave-equation-options/time-filter-source?

+

Enables/disables a time filter for the sound source.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/write-acoustic-signals

+

Writes on-the-fly sound pressure.

+ + +

define/models/acoustics/write-centroid-info

+

Writes centroid info.

+ + +

define/models/addon-module

+

Loads addon module.

+ + +

define/models/axisymmetric?

+

Specifies whether or not the domain is axisymmetric.

+ + +

define/models/battery-model

+

Enables the dual potential MSMD battery model. For text commands that become available when the battery model is enabled, refer to Battery Model Text Commands +

+ + +

define/models/cht/

+

Enters the cht (conjugate heat transfer) menu.

+ + +

define/models/cht/implicit-coupling?

+

Enables the implicit mapping scheme for any fluid-solid pair with a mapped mesh interface (only required for cases set up in version 19.2 or earlier).

+ + +

define/models/cht/explicit-time-averaged-coupling

+

Enters the explicit time averaged thermal coupling menu.

+ + +

define/models/cht/explicit-time-averaged-coupling/conformal-coupled-walls

+

Specify explicit coupling controls for coupled conformal walls. Note this operation will slit the coupled wall pair.

+ + +

define/models/cht/explicit-time-averaged-coupling/fuse-explicit-cht-zones

+

Fuses slitted conformal coupled walls marked for transient explicit thermal coupling.

+ + +

define/models/crevice-model?

+

Enables/disables the crevice model.

+ + +

define/models/crevice-model-controls/

+

Enters the crevice model controls menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/

+

Enters the dispersed phase model menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/clear-particles-from-domain

+

Removes/keeps all particles currently in the domain.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/

+

Enters the DEM collisions menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-mesh

+

Input for the collision mesh.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-pair-settings/

+

Supplies settings for collisions to a pair of collision partners. You will be prompted to specify theImpact collision partner and the Target collision partner.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-pair-settings/contact-force-normal

+

Sets the normal contact force law for this pair of collision partners.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-pair-settings/contact-force-tangential

+

Sets the tangential contact force law for this pair of collision partners.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-pair-settings/list-pair-settings

+

Lists the current settings for this pair of collision partners.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-partners/

+

Manages collision partners.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-partners/copy

+

Copies a collision partner.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-partners/create

+

Creates a collision partner.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-partners/delete

+

Deletes a collision partner.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-partners/list

+

Lists all known collision partners.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/collision-partners/rename

+

Renames a collision partner.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/dem-collisions?

+

Enables/disables the DEM collision model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/list-all-pair-settings

+

For each pair of collision partners, lists the collision laws and their parameters.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/collisions/max-particle-velocity

+

Sets the maximum particle velocity that may arise from collisions.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/

+

Enters the menu to enable/configure/run the erosion-dynamic mesh interaction.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/enable-erosion-dynamic-mesh-coupling?

+

Enables mesh deformation due to wall erosion.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/general-parameters/

+

Enters the menu for setting erosion coupling with dynamic mesh.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/general-parameters/dynamic-mesh-settings

+

Sets parameters for dynamic mesh calculations.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/general-parameters/erosion-settings

+

Sets parameters for erosion calculations.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/general-parameters/participating-walls

+

Specifies all participating walls.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-parameters/

+

Manages erosion-dynamic mesh run settings.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-parameters/autosave-files

+

Sets the iteration increment and filename to save data files.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-parameters/autosave-graphics

+

Sets the iteration increment to save graphics files.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-parameters/flow-simulation-control

+

Sets the number of iterations per flow simulation step.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-parameters/mesh-motion-time-step

+

Sets the mesh motion time stepping parameters and method.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-parameters/simulation-termination

+

Sets the total time of erosion.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/erosion-dynamic-mesh/run-simulation

+

Performs a coupled erosion-dynamic mesh simulation.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/

+

Enters the injections menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/create-injection

+

Creates an injection.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/delete-injection

+

Deletes an injection.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/

+

Enters the menu to set or display properties for one or more injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/file/

+

Enters the menu to specify file injection settings.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/file/filename

+

Specifies the name for the injection file.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/file/repeat-interval-in-file

+

Puts the unsteady file injection into a time-periodic mode. For more information, see .

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/file/start-flow-time-in-file

+

Specifies the flow-time in the unsteady injection file from which ANSYS Fluent starts reading the injection file. For more information, see .

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/

+

Enters the menu to display the current properties for one or more injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/list-picked-injections

+

Lists the injections that have been selected for display using pick-injections-to-list.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/list-picked-properties-to-list

+

Lists the properties that have been selected for display using pick-properties-to-list.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/list-property-values

+

Lists the settings for the properties selected with pick-properties-to-list. This text command is only available when a single injection has been selected with pick-injections-to-list. This option is available if at least two injections have been selected.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/list-uniform-values

+

Lists the settings for properties selected with pick-properties-to-list that have uniform values for all of the injections selected with pick-injections-to-list. This option is available if at least two injections have been selected.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/list-values-per-injection

+

For each injection selected with pick-injections-to-list, lists the values for properties selected with pick-properties-to-list. This option is available if at least two injections ave been selected.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/list-values-per-property

+

For each property selected with pick-properties-to-list, lists the values for the injections selected with pick-injections-to-list. This option is available if at least two injections have been selected.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/pick-injections-to-list

+

Selects the injection or injections for which property values will be displayed. The use of asterisks (*) as wildcards is supported.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/list/pick-properties-to-list

+

Selects the property or properties for which values will be displayed. The use of asterisks (*) as wildcards is supported.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/

+

Enters the menu to set physical models such as drag and breakup for one or more injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/list-picked-injections

+

Lists the injections selected for setting with pick-injections-to-set.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/location/

+

Enters the injection location settings menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/location/spatial-staggering/

+

Enters the injection spatial-staggering settings menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/location/spatial-staggering/stagger-atomizer-positions?

+

Enables spatial staggering of the atomizer injection. This option is available only if at least one atomizer injection has been selected using define/injections/properties/set/pick-injections-to-set.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/location/spatial-staggering/stagger-radius

+

Specifies the stagger radius of the region from which particles are released. This option is available only if at least one standard injection has been selected using define/injections/properties/set/pick-injections-to-set.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/location/spatial-staggering/stagger-std-inj-positions?

+

Enables injection-specific spatial staggering of the particles. This option is available only if at least one standard injection has been selected using define/injections/properties/set/pick-injections-to-set.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/

+

Enters the menu to set physical models such as drag and breakup for the selected injections. This command is only available when you select the injection(s) using the prompts of the define/models/dpm/injections/properties/set/pick-injections-to-set text command.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/brownian-motion

+

Enables Brownian motion effects for the currently selected injection(s).

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/drag-parameters

+

Sets the drag law and corresponding parameters for the currently selected injection(s).

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/particle-rotation

+

Enters the menu to set-up rotation related models.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/particle-rotation/enable-rotation

+

Enables/disables solution of ODE for the angular acceleration of particles.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/particle-rotation/magnus-lift-law

+

Sets the law for the rotational lift coefficient used in the formulation of Magnus lift force.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/particle-rotation/rotational-drag-law

+

Sets the law for the rotational drag coefficient.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/rough-wall-model

+

Enables/disables the rough wall model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/physical-models/spray-secondary-breakup

+

Enters the menu for setting the breakup model and parameters for the currently selected injection(s). Available commands are as those described under define/models/dpm/spray-model/ with the addition of the following.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/pick-injections-to-set

+

Selects the injection or injections for which properties will be set. The use of asterisks (*) as wildcards is supported.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/

+

Enters the menu for linking the size distribution variables to the tabulated distribution data. This item is available only with surface, cone and volume injections. Prior to using this menu, you must read a table into your case using the file/table-manager/read-matrix-data-file text command.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/enable-tabulated-size-distribution?

+

Enables/disables the use of the tabulated size distribution for your injection.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/set-diam-column-name

+

Selects the column name where data for the reference diameters is stored. Note that you must first select the table name using the define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/table-name text command.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/set-mass-frac-column-name

+

Selects the column name where data for the mass fractions is stored. Note that you must first select the table name using the define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/table-name text command.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/set-num-frac-column-name

+

Selects the column name where data for the number fractions is stored. Note that you must first select the table name using the define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/table-name text command.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/injection-properties/set/size-distribution/table-name

+

Specify the name of the table containing discrete diameter distribution data.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/list-particles

+

Lists particle streams in an injection.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/modify-all-injections/

+

Enters the menu to set properties for all injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/modify-all-injections/injection-type

+

Defines injection type.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/modify-all-injections/number-of-tries

+

Sets the number of stochastic tries.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/modify-all-injections/random-eddy-lifetime?

+

Turns enable/disable a random eddy lifetime.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/modify-all-injections/stochastic-tracking?

+

Turns enable/disable stochastic tracking.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/modify-all-injections/time-scale-constant

+

Sets the time scale constant.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/rename-injection

+

Renames an injection.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/injections/set-injection-properties

+

Sets injection properties.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/

+

Sets parameters for coupled discrete phase calculations.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/coupled-calculations?

+

Selects whether or not to couple continuous and discrete phase calculations.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/dpm-iteration-interval

+

Sets the frequency with which the particle trajectory calculations are introduced.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/implicit-momentum-coupling?

+

Enables/disables implicit treatment for the DPM momentum source terms.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/implicit-source-term-coupling?

+

Enables/disables implicit treatment for all DPM source terms.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/linear-growth-of-dpm-source-term?

+

Enables/disables the linear ramping up of the DPM source terms at every DPM iteration.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/linearized-dpm-mixture-fraction-source-terms?

+

Enables/disables linearization of mixture fraction source terms. This command is available only for non- or partially-premixed combustion cases.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/linearized-dpm-source-terms?

+

Enables/disables linearization of source terms for the discrete phase.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/replace-dpm-mass-source-by-mixture-fraction?

+

When enabled, recalculates the mixture fraction source terms as a function of the primary mixture fraction. This command is available for non- or partially-premixed combustion cases only.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/reset-sources-at-timestep?

+

Enables/disables flush of DPM source terms at beginning of every time step.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/underrelaxation-factor

+

Sets the under-relaxation factor for the discrete phase sources.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/interaction/update-dpm-sources-every-flow-iteration?

+

Enables/disables the update of DPM source terms every flow iteration (if this option is not enabled, the terms will be updated every DPM iteration).

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/

+

Enters the numerics menu to set numerical solution parameters.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/automated-scheme-selection?

+

Enables/disables the adaptation of integration step length based on a maximum error.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/average-DDPM-variables?

+

Enables/disables mesh node averaging of DDPM quantities.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/average-each-step?

+

Enables/disables mesh node averaging during integration time step.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/average-kernel

+

Specifies the averaging kernel to use for mesh node averaging.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/average-source-terms?

+

Enables/disables mesh node averaging of DPM source terms.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/coupled-heat-mass-update

+

Enables/disables coupled heat and mass update.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/drag-law

+

Sets the drag law.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/enable-node-based-averaging?

+

Enables/disables mesh node averaging of DPM quantities.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/error-control?

+

Adapts integration step length based on a maximum error.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/gaussian-factor

+

Specifies the Gaussian constant when using thegaussian kernel for mesh node averaging.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/

+

Enters the high resolution tracking menu. See for more information about these options.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/always-use-face-centroid-with-periodics?

+

When enabled, ANSYS Fluent uses quad face centroids when creating subtets in cases with periodic boundaries.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/

+

Enter the barycentric interpolation menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/interpolate-flow-cp?

+

Enables/disables the barycentric interpolation of specific heat to the particle position. This option is recommended when the specific heat varies with position to avoid discontinuities in the interpolated variable at cell boundaries. For flows with constant specific heat, this option is unnecessary.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/interpolate-flow-density?

+

Enables/disables the barycentric interpolation of the flow density. This option is recommended when the density varies with position to avoid discontinuities in the interpolated variable at cell boundaries. For constant density flows, this option is unnecessary.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/interpolate-flow-solution-gradients?

+

When enabled, flow solution gradients are interpolated to the particle position. This can be useful when using physical models that depend on these gradients (for example, the thermophoretic force, pressure-gradient force, or virtual mass force). Interpolating the gradients also improves the accuracy and robustness of the trapezoidal numerics scheme, which is the default method for pathlines.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/interpolate-flow-viscosity?

+

Enables/disables the barycentric interpolation of flow viscosity to the particle position. This option is recommended when the flow viscosity varies with position to avoid discontinuities in the interpolated variable at cell boundaries. For flows with constant viscosity, this option is unnecessary.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/interpolate-temperature?

+

Enables/disables the barycentric interpolation of temperature to the particle position. The cell temperature is used by default in calculations of heat transfer to/from the particle.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/interpolate-wallfilm-properties?

+

When enabled, the wall film properties (film height, film mass, and wall shear) are interpolated to the particle position.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/precompute-pdf-species?

+

When this option is enabled for premixed or non-premixed combustion simulations, the species composition in each cell is precomputed prior to tracking particles. This approach may improve performance for cases with many particles and relatively few cells. By default, this option is set to no, and ANSYS Fluent calculates the species composition during particle tracking. The solution results will be identical for both methods.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/barycentric-interpolation/zero-nodal-velocity-on-walls?

+

When enabled, sets the velocity at wall nodes to zero. (By default, the nodal velocities on walls are first reconstructed from cell and face values and then corrected to ensure that there are no velocity components directed towards the walls). This may be useful if you want to consider particle impingement on the walls. Note that enabling this option will more likely produce incomplete particles as some particles may settle on the walls.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/boundary-layer-tracking?

+

Enables/disables the calculation of the particle time step that considers both the cell aspect ratio and the particle trajectory. This method improves the accuracy of the predictions in boundary layer cells, particularly in layers where flow gradients are large.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/check-subtet-validity?

+

When enabled, checks the validity of a subtet when the particle first enters it. If the subtet is found to be degenerate, the tracking algorithm modifies to accommodate it.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/enable-automatic-intersection-tolerance?

+

Enables/disables the automatic calculation of intersection tolerance. By default, the tolerance used in intersection calculations is scaled by the residence time of the particle in the cell to improve robustness. For most cases, the scaled tolerance is sufficient to identify all intersections of the particle trajectory and the subtet faces. You can set the intersection tolerance manually using the set-subtet-intersection-tolerance text command.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/enable-barycentric-intersections?

+

Enables/disables an alternative method of calculating intersections with cell boundaries. Barycentric intersections are linear calculations and are faster than the default intersection algorithm. The default intersection algorithm is second-order for stationary meshes; therefore, using the barycentric intersection may sacrifice accuracy. You must verify that the barycentric intersections provide comparable results to the default intersection method. This option is available only for 3D stationary meshes and the double precision solver.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/enable-high-resolution-tracking?

+

Enables/disables high resolution tracking.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/project-wall-film-particles-to-film?

+

Enables/disables projecting existing particles to Lagrangian wall film to track using high-resolution tracking. When reading in a data file that contains wall film particles previously tracked with the existing ANSYS Fluent tracking method, you need to either clear the particles from the domain or project their positions to the wall film surface using the project-wall-film-particles-to-film? text command prior to using the high-resolution tracking method. After tracking the particles for one timestep, this option can be disabled to improve performance.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/ set-film-spreading-parameter

+

Provides the ability to add a random component to the Lagrangian wall-film particle acceleration to reduce streaking that may result from tracking particles on faceted geometry. As small variations in face normals can produce streaks in the wall-film appearance, this parameter makes the film look smoother. The value of this parameter should range between 0 and 1.0. The default value of 0 prevents any artificial smoothing.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/set-subtet-intersection-tolerance

+

Specifies the tolerance used in intersection calculations. This tolerance will be scaled by the characteristic cell crossing time of the particle if the enable-automatic-intersection-tolerance? text command is enabled. If that option is disabled, the specified tolerance will be used without scaling. The default intersection tolerance is 10-5.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/sliding-interface-crossover-fraction

+

Specifies the fraction of the distance to the subtet center to move the particle. At non-conformal interfaces, the nodes used for the barycentric interpolation are different on either side of the interface. This may result in incomplete particles due to discontinuities in the variable interpolation. The number of incomplete particles may be reduced by moving the particles slightly off of the sliding interface. Recommended values range between 0 and 0.5.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/use-barycentric-sampling?

+

When enabled, this option provides improved accuracy and parallel consistency when sampling particles at planes. This item is available only with the 3D solver. Using the double-precision solver and bounded planes is recommended.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/use-quad-face-centroid?

+

Enables/disables using quad face centroids when creating subtets. This option changes the way hexahedral cells are decomposed to avoid creating degenerate subtets.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/use-particle-timestep-for-intersection-tolerance?

+

Enables/disables the use of the particle timestep for the subtet intersection tolerance with axisymmetric grids (default: enabled). If disabled, the tolerance will be calculated in the same manner as non-axisymmetric meshes (a scaled value of the tolerance which is set using the define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/set-subtet-intersection-tolerance text command).

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/high-resolution-tracking/use-velocity-based-error-control?

+

Enables/disables an alternative method of timestep adaption. By default, ANSYS Fluent uses the half-step method of timestep adaption with particle integration. This alternative method of controlling the integration timestep based upon velocity changes is faster; however, you need to ensure that the accuracy is comparable for your specific application.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/minimum-liquid-fraction

+

A droplet evaporates completely when the remaining mass is below this fraction of the initial droplet mass.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/re-randomize-every-iteration?

+

Determines whether or not the initial particle positions will vary from iteration to iteration.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/re-randomize-every-timestep?

+

Determines whether or not the initial particle positions will vary from time step to time step.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/tracking-parameters

+

Sets parameters for the (initial) tracking step length.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/tracking-scheme

+

Specifies a tracking scheme.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/tracking-statistics

+

Controls the format of the one-line tracking statistics to be printed after every DPM tracking pass. A value of 0 (the default) prints only fates with non-zero values. A value of 1 prints all fates, including fates with zero values.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/underrelax-film-height

+

Sets the under-relaxation factor for the film height calculation. The recommended values range between 0.5 (default) and 0.9.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/numerics/vaporization-limiting-factors

+

Sets the Vaporization Fractional Change Limits.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/

+

Enters the options menu to set optional models.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/allow-supercritical-pressure-vaporization?

+

Enforces the switching from vaporization to boiling even if the boiling point is not calculated from the vapor pressure data. If the pressure in your model is above critical you must retain the default setting (yes). This options is available only if whenPressure Dependent Boiling is enabled in the Physical Models tab of the Discrete Phase Models dialog box. For more details, see .

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/brownian-motion

+

Enables/disables Brownian motion of particles.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/current-positions-in-sample-file-format?

+

When enabled, generates a file containing particle current positions (step-by-step history report for unsteady tracking) in the sampling file format.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/enable-contour-plots

+

Enables computation of mean and/or RMS values of additional discrete phase variables for postprocessing.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/ensemble-average

+

Ensembles average cloud properties.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/erosion-accretion

+

Enables/disables erosion/accretion.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/init-erosion-accretion-rate

+

Initializes the erosion/accretion rates with zero.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/maximum-udf-species

+

Specifies the maximum number of species that will be accessible from discrete phase model UDFs. Only species with indices up to this value are accessible in discrete phase model UDFs.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/particle-radiation

+

Enables/disables particle radiation.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/pressure-gradient-force

+

Enables/disables inclusion of pressure gradient effects in the particle force balance.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/

+

Enters the menu for setting up the risk for solids deposit formation for the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) process. For more information, see .

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/cryst-depo-weight

+

Sets the weighting factor for crystallization reactions risk.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/cryst-max-temp

+

Sets maximum temperature for urea crystallization.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/cryst-min-mass-fract

+

Sets the minimum urea mass fraction for crystallization.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/cryst-min-temp

+

Sets minimum temperature for urea crystallization.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/enable?

+

Enables/disables the SCR urea deposition risk analysis.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/heat-flux-based-risk-weight

+

Sets the weighting factor for heat flux-based component within hydrodynamic risk.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/hydrodynamic-risk-weight

+

Sets the weighting factor for all hydrodynamic deposition risk.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/seco-rx-max-temp

+

Sets maximum temperature for secondary reactions.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/seco-rx-min-hnco

+

Sets the minimum HNCO mass fraction in the gas phase above the film for secondary reactions.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/seco-rx-min-temp

+

Sets minimum temperature for secondary reactions.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/velocity-based-risk-weight

+

Sets the weighting factor for velocity-based component within hydrodynamic risk.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/scr-urea-deposition-risk-analysis/wall-face-zones

+

Lists the selected wall zones and allows you to modify the selection list.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/set-thermolysis-limit

+

Sets the limit for the thermolysis model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/stagger-spatially-atomizer-injections?

+

Enables/disables spatial staggering for atomizer and solid-cone injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/stagger-spatially-standard-injections?

+

Enables/disables spatial staggering for standard (non-atomizer and non-solid-cone) injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/stagger-temporally?

+

Enables/disables temporal staggering.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/staggering-factor

+

S

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/saffman-lift-force

+

Enables/disables Saffman lift force.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/stagger-radius

+

Specifies the region over which to spatially stagger particles when particle-staggering is enabled for non-atomizer injections.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/step-report-sig-figures

+

Sets significant figures in the step-by-step report.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/thermophoretic-force

+

Enables/disables thermophoretic force.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/track-in-absolute-frame

+

Enables/disables tracking in absolute frame.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/two-step-devolatilization-limit

+

Sets the limit for the two-step devolatilization reaction.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/treat-multicomponent-saturation-temperature-failure?

+

Enables/disables dumping multicomponent particle mass into the continuous phase if the saturation temperature calculation fails.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/two-way-coupling

+

Enables/disables calculation of DPM sources in TKE equation.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/uniform-mass-distribution-for-injections?

+

Specifies a uniform distribution of mass over the cross-section of solid cone and atomizer injections. This can become important when the mesh is smaller than the diameter (or another characteristic size) of the injection.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/use-absolute-pressure-for-vaporization?

+

Determines whether the absolute pressure or constant operating pressure (specified in define/operating-conditions/operating-pressure) will be used in vaporization rates calculations.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/vaporization-heat-transfer-averaging

+

Enables averaging of the Spalding heat transfer term for the convection/diffusion-controlled model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/vaporization-options

+

Sets Vaporization options.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/options/virtual-mass-force

+

Enables/disables inclusion of the virtual mass force in the particle force balance.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/

+

Enters the parallel menu to set parameters for parallel DPM calculations.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/enable-workpile?

+

Turns on/off particle workpile algorithm. This option is only available when the define/models/dpm/parallel/use-shared-memory option is selected.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/expert/

+

Enters the menu for expert DPM parallel text commands.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/expert/partition-method-hybrid-2domain

+

Enables/disables a partitioning method that is more granular and can yield faster calculations (especially for cases that are running on a low to moderate number of processors). This partitioning method is only applied when you use the DPM domain for the hybrid parallel DPM tracking mode (that is, when you have enabled the define/models/dpm/parallel/hybrid-2domain? text command).

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/hybrid-2domain?

+

Enables/disables the use of a second domain for DPM particle tracking.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/n-threads

+

Sets the number of processors to use for DPM. This option is only available when the define/models/dpm/parallel/enable-workpile? option is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/report

+

Prints particle workpile statistics. This option is only available when the define/models/dpm/parallel/enable-workpile? option is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/use-hybrid

+

Specifies that the calculations are performed using multicore cluster computing or shared-memory machines. This option works in conjunction withopenmpi for a dynamic load balancing without migration of cells.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/use-message-passing

+

Specifies that the calculations are performed using cluster computing or shared-memory machines. With this option, the compute node processes themselves perform the particle work on their local partitions and particle migration to other compute nodes is implemented using message passing primitives.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/parallel/use-shared-memory

+

Specifies that the calculations are performed on shared-memory multiprocessor machines.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/splash-options/

+

Enters the splash option menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/splash-options/orourke-splash-fraction

+

Enables/disables the O’Rourke formulation (default for the Lagrangian Wall Film (LWF) model). If the O’Rourke formulation is disabled, the Stanton formulation (default for the Eulerian Wall Film (EWF) model) is used in a simulation.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/splash-options/splash-pdf-limiting

+

Sets the splash pdf limiting method. Available methods are: the splash pdf tail limiting (default for the LWF model) and the splash pdf peak limiting (default for the EWF model). For the splash pdf peak limiting, you will be prompted to specify the peak limiting value.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/

+

Enters the spray model menu. This command is available only if the breakup model enabled globally.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/breakup-model-summary

+

Current spray model settings.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/consider-children-in-the-same-tracking-step?

+

Enables/disables collecting and tracking new generated child droplets within the same time step.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/droplet-coalescence?

+

Enables/disables droplet coalescence when using the stochastic collision model. This option is available if all injections have been selected and the DEM model is disabled.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/droplet-collision?

+

Enables/disables droplet collision model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/enable-breakup?

+

Enables/disables breakup globally, but does not alter injection settings other than enable/disable.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/khrt-model

+

Sets the KHRT breakup model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/madabhushi-model

+

Sets the Madabhushi breakup model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/no-breakup

+

Disables the currently enabled breakup model. This option is available only if the breakup model is enabled globally and for the selected injections, and not all injections have been selected.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/schmehl-model

+

Sets the Schmehl breakup model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/set-breakup

+

Enables/disables breakup model globally and uniformly specifies injection breakup parameters.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/ssd-model

+

Sets the SSD breakup model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/tab-model

+

Sets the TAB breakup model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/tab-number-of-breakup-parcels

+

Sets the number of parcels to break up a droplet in the TAB model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/tab-randomize-breakup-parcel-diameter?

+

Enables sampling of diameter for each TAB breakup parcel from a Rosin-Rammler distribution using a random number.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/wave-allow-rayleigh-growth?

+

Allows treatment of the Rayleigh regime, in which a cylindrical liquid jet breaks into droplets of larger diameter. This option is available only if the WAVE model is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/wave-mass-cutoff

+

Sets the minimum percentage of parent parcel mass shed before new parcel creation. This option is available only if the WAVE model is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/wave-model

+

Sets the WAVE breakup model.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/spray-model/wave-spray-angle-constant

+

Sets the spray-angle constant to compute orthogonal velocity components of child droplets after breakup. This option is available only if the WAVE model is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/stripping-options/

+

Enters the stripping options menu.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/stripping-options/diameter-coefficient

+

Sets the diameter coefficient ( in in the Theory Guide)

+ + +

define/models/dpm/stripping-options/mass-coefficient

+

Sets the mass coefficient ( in in the Theory Guide)

+ + +

define/models/dpm/unsteady-tracking

+

Enables/disables unsteady particle tracking.

+ + +

define/models/dpm/user-defined

+

Sets DPM user-defined functions.

+ + +

define/models/potential-and-li-ion-battery?

+

Enables/disables the electric-potential model.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/

+

Enters the Eulerian wall film model menu.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/coupled-solution/

+

Enters the Coupled-Solution menu.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/coupled-solution/enable-coupled-solution?

+

Enables/disables the coupled solution method.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/coupled-solution/enable-curvature-smoothing?

+

Enables/disables the film curvature smoothing option and sets the smoothing parameters.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/enable-wallfilm-model?

+

Enables/disables Eulerian Wall Film Model.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/initialize-wallfilm-model

+

Initializes Eulerian Wall Film Model.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/solve-wallfilm-equation?

+

Activates Eulerian Wall Film Equations.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/film-material

+

Sets Film Material and Properties.

+ + +

define/models/eulerian-wallfilm/solution-options

+

Sets Eulerian Wall Film Model Solution Options.

+ + +

define/models/frozen-flux?

+

Enables/disables frozen flux formulation for transient flows.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/

+

Enters the heat exchanger menu.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/

+

Enters the dual cell model menu.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/add-heat-exchanger

+

Adds heat-exchanger.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/alternative-formulation?

+

Enables/disables alternative formulation for heat transfer calculations.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/delete-heat-exchanger

+

Deletes heat-exchanger.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/heat-exchanger?

+

Enables/disables the dual cell heat-exchanger model.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/modify-heat-exchanger

+

Modifies heat-exchanger.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/plot-NTU

+

Plots NTU vs. primary mass flow rate for each auxiliary mass flow rate.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/dual-cell-model/write-NTU

+

Writes NTU vs. primary mass flow rate for each auxiliary mass flow rate.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/

+

Enters the heat macro-model menu.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/delete-heat-exchanger-group

+

Deletes heat-exchanger group.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/heat-exchanger?

+

Enables/disables heat-exchanger model.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/heat-exchanger-group

+

Defines heat-exchanger group.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/heat-exchanger-macro-report

+

Reports the computed values of heat rejection, outlet temperature, and inlet temperature for the macroscopic cells (macros) in a heat exchanger.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/heat-exchanger-model

+

Defines heat-exchanger core model.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/heat-exchanger-report

+

Reports the computed values of total heat rejection, outlet temperature, and inlet temperature for a specified heat-exchanger core.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/heat-exchanger-zone

+

Specifies the zone that represents the heat exchanger, the dimensions of the heat exchanger, the macro grid, and the coolant direction and properties.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/plot-NTU

+

Plots NTU vs. primary mass flow rate for each auxiliary mass flow rate.

+ + +

define/models/heat-exchanger/macro-model/write-NTU

+

Writes NTU vs. primary mass flow rate for each auxiliary mass flow rate.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/

+

Enters the multiphase model menu.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/body-force-formulation

+

Specifies body force formulation.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/boiling-model-options

+

Specifies the boiling model options. You can choose theRPI boiling model,Non-equilibrium boiling, orCritical heat flux.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/coupled-level-set

+

Enables coupled level set interface tracking method.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/eulerian-parameters

+

Specifies Eulerian parameters.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/

+

Enters the menu to set explicit VOF expert options.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/solve-vof-every-iter?

+

If you enter yes, the volume fraction equations will be solved every iteration. By default, the volume fraction equations will be solved only once per time step.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/sub-time-step-method

+

Selects the sub-time step method.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/volume-fraction-filtering/

+

Enters the volume fraction filtering menu.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/volume-fraction-filtering/enable?

+

Enables/disables the volume fraction filtering treatment.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/volume-fraction-filtering/filtering-options

+

Selects the volume fraction filtering method. This command becomes available once the define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/volume-fraction-filtering/enable? text option has been set to yes.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/volume-fraction-filtering/vol-frac-cutoff

+

Specifies a cut-off value for the volume fraction filtering. This command becomes available after you select the node averaged cutoff method using the define/models/multiphase/explicit-expert-options/volume-fraction-filtering/filtering-options text command.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/interface-modeling-options

+

Specifies interface modeling options.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/mixture-parameters

+

Specifies mixture parameters.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/model

+

Specifies multiphase model.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/number-of-phases

+

Specifies the number of phases.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/

+

Enters the population balance models menu.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/includeexpansion?

+

Allows you to account for bubble expansion due to large changes in hydrostatic pressure in compressible flows. This option is available with the inhomogeneous discrete method.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/model

+

Allows you to select the population balance model and set its parameters.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/

+

Enters the phenomena menu for population balance.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/aggregation

+

Sets the aggregation kernel.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/aggregation-factor

+

Specifies a factor that controls the intensity of the selected aggregation kernel.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/breakage-aggregation-vof-cutoff

+

Specifies a cutoff limit for the volume fraction values for the breakage and aggregation kernels.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/breakage-factor

+

Specifies a factor that controls the intensity of the selected breakage kernel.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/growth

+

Specifies the growth rate.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/phenomena/nucleation

+

Specifies the nucleation rate.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/population-balance/size-calculator

+

Gives you recommendations for appropriate bubble sizes and/or droplet size limits.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/regime-transition-modeling

+

Enables the Algebraic Interfacial Area Density (AIAD) model and sets the AIAD secondary continuous phase and the secondary entrained phase. Entering 0 as a phase ID cancels any previous phase selection. Note that you must define the phases in your simulation using the define/phases/ text command prior to using the regime-transition-modeling text command. This option is available only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/vof-sub-models

+

Enables the Open Channel sub-model and/or the Open Channel Wave Boundary Condition sub-model.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/volume-fraction-parameters

+

Specifies volume fraction parameters.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/

+

Enters the wet steam model menu.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/compile-user-defined-wetsteam-functions

+

Compiles user-defined wet steam library.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/enable?

+

Enables/disables the wet steam model.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/load-unload-user-defined-wetsteam-library

+

Loads or unloads user-defined wet steam library.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/set/

+

Enters the set menu for setting wet steam model options.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/set/droplet-growth-rate

+

S formulation (default) or Hill

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/set/rgp-tables

+

Sets the RGP (real gas property) table to be used with the Wet Steam model.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/set/virial-equation

+

Sets the equation of state for steam to either Vukalovich formulation (default) or Young formulation.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/set/max-liquid-mass-fraction

+

Sets the maximum limit on the condensed liquid-phase mass-fraction to prevent divergence.

+ + +

define/models/multiphase/wet-steam/set/stagnation-conditions

+

Computes stagnation conditions using either gas phase only, or mixture. For details, see .

+ + +

define/models/noniterative-time-advance?

+

Enables/disables noniterative time advancement scheme.

+ + +

define/models/nox?

+

Enables/disables the NOx model.

+ + +

define/models/nox-parameters/

+

Enters the NOx parameters menu.

+ + +

define/models/nox-parameters/inlet-diffusion?

+

Enables/disables inclusion of diffusion at inlets.

+ + +

define/models/nox-parameters/nox-chemistry

+

Selects NOx chemistry model.

+ + +

define/models/nox-parameters/nox-expert

+

Selects additional NOx equations.

+ + +

define/models/nox-parameters/nox-turbulence-interaction

+

Sets NOx turbulence interaction model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/

+

Enters the radiation models menu.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/apply-full-solar-irradiation?

+

Enables/disables the application of the complete solar load to the first wavelength band only, reverting to the pre-2019 R1 behavior of the Solar Load and Discrete Ordinates models.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/blending-factor

+

Sets numeric option for Discrete Ordinate model. Make sure thatSecond Order Upwind is selected for the Discrete Ordinates spatial discretization for the blending-factor option to appear in the text command list.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/discrete-ordinates?

+

Enables/disables discrete ordinates radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/discrete-transfer?

+

Enables/disables discrete transfer radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/do-acceleration?

+

Enables/disables the acceleration of the discrete ordinates (DO) radiation model calculations. Note that this text command is only available when running on Linux in parallel.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/do-coupling?

+

Enables/disables DO/energy coupling.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-irradiation?

+

Enables/disables the solar irradiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/dtrm-parameters/

+

Enters the dtrm parameters menu.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/dtrm-parameters/check-ray-file

+

Reads DTRM rays file.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/dtrm-parameters/controls

+

Sets dtrm solution controls.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/dtrm-parameters/make-globs

+

Makes globs (coarser mesh) for radiation.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/dtrm-parameters/ray-trace

+

Creates DTRM rays for radiation.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/fast-second-order-discrete-ordinate?

+

Enables/disables the fast-second-order option for Discrete Ordinate Model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/mc-model-parameters

+

Specifies Monte Carlo model parameters. This text command is available only when the Monte Carlo model is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/mc-under-relaxation

+

Sets the under-relaxation factor for Monte Carlo radiation sources used in the energy equation.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/method-partially-specular-wall

+

Sets the method for partially specular wall with discrete ordinate model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/montecarlo?

+

Enables/disables the Monte Carlo radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/non-gray-model-parameters

+

Sets parameters for non-gray model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/p1?

+

Enables/disables P1 radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/radiation-iteration-parameters

+

Sets iteration parameters for radiation models.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/rosseland?

+

Enables/disables Rosseland radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s?

+

Enables/disables S2S radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/

+

Enters the S2S parameters menu.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/compute-fpsc-values

+

Computes only fpsc values based on current settings

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/compute-vf-only

+

Computes/writes view factors only.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/compute-write-vf

+

Computes/writes surface clusters and view factors for S2S radiation model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/enable-mesh-interface-clustering?

+

Enables surface clusters on mesh interfaces.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/non-participating-boundary-zones-temperature

+

Sets temperature for the non-participating boundary zones.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/print-thread-clusters

+

Prints the following for all boundary threads: thread-id, number of faces, faces per surface cluster, and the number of surface clusters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/print-zonewise-radiation

+

Prints the zonewise incoming radiation, viewfactors, and average temperature.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/read-vf-file

+

Reads S2S file.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/set-global-faces-per-surface-cluster

+

Sets global value of faces per surface cluster for all boundary zones.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/set-vf-parameters

+

Sets the parameters needed for the viewfactor calculations.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/split-angle

+

Sets split angle for the clustering algorithm.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/use-new-cluster-algorithm

+

Uses the new surface clustering algorithm.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/s2s-parameters/use-old-cluster-algorithm

+

Uses the old surface clustering algorithm.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar?

+

Enables/disables solar model.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-calculator

+

Calculates sun direction and intensity.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/

+

Enters the solar parameters menu.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/autoread-solar-data

+

Sets autoread solar data parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/autosave-solar-data

+

Sets autosave solar data parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/ground-reflectivity

+

Sets ground reflectivity parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/illumination-parameters

+

Sets illumination parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/iteration-parameters

+

Sets update parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/quad-tree-parameters

+

Sets quad-tree refinement parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/scattering-fraction

+

Sets scattering fraction parameters.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/solar-thread-control

+

Sets the number of threads to run the solar flux calculation. This item appears only when running in parallel with nodes located on a separate machine from the one running the host process andSolar Ray Tracing is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/sol-adjacent-fluidcells

+

Sets solar load on for adjacent fluid cells.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/sol-camera-pos

+

Sets camera position based on sun direction vector.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/sol-on-demand

+

Sets solar load on demand.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/sun-direction-vector

+

Sets sun direction vector.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solar-parameters/use-direction-from-sol-calc

+

Sets direction computed from solar calculator.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/solution-method-for-do-coupling

+

Enables/disables the solution method for DO/energy coupling.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/target-cells-per-volume-cluster

+

Sets the amount of coarsening of the radiation mesh for the Monte Carlo radiation model. A number greater than one implies coarsening, whereas equal to one implies no coarsening.

+ + +

define/models/radiation/wsggm-cell-based

+

Enables/disables WSGGM cell based method. Note that when enabled, the wsggm-cell-based option will become available in theAbsorption Coefficient drop-down list in the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/

+

Enters the shell conduction models menu.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/enhanced-encapsulation?

+

Enables/disables an enhanced routine for the encapsulation of coupled walls during mesh partitioning that is enabled by default when shell conduction and/or the surface to surface (S2S) radiation model is used.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/multi-layer-shell?

+

Enables/disables the ability to define multi-layer shell conduction for walls. Note that the warped-face gradient correction (WFGC) is not supported when multi-layer shells are disabled.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/read-csv

+

Defines the shell conduction settings by reading a CSV file.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/save-shell-zones?

+

Enables the saving of shell zones to case files.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/settings

+

Enables shell conduction and defines the settings for any wall or group of walls by manually entering the number and properties of the layers.

+ + +

define/models/shell-conduction/write-csv

+

Writes your saved shell conduction settings to a CSV file.

+ + +

define/models/solidification-melting?

+

Enables/disables the solidification and melting model.

+ + +

define/models/solver/

+

Enters the menu to select the solver.

+ + +

define/models/solver/density-based-explicit

+

Enables/disables the density-based-explicit solver.

+ + +

define/models/solver/density-based-implicit

+

Enables/disables the density-based-implicit solver.

+ + +

define/models/solver/pressure-based

+

Enables/disables the pressure-based solver.

+ + +

define/models/soot?

+

Enables/disables the soot model.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/

+

Enters the soot parameters menu.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/inlet-diffusion?

+

Enables/disables inclusion of diffusion at inlets.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/modify-schmidt-number?

+

Changes the turbulent Schmidt number for soot/nuclei equations.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/soot-model-parameters

+

Selects soot model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/soot-process-parameters

+

Selects soot process parameters.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/soot-radiation-interaction

+

Enables/disables the soot-radiation interaction model.

+ + +

define/models/soot-parameters/soot-turbulence-interaction

+

Sets soot-turbulence interaction model.

+ + +

define/models/species/

+

Enters the species models menu.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD?

+

Enables/disables the Ansys CHEMKIN-CFD solver.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD-parameters/

+

Enters the expert CHEMKIN-CFD parameters menu.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD-parameters/add-cell-monitor

+

Monitors cell for debug output.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD-parameters/advanced-options

+

Sets advanced parameter options.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD-parameters/basic-options

+

Sets basic parameter options.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD-parameters/delete-cell-monitors

+

Deletes cell monitors.

+ + +

define/models/species/CHEMKIN-CFD-parameters/list-cell-monitors

+

Lists cell monitors.

+ + +

define/models/species/clear-isat-table

+

Clears ISAT table.

+ + +

define/models/species/coal-calculator

+

Sets up coal modeling inputs.

+ + +

define/models/species/combustion-expert

+

Enables import of the CHEMKIN mechanism transport data. When this option is enabled, you will be prompted for importing CHEMKIN transport property database when setting your combustion case.

+ + +

define/models/species/combustion-numerics

+

Applies optimal solver settings automatically to provide a faster solution time. This command is available only for transient non-premixed and partially premixed combustion models.

+ + +

define/models/species/decoupled-detailed-chemistry?

+

Enables/disables the Decoupled Detailed Chemistry model.

+ + +

define/models/species/diffusion-energy-source?

+

Enables/disables diffusion energy source.

+ + +

define/models/species/electro-chemical-surface-reactions?

+

Enables/disables electrochemical surface reactions.

+ + +

define/models/species/epdf-energy?

+

Enables/disables EPDF energy option.

+ + +

define/models/species/flamelet-expert

+

Sets flamelet expert parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/full-tabulation?

+

Enables/disables building of a full 2-mixture fraction table

+ + +

define/models/species/heat-of-surface-reactions?

+

Enables/disables heat of surface reactions.

+ + +

define/models/species/ignition-model?

+

Enables/disables the ignition model.

+ + +

define/models/species/ignition-model-controls

+

Sets ignition model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/import-flamelet-for-restart

+

Imports Flamelet File for Restart.

+ + +

define/models/species/inert-transport-controls

+

Sets inert transport model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/inert-transport-model?

+

Enables/disables the inert transport model.

+ + +

define/models/species/inlet-diffusion?

+

Enables/disables inclusion of diffusion at inlets.

+ + +

define/models/species/integration-parameters

+

Sets chemistry ODE integrator parameters. Enables/disables stiff chemistry acceleration methods and set their parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/init-unsteady-flamelet-prob

+

Initializes Unsteady Flamelet Probability.

+ + +

define/models/species/liquid-micro-mixing?

+

Enables/disables liquid micro mixing.

+ + +

define/models/species/mass-deposition-source?

+

Enables/disables mass deposition source due to surface reactions.

+ + +

define/models/species/mixing-model

+

Sets PDF Transport mixing model.

+ + +

define/models/species/multicomponent-diffusion?

+

Enables/disables multicomponent diffusion.

+ + +

define/models/species/non-premixed-combustion?

+

Enables/disables non-premixed combustion model.

+ + +

define/models/species/non-premixed-combustion-expert

+

Sets PDF expert parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/non-premixed-combustion-parameters

+

Sets PDF parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/off?

+

Enables/disables solution of species models.

+ + +

define/models/species/partially-premixed-combustion?

+

Enables/disables partially premixed combustion model.

+ + +

define/models/species/partially-premixed-combustion-expert

+

Sets PDF expert parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/partially-premixed-combustion-grids

+

Sets values for the grid distribution for PDF table or flamelet parameter. This text command is available only for partially premixed combustion cases with FGM.

+ + +

define/models/species/partially-premixed-combustion-parameters

+

Sets PDF parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/partially-premixed-properties

+

Sets/changes partially-premixed mixture properties. This command is only available when partially-premixed-combustion? is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/species/particle-surface-reactions?

+

Enables/disables particle surface reactions.

+ + +

define/models/species/pdf-transport?

+

Enables/disables the composition PDF transport combustion model.

+ + +

define/models/species/pdf-transport-expert?

+

Enables/disables PDF Transport expert user.

+ + +

define/models/species/premixed-model

+

Sets premixed combustion model.

+ + +

define/models/species/premixed-combustion?

+

Enables/disables premixed combustion model.

+ + +

define/models/species/re-cacl-par-premix-props

+

Re-calculates partially-premixed properties. This command is only available when partially-premixed-combustion? is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/species/reaction-diffusion-balance?

+

Enables/disables reaction diffusion balance at reacting surface for surface reactions.

+ + +

define/models/species/reacting-channel-model?

+

Enables/disables the Reacting Channel Model.

+ + +

define/models/species/reacting-channel-model-options

+

Sets Reacting Channel Model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/reactor-network-model?

+

Enables/disables the Reactor Network Model.

+ + +

define/models/species/relax-to-equil?

+

Enables/disables the Relaxation to Chemical Equilibrium model.

+ + +

define/models/species/save-gradients?

+

Enables/disables storage of species mass fraction gradients.

+ + +

define/models/species/set-premixed-combustion

+

Sets premixed combustion parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/set-turb-chem-interaction

+

Sets EDC model constants.

+ + +

define/models/species/spark-model

+

Switches between the R15 and R14.5 spark models and sets spark model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/species/species-migration?

+

Includes species migration in electric field. This command is available only when the electrochemical surface reactions are enabled.

+ + +

define/models/species/species-transport-expert/

+

Sets the convergence acceleration expert parameters. This command is only available when the species transport model is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/species/species-transport-expert/useconvergence acceleration method?

+

Answering yes at the prompt, uses a combination of different convergence acceleration techniques. If you enterno (default), additional options will be displayed in the console.

+ + +

define/models/species/species-transport-expert/Usespecies clipping?

+

Enables/disables the explicit clipping of species between 0 and 1.

+ + +

define/models/species/species-transport-expert/Linearizesecondary diffusion sources?

+

Enables/disables linearization of species secondary diffusion sources.

+ + +

define/models/species/species-transport?

+

Enables/disables the species transport model.

+ + +

define/models/species/stiff-chemistry?

+

Enables/disables stiff chemistry option.

+ + +

define/models/species/surf-reaction-aggressiveness-factor?

+

Sets the surface reaction aggressiveness factor.

+ + +

define/models/species/surf-reaction-netm-params

+

Sets the surface reaction parameters for the Non-Equilibrium Thermal Model.

+ + +

define/models/species/thermal-diffusion?

+

Enables/disables thermal diffusion.

+ + +

define/models/species/thickened-flame-model?

+

Enables/disables the Relaxation to Chemical Equilibrium model

+ + +

define/models/species/volumetric-reactions?

+

Enables/disables volumetric reactions.

+ + +

define/models/species/wall-surface-reactions?

+

Enables/disables wall surface reactions.

+ + +

define/models/steady?

+

Enables/disables the steady solution model.

+ + +

define/models/structure/

+

Enters the structure model menu.

+ + +

define/models/structure/controls

+

Enters the structure controls menu.

+ + +

define/models/structure/controls/amg-stabilization

+

Sets the algebraic multigrid (AMG) stabilization method for the structural model calculations.

+ + +

define/models/structure/controls/max-iter

+

Sets the maximum number of iterations for the structural model calculations.

+ + +

define/models/structure/controls/numerical-damping-factor?

+

Sets the damping factor for the structural model (that is, the amplitude decay factor in in the Theory Guide).

+ + +

define/models/structure/expert/

+

Enters the structure expert menu.

+ + +

define/models/structure/expert/explicit-fsi-force?

+

Enables/disables an explicit fluid-structure interaction force.

+ + +

define/models/structure/expert/include-pop-in-fsi-force?

+

Enables/disables the inclusion of operating pressure into the fluid-structure interaction force.

+ + +

define/models/structure/expert/include-viscous-fsi-force?

+

Enables/disables the inclusion of a viscous fluid-structure interaction force.

+ + +

define/models/structure/linear-elasticity?

+

Enables the linear elasticity model.

+ + +

define/models/structure/structure-off?

+

Disables the structural model.

+ + +

define/models/swirl?

+

Enables/disables axisymmetric swirl velocity.

+ + +

define/models/system-coupling-settings/

+

Enters the system coupling menu.

+ + +

define/models/system-coupling-settings/use-face-or-element-based-data-transfer?

+

Answering yes at the prompt enables Fluent to use element data for mapping surface conservative quantities such as surface forces and heat flows.

+ + +

define/models/two-temperature

+

Enters the Two-Temperature model menu.

+ + +

define/models/two-temperature/enable?

+

Enables/disables the Two-Temperature model.

+ + +

define/models/two-temperature/robustness-enhancement?

+

Enables/disables the robustness enhancement, which is on by default.

+ + +

define/models/two-temperature/set-verbosity?

+

Specifies the level of detail printed in the console about the Two-Temperature model. For a verbosity of one, Fluent will print the number of cells that reach the temperature limit, have an excessive temperature change, or get a negative temperature.

+ + +

define/models/unsteady-1st-order?

+

Selects the first-order implicit formulation for transient simulations.

+ + +

define/models/unsteady-2nd-order-bounded?

+

Selects the bounded second-order implicit formulation for transient simulations.

+ + +

define/models/unsteady-2nd-order?

+

Selects the second-order implicit formulation for transient simulations.

+ + +

define/models/unsteady-global-time?

+

Selects the explicit transient formulation. This text command is only available for unsteady cases that use the density-based solver with the explicit formulation.

+ + +

define/models/unsteady-structure-euler?

+

Selects the backward Euler method for the direct time integration of the finite element semi-discrete equation of motion. This text command is only available for transient simulations that use the structural model.

+ + +

define/models/unsteady-structure-newmark?

+

Selects the Newmark method for the direct time integration of the finite element semi-discrete equation of motion. This text command is only available for transient simulations that use the structural model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/

+

Enters the viscous model menu.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/add-transition-model

+

Sets Transition model to account for transitional effects. The default is none, however you can select gamma-algebraic or gamma-transport-eqn. After a transition model has been enabled, you have additional options in the submenu transition-model-options.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/corner-flow-correction-ccorner

+

Sets the strength of the quadratic term of the corner flow correction. The default value is 1. This is available after the corner-flow-correction? option is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/corner-flow-correction?

+

Enables/disables the corner flow correction.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/curvature-correction-ccurv

+

Sets the strength of the curvature correction term. The default value is 1. This is available after the curvature-correction? option is enabled.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/curvature-correction?

+

Enables/disables the curvature correction.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/des-limiter-option

+

Selects the DES limiter option (none, F1, F2, Delayed DES, or Improved Delayed DES).

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/

+

Enters the GEKO model menu..

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/csep

+

Setscsep, the parameter to optimize flow separation from smooth surfaces.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cnw

+

Setscnw, the parameter to optimize flow in non-equilibrium near wall regions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cmix

+

Setscmix, the parameter to optimize strength of mixing in free shear flows.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cjet

+

Setscjet, the parameter to optimize free shear layer mixing (optimize free jets independent of mixing layer).

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/blending-function

+

Sets the blending function, which deactivatescmix and cjet inside boundary layers.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/creal

+

Setscreal, a realizability limiter that ensures positive normal stresses in the entire domain.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cnw_sub

+

Setscnw_sub, which allows the adjustment of log-layer and cf.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cjet_aux

+

Setscjet_aux, which allows fine-tuning of the parameter to optimize free jets.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cbf_tur

+

Setscbf_tur, a factor for the main blending factor, controlling the thickness of the layer near walls.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/cbf_lam

+

Setscbf_lam, a part of the blending function and shields the laminar boundary layer.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/geko-defaults

+

Restores the defaults of all GEKO parameters.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/geko-options/wall-distance-free?

+

Enables/disables the wall distance free version of the GEKO model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/detached-eddy-simulation?

+

Enables/disables detached eddy simulation.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/inviscid?

+

Enables/disables inviscid flow model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/ke-easm?

+

Enables/disables the EASM - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/ke-realizable?

+

Enables/disables the realizable - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/ke-rng?

+

Enables/disables the RNG - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/ke-standard?

+

Enables/disables the standard - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/k-kl-w?

+

Enables/disables the k-kl- turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-easm?

+

Enables/disables the EASM - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-low-re-correction?

+

Enables/disables the - low Re option.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-shear-correction?

+

Enables/disables the - shear-flow correction option. This text command is only available for the standard - model and the stress-omega RSM model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-bsl?

+

Enables/disables the baseline (BSL) - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-geko?

+

Enables/disables the generalized - (GEKO) turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-sst?

+

Enables/disables the SST - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/kw-standard?

+

Enables/disables the standard - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/laminar?

+

Enables/disables laminar flow model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/large-eddy-simulation?

+

Enables/disables large eddy simulation.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-dynamic-energy-flux?

+

Enables/disables the dynamic sub-grid scale turbulent Prandtl Number.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-dynamic-scalar-flux?

+

Enables/disables the dynamic sub-grid scale turbulent Schmidt Number.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-subgrid-dynamic-fvar?

+

Enables/disables the dynamic subgrid-scale mixture fraction variance model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-subgrid-smagorinsky?

+

Enables/disables the Smagorinsky-Lilly subgrid-scale model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-subgrid-tke?

+

Enables/disables kinetic energy transport subgrid-scale model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-subgrid-wale?

+

Enables/disables WALE subgrid-scale model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-subgrid-wmles-s_minus_omega?

+

Enables/disables the WMLES - subgrid-scale model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/les-subgrid-wmles?

+

Enables/disables the WMLES subgrid-scale model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/low-pressure-boundary-slip?

+

Enables/disables the slip boundary formulation for low-pressure gas systems.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/mixing-length?

+

Enables/disables mixing-length (algebraic) turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/multiphase-turbulence/

+

Enters the multiphase turbulence menu.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/multiphase-turbulence/multiphase-options

+

Enables/disables multiphase options.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/multiphase-turbulence/rsm-multiphase-models

+

Selects Reynolds Stress multiphase model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/multiphase-turbulence/turbulence-multiphase-models

+

Selects - multiphase model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/

+

Enters the near wall treatment menu.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/enhanced-wall-treatment?

+

Enables/disables enhanced wall functions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/menter-lechner?

+

Enables/disables the Menter-Lechner near-wall treatment.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/non-equilibrium-wall-fn?

+

Enables/disables non-equilibrium wall functions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/scalable-wall-functions?

+

Enables/disables scalable wall functions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/standard-wall-fn?

+

Enables/disables standard wall functions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/user-defined-wall-functions?

+

Enables/disables user-defined wall functions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/werner-wengle-wall-fn?

+

Enables/disables Werner-Wengle wall functions.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/wf-pressure-gradient-effects?

+

Enables/disables wall function pressure- gradient effects.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/near-wall-treatment/wf-thermal-effects?

+

Enables/disables wall function thermal effects.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/reynolds-stress-model?

+

Enables/disables the Reynolds-stress turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rng-differential-visc?

+

Enables/disables the differential-viscosity model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rng-swirl-model?

+

Enables/disables swirl corrections for rng-model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-bsl-based?

+

Enables/disables the stress-BSL Reynolds stress model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-linear-pressure-strain?

+

Enables/disables the linear pressure-strain model in RSM.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-omega-based?

+

Enables/disables the stress-omega Reynolds stress model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-or-earsm-geko-option?

+

Enables/disables the RSM version of the GEKO model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-solve-tke?

+

Enables/disables the solution of T.K.E. in RSM model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-ssg-pressure-strain?

+

Enables/disables quadratic pressure-strain model in RSM.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/rsm-wall-echo?

+

Enables/disables wall-echo effects in RSM model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/sa-alternate-prod?

+

Enables/disables strain/vorticity production in Spalart-Allmaras model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/sa-damping?

+

Enables/disables full low-Reynolds number form of Spalart-Allmaras model. This option is only available if your response wasno to sa-enhanced-wall-treatment?.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/sa-enhanced-wall-treatment?

+

Enables/disables the enhanced wall treatment for the Spalart-Allmaras model. If disabled, no smooth blending between the viscous sublayer and the log-law formulation is employed, as was done in versions previous to Fluent 14.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/sas?

+

Enables/disables Scale-Adaptive Simulation (SAS) in combination with the SST - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/spalart-allmaras?

+

Enables/disables Spalart-Allmaras turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/

+

Enters the transition model options menu.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/capg-hightu

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CAPG_HIGHTU.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/capg-lowtu

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CAPG_LOWTU.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/cbubble-c1

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CBUBBLE_C1.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/cbubble-c2

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CBUBBLE_C2.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/cfpg-hightu

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CFPG_HIGHTU.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/cfpg-lowtu

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CFPG_LOWTU.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/clambda-scale

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CLAMBDA_SCALE.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/critical-reynolds-number-correlation

+

Sets the critical Reynolds number correlation.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/ctu-hightu

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CTU_HIGHTU.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/ctu-lowtu

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient CTU_LOWTU.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/rec-c1

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient REC_C1.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/rec-c2

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient REC_C2.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/rec-max

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient REC_MAX.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/rv1-switch

+

Sets the algebraic transition model coefficient RV1_SWITCH.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-model-options/crossflow-transition?

+

Enables/disables the effects of crossflow instability.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/transition-sst?

+

Enables/disables the transition SST turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/trans-sst-roughness-correlation?

+

Enables/disables the Transition-SST roughness correlation option.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turb-buoyancy-effects?

+

Enables/disables effects of buoyancy on turbulence.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turb-compressibility?

+

Enables/disables the compressibility correction option.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/

+

Enters the turbulence expert menu.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/kato-launder-model?

+

Enables/disables Kato-Launder modification.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/kw-add-des?

+

Enables/disables Detached Eddy Simulation (DES) in combination with the currently selected BSL - model or transition SST model. This text command is only available for transient cases.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/kw-add-sas?

+

Enables/disables Scale-Adaptive Simulation (SAS) in combination with the currently selected -based URANS turbulence model. This text command is only available for transient cases.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/kw-vorticity-based-production?

+

Enables/disables vorticity-based production.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/low-re-ke?

+

Enables/disables the low-Re - turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/low-re-ke-index

+

Specifies which low-Reynolds-number - model is to be used. Six models are available: + + + + + + Index + Model + + + + + 0 + Abid + + + 1 + Lam-Bremhorst + + + 2 + Launder-Sharma + + + 3 + Yang-Shih + + + 4 + Abe-Kondoh-Nagano + + + 5 + Chang-Hsieh-Chen + + + + Contact your Ansys, Inc. technical support engineer for more details.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/production-limiter?

+

Enables/disables Production Limiter modification.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/non-newtonian-modification?

+

Enables/disables non-Newtonian modification for Lam-Bremhorst model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/restore-sst-v61?

+

Enables/disables SST formulation of v6.1.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/rke-cmu-rotation-term?

+

Modifies the definition for the realizable - model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/sbes-sdes-hybrid-model

+

Selects the hybrid model, to specify whether you want to apply the Shielded Detached Eddy Simulation (SDES) model, Stress-Blended Eddy Simulation (SBES), or SBES with a user-defined function.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/sbes-sgs-option

+

Selects the subgrid-scale model for the LES portion of your Stress-Blended Eddy Simulation (SBES).

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/sbes-update-interval-k-omega

+

Sets the number of time steps between updates of the k-ω part of the SBES model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/thermal-p-function?

+

Enables/disables Jayatilleke P function.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/turb-add-sbes-sdes?

+

Enables/disables the Stress-Blended Eddy Simulation (SBES) model or Shielded Detached Eddy Simulation (SDES) model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/turb-non-newtonian?

+

Enables/disables turbulence for non-Newtonian fluids.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/turbulence-damping?

+

Enables/disables turbulence damping and sets turbulence damping parameters.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/turbulence-expert/turb-pk-compressible?

+

Enables/disables turbulent production due to compressible divergence.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/user-defined

+

Selects user-defined functions to define the turbulent viscosity and the turbulent Prandtl and Schmidt numbers.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/user-defined-transition

+

Sets user-defined transition correlations.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/v2f?

+

Enables/disables V2F turbulence model.

+ + +

define/models/viscous/zero-equation-hvac?

+

Enables/disables zero-equation HVAC turbulence model.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/

+

Enters the named expressions menu.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/add

+

Creates a new named expression.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/compute

+

Computes and prints the value of an expression. This is only available for expressions that evaluate to a single value.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/copy

+

Allows you to copy an existing named expression.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/delete

+

Allows you to delete a named expression, as long as it is not in use.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/export-to-tsv

+

Export one or more named expressions to a file in TSV format.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/import-from-tsv

+

Import one or more named expressions saved in TSV format.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/edit

+

Allows you to edit the definition of a named expression.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/list

+

Lists all of the currently defined named expressions.

+ + +

define/named-expressions/list-properties

+

Lists the definition of a named expression.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/

+

Enters the define operating conditions menu.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/gravity

+

Sets gravitational acceleration.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/gravity-mrf-rotation

+

Enables/disables rotation of gravity vector in moving reference frame simulations. If enabled, the gravity vector will rotate with respect to the moving reference frame such that the direction of gravity in global coordinates remains fixed.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/operating-density?

+

Enables/disables use of a specified operating density. This command is available only for single-phase flows.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/operating-density/

+

Enters the operating density menu. This menu is available only for multiphase flows.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/operating-density/print-operating-density

+

Prints the operating density value.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/operating-density/set-operating-density

+

Allows you to select the operating density method in your simulation. You can choose from:

+
    +
  • +

    + 0 = minimum-phase-averaged +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + 1 = primary-phase-averaged +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + 2 = mixture-averaged +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + 3 = user-input +

    +
    • +
+
See for more information about these options.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/operating-pressure

+

Sets the operating pressure.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/operating-temperature

+

Sets the operating temperature for Boussinesq.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/reference-pressure-location

+

Sets a location that determines the reference pressure cell or cells (depending on the selected reference pressure method). The pressure value in such cells can be used to adjust the gauge pressure field after each iteration to keep it from floating.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/reference-pressure-method

+

Specifies the method used for adjusting the gauge pressure field after each iteration to keep it from floating: the method can assume that all of the cell zones are connected by internal boundary zones (such as interior zones), or can account for connected and disconnected cell zones. Such adjustment is only allowed for incompressible flows, and will be limited partially or entirely by the presence of a pressure boundary.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/set-state

+

Selects state for real gas EOS subcritical condition.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/used-ref-pressure-location

+

Prints the coordinates of the reference pressure cell or cells (depending on the selected reference pressure method). The pressure value in such cells can be used to adjust the gauge pressure field after each iteration to keep it from floating.

+ + +

define/operating-conditions/use-inlet-temperature-for-operating-density

+

Uses inlet temperature to calculate operating density.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/

+

Enters the overset interfaces menu.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/

+

Enters the overset adaption menu.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/adapt-mesh

+

Marks and adapts the mesh to improve your overset mesh.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/mark-adaption

+

Marks cells to identify those that can be adapted in order to improve your overset mesh.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/

+

Enters the overset adaption set menu.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/adaption-sweeps

+

Sets the number of rounds of adaption applied during each adaption cycle.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/automatic-adaption?

+

Enables/disables the option to adapt overset meshes automatically during solution update, to remove orphans and/or reduce size mismatches between donor and receptor cells.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/buffer-layers

+

Sets the number of cell layers marked in addition to the cells marked for orphan adaption.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/length-ratio-max

+

Sets the length scale ratio threshold used to determine which cells are marked for adaption based on donor-receptor cell size differences.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/mark-coarsening?

+

Enables/disables the option to coarsen the mesh if mesh refinement is no longer needed. This option is enabled by default.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/mark-fixed-orphans?

+

Enables/disables the option to also adapt based on cells that are not actual orphans because they were fixed by accepting neighbor donors. This option is only applied if define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/mark-orphans? is enabled.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/mark-orphans?

+

Enables/disables the option to adapt for orphan reduction.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/mark-size?

+

Enables/disables the option to adapt based on donor-receptor cell size differences.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/adapt/set/maximum-refinement-level

+

Sets the maximum level of refinement during overset adaption, in conjunction with the value set using the mesh/adapt/set/maximum-refinement-level text command (the larger of the two values is used).

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/check

+

Checks the integrity of the overset interfaces. Reports orphan cells and errors in the domain connectivity.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/clear

+

Clears the domain connectivity of an overset interface. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/clear-all

+

Clears the domain connectivity of all overset interfaces. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/create

+

Creates an overset interface.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/

+

Enters the overset hole cut control menu.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/add

+

Adds a hole cut control, so that a boundary zone does not cut specified cell zones.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/cut-seeds/

+

Enters the overset hole cut seeds menu.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/cut-seeds/cut-seeds-for-all-component-zones?

+

Specifies whether all component zones get cut seeds, which cut pilot holes into the overlapping meshes that will then be enlarged during overlap minimization.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/delete

+

Deletes the hole cut control for a boundary zone.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/delete-all

+

Deletes the hole cut controls for all boundary zones.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/cut-control/list

+

Lists the defined hole cut controls.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/debug-hole-cut

+

Debugging tool to troubleshoot hole cutting of overset interfaces. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/delete

+

Deletes an overset interface.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/delete-all

+

Deletes all overset interfaces in the domain.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/display-cells

+

Displays the overset cells marked using the text command define/overset-interfaces/mark-cells.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/grid-priorities

+

Allows you to specify grid priorities on background and component meshes, used in the overlap minimization of an overset interface.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/intersect

+

Executes the hole cutting of an overset interface and establishes the domain connectivity. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/intersect-all

+

Executes hole cutting for all overset interfaces in the domain. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/list

+

Lists information about the overset interfaces. The output depends on the overset verbosity setting.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/mark-cell-change

+

Marks cells that have undergone a specified overset cell type change (from solve,receptor, or dead to any other type) in the last time step. Adaption registers are automatically filled based on these markings. This text command is only available for unsteady simulations and if define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/mark-cells

+

Marks the specified overset cells (solve, receptor, donor, orphan, or dead) and fills registers based on the markings. Display the marked cells via the text command define/overset-interfaces/display-cells.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/

+

Enters the overset interface options menu.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/auto-create?

+

Enables the automatic creation of a default overset interface during initialization or mesh motion update.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/dead-cell-update?

+

Enables/disables the updating of dead cells during the solution process, which may be helpful for some moving and dynamic mesh simulations (though at the cost of solver performance). You can enter the number of layers of dead cells adjacent to the receptor cells that you want updated, or enter -1 to request that all dead cells are updated. This text command is only available for transient simulations when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/donor-priority-method

+

Allows you to specify whether the cell donor priority used in the overlap minimization of an overset interface is inversely proportional to either the cell size or the distance to the nearest boundary.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/expert?

+

Enables / disables overset-related expert tools.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/mesh-interfaces?

+

Allows the inclusion of non-conformal mesh interfaces inside overset cell zones, as long as the mesh interfaces do not spatially overlap with the cells where the overset interfaces lie.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/minimize-overlap?

+

Allows you to disable overlap minimization during hole cutting.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/modified-donor-search?

+

Enables / disables modified donor search parameters. When enabled, these parameters result in a more extended donor search, which can be helpful for meshes with orphans. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/modified-hole-cutting?

+

Enables / disables modified hole cutting parameters. When enabled, the parameters used can help avoid dead cell zones that result from a hole cutting failure. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/node-connected-donors?

+

Allows you to switch between face or node connected donor cells. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/overlap-boundaries?

+

Allows you to disable the detection of overlapping boundaries during hole cutting, in order to reduce the computational expense for cases that do not include such boundaries. When enabled, this text command also allows you to specify which boundary zones should be considered when detecting overlapping boundaries; this can be helpful when the default hole cutting process fails.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/parallel

+

Allows you to select the algorithm used for overset parallel processing. You can select from the default cell exchange model or the local cell zone replication model; the cell exchange model should require less memory and may result in faster calculations.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/partial-cut-faces?

+

Enables/disables enhanced hole cutting, where partially overlapping cut faces are decomposed into overlapping and non-overlapping fractions, and only the non-overlapping fractions participate in the hole cutting. This can help avoid the situation where a region or cell zone is erroneously identified as dead because of leakage during flood filling, even though it has overlapping boundaries that match well. When this text command is disabled, the partially overlapping faces are entirely protected from cutting.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/render-receptor-cells?

+

Allows you to enable visualization of receptor cells in contour and mesh displays.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/solve-island-removal

+

Sets the method used to control the removal of isolated patches of solve cells. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/transient-caching

+

Sets the options to control caching of entities in transient overset simulations. This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/update-before-case-write?

+

Enables/disables the updating of the overset interfaces before writing a case file in the Common Fluids Format (CFF). This text command is only available when define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/options/verbosity

+

Specifies the level of detail printed in the console about overset interfaces.

+ + +

define/overset-interfaces/set-mark-bounds

+

Allows you to set bounds so that any marking of cells is performed within a spherical region based on a specified origin and radius. This can be useful when diagnosing a local problem on a large mesh. This text command is only available if define/overset-interfaces/options/expert? is set to yes. After defining the bounds, you can then mark the cells using the define/overset-interfaces/mark-cell-change or define/overset-interfaces/mark-cells text command. To disable the bounds, enter a radius of 0.

+ + +

define/parameters/

+

Enters the parameters menu.

+ + +

define/parameters/enable-in-TUI?

+

Enables/disables parameters in the text user interface.

+ + +

define/parameters/input-parameters/

+

Enters the input-parameters menu.

+ + +

define/parameters/input-parameters/delete

+

Deletes an input parameter.

+ + +

define/parameters/input-parameters/edit

+

Edits an input parameter.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/

+

Enters the output-parameters menu.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/create

+

Creates an output parameter.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/delete

+

Deletes an output parameter.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/edit

+

Edits an output parameter.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/print-all-to-console

+

Displays all parameter values in the console.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/print-to-console

+

Displays parameter value in the console.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/rename

+

Renames an output parameter.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/write-all-to-file

+

Writes all parameter values to file.

+ + +

define/parameters/output-parameters/write-to-file

+

Writes parameter value to file.

+ + +

define/periodic-conditions/

+

Enters the periodic conditions menu.

+ + +

define/periodic-conditions/massflow-rate-specification?

+

Enables/disables specification of mass flow rate at the periodic boundary.

+ + +

define/periodic-conditions/pressure-gradient-specification?

+

Enables/disables specification of pressure gradient at the periodic boundary.

+ + +

define/phases/

+

Enters the phases menu.

+ + +

define/phases/iac-expert/

+

Enters the IAC expert setting menu.

+ + +

define/phases/iac-expert/hibiki-ishii-model

+

Sets Hibiki-Ishii model coefficients.

+ + +

define/phases/iac-expert/ishii-kim-model

+

Sets Ishii-Kim model coefficients.

+ + +

define/phases/iac-expert/yao-morel-model

+

Sets Yao-Morel model coefficients.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/

+

Enters the menu to set phase domain properties.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/change-phases-names?

+

Allows you to change the names of all the phases in your simulation.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/

+

Enters the menu to set the interaction domain properties.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/

+

Enters the menu to set interfacial forces models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/drag

+

Specifies the drag function, drag modification, and drag factor for each pair of phases. This command is available only with the Eulerian and Mixture multiphase models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/lift/

+

Enters the menu to set the lift force. This item is available only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/lift/lift

+

Specifies the lift function for each pair of phases.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/lift/lift-shaver-podowski?

+

Enables/disables the Shaver-Podowski lift correction.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/restitution

+

Specifies the restitution coefficient for collisions between each pair of granular phases, and for collisions between particles of the same granular phase. This command is available only for multiphase flows with two or more granular phases.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/slip-velocity

+

Specifies the slip velocity function for each secondary phase with respect to the primary phase. This command is available only for the Mixture multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/surface-tension/

+

Enters the menu to set surface tension models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/surface-tension/jump-adhesion?

+

Enables/disables the treatment of the contact angle specification at the porous jump boundary. This command is available only for the VOF multiphase model with the continuum surface stress model option and when sfc-modeling? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/surface-tension/sfc-modeling?

+

Allows you to include the effects of surface tension along the fluid-fluid interface. This option is only available for the VOF and Eulerian multiphase models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/surface-tension/sfc-model-type

+

Selects the surface tension model. You can choose between the continuum surface force and continuum surface stress methods. This item is available only when sfc-modeling? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/surface-tension/sfc-tension-coeff

+

Specifies the surface tension coefficient for each pair of phases.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/surface-tension/wall-adhesion?

+

Enables/disables the specification for a wall adhesion angle. This item is available only whensfc-modeling? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/turbulent-dispersion

+

Specifies the turbulent dispersion model for each primary-secondary phase pair. This command is available only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/turbulence-interaction

+

Specifies the turbulence interaction model for each primary-secondary phase pair. This command is available only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/virtual-mass/

+

Enters the menu to set virtual mass models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/virtual-mass/virtual-mass?

+

Allows you to include the virtual mass force effect that occurs when a secondary phase accelerates relative to the primary phase. This command is available only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/virtual-mass/vmass-coeff

+

Specifies the virtual mass coefficient for each pair of phases. This option is available only ifvirtual-mass? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/virtual-mass/vmass-implicit?

+

Enables/disables the implicit method for the virtual mass force. This option can improve convergence in some cases. This option is available only if virtual-mass? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/virtual-mass/vmass-implicit-options

+

Specifies what form of the implicit method to use (default, option-2, or option-3). default models the entire virtual mass force while option-2 and option-3 model truncated expressions which may further improve convergence. This option is available only if vmass-implicit? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/forces/wall-lubrication

+

Specifies the wall lubrication model for each primary-secondary phase pair. This command is available only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/

+

Enters the menu to set heat, mass-transfer, and reaction models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/cavitation/

+

Enters the menu to set cavitation models. This option is available only for the Mixture multiphase model with the Singhal-et-al cavitation model enabled via solve/set/advanced/singhal-et-al-cavitation-model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/cavitation/cavitation?

+

Allows you to include the effects of cavitation. When the cavitation is enabled, you must specify vaporization pressure, surface tension coefficient, and non-condensable gas mass fraction using the define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/cavitation/caviation text command. If multiple species are included in one or more secondary phases, or the heat transfer due to phase change is considered, the mass transfer mechanism must be defined before enabling the cavitation model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/cavitation/cavitation

+

Sets the vaporization pressure, surface tension coefficient, and non-condensable gas mass fraction. This command is available only when cavitation? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/heat-coeff

+

Species the heat transfer coefficient function between each pair of phases (constant-htc, nusselt-number, ranz-marshall, hughmark, tomiyama, fixed-to-sat-temp, two-resistance, or user-defined). This command is enable only with the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reactions/reactions

+

Allows you to define multiple heterogeneous reactions and stoichiometry. This option is available only with the species model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/interfacial-area/

+

Enters the menu to set interfacial area models. This menu is available only for the Mixture and Eulerian multiphase models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/interfacial-area/interfacial-area

+

Specifies the interfacial area model for each pair of phases.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/model-transition/

+

Enters the menu to set model transition mechanisms.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/model-transition/model-transition

+

Sets the VOF-to-DPM model transition mechanism.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/numerics/

+

Enters the menu to set numerics models. This menu is available for multiphase models with the sharp-dispersed and phase localized discretization interface modeling options (set in define/models/multiphase/interface-modeling-options).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/numerics/interphase-discretization/

+

Enters the menu to set interphase discretization models.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/numerics/interphase-discretization/interphase-discr?

+

Enables/disables phase localized compressive scheme.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/numerics/interphase-discretization/slope-limiter

+

Specifies the slope limiter to set a specific discretization scheme for each phase pair. A value of 0 corresponds to first order upwind, a value of 1 corresponds to second order upwind, a value of 2 applies the compressive scheme, and a value between 0 and 2 corresponds to a blended scheme. This option is available only wheninterphase-discr? is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/

+

Enters the menu to select a specific phase.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/

+

Enters the menu for setting properties for the selected phase phasename, where phasename is the name of the phase you selected using the phase-domains/ text command.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/diameter

+

Sets the diameter of the particles of the selected phase phasename. This text command is available for secondary phases only.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/

+

Enters the menu for setting properties for the granular phase. This text command is available only when thegranular? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/bulk-viscosity

+

Sets the solids bulk viscosity (constant, lun-et-al, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/elasticity-modulus

+

Specifies the elasticity modulus (derived or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/friction-angle

+

Sets the angle of internal friction (constant or user-defined). This text command is available only when schaeffer is selected as the friction viscosity model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/friction-packing

+

Sets a threshold volume fraction at which the frictional regime becomes dominant (constant or user-defined). The default value is 0.61. This text command is available only when schaeffer is selected as the friction viscosity model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/friction-viscosity

+

Specifies a shear viscosity based on the viscous-plastic flow (none, constant, schaeffer, or user-defined). By default, the frictional viscosity is neglected (none). Whenschaeffer is selected as the friction viscosity model, you must specifyfriction-angle, friction-packing, frictional-modulus, and frictional-pressure.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/frictional-modulus

+

Sets the frictional modulus (derived or user-defined). This text command is available only whenschaeffer is selected as the friction viscosity model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/frictional-pressure

+

Sets the pressure gradient term in the granular-phase momentum equation (none, johnson-et-al, syamlal-et-al, based-ktgf, or user-defined). This text command is available only whenschaeffer is selected as the friction viscosity model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/granular-conductivity

+

Sets temperature for the solids phase (constant, syamlal-obrien, gidaspow, or user-defined). This text command is available only if thepde-granular? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/granular-temperature

+

Sets temperature for the solids phase (algebraic, constant, dpm-averaged, or user-defined). The dpm-averaged option is available only when using the Dense Discrete Phase Model (DDPM). This text command is available only if thepde-granular? text command is disabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/packed-bed?

+

Enables/disables the packed bed model.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/packing

+

Sets the maximum volume fraction for the granular phase (constant or user-defined). For monodispersed spheres the packing limit is about 0.63.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/pde-granular?

+

Enables/disables the partial differential equation (PDE) model for granular temperature. When the PDE model is enabled, you must specify granular-conductivity. Otherwise, you must specify granular-temperature.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/radial-distribution

+

Sets a correction factor that modifies the probability of collisions between grains when the solid granular phase becomes dense (lun-et-al, syamlal-obrien, ma-ahmadi, arastoopour, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/solids-pressure

+

Sets the pressure gradient term in the granular-phase momentum equation (lun-et-al, syamlal-obrien, ma-ahmadi, user-defined, or none).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular-properties/viscosity

+

Sets the kinetic part of the granular viscosity of the particles (constant, syamlal-obrien, gidaspow, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/granular?

+

Enables/disables the granular approach for the solid phase. This text command is available only for secondary phases in a Eulerian multiphase case. This approach is not compatible with the interfacial area concentration approach. For more details, see .

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/

+

Enters the menu for setting model properties for the interfacial area concentration. This text command is available only when the iac? text command is enabled.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-breakage-kernel

+

Sets the breakage kernel (none, constant, hibiki-ishii, ishii-kim, yao-morel, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-coalescence-kernel

+

Sets the coalescence kernel (none, constant, hibiki-ishii, ishii-kim, yao-morel, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-critical-weber

+

Sets the critical Weber number. This value is required if you selected yao-morel as the breakage kernel.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-dissipation-rate

+

Allows you to choose the dissipation function (constant, wu-ishii-kim, fluent-ke, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-hydraulic-diam

+

Sets the hydraulic diameter. This value is required when you selected wu-ishii-kim for the IAC dissipation rate function.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-max-diameter

+

Sets the maximum for the bubble diameters.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-min-diameter

+

Sets the minimum for the bubble diameters.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-nucleation-kernel

+

Sets the source term for the interfacial area concentration that models the rate of formation of the dispersed phase (none, constant, yao-morel, or user-defined).

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac-properties/iac-surface-tension

+

Sets the attractive forces between the interfaces.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/iac?

+

Enables/disables the interfacial area concentration (IAC) approach. This text command is available for secondary phases only. The IAC approach is not compatible with the granular approach. See and for details about using the IAC approach for the Mixture and Eulerian multiphase flows.

+ + +

define/phases/set-domain-properties/phase-domains/phasename/material

+

Sets a material for the selected phase.

+ + +

define/profiles/

+

Enters the boundary profiles menu.

+ + +

define/profiles/delete

+

Deletes a profile.

+ + +

define/profiles/delete-all

+

Deletes all boundary-profiles.

+ + +

define/profiles/display-profile-surface

+

Display the profile as a surface (this option is only available if the specified profile contains node-connectivity data).

+ + +

define/profiles/interpolation-method

+

Chooses the method for interpolation of profiles.

+ + +

define/profiles/link-profile-to-reference-frame

+

Attaches a profile to a reference frame so that the profile will rotate according to the reference frame.

+ + +

define/profiles/list-profiles

+

Lists all profiles.

+ + +

define/profiles/list-profile-fields

+

Lists the fields of a particular profile.

+ + +

define/profiles/morphing?

+

Enables/disables profile morphing options in Orient Profile panel.

+ + +

define/profiles/orient-profile

+

Re-orient an existing profile.

+ + +

define/profiles/update-interval

+

Sets interval between updates of dynamic profiles.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/

+

Enters the reference frames menu.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/add

+

Creates a new reference frame.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/delete

+

Deletes the reference frame you specify.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/display

+

Displays the reference frame you specify.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/edit

+

Allows you to edit a reference frame.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/hide

+

Removes the specified reference frame from the graphics window.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/list

+

Lists all of the reference frames.

+ + +

define/reference-frames/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of the reference frame you specify.

+ + +

define/set-unit-system

+

Applies a standard set of units to all quantities. The options include default,si, british, andcgs.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/

+

Enters the automatic initialization and case modification strategy menu.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/automatic-case-modification/

+

Enters the automatic case modification menu.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/automatic-case-modification/before-init-modification

+

Specifies modification to be performed before initialization.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/automatic-case-modification/modifications

+

Specifies modifications to be performed during solution.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/automatic-case-modification/original-settings

+

Specifies modification to be performed after initialization to restore to original settings.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/automatic-initialization

+

Defines how the case is to be automatically initialized.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/continue-strategy-execution

+

Continues execution of the currently defined automatic initialization and case modification strategy.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/enable-strategy?

+

Enables/disables automatic initialization and case modification.

+ + +

define/solution-strategy/execute-strategy

+

Executes the currently defined automatic initialization and case modification strategy.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/

+

Enters the turbo menu.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/blade-flutter-harmonics/

+

Enters the blade flutter harmonics options menu.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/enable-harmonic-postprocessing?

+

Enables the computation of Fourier coefficients of pressure, velocity components, and temperature based on the blade flutter frequency of the simulation.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/enable-harmonic-exports?

+

Enables the computation of real and imaginary harmonic pressure loads on user-defined surfaces based on the blade flutter frequency of the simulation.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/write-harmonic-exports?

+

Writes a .csv file containing real and imaginary harmonic pressure loads that can be read into CFD-Post.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/enable-turbo-model?

+

Enables/disables turbo model menu.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/

+

Enters the General Turbo Interface options menu.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/mixing-plane-model-settings/

+

Defines settings for the mixing plane model.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/mixing-plane-model-settings/bands-type

+

Specifies the averaging bands for mixing as fixed or variable width.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/mixing-plane-model-settings/number-of-bands

+

Sets the number of bands to be used for mixing.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/mixing-plane-model-settings/number-of-inner-iterations

+

Sets the number of iterations used in averaging.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/no-pitch-scale-model-settings/

+

Defines settings for the no pitch-scale model.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/no-pitch-scale-model-settings/scale-mflux?

+

Scales mass flux to improve conservation.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/pitch-scale-model-settings/

+

Defines settings for the pitch-scale model.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/general-turbo-interface-settings/pitch-scale-model-settings/scale-mflux?

+

Scales mass flux to improve conservation.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/number-of-blades-in-row/

+

Defines the number of blades in the turbo machine, used for calculating interblade phase angle.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-create

+

Creates a general turbo interface.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-topology/

+

Enters the turbo topology menu.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-topology/define-topology

+

Defines a turbo topology.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-topology/delete

+

Deletes a previously created turbo topology.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-topology/mesh-method

+

Sets turbo structured mesh generation method.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-topology/projection-method

+

Sets 2D projection method.

+ + +

define/turbo-model/turbo-topology/search-method

+

Sets search method for a topology.

+ + +

define/units

+

Sets unit conversion factors.

+ + +

define/user-defined/

+

Enters the user-defined functions and scalars menu.

+ + +

define/user-defined/1D-coupling

+

Loads 1D library.

+ + +

define/user-defined/compiled-functions

+

Opens user-defined function library.

+ + +

define/user-defined/execute-on-demand

+

Executes UDFs on demand.

+ + +

define/user-defined/fan-model

+

Configures user-defined fan model.

+ + +

define/user-defined/function-hooks

+

Hooks up user-defined functions.

+ + +

define/user-defined/interpreted-functions

+

Loads interpreted user-defined functions.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/

+

Enters the real-gas menu to enable/configure real gas model.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/nist-multispecies-real-gas-model

+

Loads the NIST real-gas library.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/nist-real-gas-model

+

Loads the NIST real-gas library.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/nist-settings

+

Specifies the name and the location for the REFPROP library and fluid files.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/set-state

+

Selects the state for NIST real gas model.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/user-defined-multispecies-real-gas-model

+

Loads a user-defined multispecies real-gas library.

+ + +

define/user-defined/real-gas-models/user-defined-real-gas-model

+

Loads the user-defined real-gas library.

+ + +

define/user-defined/use-built-in-compiler?

+

Enables/disables the use of a built-in compiler (Clang) when the define/user-defined/compiled-functions text command is used. This text command / compiler is available for Windows only, and is provided as part of the ANSYS Fluent installation. It is recommended that you enable this text command when the compiler you installed on your machine is an older version that is no longer supported. Note that the built-in compiler is used automatically if Fluent determines that you have not installed Microsoft Visual Studio or Clang on your computer, whether this text command is enabled or not.

+ + +

define/user-defined/user-defined-memory

+

Allocates user-defined memory.

+ + +

define/user-defined/user-defined-scalars

+

Defines user-defined scalars.

+ + +

display/add-custom-vector

+

Adds new custom vector definition.

+ + +

display/annotate

+

Adds annotation text to a graphics window. It will prompt you for a string to use as the annotation text, and then a dialog box will prompt you to select a screen location using the mouse-probe button on your mouse.

+ + +

display/clear-annotations

+

Removes all annotations and attachment lines from the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/close-window

+

Close a "user" graphics window. User windows are specified by number (1-50), with the associated number corresponding to the order, left-to-right, that the windows were created in.

+ + +

display/close-window-by-name

+

Close a reserved graphics window (windows used for residuals, report plots, and animation definitions).

+ + +

display/contour

+

Prompts for a scalar field and minimum and maximum values, and then displays a contour plot.

+ + +

display/display-states/

+

Enter the display states menu.

+ + +

display/display-states/apply

+

Apply a display state to the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/display-states/copy

+

Copy the settings of an existing display state to another existing display state.

+ + +

display/display-states/create

+

Create a new display state.

+ + +

display/display-states/delete

+

Delete a display state.

+ + +

display/display-states/edit

+

Edit a display state. Enter quit (or a substring, such as q or qui) to exit the editing loop.

+ + +

display/display-states/list

+

Print the names of the existing display states to the console.

+ + +

display/display-states/read

+

Read in display states from a file.

+ + +

display/display-states/use-active

+

Save the display state settings of the active graphics window to an existing display state. This command is not available when the active window is displaying a 2D plot. +

+ + +

display/display-states/write

+

Write one or more of the saved display states to a file.

+ + +

display/display-custom-vector

+

Displays custom vector. This command is only visible when the /preferences/graphics/enable-non-object-based-workflow TUI command is set to yes.

+ + +

display/embedded-windows/

+

Enter the embedded window menu.

+ + +

display/embedded-windows/close

+

Close an embedded window.

+ + +

display/embedded-windows/close-all

+

Close all the embedded windows within the specified parent window.

+ + +

display/embedded-windows/embed-in

+

Specify a window to embed and a parent window to receive the embedded window.

+ + +

display/embedded-windows/move-out

+

Move an embedded window out of the parent window, returning the embedded window to a non-embedded state.

+ + +

display/embedded-windows/move-out-all

+

Move all the embedded windows out of the specified parent window.

+ + +

display/flamelet-data/

+

Displays flamelet data.

+ + +

display/flamelet-data/carpet-plot

+

Enables/disables display of carpet plot of a property.

+ + +

display/flamelet-data/draw-number-box?

+

Enables/disables display of the numbers box.

+ + +

display/flamelet-data/plot-1d-slice?

+

Enables/disables plot of the 1D-slice.

+ + +

display/flamelet-data/write-to-file?

+

Enables/disables writing the 1D-slice to file instead of plot.

+ + +

display/graphics-window-layout

+

Arranges the graphics window layout.

+ + +

display/hsf-file

+

Loads an HSF file for viewing.

+ + +

display/mesh

+

Displays the entire mesh. For 3D, you will be asked to confirm that you really want to draw the entire mesh (not just themesh-outline).

+ + +

display/mesh-outline

+

Displays the mesh boundaries.

+ + +

display/mesh-partition-boundary

+

Displays mesh partition boundaries.

+ + +

display/multigrid-coarsening

+

Displays a coarse mesh level from the last multigrid coarsening.

+ + +

display/objects/

+

Enters the graphics objects menu.

+ + +

display/open-window

+

Opens a graphics window.

+ + +

display/particle-tracks/

+

Enters the particle tracks menu.

+ + +

display/particle-tracks/particle-tracks

+

Calculates and displays particle tracks from defined injections.

+ + +

display/particle-tracks/plot-write-xy-plot

+

Plots or writes an XY plot of particle tracks.

+ + +

display/path-lines/

+

Enters the pathlines menu.

+ + +

display/path-lines/path-lines

+

Displays pathlines from a surface.

+ + +

display/path-lines/plot-write-xy-plot

+

Plots or writes an XY plot of pathlines.

+ + +

display/path-lines/write-to-files

+

Writes pathlines to a file.

+ + +

display/pdf-data/

+

Enters the PDF data menu.

+ + +

display/pdf-data/carpet-plot

+

Enables/disables the display of a carpet plot of a property.

+ + +

display/pdf-data/draw-number-box?

+

Enables/disables the display of the numbers box.

+ + +

display/pdf-data/plot-1d-slice?

+

Enables/disables a plot of the 1D-slice.

+ + +

display/pdf-data/write-to-file?

+

Enables/disables writing the 1D-slice to file instead of plot.

+ + +

display/reacting-channel-curves

+

Plots the reacting channel variables.

+ + +

display/profile

+

Displays profiles of a flow variable.

+ + +

display/re-render

+

Re-renders the last contour, profile, or vector plot with updated surfaces, meshed, lights, colormap, rendering options, and so on, without recalculating the contour data.

+ + +

display/re-scale

+

Re-renders the last contour, profile, or vector plot with updated scale, surfaces, meshes, lights, colormap, rendering options, and so on, but without recalculating the field data.

+ + +

display/save-picture

+

Generates a “hardcopy" of the active window.

+ + +

display/set/

+

Enters the set menu to set display parameters.

+ + +

display/set/color-map/

+

Enters the color map menu, which contains names of predefined and user-defined (in the Colormap Editor panel) colormaps that can be selected. It prompts you for the name of the colormap to be used.

+ + +

display/set/colors/

+

Enters the color options menu.

+ + +

display/set/colors/automatic-skip?

+

Specify whether the number of colormap labels is determined automatically. The default is yes.

+ + +

display/set/colors/axis-faces

+

Sets the color of axisymmetric faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/background

+

Sets the background (window) color.

+ + +

display/set/colors/color-by-type?

+

Determines whether to color meshes by type or by ID.

+ + +

display/set/colors/far-field-faces

+

Sets the color of far field faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/free-surface-faces

+

Sets the color of free-surface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/graphics-color-theme

+

Sets the color theme for the graphics window. The color options are for the background display, but changing the theme also changes the default colors for items that display in the graphics windows, like faces and edges.

+ + +

display/set/colors/foreground

+

Sets the foreground (text, ruler, and window frame) color.

+ + +

display/set/colors/inlet-faces

+

Sets the color of inlet faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/interface-faces

+

Sets the color of mesh interfaces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/interior-faces

+

Sets the color of interior faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/internal-faces

+

Sets the color of internal interface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/outlet-faces

+

Sets the color of outlet faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/periodic-faces

+

Sets the color of periodic faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/rans-les-interface-faces

+

Sets the color of RANS/LES interface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/symmetry-faces

+

Sets the color of symmetric faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/traction-faces

+

Sets the color of traction faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/wall-faces

+

Sets the color of wall faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/list

+

Lists available colors.

+ + +

display/set/colors/reset-colors

+

Resets individual mesh surface colors to the defaults.

+ + +

display/set/colors/skip-label

+

Sets the number of labels to be skipped in the colormap scale.

+ + +

display/set/colors/surface

+

Sets the color of surfaces.

+ + +

display/set/contours/

+

Enters the contour options menu.

+ + +

display/set/contours/auto-range?

+

Enables/disables auto-computation of the contour range.

+ + +

display/set/contours/clip-to-range?

+

Turns the clip to range option for filled contours on/off.

+ + +

display/set/contours/coloring

+

Specifies whether contours are displayed in bands or with smooth transitions. Note that you can only display smooth contours if node-values are enabled.

+ + +

display/set/contours/contour-lines?

+

With thefilled-contours? and node-values? options enabled, this sets the use of lines to delineate the bands of color to coincide with the colormap.

+ + +

display/set/contours/filled-contours?

+

Turns the filled contours option on/off (deselects line-contours?).

+ + +

display/set/contours/global-range?

+

Turns the global range for contours on/off.

+ + +

display/set/contours/line-contours?

+

Turns the line contours option on/off (deselects filled-contours?).

+ + +

display/set/contours/log-scale?

+

Specifies a decimal or logarithmic color scale for contours.

+ + +

display/set/contours/n-contour

+

Sets the number of contour levels.

+ + +

display/set/contours/node-values?

+

Sets the option to use scalar field at nodes when computing the contours.

+ + +

display/set/contours/render-mesh?

+

Determines whether or not to render the mesh on top of contours, vectors, and so on.

+ + +

display/set/contours/surfaces

+

Sets the surfaces on which contours are drawn. You can include a wildcard (*) within the surface names.

+ + +

display/set/element-shrink

+

Sets shrinkage of both faces and cells. A value of zero indicates no shrinkage, while a value of one will shrink each face or cell to a point.

+ + +

display/set/filled-mesh?

+

Determines whether the meshes are drawn as wireframe or solid.

+ + +

display/set/mesh-level

+

Sets coarse mesh level to be drawn.

+ + +

display/set/mesh-partitions?

+

Enables/disables option to draw mesh partition boundaries.

+ + +

display/set/mesh-surfaces

+

Sets surface IDs to be drawn as meshes. You can include a wildcard (*) within the surface names.

+ + +

display/set/mesh-zones

+

Sets zone IDs to be drawn as meshes.

+ + +

display/set/picture/

+

Enters thesave-picture options menu.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/

+

Enters the hardcopy/save-picture color mode menu.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/color

+

Plots hardcopies in color.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/gray-scale

+

Converts color to grayscale for hardcopy.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/list

+

Displays the current hardcopy color mode.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/mono-chrome

+

Converts color to monochrome (black and white) for hardcopy.

+ + +

display/set/picture/dpi

+

Sets the resolution for EPS and Postscript files; specifies the resolution in dots per inch (DPI) instead of setting the width and height.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/

+

Enters the set hardcopy driver menu.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/eps

+

Produces encapsulated PostScript (EPS) output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/glb

+

Produces GLB output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/hsf

+

Produces HOOPS Visualize Stream Format (HSF) output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/jpeg

+

Produces JPEG output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/list

+

Lists the current hardcopy driver.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/options

+

Sets the hardcopy options. Available options are: “no gamma correction", disables gamma correction of colors; “pen speed = f", where f is a real number in [0,1]; “physical size = (width, height)", where width and height are the actual measurements of the printable area of the page in centimeters; “subscreen = (left, right, bottom, top)", where left, right, bottom, and top are numbers in [-1,1] describing a subwindow on the page in which to place the hardcopy. The options may be combined by separating them with commas. The pen speed option is only meaningful to the HPGL driver.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/png

+

Uses PNG output for hardcopies. (This is the default file type.)

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/

+

Enters the PostScript driver format menu.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/fast-raster

+

Enables a raster file that may be larger than the standard raster file, but will print much more quickly.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/raster

+

Enables the standard raster file.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/rle-raster

+

Enables a run-length encoded raster file that will be about the same size as the standard raster file, but will print slightly more quickly.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/vector

+

Enables the standard vector file.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-script

+

Produces PostScript output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/ppm

+

Produces PPM output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/tiff

+

Produces TIFF output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/vrml

+

Uses VRML output for hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/dump-window

+

Sets the command used to dump the graphics window to a file.

+ + +

display/set/picture/invert-background?

+

Save the image with a white background.

+ + +

display/set/picture/jpeg-hardcopy-quality

+

Controls the size and quality of how JPEG files are saved based on a scale of 0-100, with zero being low quality small files and 100 being high quality larger files.

+ + +

display/set/picture/landscape?

+

Specify the orientation of the picture. If this option is enabled, the picture is made in landscape mode; otherwise, it is made in portrait mode.

+ + +

display/set/picture/preview

+

Applies the settings of the color-mode, invert-background (white or as seen in the graphics window), and landscape options to the currently active graphics window to preview the appearance of printed hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/use-window-resolution?

+

Disables/enables the use of the current graphics window resolution when saving an image of the graphics window. If disabled, the resolution will be as specified for x-resolution andy-resolution.

+ + +

display/set/picture/x-resolution

+

Sets the width of raster-formatted images in pixels (0 implies current window size).

+ + +

display/set/picture/y-resolution

+

Sets the height of raster-formatted images in pixels (0 implies current window size).

+ + +

display/set/lights/

+

Enters the lights menu.

+ + +

display/set/lights/headlight-on?

+

Turns the light that moves with the camera on or off. This is controlled automatically by default.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lighting-interpolation/

+

Sets lighting interpolation method.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lighting-interpolation/automatic

+

Fluent automatically picks the best lighting method for the display in the graphics window.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lighting-interpolation/flat

+

Uses flat shading for meshes and polygons.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lighting-interpolation/gouraud

+

Uses Gouraud shading to calculate the color at each vertex of a polygon and interpolates it in the interior.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lighting-interpolation/phong

+

Uses Phong shading to interpolate the normals for each pixel of a polygon and computes a color at every pixel.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lights-on?

+

Turns all active lighting on/off.This command is only available when the + headlight-on? + option is turned off ( + lights-on? + is enabled when the headlight is on). +

+ + +

display/set/lights/set-ambient-color

+

Sets the ambient color for the scene. The ambient color is the background light color in a scene.

+ + +

display/set/lights/set-light

+

Adds or modifies a directional, colored light.

+ + +

display/set/line-weight

+

Sets the line-weight factor for the window.

+ + +

display/set/marker-size

+

Sets the size of markers used to represent points.

+ + +

display/set/marker-symbol

+

Sets the type of markers used to represent points.

+ + +

display/set/mesh-display-configuration

+

Changes the default mesh display. If set tomeshing, it draws the mesh on edges and faces of the outline surfaces, colored by their zone ID with lighting enabled. If set tosolution, it draws the mesh on edges and faces of the outline surfaces, colored by their zone type with lighting enabled. If set to post-processing, it draws the object outline with lighting disabled. If set toclassic, it draws the mesh on all edges of the outline surfaces. This only applies for 3D cases.

+ + +

display/set/mirror-zones

+

Sets the zones about which the domain is mirrored (symmetry planes).

+ + +

display/set/n-stream-func

+

Sets number of iterations used in computing stream function.

+ + +

display/set/nodewt-based-interp?

+

Disables/enables the use of node weights for node-based gradients in postprocessing.

+ + +

display/set/overlays?

+

Enables/disables overlays.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/

+

Enters the particle-tracks menu to set parameters for display of particle tracks.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/arrow-scale

+

Sets the scale factor for arrows drawn on particle tracks.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/arrow-space

+

Sets the spacing factor for arrows drawn on particle tracks.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/coarsen-factor

+

Sets the coarsening factor for particle tracks.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/display?

+

Determines whether particle tracks shall be displayed or only tracked.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/filter-settings/

+

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/filter-settings/enable-filtering?

+

Specifies whether particle display is filtered.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/filter-settings/filter-variable

+

Selects a variable used for filtering of particles.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/filter-settings/inside?

+

Specifies whether filter variable must be inside min/max to be displayed (else outside min/max).

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/filter-settings/maximum

+

Specifies the upper bound for the filter variable.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/filter-settings/minimum

+

Specifies the lower bound for the filter variable.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/history-filename

+

Specifies the name of the particle history file.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/line-width

+

Sets the width for particle track.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/marker-size

+

Sets the size of markers used to represent particle tracks.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/particle-skip

+

Specifies how many particle tracks should be displayed.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/radius

+

Sets the radius for particle track (ribbon/cylinder only) cross-section.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/report-to

+

Specifies the destination for the report (console, file, none).

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/report-type

+

Sets the report type for particle tracks.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/report-variables

+

Sets the report variables.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/report-default-variables

+

Sets the report variables to default.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-attrib

+

Specifies the size and number of slices to be used in drawing spheres.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/

+

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/auto-range?

+

Specifies whether displayed spheres should include auto range of variable to size spheres.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/diameter

+

Diameter of the spheres whenvary-diameter is disabled.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/maximum

+

Sets the maximum value of the sphere to be displayed.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/minimum

+

Sets the minimum value of the sphere to be displayed.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/scale-factor

+

Specifies a scale factor to enlarge/reduce the size of spheres.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/size-variable

+

Selects a particle variable to size the spheres.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/smooth-parameter

+

Specifies number of slices to be used in drawing spheres.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/sphere-settings/vary-diameter?

+

Specifies whether the spheres can vary with another variable.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/style

+

Sets the display style for particle track (line/ribbon/cylinder/sphere).

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/track-single-particle-stream?

+

Specifies the stream ID to be tracked.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/twist-factor

+

Sets the scale factor for twisting (ribbons only).

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/

+

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/color-variable?

+

Specifies whether the vectors should be colored by variable specified in /display/particle-track/particle-track (if false use a constant color).

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/constant-color

+

Specifies a constant color for the vectors.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/length-to-head-ratio

+

Specifies ratio of length to head for vectors and length to diameter for cylinders.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/length-variable?

+

Specifies whether the displayed vectors have length varying with another variable.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/scale-factor

+

Specifies a scale factor to enlarge/reduce the length of vectors.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/style

+

Enables and sets the display style for particle vectors (none/vector/centered-vector/centered-cylinder).

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/vector-length

+

Specifies the length of constant vectors.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/vector-length-variable

+

Selects a particle variable to specify the length of vectors.

+ + +

display/set/particle-tracks/vector-settings/vector-variable

+

Selects a particle vector function to specify vector direction.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/

+

Sets parameters for display of pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/arrow-scale

+

Sets the scale factor for arrows drawn on pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/arrow-space

+

Sets the spacing factor for arrows drawn on pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/display-steps

+

Sets the display stepping for pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/error-control?

+

Sets error control during pathline computation.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/line-width

+

Sets the width for pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/marker-size

+

Sets the marker size for particle drawing.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/maximum-error

+

Sets the maximum error allowed while computing the pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/maximum-steps

+

Sets the maximum number of steps to take for pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/radius

+

Sets the radius for pathline (ribbons/cylinder only) cross-section.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/relative-pathlines?

+

Enables/disables the tracking of pathlines in a relative coordinate system.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/reverse?

+

Sets direction of path tracking.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/sphere-attrib

+

Specifies the size and number of slices to be used in drawing spheres.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/step-size

+

Sets the step length between particle positions for pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/style

+

Selects the pathline style (line, point, ribbon, triangle, cylinder).

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/time-step

+

Sets the time step between particle positions for pathlines.

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/track-in-phase

+

Selects the phase in which particle pathlines will be computed (Multiphase Eulerian Model only).

+ + +

display/set/path-lines/twist-factor

+

Sets the scale factor for twisting (ribbons only).

+ + +

display/set/periodic-instancing

+

Sets the number of periodic repetitions.

+ + +

display/set/periodic-repeats

+

Sets the number of periodic repetitions.

+ + +

display/set/proximity-zones

+

Sets zones to be used for boundary cell distance and boundary proximity.

+ + +

display/set/render-mesh?

+

Enables/disables rendering the mesh on top of contours, vectors, and so on.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/

+

Enters the rendering options menu, which contains the commands that allow you to set options that determine how the scene is rendered.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/animation-option

+

Uses ofwireframe orall during animation.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/auto-spin?

+

Enables/disables mouse view rotations to continue to spin the display after the button is released.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/color-map-alignment

+

Sets the color bar alignment.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/device-info

+

Prints out information about your graphics driver.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/double-buffering?

+

Enables/disables double buffering. Double buffering dramatically reduces screen flicker during graphics updates. If your display hardware does not support double buffering and you turn this option on, double buffering will be done in software. Software double buffering uses extra memory.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/driver

+

Changes the current graphics driver. When enabling graphics display, you have various options: for Linux, the available drivers includeopengl and x11; for Windows, the available drivers include opengl,dx11 (for DirectX 11), and msw (for Microsoft Windows). You can also disable the graphics display window by enteringnull. For a comprehensive list of the drivers available to you, press theEnter key at the driver> prompt. For any session that displays graphics in a graphics window and/or saves picture files, having the driver set tox11, msw, ornull will cause the rendering / saving speed to be significantly slower.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/face-displacement

+

Sets face displacement value in Z-buffer units along the Camera Z-axis.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-line-method/

+

Specifies the method to perform hidden line rendering. This command will appear only when hidden-lines? is true.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-line-method/normal-hlr-algorithm

+

Normal hidden lines algorithm. This is the default.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-line-method/mesh-display-hlr?

+

For removing hidden lines for surfaces that are very close together. Use this ifnormal-hlr-algorithm is not working. This will only work for meshes.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-lines?

+

Turns hidden line removal on/off. This command (only available whenGraphics Color Theme is set toBlack) is deprecated and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surfaces?

+

Turns hidden surface removal on/off.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/

+

Allows you to choose from among the hidden surface removal methods that ANSYS Fluent supports. These options (listed below) are display hardware dependent.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/hardware-z-buffer

+

Is the fastest method if your hardware supports it. The accuracy and speed of this method is hardware dependent.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/painters

+

Will show less edge-aliasing effects than hardware-z- buffer. This method is often used instead of software-z-buffer when memory is limited.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/software-z-buffer

+

Is the fastest of the accurate software methods available (especially for complex scenes), but it is memory intensive.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/z-sort-only

+

Is a fast software method, but it is not as accurate as software-z-buffer.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/outer-face-cull?

+

Enables/disables discarding outer faces during display.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/set-rendering-options

+

Sets the rendering options.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/surface-edge-visibility

+

Sets edge visibility flags for surfaces.

+ + +

display/set/reset-graphics

+

Resets the graphics system.

+ + +

display/set/title/

+

Sets problem title. This text only appears if the display/set/windows/text/company? text command is set to yes and ifTitles is enabled in the Display Options dialog box.

+ + +

display/set/title/left-top

+

Sets the title text for left top in title segment.

+ + +

display/set/title/left-bottom

+

Sets the title text for left bottom in title segment.

+ + +

display/set/title/right-top

+

Sets the title text for right top in title segment.

+ + +

display/set/title/right-middle

+

Sets the title text for right middle in title segment.

+ + +

display/set/title/right-bottom

+

Sets the title text for right bottom in title segment.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/

+

Enters the menu to set parameters for display of velocity vectors.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/auto-scale?

+

Auto-scales all vectors so that vector overlap is minimal.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/color

+

Sets the color of all velocity vectors to the color specified. The color scale is ignored. This is useful when overlaying a vector plot over a contour plot.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/color-levels

+

Sets the number of colors used from the colormap.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/component-x?

+

Sets the option to use only the component of the velocity vectors during display.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/component-y?

+

Sets the option to use only the component of the velocity vectors during display.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/component-z?

+

Sets the option to use only the component of the velocity vectors during display.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/constant-length?

+

Sets the option to draw velocity vectors of constant length. This shows only the direction of the velocity vectors.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/global-range?

+

Turns global range for vectors on/off.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/in-plane?

+

Toggles the display of velocity vector components in the plane of the surface selected for display.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/log-scale?

+

Toggles whether color scale is logarithmic or linear.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/node-values?

+

Enables/disables the plotting of node values. Cell values will be plotted if "no".

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/relative?

+

Toggles the display of relative velocity vectors.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/render-mesh?

+

Enables/disables rendering the mesh on top of contours, vectors, and so on.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/scale

+

Sets the value by which the vector length will be scaled.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/scale-head

+

Sets the value by which the vector head will be scaled.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/style

+

Specifies the vector style that will be used when the vectors are displayed. You can choose from:3d arrow,3d arrowhead, cone,filled-arrow, arrow,harpoon, or headless.

+ + +

display/set/velocity-vectors/surfaces

+

Sets surfaces on which vectors are drawn. You can include a wildcard (*) within the surface names.

+ + +

display/set/windows/

+

Enters the windows option menu, which contains commands that allow you to customize the relative positions of subwindows inside the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/aspect-ratio

+

Sets the aspect ratio of the active window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/

+

Enters the axes window options menu (3D only).

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/border?

+

Sets whether to draw a border around the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/clear?

+

Sets the transparency of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/logo?

+

Enables/disables visibility of the logo in graphics window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/logo-color

+

Sets logo color to white/black in graphics window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/visible?

+

Turns axes visibility on/off.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/

+

Enters the main view window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/visible?

+

Turns visibility of the main viewing window on/off.

+ + +

display/set/windows/ruler?

+

Turns the ruler on/off. Note that if you are running Fluent in 3D, then the view must be set toorthographic.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/

+

Enters the color scale window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/alignment

+

Sets the colormap position to the bottom, left, top, or right.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/clear?

+

Sets the transparency of the scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/format

+

Sets the number format of the color scale window. (for example, percentage0.2e)

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/font-size

+

Sets the font size of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/margin

+

Sets the margin of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/visible?

+

Turns visibility of the color scale window on/off.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/

+

Enters the text window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/application?

+

Shows/hides the application name in the picture.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/clear?

+

Enables/disables text window transparency.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/company?

+

Enables/disables the display of your company name or other text defined using the display/set/titles/ text command. The text appears in the title box. See for additional information.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/date?

+

Shows/hides the date in the picture.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/visible?

+

Turns visibility of the text window on/off.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/

+

Enters the video window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/background

+

Sets the background color of the graphics window. The color is specified as a string of three comma-separated numbers between 0 and 1, representing red, green, and blue. For example, to change the background from black (default) to gray, you would enter ".5,.5,.5" after selecting the background command.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/color-filter

+

Sets the video color filter. For example, to change the color filter from its default setting to PAL video with a saturation of 80percentage and a brightness of 90percentage, you would enter "video=pal,sat=.8,gain=.9" after selecting the color-filter command.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/foreground

+

Sets the foreground (text) color of the graphics window. The color is specified as a string of three comma-separated numbers between 0 and 1, representing red, green, and blue. For example, to change the foreground from white (default) to gray, you would enter ".5,.5,.5" after selecting the foreground command.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/on?

+

Enables/disables video picture settings.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/pixel-size

+

Sets the window size in pixels.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/

+

Enters the XY plot window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/visible?

+

Turns visibility of the XY plot window on/off.

+ + +

display/set/zero-angle-dir

+

Sets the vector having zero angular coordinates.

+ + +

display/set-list-tree-separator

+

Sets the separator character for list tree.

+ + +

display/set-window

+

Sets a "user" graphics window to be the active window. User windows are specified by number (1-50), with the associated number corresponding to the order, left-to-right, that the windows were created in.

+ + +

display/set-window-by-name

+

Sets the specified graphics window as active. The graphics windows specified using this command are "reserved" windows, that is, residual monitors, report plots, and animation definitions. The name will match the name you provided when creating the object (report plots and animation definitions).

+ + +

display/surface/

+

Enters the data surface-manipulation menu. For a description of the items in this menu, see surface/ +

+ + +

display/surface-cells

+

Draws the cells on the specified surfaces. You can include a wildcard (*) within the surface names.

+ + +

display/surface-mesh

+

Draws the mesh defined by the specified surfaces. You can include a wildcard (*) within the surface names.

+ + +

display/update-scene/

+

Enters the scene options menu.

+ + +

display/update-scene/delete

+

Deletes selected geometries.

+ + +

display/update-scene/display

+

Displays selected geometries.

+ + +

display/update-scene/draw-frame?

+

Enables/disables drawing the bounding frame.

+ + +

display/update-scene/iso-sweep

+

Changes iso-sweep values.

+ + +

display/update-scene/overlays?

+

Enables/disables the overlays option.

+ + +

display/update-scene/pathline

+

Changes pathline attributes.

+ + +

display/update-scene/select-geometry

+

Selects geometry to be updated.

+ + +

display/update-scene/set-frame

+

Changes frame options.

+ + +

display/update-scene/time

+

Changes time-step value.

+ + +

display/update-scene/transform

+

Applies transformation matrix on selected geometries.

+ + +

display/vector

+

Displays vectors of a space vector variable.

+ + +

display/velocity-vector

+

Prompts for a scalar field by which to color the vectors, the minimum and maximum values, and the scale factor, and then draws the velocity vectors.

+ + +

display/view/

+

Enters the view manipulation menu. For a description of the items in this menu, seeviews/ +

+ + +

display/zone-mesh

+

Draws the mesh defined by specified face zones. Zone names can be indicated using wildcards (*).

+ + +

exit

+

Exits program.

+ + +

close-fluent

+

(ANSYS Fluent in Workbench only) Exits program.

+ + +

continuous-fiber/

+

Enter the continuous-fiber menu.

+ + +

continuous-fiber/define/

+

Define fiber models and injections.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/define/injection

+

Define and modify fiber injections.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/define/model

+

Select a fiber model.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/file/

+

Read and write fiber data.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/file/read-fiber-data

+

Read in fiber data file.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/file/write-binary-fiber-data

+

Write a fiber data file in binary format.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/file/write-fiber-data

+

Write a fiber data file in standard format.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/print

+

Print the fiber data of all defined injections into history files.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/print-xy

+

Select two fiber variables for plotting into an xy file.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/

+

Solver settings for computing fibers.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/compute

+

Compute the fibers for all of the injections.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/initialize

+

Initialize all of the fibers and injections.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/

+

Set solution parameters for the fiber model.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/discretization-scheme/

+

Select the discretization scheme for convection terms.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/discretization-scheme/energy

+

Choose a discretization scheme for the fiber energy equation.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/discretization-scheme/momentum

+

Choose a discretization scheme for the fiber momentum equation.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/discretization-scheme/species

+

Choose a discretization scheme for the fiber species equation.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/equations/

+

Select the equations that will be solved.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/equations/energy

+

Specify the energy equation that will be solved.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/equations/momentum

+

Specify the momentum equation that will be solved.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/equations/species

+

Specify the species equation that will be solved.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/interaction/

+

Set parameters for coupled fiber calculations.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/interaction/coupled-calculations?

+

Select whether to couple fiber and fluid flow calculations.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/interaction/no.-of-fluid-iters-per-fiber-iter

+

Set the number of fluid flow iterations per fiber iteration.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/interaction/underrelaxation

+

Set the underrelaxation factor of the fiber source terms in the fluid flow.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/monitors/

+

Set the residual monitors of the fibers.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/monitors/check?

+

Choose which currently-selected equations should be checked for convergence.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/monitors/convergence-criteria

+

Set the criteria to stop the fiber calculation.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/monitors/relative-residuals?

+

Choose whether relative or absolute convergence criteria will be used.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/no-of-iterations

+

Set the number of fiber iterations that will be computed.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/reporting-interval

+

Set the reporting frequency for the fiber model.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/under-relaxation/

+

Set the underrelaxation parameters.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/under-relaxation/energy

+

Specify the underrelaxation factor for the energy equation.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/under-relaxation/momentum

+

Specify the underrelaxation factor for the momentum equation.

+ + +

caretcontinuous-fiber/solve/set/under-relaxation/species

+

Specify the underrelaxation factor for the species equation.

+ + +

file/async-optimize?

+

Chooses whether to optimize file I/O using scratch disks and asynchronous operations.

+ + +

file/auto-save/

+

Enters the auto save menu.

+ + +

file/auto-save/append-file-name-with

+

Sets the suffix for auto-saved files. The file name can be appended by flow-time, time-step value, or by user-specified flags in file name.

+ + +

file/auto-save/case-frequency

+

Specifies the frequency (in iterations, time steps, or flow time) with which case files are saved.

+ + +

file/auto-save/data-frequency

+

Specifies the frequency (in iterations, time steps, or flow time) with which data files are saved.

+ + +

file/auto-save/max-files

+

Sets the maximum number of files. Once the maximum is reached, files will be erased as new files are written.

+ + +

file/auto-save/overwrite-existing-files

+

Overwrites existing files when files are automatically saved.

+ + +

file/auto-save/retain-most-recent-files

+

Sets autosave to retain the 5 most recent files.

+ + +

file/auto-save/root-name

+

Specifies the root name for the files that are saved.

+ + +

file/auto-save/save-data-file-every

+

Specifies the type and frequency of the data file to be saved.

+ + +

file/binary-files?

+

Indicates whether to write binary or text format case and data files.

+ + +

file/cff-files?

+

Specifies which format used to write mesh, case, and data files, and which format is prioritized when reading. Answering yes specifies that the Common Fluids Format (.msh.h5, .cas.h5, and .dat.h5) is used, whereas no specifies that the legacy format (.msh, .cas, and .dat) is used.

+ + +

file/cffio-options/

+

Enters the cffio options menu, which provides options for the I/O of case and data files in the Common Fluids Format (CFF).

+ + +

file/cffio-options/compression-level

+

Sets the compression level for CFF files. The compression level can be set between 0 and 9 with 0 being least compression (fastest) and 9 being highest compression (slowest).

+ + +

file/cffio-options/io-mode

+

Sets the I/O mode for writing CFF files.

+
+
+ 1. HOST: I/O is done serially by the host process.
+
+ 2. NODE0: I/O is done serially by the node 0 process.
+
+ 3. PARALLEL INDEPENDENT: I/O is done in parallel using the independent mode of MPI I/O.
+
+ 4. PARALLEL COLLECTIVE: I/O is done in parallel using the collective mode of MPI I/O.
+
+
+

+ + +

file/cffio-options/single-precision-data?

+

Specifies whether the double-precision solver saves single-precision data when writing CFF data files, in order to reduce the size of the files.

+ + +

file/close-without-save?

+

Exits ANSYS Fluent without saving data in Workbench. This command is only available when running ANSYS Fluent in Workbench.

+ + +

file/confirm-overwrite?

+

Confirms attempts to overwrite existing files.

+ + +

file/data-file-options

+

Sets derived quantities to be written in data file.

+ + +

file/define-macro

+

Saves input to a named macro.

+ + +

file/em-mapping/

+

Enters the electromagnetic loss mapping menu.

+ + +

file/em-mapping/maintain-loss-on-initialization

+

Maintains the loss data provided by Maxwell even if solution is initialized.

+ + +

file/em-mapping/remove-loss-only

+

Removes the loss data provided by Maxwell and keeps all other solution data.

+ + +

file/em-mapping/surface-energy-loss

+

Maps the total surface loss (that is, heat source) from Maxwell to ANSYS Fluent so that you can perform a thermal analysis. This option is only available when there is a connection detected between the ANSYS Fluent and Maxwell applications.

+ + +

file/em-mapping/volumetric-energy-loss

+

Maps the total volumetric loss (that is, heat source) from Maxwell to ANSYS Fluent so that you can perform a thermal analysis. This option is only available when there is a connection detected between the ANSYS Fluent and Maxwell applications.

+ + +

file/execute-macro

+

Runs a previously defined macro.

+ + +

file/export-to-cfd-post

+

Exports data files that are compatible with CFD-Post and EnSight (that is, .cdat and .cst files) and opens CFD-Post, if desired.

+ + +

file/export/

+

Exports case and data information.

+ + +

file/export/abaqus

+

Writes an ABAQUS file.

+ + +

file/export/ascii

+

Writes an ASCII file.

+ + +

file/export/avs

+

Writes an AVS UCD file.

+ + +

file/export/cdat-for-cfd-post-and-ensight

+

Writes data files that are compatible with CFD-Post and EnSight (that is, .cdat and .cst files).

+ + +

file/export/common-fluids-format-post

+

Writes common fluids format files (.cas.post and .dat.post) for mesh and data, respectively. These files are saved in the hierarchical data format.

+ + +

file/export/custom-heat-flux

+

Writes a generic file for heat transfer.

+ + +

file/export/dx

+

Writes an IBM Data Explorer format file.

+ + +

file/export/ensight

+

Writes EnSight geometry, velocity, and scalar files.

+ + +

file/export/ensight-gold

+

Writes EnSight Gold geometry, velocity, and scalar files.

+ + +

file/export/ensight-gold-parallel-surfaces

+

Writes EnSight Gold geometry, velocity, and scalar files for surfaces in a parallel format suitable for ANSYS Ensight Enterprise.

+ + +

file/export/ensight-gold-parallel-volume

+

Writes EnSight Gold geometry, velocity, and scalar files for cell zones in a parallel format suitable for ANSYS Ensight Enterprise.

+ + +

file/export/ensight-gold-transient

+

Writes EnSight Gold Transient geometry, velocity, and scalar files.

+ + +

file/export/fast-mesh

+

Writes FAST/Plot3D unstructured mesh file.

+ + +

file/export/fast-scalar

+

Writes FAST/Plot3D unstructured scalar function file.

+ + +

file/export/fast-solution

+

Writes FAST/Plot3D unstructured solution file.

+ + +

file/export/fast-velocity

+

Writes FAST/Plot3D unstructured vector function file.

+ + +

file/export/fieldview

+

Writes FIELDVIEW case and data files.

+ + +

file/export/fieldview-data

+

Writes FIELDVIEW case and data files.

+ + +

file/export/fieldview-unstruct

+

Writes FIELDVIEW unstructured combined file.

+ + +

file/export/fieldview-unstruct-mesh

+

Writes FIELDVIEW unstructured mesh-only file.

+ + +

file/export/fieldview-unstruct-data

+

Writes FIELDVIEW unstructured results-only file.

+ + +

file/export/fieldview-unstruct-surfaces

+

Writes FIELDVIEW unstructured file for surfaces. You are prompted to select either [1], [2] or [3] to write either mesh-only, results-only, or combined for surfaces (respectively).

+ + +

file/export/gambit

+

Writes GAMBIT neutral file.

+ + +

file/export/icemcfd-for-icepak

+

Writes a binary ICEM CFD domain file.

+ + +

file/export/ideas

+

Writes an I-deas universal file.

+ + +

file/export/mechanical-apdl-input

+

Writes a Mechanical APDL Input file.

+ + +

file/export/nastran

+

Writes a NASTRAN file.

+ + +

file/export/particle-history-data

+

Exports particle-history data.

+ + +

file/export/patran-neutral

+

Writes a PATRAN neutral file.

+ + +

file/export/patran-nodal

+

Writes a PATRAN nodal results file.

+ + +

file/export/system-coupling-definition-file-settings/

+

Enters the system coupling file (.scp) menu.

+ + +

file/export/system-coupling-definition-file-settings/enable-automatic-creation-of-scp-file

+

Enables/disables automatically writing a .scp every time a case file is written.

+ + +

file/export/system-coupling-definition-file-settings/write-system-coupling-file

+

Writes a system coupling (.scp) file.

+ + +

file/export/taitherm

+

Exports TAITherm file.

+ + +

file/export/tecplot

+

Writes a Tecplot+3DV format file.

+ + +

file/fsi/

+

Enters the fluid-structure interaction menu.

+ + +

file/fsi/display-fsi-mesh

+

Displays the mesh for a fluid-structure interaction.

+ + +

file/fsi/read-fsi-mesh

+

Reads an FEM mesh for one-way data mapping from ANSYS Fluent.

+ + +

file/fsi/write-fsi-mesh

+

Writes a fluid-structure interaction mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/

+

Imports case and data information.

+ + +

file/import/abaqus/

+

Imports an ABAQUS file.

+ + +

file/import/abaqus/fil

+

Reads an ABAQUS .fil result file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/abaqus/input

+

Reads an ABAQUS input file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/abaqus/odb

+

Reads an ABAQUS odb file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/cfx/

+

Imports a CFX file.

+ + +

file/import/cfx/definition

+

Reads a CFX definition file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/cfx/result

+

Reads a CFX definition file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/cgns/

+

Imports a CGNS file.

+ + +

file/import/cgns/data

+

Reads data from CGNS file.

+ + +

file/import/cgns/mesh

+

Imports a CGNS mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/cgns/mesh-data

+

Imports a CGNS mesh file and data file.

+ + +

file/import/chemkin-mechanism

+

Reads a CHEMKIN mechanism file.

+ + +

file/import/chemkin-report-each-line?

+

Enables/disables reporting after reading each line.

+ + +

file/import/ensight

+

Reads an EnSight file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/fidap

+

Imports a FIDAP neutral file.

+ + +

file/import/flamelet/

+

Imports a flamelet file.

+ + +

file/import/flamelet/standard

+

Reads a standard format flamelet file.

+ + +

file/import/flamelet/cfx-rif

+

Reads a CFX-RIF format flamelet file.

+ + +

file/import/fluent4-case

+

Imports a formatted ANSYS Fluent 4 case file.

+ + +

file/import/fmu-file/

+

Enters the import FMU file menu.

+ + +

file/import/fmu-file/define-fmu

+

Links the FMU variables with the Fluent output parameters.

+ + +

file/import/fmu-file/import-fmu

+

Imports an FMU file.

+ + +

file/import/fmu-file/select-fmu-local

+

Allows you to select FMU local variables to be monitored during the calculation.

+ + +

file/import/fmu-file/set-fmu-parameter

+

Allows you to select FMU parameter variables and change their values.

+ + +

file/import/gambit

+

Imports a GAMBIT neutral file.

+ + +

file/import/hypermesh

+

Reads a HYPERMESH file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/ideas-universal

+

Imports an I-deas Universal file.

+ + +

file/import/lstc/

+

Imports an LSTC file.

+ + +

file/import/lstc/input

+

Reads an LSTC input file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/lstc/state

+

Reads an LSTC result file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/marc-post

+

Reads a MARC POST file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/mechanical-apdl/

+

Imports a Mechanical APDL file.

+ + +

file/import/mechanical-apdl/input

+

Reads a Mechanical APDL file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/mechanical-apdl/result

+

Reads a Mechanical APDL result file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/nastran/

+

Imports a NASTRAN file.

+ + +

file/import/nastran/bulkdata

+

Reads a NASTRAN file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/nastran/output2

+

Reads a NASTRAN op2 file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/partition/

+

Enters the partition menu to set conditions for partitioning an ANSYS Fluent case file during read.

+ + +

file/import/partition/metis

+

Reads and partitions an ANSYS Fluent case file.

+ + +

file/import/partition/metis-zone

+

Reads and partitions an ANSYS Fluent case file.

+ + +

file/import/patran/

+

Imports a PATRAN neutral file (zones defined by named components).

+ + +

file/import/patran/neutral

+

Reads a PATRAN Neutral file (zones defined by named components) as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/plot3d/

+

Imports a PLOT3D file.

+ + +

file/import/plot3d/mesh

+

Reads a PLOT3D file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/tecplot/

+

Enters the Tecplot menu.

+ + +

file/import/tecplot/mesh

+

Reads a Tecplot binary file as a case file.

+ + +

file/import/prebfc-structured

+

Imports a formatted PreBFC structured mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/ptc-mechanica

+

Reads a PTC Mechanica Design file as a case file.

+ + +

file/load-act-tool

+

Loads the Ansys ACT simulation customization tool.

+ + +

file/interpolate/

+

Interpolates data to/from another grid.

+ + +

file/interpolate/read-data

+

Reads and interpolates data.

+ + +

file/interpolate/write-data

+

Writes data for interpolation.

+ + +

file/interpolate/zone-selection

+

Defines a list of cell zone IDs. If specified, interpolation data will be read/written for these cell zones only.

+ + +

file/read-case

+

Reads a case file.

+ + +

file/read-case-data

+

Reads a case and a data file.

+ + +

file/read-data

+

Reads a data file.

+ + +

file/read-field-functions

+

Reads custom field function definitions from a file.

+ + +

file/read-injections

+

Reads all DPM injections from a file.

+ + +

file/read-isat-table

+

Reads ISAT Table.

+ + +

file/read-journal

+

Reads command input from one or more files.

+ + +

file/read-macros

+

Reads macro definitions from a file.

+ + +

file/read-pdf

+

Reads a PDF file.

+ + +

file/read-profile

+

Reads boundary profile data.

+ + +

file/read-rays

+

Reads a ray file.

+ + +

file/read-settings

+

Reads and sets boundary conditions from a specified file.

+ + +

file/read-surface-clusters

+

Reads surface clusters from a file.

+ + +

file/read-transient-table

+

Reads table of transient boundary profile data.

+ + +

file/read-viewfactors

+

Reads view factors from a file.

+ + +

file/reload-setup

+

Discards any changes in the current ANSYS Fluent in Workbench session and removes any corresponding data from the Solution cell. This command is only available when running ANSYS Fluent in Workbench.

+ + +

file/replace-mesh

+

Replaces the mesh with a new one while preserving settings.

+ + +

file/set-batch-options

+

Sets the batch options.

+ + +

file/set-idle-timeout

+

Allows you to set an idle timeout so that an idle ANSYS Fluent session will automatically save and close after the specified time.

+ + +

file/set-tui-version

+

Allows you to improve backwards compatibility for journal files. This command hides any new TUI prompts that are added at a future release of ANSYS Fluent and reverts to the arguments of the release that you specify using the command (within two full releases of the current release). The command is automatically added to a journal file as soon as you start the recording.

+ + +

file/show-configuration

+

Displays current release and version information.

+ + +

file/single-precision-coordinates?

+

Specifies whether the nodal coordinates should be written in single precision (rather than the default double precision). This text command is only available in the single-precision version of ANSYS Fluent.

+ + +

file/solution-files/

+

Enters the solution files menu.

+ + +

file/solution-files/delete-solution

+

Deletes solution files.

+ + +

file/solution-files/load-solution

+

Loads a solution file.

+ + +

file/solution-files/print-solution-files

+

Prints a list of available solution files.

+ + +

file/start-journal

+

Starts recording all input in a file. Note that commands entered using paths from older versions of Fluent will be upgraded to their current path in the journal file.

+ + +

file/start-transcript

+

Starts recording input and output in a file.

+ + +

file/stop-journal

+

Stops recording input and closes journal file.

+ + +

file/stop-macro

+

Stops recording input to a macro.

+ + +

file/stop-transcript

+

Stops recording input and output and closes transcript file.

+ + +

file/sync-workbench

+

Directly updates Workbench with the most recent Fluent changes. This command is only available when running ANSYS Fluent in Workbench.

+ + +

file/table-manager

+

Enters the table file manager menu.

+ + +

file/table-manager/delete

+

Deletes a table from local storage.

+ + +

file/table-manager/list-matrix-data

+

Lists the data of a “matrix” type locally-stored table.

+ + +

file/table-manager/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a locally-stored table.

+ + +

file/table-manager/list-tables

+

Lists all locally-stored tables.

+ + +

file/table-manager/read-matrix-data-file

+

Imports a “matrix” type table from a file into local storage.

+ + +

file/table-manager/read-rgp-file

+

Imports a set of Real Gas Property (RGP) tables from a file into local storage.

+ + +

file/table-manager/rename

+

Renames a locally-stored table.

+ + +

file/table-manager/store-in-case-file?

+

Sets the persistence mode for RGP tables (embedded in case file or rely on external file).

+ + +

file/transient-export/abaqus

+

Writes an ABAQUS file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/ascii

+

Writes an ASCII file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/avs

+

Writes an AVS UCD file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/cgns

+

Writes a CGNS file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/dx

+

Writes an IBM Data Explorer format file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/ensight-gold-transient

+

Writes EnSight Gold geometry, velocity, and scalar files.

+ + +

file/transient-export/ensight-gold-from-existing-files

+

Writes EnSight Gold files using ANSYS Fluent case files.

+ + +

file/transient-export/ensight-gold-parallel-surfaces

+

Writes EnSight Gold geometry, velocity, and scalar files for surfaces in a parallel format suitable for ANSYS Ensight Enterprise.

+ + +

file/transient-export/ensight-gold-parallel-volume

+

Writes EnSight Gold geometry, velocity, and scalar files for cell zones in a parallel format suitable for ANSYS Ensight Enterprise.

+ + +

file/transient-export/fast

+

Writes a FAST/Plot3D unstructured mesh velocity scalar file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/fast-solution

+

Writes a FAST/Plot3D unstructured solution file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/fieldview-unstruct

+

Writes a FIELDVIEW unstructured combined file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/fieldview-unstruct-mesh

+

Writes a FIELDVIEW unstructured mesh only file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/fieldview-unstruct-data

+

Writes a FIELDVIEW unstructured results only file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/fieldview-unstruct-surfaces

+

Writes FIELDVIEW unstructured combined file for surfaces.

+ + +

file/transient-export/ideas

+

Writes an I-deas universal file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/mechanical-apdl-input

+

Writes a Mechanical APDL input file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/nastran

+

Writes a NASTRAN file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/patran-neutral

+

Writes a PATRAN neutral file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/taitherm

+

Writes a TAITherm file.

+ + +

file/transient-export/particle-history-data

+

Sets up an automatic particle-history data export.

+ + +

file/transient-export/edit

+

Edits transient exports.

+ + +

file/transient-export/delete

+

Deletes transient exports.

+ + +

file/transient-export/settings/

+

Enters the automatic export settings menu.

+ + +

file/transient-export/settings/cfd-post-compatible

+

Specifies when case files are written with the .cdat and .cst files exported for Ansys CFD-Post. Note that this setting is ignored if the Write Case File Every Time option is enabled in the Automatic Export dialog box, which is always the case starting in Release 2021 R1.

+ + +

file/write-boundary-mesh

+

Writes the boundary mesh to a file.

+ + +

file/write-case

+

Writes a case file.

+ + +

file/write-case-data

+

Writes a case and a data file.

+ + +

file/write-cleanup-script

+

Writes the cleanup-script-file for ANSYS Fluent.

+ + +

file/write-data

+

Writes a data file.

+ + +

file/write-fan-profile

+

Computes radial profiles for a fan zone and writes them to a profile file.

+ + +

file/write-field-functions

+

Writes the currently defined custom field functions to a file.

+ + +

file/write-flamelet

+

Writes a flamelet file.

+ + +

file/write-injections

+

Writes out selected DPM injections to a file.

+ + +

file/write-isat-table

+

Writes ISAT Table.

+ + +

file/write-macros

+

Writes the currently defined macros to a file.

+ + +

file/write-merge-profiles

+

Writes a .csv file with the selected surfaces consolidated into one set of data points.

+ + +

file/write-pdat?

+

Enables / disables the attempt to save .pdat files. Note that this text command is no longer supported.

+ + +

file/write-pdf

+

Writes a pdf file.

+ + +

file/write-profile

+

Writes surface data as a boundary profile file.

+ + +

file/write-settings

+

Writes out current boundary conditions in use.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/

+

Enters the advanced setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/contact-resistivity

+

Sets contact resistivity.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/coolant-channel

+

Sets coolant channel.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/

+

Enters the stack setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/list-fc-units

+

Lists fuel cell units.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/create-fc-unit

+

Creates the fuel cell unit.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/modify-fc-unit

+

Modifies the fuel cell unit.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/delete-fc-unit

+

Deletes the fuel cell unit.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/set-stack-current-density

+

Sets the current density on the anode or cathode (in A/cm2) and modifies the current solution to assist convergence. This item is only available if the case contains valid data (for example, after initialization, iterating, or reading in data). For more information, see IV-Curve Calculations Using the Text Interface +

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/set-stack-voltage

+

Sets the voltage difference in Volts between the anode and the cathode and modifies the current solution to assist convergence. This item is only available if the case contains valid data (for example, after initialization, iterating, or reading in data). For more information, see IV-Curve Calculations Using the Text Interface +

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/reset-setup

+

Resets the stack setup in case mistakes are made.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/advanced-setup/stack-management/submit-setup

+

Submits the stack setup and makes the stack setup take effect.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/

+

Enters the anode setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/catalyst-layer

+

Sets the catalyst layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/current-collector

+

Sets current collector.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/electrolyte-layer

+

Sets the electrolyte layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/flow-channel

+

Sets the flow channel.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/micro-porous-layer

+

Sets the micro-porous layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/anode-setup/porous-electrode

+

Sets porous electrode.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/

+

Enters the cathode setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/catalyst-layer

+

Sets the catalyst layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/current-collector

+

Sets the current collector.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/electrolyte-layer

+

Sets the electrolyte layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/flow-channel

+

Sets the flow channel.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/micro-porous-layer

+

Sets the micro-porous layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/cathode-setup/porous-electrode

+

Sets porous electrode.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrical-tabs-setup

+

Sets anode and cathode external contacts where electrical potential (UDS0) boundary conditions are applied.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/

+

Enters the electrolyte setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/catalyst-layer

+

Sets the catalyst layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/current-collector

+

Sets current collector.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/electrolyte-layer

+

Sets the electrolyte layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/flow-channel

+

Sets the flow channel.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/micro-porous-layer

+

Sets the micro-porous layer.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/electrolyte-setup/porous-electrode

+

Sets porous electrode.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/enable-fc-model?

+

Enables/disables the PEMFC model.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/model-options

+

Sets the PEMFC model options.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/model-parameters

+

Sets the PEMFC model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/pemfc/reports

+

Allows you to enable writing data relevant to the fuel cell (cell voltage, mean and minimum values of H2 mole fractions in anode fluid zones, mean and minimum values of O2 mole fractions in cathode fluid zones, and total current generated in anode and cathode catalyst zones) to output files and set the monitoring frequency.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/

+

Enters the fuel cell model menu.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/

+

Enters the advanced setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/contact-resistivity

+

Sets contact resistivity.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/coolant-channel

+

Sets coolant channel.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/

+

Enters the stack setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/create-fc-unit

+

Creates the fuel cell unit.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/delete-fc-unit

+

Deletes the fuel cell unit.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/list-fc-units

+

Lists the fuel cell units.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/modify-fc-unit

+

Modifies the fuel cell unit.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/reset-setup

+

Resets the stack setup in case mistakes are made.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/set-stack-current-density

+

Sets the current density on the anode or cathode and modifies the current solution to assist convergence. Note: Input here is in units of A/cm2. This is only available if the case contains valid data (for example, after initialization, iterating, or reading in data). For more information, see IV-Curve Calculations Using the Text Interface +

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/set-stack-voltage

+

Sets the voltage difference in Volts between the anode and the cathode and modifies the current solution to assist convergence. This is only available if the case contains valid data (for example, after initialization, iterating, or reading in data). For more information, see IV-Curve Calculations Using the Text Interface +

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/submit-setup

+

Submits the stack setup and makes the stack setup take effect.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/advanced-setup/stack-management/suggest-setup

+

Suggests the stack setup, invoking the automatic stack setup.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/

+

Enters the anode setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/catalyst-layer

+

Sets the catalyst layer.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/current-collector

+

Sets the current collector.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/electrolyte-layer

+

Sets the electrolyte layer.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/flow-channel

+

Sets the flow channel.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/anode-setup/porous-electrode

+

Sets the porous electrode.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/

+

Enters the cathode setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/catalyst-layer

+

Sets the catalyst layer.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/current-collector

+

Sets the current collector.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/electrolyte-layer

+

Sets the electrolyte layer.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/flow-channel

+

Sets the flow channel.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/cathode-setup/porous-electrode

+

Sets the porous electrode.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/

+

Enters the ectrolyte setup menu.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/catalyst-layer

+

Sets the catalyst layer.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/current-collector

+

Sets the current collector.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/electrolyte-layer

+

Sets the electrolyte layer.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/flow-channel

+

Sets the flow channel.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/list-zones-briefly

+

Lists zone names and IDs.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/electrolyte-setup/porous-electrode

+

Sets porous electrode.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/enable-fc-model?

+

Enables/disables fuel cell model.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/model-options

+

Sets the model options.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/model-parameters

+

Sets the model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/reports

+

Sets electrolyte project area and external contacts.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/select-model

+

Selects a model.

+ + +

define/models/resolved-MEA-fuelcells/set-default

+

Sets the default.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/

+

Enters the SOFC model menu.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/enable-sofc-model?

+

Enables/disables SOFC model.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/model-parameters

+

Sets model parameters.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/electrochemistry

+

Sets electrochemistry parameters.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/anode-interface

+

Sets fuel cell anode interface.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/cathode-interface

+

Sets fuel cell cathode interface.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/tortuosity-interface

+

Sets fuel cell tortuosity interface.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/electric-field-model/

+

Enters the menu for the electric field model.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/electric-field-model/voltage-tap

+

Sets the voltage tap surface.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/electric-field-model/current-tap

+

Sets the current tap surface.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/electric-field-model/conductive-regions

+

Sets conductive regions.

+ + +

define/models/sofc-model/electric-field-model/contact-resistance-regions

+

Set contact resistance regions.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/

+

Enters the mesh adaption menu.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/adapt-mesh

+

Performs manual adaption on the mesh according to the methods and settings that you specified.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/anisotropic-adaption

+

Applies legacy anisotropic adaption to refine the boundary layers or registers. Cells will be split in the normal direction to the boundary face. Note that this text command is only available for 3D cases that have the adaption method set to hanging node.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/cell-registers/

+

Enters the cell registers menu.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/cell-registers/apply-poor-mesh-numerics

+

Applies poor mesh numerics to the mesh of a cell register.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/cell-registers/delete

+

Deletes a cell register.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/cell-registers/display

+

Displays a cell register.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/cell-registers/list

+

Lists all of the currently defined cell registers.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/cell-registers/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a cell register.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/display-adaption-cells

+

Displays the cells that are marked for adaption in the graphics window.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/free-hierarchy

+

Deletes the defined adaption hierarchy.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/geometry/

+

Enters the geometry menu. Note that this text command menu is not available unless the adaption method is set to hanging node.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/geometry/reconstruct-geometry

+

Enables/disables geometry-based adaption.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/geometry/set-geometry-controls

+

Sets geometry controls for wall zones.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/list-adaption-cells

+

Prints the number of cells marked for refinement, coarsening, and both to the console.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/manage-criteria/

+

Enters the manage criteria menu, which provides text commands for managing automatic adaption criteria.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/manage-criteria/add

+

Adds a new automatic adaption criterion.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/manage-criteria/delete

+

Deletes an existing automatic adaption criterion.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/manage-criteria/edit

+

Edits an existing automatic adaption criterion.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/manage-criteria/list

+

Lists all the existing automatic adaption criteria.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/manage-criteria/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of an existing automatic adaption criterion.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/

+

Enters the predefined-criteria menu, which allows you to select commonly used criteria for adapting the mesh.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/aerodynamics/

+

Enters the aerodynamics menu, which provides text commands that create cell registers and define adaption criteria that can be useful for aerodynamic simulations.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/aerodynamics/error-based/

+

Enters the error-based menu, which provides text commands that create cell registers and define adaption criteria based on the solution error.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/aerodynamics/error-based/pressure-hessian-indicator

+

Creates cell registers and defines an adaption criterion based on a pressure Hessian indicator, which is suitable for simulations that have significant pressure variations.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/aerodynamics/shock-indicator/

+

Enters the shock indicator menu, which provides text commands that create cell registers and define adaption criteria that can be useful for simulations with shocks.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/aerodynamics/shock-indicator/density-based

+

Creates cell registers and defines an adaption criterion that is suitable for simulations with shocks that use the density-based solver or the pressure-based solver with a fluid that uses a real-gas or ideal-gas model for the density.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/boundary-layer/

+

Enters the boundary layer menu, which provides text commands that create the necessary cell registers for refinement and define adaption criteria for the manual adaption of boundary layers.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/boundary-layer/cell-distance

+

S

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/combustion/

+

Enters the combustion menu, which provides text commands that create named expressions and cell registers and define adaption criteria that can be useful for combustion simulations.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/combustion/flame-indicator

+

Creates named expressions and cell registers and defines adaption criteria that are suitable for combustion simulations, so that the mesh is refined along a progressing flame front using various criteria like temperature, vorticity, species, and DPM concentration (depending on which models are used). There is also an option for refining a spherical spark region prior to a transient run, which after a specified time is then coarsened back to the original mesh.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/multiphase/

+

Enters the multiphase menu, which provides text commands that create named expressions and cell registers and define adaption criteria that can be useful for Volume of Fluid (VOF) simulations.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/multiphase/vof

+

Creates a named expression and cell registers, and defines adaption settings that are suitable for standard Volume of Fluid (VOF) simulations.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/multiphase/vof-to-dpm-advanced

+

Sets up adaption that is suitable when using the VOF-to-DPM model transition mechanism; the resulting adaption criteria will be defined by complex expressions that draw upon cell registers, as well as parameters that you will need to define.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/predefined-criteria/multiphase/vof-to-dpm-generic

+

Sets up adaption that is suitable when using the VOF-to-DPM model transition mechanism; the resulting adaption criteria will be defined by a named expression and cell registers that are fairly straightforward, as well as parameters that you will need to define.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/profile/

+

Enters the profile menu.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/profile/clear

+

Clears the adaption profiling counters.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/profile/disable

+

Disables adaption profiling.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/profile/enable

+

Enables adaption profiling.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/profile/print

+

Prints adaption profiling results.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/

+

Enters the set menu.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/additional-refinement-layers

+

Allows you to specify additional refinement layers (this is an advanced control).

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/anisotropic-adaption?

+

Enables / disables anisotropic adaption for prismatic cells as part of manual adaption. Note that this text command requires that the adaption method is set to PUMA.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/anisotropic-boundary-zones

+

Allows you to select the boundary zones that specify directions for anisotropic refinement with the PUMA method.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/anisotropic-split-ratio

+

Sets the split ratio for the cells as part of anisotropic refinement with the PUMA method.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/cell-zones

+

Sets cell zones to be used for marking adaption. An empty list specifies that all zones are considered for adaption.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/display-settings

+

Sets the graphics display options for the refinement, coarsening, and common cells.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/maximum-cell-count

+

Sets an approximate limit to the total cell count of the mesh during adaption. Fluent uses this value to determine when to stop marking cells for refinement. A value of zero places no limits on the number of cells.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/maximum-refinement-level

+

Controls the number of levels of refinement used to split cells during the adaption.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/method

+

Sets the adaption method.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/minimum-cell-quality

+

Sets the minimum value allowed for the orthogonal quality of cells during adaption. If your solution diverges, you may find that using a higher minimum quality value resolves the issue. This text command is only available with the PUMA 3D adaption method.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/minimum-edge-length

+

Sets an approximate limit to the edge length for cells that are considered for refinement. Even if a cell is marked for refinement, it will not be refined if (for 3D) its volume is less than the cube of this field or (for 2D) its area is less than the square of this field. The default value of zero places no limits on the size of cells that are refined.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/overset-adapt-dead-cells?

+

Enables/disables the adaption of dead cells in overset meshes.

+ + +

mesh/adapt/set/verbosity

+

Allows you set how much information about the adaption is printed to the console.

+ + +

mesh/adjacency

+

Views and renames face zones adjacent to selected cell zones.

+ + +

mesh/check

+

Performs various mesh consistency checks and displays a report in the console that lists the domain extents, the volume statistics, the face area statistics, and any warnings, as well as details about the various checks and mesh failures (depending on the setting specified for mesh/check-verbosity).

+ + +

mesh/check-before-solve

+

The default value for mesh/check-before-solve is “no”. If mesh/check-before-solve is set to “yes”, a mesh check operation will be invoked prior to starting solver. If grid check fails, solver will be interrupted, and relevant information will be printed in the Fluent console.

+ + +

mesh/check-verbosity

+

Sets the level of details that will be added to the mesh check report generated by mesh/check. A value of 0 (the default) notes when checks are being performed, but does not list them individually. A value of 1 lists the individual checks as they are performed. A value of 2 enables the availability of additional mesh field variables, lists the individual checks as they are performed, and provides additional details (for example, the location of the problem, the affected cells). The check-verbosity text command can also be used to set the level of detail displayed in the mesh quality report generated by mesh/quality. A value of 0 (the default) or 1 lists the minimum orthogonal quality and the maximum aspect ratio. A value of 2 adds information about the zones that contain the cells with the lowest quality, and additional metrics such as the maximum cell squish index and the minimum expansion ratio.

+ + +

mesh/enhanced-orthogonal-quality?

+

Enables / disables an enhanced definition when calculating the orthogonal quality. When enabled, the orthogonal quality is defined using a variety quality measures, including: the orthogonality of a face relative to a vector between the face and cell centroids; a metric that detects poor cell shape at a local edge (such as twisting and/or concavity); and the variation of normals between the faces that can be constructed from the cell face. This enhanced definition is optimal for evaluating thin prism cells.

+ + +

mesh/memory-usage

+

Reports solver memory use.

+ + +

mesh/mesh-info

+

Prints zone information size.

+ + +

mesh/modify-zones/

+

Enters the zone modification menu. For a description of the items in this menu, see define/boundary-conditions/modify-zones.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/

+

Enters the polyhedra menu.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/convert-domain

+

Converts the entire domain to polyhedra cells.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/convert-hanging-nodes

+

Converts cells with hanging nodes/edges to polyhedra.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/convert-skewed-cells

+

Converts skewed cells to polyhedra.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/options/

+

Enters the polyhedra options menu.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/options/migrate-and-reorder?

+

Enables / disables the migration of newly created partitions to the compute-nodes and the reordering of the domain as part of polyhedra conversion. This is disabled by default, because it requires significant additional memory; when disabled, it is recommended that you save the case file after conversion, read it in a new Fluent session (so that the new / stored partitions become active), and then manually reorder using the mesh/reorder/reorder-domain text command. If you want to run the calculation in the current Fluent session you can enable the migrate-and-reorder? text command prior to conversion, but you must ensure that no more than half of the available memory of your system is currently used.

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/options/preserve-boundary-layer?

+

Specifies whether boundary layer cells will be preserved when the domain is converted to polyhedra. When the value is set to 0 (default) ANSYS Fluent checks for high aspect ratio cells at the boundary layer and if any are found, Fluent asks if you want to preserve the boundary layer. When the value is set to 1, the boundary layer cells are never preserved; when it is set to 2, the boundary layer cells are always preserved (regardless of the aspect ratio of the boundary layer cells).

+ + +

mesh/polyhedra/options/preserve-interior-zones

+

Enables the preservation of surfaces (that is, manifold zones of type interior) during the conversion of the domain to polyhedra. Note that only those zones with a name that includes the string you specify will be preserved.

+ + +

mesh/quality

+

Displays information about the quality of the mesh in the console, including the minimum orthogonal quality and the maximum aspect ratio. The level of detail displayed depends on the setting specified for mesh/check-verbosity.

+ + +

mesh/redistribute-boundary-layer

+

Redistributes the nodes in a boundary layer zone to achieve a desired growth rate after anisotropic adaption.

+ + +

mesh/reorder/

+

Reorders domain menu.

+ + +

mesh/reorder/band-width

+

Prints cell bandwidth.

+ + +

mesh/reorder/reorder-domain

+

Reorders cells and faces using the reverse Cuthill-McKee algorithm. Note that you must save a new case file (and a data file, if data exists) after reordering with this text command, as well as recreate any ray files and/or surface cluster information.

+ + +

mesh/reorder/reorder-zones

+

Reorders zones by partition, type, and ID.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/allow-repair-at-boundaries

+

Allows the adjustment of the positions of nodes on boundaries as part of the mesh repairs performed by the mesh/repair-improve/repair text command.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/improve-quality

+

Improves poor quality cells in the mesh, if possible.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/include-local-polyhedra-conversion-in-repair

+

Enables/disables the local conversion of degenerate cells into polyhedra based on skewness criteria as part of the mesh repairs performed by the mesh/repair-improve/repair text command.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/repair

+

Repairs mesh problems identified by the mesh check, if possible. The repairs include fixing cells that have the wrong node order, the wrong face handedness, faces that are small or nonexistent, or very poor quality. Only interior nodes are repositioned by default; boundary nodes may be repositioned if the mesh/repair-improve/allow-repair-at-boundaries text command is enabled. Note that highly skewed cells may be converted into polyhedra, depending on whether the mesh/repair-improve/include-local-polyhedra-conversion-in-repair text command is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/repair-face-handedness

+

Modifies cell centroids to repair meshes that contain left-handed faces without face node order problems.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/repair-face-node-order

+

Modifies face nodes to repair faces with improper face node order and, therefore, eliminates any resulting left-handed faces.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/repair-periodic

+

Modifies the mesh to enforce a rotational angle or translational distance for periodic boundaries. For translationally periodic boundaries, the command computes an average translation distance and adjusts the node coordinates on the shadow face zone to match this distance. For rotationally periodic boundaries, the command prompts for an angle and adjusts the node coordinates on the shadow face zone using this angle and the defined rotational axis for the cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/repair-wall-distance

+

Corrects wall distance at very high aspect ratio hexahedral/polyhedral cells.

+ + +

mesh/repair-improve/report-poor-elements

+

Reports invalid and poor quality elements.

+ + +

mesh/rotate

+

Rotates the mesh.

+ + +

mesh/scale

+

Prompts for the scaling factors in each of the active Cartesian coordinate directions.

+ + +

mesh/size-info

+

Prints mesh size.

+ + +

mesh/smooth-mesh

+

Smooths the mesh using quality-based, Laplacian, or skewness methods.

+ + +

mesh/surface-mesh/

+

Enters the Surface Mesh menu.

+ + +

mesh/surface-mesh/delete

+

Deletes surface mesh.

+ + +

mesh/surface-mesh/display

+

Displays surface meshes.

+ + +

mesh/surface-mesh/read

+

Reads surface meshes.

+ + +

mesh/swap-mesh-faces

+

Swaps mesh faces.

+ + +

mesh/translate

+

Prompts for the translation offset in each of the active Cartesian coordinate directions.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/b0-scale-factor

+

Set and apply external magnetic field scale factor.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/boundary-conditions/

+

Define MHD boundary conditions

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/boundary-conditions/list-zones

+

List ANSYS Fluent zone information.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/boundary-conditions/fluid

+

Set fluid zone boundary condition.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/boundary-conditions/solid

+

Set solid zone boundary condition.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/boundary-conditions/wall

+

Set wall boundary condition.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/enable-mhd?

+

Enable/disable MHD model.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/external-b0-field

+

Set and apply external magnetic field data.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/initialize-dpm

+

Initialize DPM related MHD variables.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/initialize-mhd

+

Initialize MHD model.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/mhd-method

+

Select MHD method.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/reset-b0-field

+

Reset external magnetic field data.

+ + +

define/models/mhd-model/solution-control

+

Set MHD solution control parameters.

+ + +

parallel/bandwidth

+

Shows network bandwidth.

+ + +

parallel/check

+

Performs checks of various factors that affect parallel performance.

+ + +

parallel/check-verbosity

+

Sets verbosity output of the parallel check. Higher verbosity corresponds to more detailed information.

+ + +

parallel/gpgpu/

+

Enters the GPGPU menu

+ + +

parallel/gpgpu/select

+

Selects which GPGPUs to use for AMG acceleration

+ + +

parallel/gpgpu/show

+

Lists the available GPGPUs. GPGPUs selected for use are indicated by the presence of an asterisk (*).

+ + +

parallel/latency

+

Shows network latency.

+ + +

parallel/load-balance/

+

Enters the load balancing parameters menu.

+ + +

parallel/load-balance/physical-models

+

Uses physical-models load balancing?

+ + +

parallel/load-balance/dynamic-mesh

+

Uses load balancing for dynamic mesh?

+ + +

parallel/load-balance/mesh-adaption

+

Uses load balancing for mesh adaption?

+ + +

parallel/multidomain/

+

Enters the multidomain architecture menu.

+ + +

parallel/multidomain/conjugate-heat-transfer/

+

Enters the conjugate heat transfer menu.

+ + +

parallel/multidomain/conjugate-heat-transfer/enable?

+

Enables/disables loosely coupled conjugate heat transfer. This works in conjunction with the solve/set/transient-controls/solid-time-step-size text command (and thereby enables the use of a user-specified time step size for solid zones that can be larger than that used for the fluid zones) to increase the robustness of the energy equation calculation, and specifies that multidomain architecture is used within a single Fluent session to enhance the performance of the simulation.

+ + +

parallel/multidomain/conjugate-heat-transfer/set/

+

Enters the set menu for loosely coupled conjugate heat transfer.

+ + +

parallel/multidomain/conjugate-heat-transfer/set/coupling

+

Specifies when the fluid and solid zone calculations are coupled, either at a defined time period or number of fluid time steps.

+ + +

parallel/partition/

+

Enters the partition domain menu.

+ + +

parallel/partition/auto/

+

Sets auto partition parameters.

+ + +

parallel/partition/auto/across-zones

+

Enables auto partitioning by zone or by domain.

+ + +

parallel/partition/auto/load-vector

+

Sets the auto partition load vector.

+ + +

parallel/partition/auto/method

+

Sets the partition method.

+ + +

parallel/partition/auto/pre-test

+

Sets auto partition pre-testing optimization.

+ + +

parallel/partition/auto/use-case-file-method

+

Uses partitions in a pre-partitioned case file.

+ + +

parallel/partition/combine-partition

+

Merges every N partitions.

+ + +

parallel/partition/merge-clusters

+

Calls the optimizer that attempts to decrease the number of interfaces by eliminating orphan cell clusters. (An orphan cluster is a group of connected cells such that each member has at least one face that is part of an interface boundary.)

+ + +

parallel/partition/method

+

Sets the partition method.

+ + +

parallel/partition/print-active-partitions

+

Prints active partition information (parallel solver).

+ + +

parallel/partition/print-stored-partitions

+

Prints stored partition information (parallel solver).

+ + +

parallel/partition/reorder-partitions

+

Reorders partitions.

+ + +

parallel/partition/reorder-partitions-to-architecture

+

Reorders partitions to architecture.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/

+

Enters the set partition parameters menu.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/across-zones

+

Allows partitions to cross zone boundaries (the default). If turned off, it will restrict partitioning to within each cell zone. This is recommended only when cells in different zones require significantly different amounts of computation during the solution phase; for example, if the domain contains both solid and fluid zones.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/all-off

+

Disables all optimizations.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/all-on

+

Enables all optimizations.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/cell-function

+

Sets cell function.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/dpm-load-balancing

+

Enables / disables dynamic load balancing for discrete phase model cases that use a second domain for DPM particle tracking (that is, cases for which you have enabled the define/models/dpm/parallel/hybrid-2domain? text command).

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/face-area-as-weights

+

Uses face area as connection weights.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/isat-weight

+

Sets ISAT weight.

+ + +

laplace-smoothing

+

Enables the Laplace smoothing option which can prevent partition boundaries from lying along regions of high aspect ratio cells.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/load-distribution

+

Sets the number of cells desired for each partition. This is useful, for example, when computing on multiple machines with significantly different performance characteristics. If left unset, each partition will contain an approximately equal number of cells. Normalized relative values may be used for the entries.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/merge

+

Toggles the optimizer that attempts to decrease the number of interfaces by eliminating orphan cell clusters.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/model-weighted-partition

+

Enables / disables model-weighted partitioning. This option works with the METIS partitioning method, and specifies that Fluent automatically calculates the weighting based on the cell count and the models and attributes specified as weights (using the parallel/partition/set/isat-weight text command, for example).

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/nfaces-as-weights

+

Uses number of faces as weights.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/origin

+

Sets the , , and coordinate of the origin used by those partitioning functions that require a radial distance. By default, the origin is set to (0, 0, 0).

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/particle-weight

+

Sets DPM particle weight.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/pre-test

+

Enables the operation that determines the best coordinate-splitting direction.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/solid-thread-weight

+

Uses solid thread weights.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/smooth

+

Toggles the optimizer that attempts to minimize the number of interfaces by modifying the partition boundaries to reduce surface area.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/verbosity

+

Controls the amount of information that is printed out during partitioning. If set to 1 (the default), a text character. is displayed during each bisection, and partition statistics are displayed once the partitioning completes. If set to 2, additional information about the bisection operation is displayed during each bisection. If set to 0, partition statistics and information during each bisection are not displayed.

+ + +

parallel/partition/set/vof-free-surface-weight

+

Sets VOF free surface weight.

+ + +

parallel/partition/smooth-partition

+

Calls the optimizer that attempts to minimize the number of interfaces by modifying the partition boundaries to reduce surface area.

+ + +

parallel/partition/use-stored-partitions

+

Uses this partitioning.

+ + +

parallel/set/

+

Enters the set parallel parameters menu.

+ + +

parallel/set/fast-i/o?

+

Uses the fast I/O option.

+ + +

parallel/set/partition-mask

+

Sets partition mask.

+ + +

parallel/set/time-out

+

Sets spawn time-out in seconds.

+ + +

parallel/set/verbosity

+

Sets the parallel verbosity.

+ + +

parallel/show-connectivity

+

Prints the network connectivity for the selected compute node.

+ + +

parallel/thread-number-control

+

Sets the maximum number of threads on each machine.

+ + +

parallel/timer/

+

Enters the timer menu.

+ + +

parallel/timer/usage

+

Prints performance statistics in the console window.

+ + +

parallel/timer/reset

+

Adjusts domain timers.

+ + +

plot/ansys-sound-analysis/

+

Enter the Ansys sound analysis menu.

+ + +

plot/ansys-sound-analysis/print-indicators

+

Read in a pressure signal or spectrum file, then optionally read in a frequency response function (FRF) or transfer function file, before printing the acoustics indicators.

+ + +

plot/ansys-sound-analysis/write-files

+

Read in a pressure signal or spectrum file, then optionally read in a frequency response function (FRF) or transfer function file, before writing a WAV, output pressure, and/or acoustic indicators file.

+ + +

plot/change-fft-ref-pressure

+

Changes reference acoustic pressure.

+ + +

plot/circum-avg-axial

+

Computes iso-axial band surfaces and plots data vs. axial coordinate on them.

+ + +

plot/circum-avg-radial

+

Computes iso-radial band surfaces and plots data vs. radius on them.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/

+

Plot the development of force, force coefficient, moment, or moment coefficient across the specified wall zones.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/add

+

Create a new cumulative plot.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/delete

+

Delete an existing cumulative plot object.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/edit

+

Edit an existing cumulative plot object.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/list

+

Print the names of the existing cumulative plot objects to the console.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/list-properties

+

Print the properties of the specified cumulative plot object to the console.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/plot

+

Plot a cumulative plot in the graphics window.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/print

+

Print the value of a cumulative plot to the console.

+ + +

plot/cumulative-plot/write

+

Write a cumulative plot to a file.

+ + +

plot/datasources/

+

Enters the menu for creating and modifying plots containing multiple data sources.

+ + +

plot/datasources/add-report-plot

+

Specify an existing report plot to include in this plot.

+ + +

plot/datasources/add-xy-plot

+

Specify an existing XY plot to include in this plot.

+ + +

plot/datasources/list-curve-information

+

Prints the names of the variables selected for plotting.

+ + +

plot/datasources/list-data-sources

+

Prints the names of the selected/loaded data sources including the files and in-session plot objects.

+ + +

plot/datasources/list-legend-names

+

Prints the names of the legends to the console.

+ + +

plot/datasources/load-file

+

Specify a file to load for plotting. The file must be located in the working directory.

+ + +

plot/datasources/plot

+

Plots the selected data in the active graphics window.

+ + +

plot/datasources/properties

+

Prints the properties of whichever plot or file included in the multiple data sources plot that you specify.

+ + +

plot/datasources/remove-data-source

+

Removes whichever data source (plot or file) you specify.

+ + +

plot/datasources/rename-legend

+

Allows you to rename legend entries. Note that you must re-plot to see the legend name change.

+ + +

plot/display-profile-data

+

Plots profile data.

+ + +

plot/fft

+

Plots fast Fourier transform (FFT) of file data. If you respond yes to Acoustic Analysis?, then additional Y axis functions are made available.

+ + +

plot/file

+

Plots data from an external file.

+ + +

plot/file-list

+

Plots data from multiple external files.

+ + +

plot/file-set/

+

Sets file plot parameters.

+ + +

plot/file-set/auto-scale?

+

Sets the range for the and axes. If auto-scaling is not activated for a particular axis, you are prompted for the minimum and maximum data values.

+ + +

plot/file-set/background-color

+

Sets the color of the field within the abscissa and ordinate axes.

+ + +

plot/file-set/key

+

Enables/disables display of curve key and sets its window title.

+ + +

plot/file-set/file-lines

+

Sets parameters for plot lines.

+ + +

plot/file-set/file-markers

+

Sets parameters for data markers.

+ + +

plot/file-set/labels

+

Sets labels for plot axes.

+ + +

plot/file-set/lines

+

Sets parameters for plot lines.

+ + +

plot/file-set/log?

+

Uses log scales for one or both axes.

+ + +

plot/file-set/markers

+

Sets parameters for data markers.

+ + +

plot/file-set/numbers

+

Sets number formats for axes.

+ + +

plot/file-set/plot-to-file

+

Specifies a file in which to write XY plot data.

+ + +

plot/file-set/rules

+

Sets parameters for display of major and minor rules.

+ + +

plot/file-set/windows/

+

XY plot window options. For a description of the items in this menu, see display/set/windows/xy.

+ + +

plot/flamelet-curves/

+

Enters the flamelet curves menu.

+ + +

plot/flamelet-curves/plot-curves

+

Plots of a curve property.

+ + +

plot/flamelet-curves/write-to-file?

+

Writes curve to a file instead of plot.

+ + +

plot/histogram

+

Plots a histogram of the specified solution variable using the defined range and number of intervals.

+ + +

plot/histogram-set/

+

Sets histogram plot parameters. Sub-menu items are the same as file-set/ above.

+ + +

plot/label-alignment

+

Set the orientation of XY plot axis labels as either horizontal or axis-aligned.

+ + +

plot/plot

+

Plots solution on surfaces.

+ + +

plot/plot-direction

+

Sets plot direction for XY plot.

+ + +

plot/residuals

+

Contains commands that allow you to select the variables for which you want to display XY plots of residual histories in the active graphics window.

+ + +

plot/residuals-set/

+

Sets residual plot parameters. Sub-menu items are the same as file-set/ above.

+ + +

plot/set-boundary-val-off

+

Disables the use of boundary face values when node values are disabled in solution XY plots. This option is disabled by default, that is, boundary face values are used when node values are disabled.

+ + +

plot/solution

+

Plots solution on surfaces and/or zones. Zone and surface names can be indicated using a wildcard (*).

+ + +

plot/solution-set/

+

Sets solution plot parameters. Sub-menu items are the same as file-set/ above.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/

+

Enter the menu for preferences covering appearance.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/ansys-logo/

+

Enter the menu for controlling Ansys logo visibility.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/ansys-logo/visible

+

Enable or disable the visibility of the Ansys logo in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/ansys-logo/color

+

Specify whether the Ansys logo is white or black.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/axis-triad

+

Enable or disable the visibility of the axis triad in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/charts/

+

Enter the menu for controlling the display of 2D charts/plots.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/charts/curve-colors

+

Specify the initial set of default colors for the rendering of curves. Note that changing this setting requires any plots to be replotted before you see the effect of the new setting. +

+ + +

preferences/appearance/charts/modern-plots-enabled

+

Enables enhanced plots, which is a beta feature. Enabling this feature exposes new fields (all beta functionality).

+ + +

preferences/appearance/color-theme

+

Specify a color theme for the appearance of ANSYS Fluent.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/completer

+

Enable/disable the console automatic-completer, which suggests available commands as you type in the console.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-background-color1

+

Controls the primary background color of the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-background-color2

+

Controls the secondary background color when the style is set as a gradient.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-background-style

+

Specify whether the background color is uniform or if there is a gradient.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-background-theme

+

Provides predefined color and style selections for the graphics window background color.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-foreground-color

+

Specify the color of graphics window text.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-view

+

Specify whether the default view is orthographic or perspective.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/graphics-wall-face-color

+

Set the default face color for when the mesh is displayed.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/group-by-tree-view

+

Specify how boundary conditions are grouped in the tree.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/number-of-files-recently-used

+

Controls how many recently-used files are listed in the File ribbon tab and the Fluent Launcher.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/quick-property-view

+

Enables/Disables the "quick-edit" properties panels that appear when you select a boundary in the graphics windows.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/ruler

+

Adds or removes the ruler from the graphics window. Note that you must be in orthographic view for the ruler to be visible in the graphics window. +

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/

+

Enters the menu for controlling selections in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/highlight-edge-color

+

Specifies the color used to highlight edges when the Hover-Over Highlight feature is enabled (mouse-over-highlight-enabled).

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/highlight-edge-weight

+

Specifies the thickness of the edge highlights when the Hover-Over Highlight feature is enabled (mouse-over-highlight-enabled).

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/highlight-face-color

+

Specify which color indicates that a face is selected.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/highlight-transparency

+

Specify the transparency of the coloring on a selected surface. 0.1 is fully opaque and 1 is fully transparent.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/mouse-hover-probe-enabled

+

Enable/disable the display of result values in the graphics window upon mouse-over, when graphics objects displaying solution results are displayed.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/selections/mouse-over-highlight-enabled

+

Enable/disable the highlighted outline of a surface when hovered-over. Note that objects must be redisplayed after changing this setting before the new setting is visible.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/show-interface-children-zone

+

Enable/disable the showing of the non-overlapping zones and interior zones associated with one-to-one mesh interfaces under Setup / Boundary Conditions (under their zone types) in the outline view tree.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/show-model-edges

+

Enable/disable whether mesh edges are shown in a mesh display.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/startup-page

+

Enable/disable the display of the startup page when ANSYS Fluent is started without loading a mesh or case file.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/surface-specularity

+

Specify the specularity of all surfaces except those included in contour plots. Sepecularity is the reflectiveness of a surface; higher values (closer to 1) equate to a more reflective surface.

+ + +

preferences/appearance/titles

+

Enable/disable the display of solver information in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/general/

+

Enter the menu for general preferences.

+ + +

preferences/general/automatic-transcript

+

Enable/disable the automatic creation of a transcript file for each ANSYS Fluent session.

+ + +

preferences/general/idle-timeout

+

Specify the default file format for saving case and data files.

+ + +

preferences/general/warn-default-iochange

+

Enable/disable the warning message that appears when using case and data files saved in the legacy format.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/

+

Enter the menu for preferences covering appearance.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/animation-option

+

Specify whether the entire model or just a wireframe is shown during manipulations in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/

+

Enter the boundary markers menu.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/color-option

+

Specify whether boundary markers are a fixed color or if they match the color of the surface they are identifying.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/enabled

+

Enable/disable boundary marker display.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/inlet-color

+

Specify the color of the inlet boundary markers.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/marker-fraction

+

Specify marker density factor (0.1-1).

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/marker-limit

+

Specify the maximum number of markers at each boundary.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/outlet-color

+

Specify the color of the outlet boundary markers.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/scale-marker

+

Specify the scale factor for the boundary markers (0.1-10), which controls the overall size of the markers.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/show-inlet-markers

+

Enable/disable the display of boundary markers for inlets.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/boundary-markers/show-outlet-markers

+

Enable/disable the display of boundary markers for outlets.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/

+

Enter the colormap settings menu.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/alignment

+

Specify the default colormap location.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/aspect-ratio-when-vertical

+

Specify the length vs. width ratio for a vertical colormap, which controls the thickness of the colormap; smaller values mean a thicker colormap.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/border-style

+

Specify how/when the colormap border appears.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/colormap

+

Choose the default colormap.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/labels

+

Specify whether there is a label for every colormap value or if some are skipped.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/levels

+

Specify the default colormap size.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/log-scale

+

Enable/disable the use of a logarithmic scale for the colormap.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/major-length-to-screen-ratio-when-vertical

+

Choose the length of the colormap as a fraction of graphics window height, when the colormap is vertical.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/number-format-precision

+

Specify the colormap number label precision.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/number-format-type

+

Specify how colormap numbers are displayed.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/show-colormap

+

Enable/disable the display of colormaps.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/skip-value

+

Specify how many number labels are skipped in the colormap.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/text-behavior

+

Specify whether colormap label text automatically scales with the colormap size.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/text-font-automatic-vertical-size

+

Specify the initial font size as a ratio of the colormap overall size, for vertically aligned colormaps.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/text-font-fixed-size

+

Set the font size for colormap labels.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/colormap-settings/type

+

Specify whether the colormap appearance is smooth or banded.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/double-buffering

+

Enable/disable double-buffering, which reduces screen flicker, but may use more memory on some machines.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/

+

Enter the graphics effects menu.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/anti-aliasing

+

Enable/disable the smoothing of lines and text.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/grid-color

+

Specify the color of the grid lines when the ground plane grid is shown.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/grid-plane-enabled

+

Enable/disable the display of the ground plane grid.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/grid-plane-offset

+

Set the grid plane offset from the model as a percentage of the model size.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/plane-direction

+

Specify the direction of the plane for the ground plane grid and reflections.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/reflections-enabled

+

Enable/disable model reflections (mirror-type reflections).

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/shadow-map-enabled

+

Enable/disable dynamic shadows, which show shadows of geometric entities on other objects based on lighting and object orientation.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/show-edge-reflections

+

Enable/disable the display of model edges in reflections. Note that this can negatively affect performance.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/simple-shadows-enabled

+

Enable/disable the display of static shadows on the ground plane.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-effects/update-after-mouse-release

+

Enable/disable the updating of graphics effects as a model is being manipulated in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-window-line-width

+

Specify the thickness of lines that appear in the graphics window.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/graphics-window-point-symbol

+

Specify the symbol used for indicating points in the graphics window (like the points in an XY plot).

+ + +

preferences/graphics/hardcopy-settings/

+

Enter the menu for saving picture settings.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/hardcopy-settings/hardcopy-driver

+

Specify the default format for saving pictures.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/hardcopy-settings/hardcopy-line-width

+

Specify the thinkness of lines for saved pictures.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/hardcopy-settings/hardcopy-image-accel

+

Enable/disable the use of hardware acceleration when saving images, where possible.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/hidden-surface-removal-method

+

Specify the method for removing hidden surfaces. These methods vary in speed and quality, depending on your machine.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/lighting/

+

Enter the lighting menu.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/lighting/headlight

+

Turn the headlight on or off or set it as automatic.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/lighting/headlight-intensity

+

Specify the intensity of the headlight.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/lighting/lighting-method

+

Specify the default lighting method.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/meshing-mode/

+

Enter the menu for meshing-specific graphics settings.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/meshing-mode/graphics-window-display-timeout

+

Enable/disable graphics window display timeout.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/meshing-mode/graphics-window-display-timeout-value

+

Specify the graphics window display timeout value.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/

+

Enter the menu for selecting the predefined graphics effects settings.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/minimum-frame-rate/

+

Enter the menu for minimum frame-rate settings.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/minimum-frame-rate/dynamic-adjustment

+

Enable/disable dynamic adjustment of quality loss per frame to get to the desired frame rate.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/minimum-frame-rate/enabled

+

Enable/disable minimum frame rate.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/minimum-frame-rate/maximum-culling-threshold

+

With minimum frame rate enabled, Fluent will not cull beyond this number of pixels.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/minimum-frame-rate/minimum-culling-threshold

+

With minimum frame rate enabled, Fluent will cull at least this number of pixels.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/minimum-frame-rate/target-fps

+

Specify the target frames-per-second.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/performance/optimize-for

+

Choose a preset selection for how graphics are displayed.

+ + +

preferences/graphics/point-tool-size

+

Specify the size of the point tool (10-100).

+ + +

preferences/graphics/show-hidden-surfaces

+

Enable/disable the display of hidden surfaces.

+ + +

preferences/icing/

+

Enter the menu for preferences covering the Fluent Icing workspace.

+ + +

preferences/icing/advanced-flag

+

Enable/disable the exposure of advanced settings.

+ + +

preferences/icing/beta-flag

+

Enable/disable the exposure of beta features.

+ + +

preferences/icing/display-mesh-after-case-load

+

Specify which boundaries are displayed by default after the mesh is read.

+ + +

preferences/icing/use-launcher

+

Enable/disable the use of the Fluent Launcher for starting the Fluent solver when connecting to or creating a new Simulation. This allows you to launch calculations using a different number of CPUs, a different machine, or a queuing system..

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/

+

Enter the menu for preferences covering the Fluent Meshing workflows.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/checkpointing_option

+

Specify how Fluent Meshing will save data when you edit a task.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/draw-settings/

+

Enter the menu for specifying drawing settings.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/draw-settings/auto-draw

+

Enable/disable the automatic display of changes in the graphics window based on the current task.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/draw-settings/face-zone-limit

+

Specify the cutoff number of face zones, beyond which, Fluent Meshing will not automatically display changes.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/draw-settings/facet-limit

+

Specify the cutoff number facets, beyond which, Fluent Meshing will not automatically display changes.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/save-checkpoint-files

+

Enable/disable the saving of task editing data when writing a mesh file.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/temp-folder

+

Specify a temporary location to hold generated mesh files. If nothing is specified, Fluent Meshing will write to percentageTEMPpercentage on Windows and to /tmp on Linux.

+ + +

preferences/meshing-workflow/verbosity

+

Enable/disable the printing of additional information and messages in the Console.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/

+

Enter the menu for controlling navigation in ANSYS Fluent.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/

+

Enable/disable the printing of additional information and messages in the Console.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/

+

Enter the menu for controlling mouse mappings that include a modifier button such as Ctrl and Shift.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/ctrllmbclick

+

Specify the action/behavoir for Ctrl + left-mouse-button + click.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/ctrllmbdrag

+

Specify the action/behavior for Ctrl + left-mouse-button + drag.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/ctrlmmbclick

+

Specify the action/behavior for Ctrl + middle-mouse-button + click.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/ctrlmmbdrag

+

Specify the action/behavior for Ctrl + middle-mouse-button + drag.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/ctrlrmbclick

+

Specify the action/behavior for Ctrl + right-mouse-button + click.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/ctrlrmbdrag

+

Specify the action/behavior for Ctrl + right-mouse-button + drag.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/mouseprobe

+

Specify whether the probe action provides a long description or a short description.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/mousewheel

+

Specify the action/behavior of the mouse-wheel.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/mousewheelsensitivity

+

Specify the sensitivity of the mouse-wheel (0 is least sensitive, 1 is most sensitive).

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/reversewheeldirection

+

Reverse the behavior of the mouse-wheel.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/shiftlmbclick

+

Specify the action/behavior for Shift + left-mouse-button + click.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/shiftlmbdrag

+

Specify the action/behavior for Shift + left-mouse-button + drag.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/shiftmmbclick

+

Specify the action/behavior for Shift + middle-mouse-button + click.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/shiftmmbdrag

+

Specify the action/behavior for Shift + middle-mouse-button + drag.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/shiftrmbclick

+

Specify the action/behavior for Shift + right-mouse-button + click.

+ + +

preferences/navigation/mouse-mapping/additional/shiftrmbdrag

+

Specify the action/behavior for Shift + right-mouse-button + drag.

+ + +

preferences/simulation/report-definitions/

+

Enter the menu for report definition preferences.

+ + +

preferences/simulation/report-definitions/automatic-plot-file

+

New report definitions will automatically create associated report files and plots.

+ + +

preferences/simulation/report-definitions/report-plot-history-data-size

+

Specify how many data points are read from the associated report file and plotted in the graphics window. If the case/data files are already open, read the case and data again, after changing this setting, and re-plot to see the updated report plot.

+ + +

report/dpm-extended-summary

+

Create an extended discrete phase summary report of the discrete phase injection(s). You can choose whether you want to save the extended report to a file or print it in the console window. For unsteady tracking, you will be asked whether you want to include in-domain particle/tracks in the report. You will be also prompted whether you want to select a single injection for the summary report. By default, all injections are included. The output depends on whether you have enabled the report/dpm-zone-summaries-per-injection? text command, in which case additional information is printed for escaped particles, such as per-injection data. Note that, for unsteady particle tracking, it is necessary to enable the report/dpm-zone-summaries-per-injection? text command before any particle parcels are injected into the domain.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/

+

Enters the DPM histogram menu.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/compute-sample

+

Computes the minimum/maximum of a sample variable.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/delete-sample

+

Deletes a sample from the loaded sample list.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/list-samples

+

Shows all samples in a loaded sample list.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/pick-sample-to-reduce

+

Select a sample to be reduced.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/plot-sample

+

Plots a histogram of a loaded sample.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/read-sample

+

Reads a sample file and adds it to the sample list.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/reduce-picked-sample

+

Reduce a sample as specified by the data reduction parameters. This command is available only after you selected the sample using the pick-sample-to-reduce text command.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/

+

Enters the settings menu for the histogram.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/auto-range?

+

Automatically computes the range of the sampling variable for histogram plots.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/correlation?

+

Computes the correlation of the sampling variable with another variable.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/cumulation-curve?

+

Computes a cumulative curve for the sampling variable or correlation variable when correlation? is specified.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/diameter-statistics?

+

Computes the Rosin Rammler parameters, Sauter, and other mean diameters.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/histogram-mode?

+

Uses bars for the histogram plot or xy-style.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/logarithmic?

+

Enables/disables the use of logarithmic scaling on the abscissa of the histogram.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/maximum

+

Specifies the maximum value of the x-axis variable for histogram plots.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/minimum

+

Specifies the minimum value of the x-axis variable for histogram plots.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/number-of-bins

+

Specifies the number of bins.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/percentage?

+

Uses percentages of bins to be computed.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/variable^3?

+

Uses the cubic of the cumulation variable during computation of the cumulative curve.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/weighting?

+

Uses weighting with additional variables when sorting data into samples.

+ + +

report/dpm-histogram/set/write-sample

+

Writes a histogram of a loaded sample into a file.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/

+

Enters the settings menu for the sample data reduction. This command is available only after you selected the sample using the pick-sample-to-reduce text command.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/all-variables-number-of-bins

+

Sets the number of bins to be used for all variables in the data reduction.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/list-settings

+

Prints all current sample data reduction settings for all variables in the selected sample in the console.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/logarithmic?

+

Enables/disables the logarithmic scaling for a selected variable.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/make-steady-from-unsteady-file?

+

Enables/disables the unsteady sample reduction into a steady-state injection file. This command is available only for sample files from unsteady particle tracking.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/maximum

+

Sets the maximum value of the range to be considered for a specific variable.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/minimum

+

Sets the minimum value of the range to be considered for a specific variable.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/number-of-bins

+

Sets the number of bins for a specific variable.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/reset-min-and-max

+

Resets the specified maximum and minimum values for a specific variable.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/use-weighting?

+

Enables/disables the use of weighting in the data averaging in each bin.

+ + +

report/setup-reduction/weighting-variable

+

Sets the weighting variable for the data averaging in each bin.

+ + +

report/dpm-sample

+

Samples trajectories at boundaries and lines/planes.

+ + +

report/dpm-sample-output-udf

+

Allows you to hook a previously loaded DEFINE_DPM_OUTPUT UDF for file format specification for sampling of trajectories and VOF-to-DPM lump conversion transcripts.

+ + +

report/dpm-sample-sort-file?

+

Enables/disables writing of sorted DPM sample files.

+ + +

report/dpm-summary

+

Prints discrete phase summary report.

+ + +

report/dpm-zone-summaries-per-injection?

+

Enables/disables calculation of the escaped mass per injection. Note that for unsteady particle tracking, if you want to report the mass of escaped particles per injection, this text command must be enabled before any particles are injected into the domain.

+ + +

report/element-mass-flow

+

Prints list of element flow rate at inlets and outlets. This reports the mass flow rates of all chemical elements (in kg/s) flowing through the simulation boundaries.

+ + +

report/fluxes/

+

Enters the fluxes menu.

+ + +

report/fluxes/film-heat-transfer

+

Prints wall film heat transfer rate at boundaries. This text command is only available when you enable the Eulerian wall film model.

+ + +

report/fluxes/film-mass-flow

+

Prints wall film mass flow rate at boundaries. This text command is only available when you enable the Eulerian wall film model.

+ + +

report/fluxes/heat-transfer

+

Prints heat transfer rate at boundaries.

+ + +

report/fluxes/heat-transfer-sensible

+

Prints the sensible heat transfer rate at the boundaries.

+ + +

report/fluxes/mass-flow

+

Prints mass flow rate at inlets and outlets.

+ + +

report/fluxes/pressure-work

+

Prints the pressure work rate at the boundaries. This text command is only available when the energy equation is enabled, the absolute velocity formulation is selected, and zone motion is enabled for a fluid cell zone.

+ + +

report/fluxes/rad-heat-trans

+

Prints radiation heat transfer rate at boundaries.

+ + +

report/fluxes/viscous-work

+

Prints the viscous work rate at the boundaries. This text command is only available when the energy equation is enabled and the pressure-based solver is selected.

+ + +

report/forces/

+

Enters the forces menu.

+ + +

report/forces/pressure-center

+

Prints the center of pressure on wall zones.

+ + +

report/forces/wall-forces

+

Computes the forces along the specified force vector for all wall zones.

+ + +

report/forces/wall-moments

+

Computes the moments about the specified moment center for all wall zones.

+ + +

report/heat-exchanger/

+

Enters the heat exchanger menu.

+ + +

report/heat-exchanger/computed-heat-rejection

+

Prints total heat rejection.

+ + +

report/heat-exchanger/inlet-temperature

+

Prints inlet temperature.

+ + +

report/heat-exchanger/outlet-temperature

+

Prints outlet temperature.

+ + +

report/heat-exchanger/mass-flow-rate

+

Prints mass flow rate.

+ + +

report/heat-exchanger/specific-heat

+

Prints fluid’s specific heat.

+ + +

report/modified-setting/

+

Enter the modified settings menu.

+ + +

report/modified-setting/modified-setting

+

Specify which areas of setup will be checked for non-default settings for generating the Modified Settings Summary table. The table is displayed tabbed with the graphics window.

+ + +

report/modified-setting/write-user-setting

+

Write the contents of the Modified Settings Summary table to a file.

+ + +

report/mphase-summary

+

Prints summary report for a multiphase case setup.

+ + +

report/particle-summary

+

Prints summary report for all current particles.

+ + +

report/path-line-summary

+

Prints pathline summary report.

+ + +

report/print-histogram

+

Prints a histogram of a scalar quantity.

+ + +

report/projected-surface-area

+

Computes the area of the projection of selected surfaces along the , , or axis.

+ + +

report/reference-values/

+

Enters the reference value menu.

+ + +

report/reference-values/area

+

Sets reference area for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/compute/

+

Computes reference values from zone boundary conditions.

+ + +

report/reference-values/density

+

Sets reference density for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/depth

+

Sets reference depth for volume calculation.

+ + +

report/reference-values/enthalpy

+

Sets reference enthalpy for enthalpy damping and normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/length

+

Sets reference length for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/list

+

Lists current reference values.

+ + +

report/reference-values/pressure

+

Sets reference pressure for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/temperature

+

Sets reference temperature for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/velocity

+

Sets reference velocity for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/viscosity

+

Sets reference viscosity for normalization.

+ + +

report/reference-values/yplus

+

Sets reference yplus for calculation of Yplus Based Heat Transfer Coefficient.

+ + +

report/reference-values/zone

+

Sets reference zone.

+ + +

report/species-mass-flow

+

Prints list of species mass flow rate at inlets and outlets. This reports the mass flow rates of all species (in kg/s) flowing through the simulation boundaries.

+ + +

report/summary

+

Prints the current settings for physical models, boundary conditions, material properties, and solution parameters.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/

+

Enters the surface integral menu.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/area

+

Prints the area of the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/area-weighted-average

+

Prints area-weighted average of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/facet-avg

+

Prints the facet average of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/facet-max

+

Prints the maximum of the specified quantity over facet centroids of the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/facet-min

+

Prints the minimum of the specified quantity over facet centroids of the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/flow-rate

+

Prints the flow rate of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/integral

+

Prints the integral of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces. You can include a wildcard (*) within the surface names.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/mass-flow-rate

+

Prints the mass flow rate through the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/mass-weighted-avg

+

Prints the mass-averaged quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/standard-deviation

+

Prints the standard deviation of the scalar at the facet centroids of the surface.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/sum

+

Prints sum of scalar at facet centroids of the surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/uniformity-index-area-weighted

+

Prints the area-weighted uniformity index of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/uniformity-index-mass-weighted

+

Prints the mass-weighted uniformity index of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/vector-based-flux

+

Prints the vector-based flux of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/vector-flux

+

Prints the vector flux over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/vector-weighted-average

+

Prints the vector-averaged quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/vertex-avg

+

Prints the vertex average of the specified quantity over the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/vertex-max

+

Prints the maximum of the specified quantity over vertices of the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/vertex-min

+

Prints the minimum of the specified quantity over vertices of the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/surface-integrals/volume-flow-rate

+

Prints the volume flow rate through the selected surfaces.

+ + +

report/system/

+

Enters the system menu.

+ + +

report/system/gpgpu-stats

+

Prints information about installed general purpose graphical processing units.

+ + +

report/system/proc-stats

+

Prints ANSYS Fluent process information. This is used to report the memory usage of each of the ANSYS Fluent processes.

+ + +

report/system/sys-stats

+

System information. This is used to report the CPU configuration of the machines where ANSYS Fluent processes have been spawned.

+ + +

report/system/time-stats

+

Timer information. This is used to report CPU timings for user and kernel processes and detailed solver timings.

+ + +

report/uds-flow

+

Prints list of user-defined scalar flow rate at boundaries.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/

+

Enters the volume integral menu.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/mass

+

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/mass-avg

+

Prints mass-average of scalar over cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/mass-integral

+

Prints mass-weighted integral of scalar over cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/maximum

+

Prints maximum of scalar over all cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/minimum

+

Prints minimum of scalar over all cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/sum

+

Prints sum of scalar over all cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/twopisum

+

Prints sum of scalar over all cell zones multiplied by 2π.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/volume

+

Prints total volume of specified cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/volume-avg

+

Prints volume-weighted average of scalar over cell zones.

+ + +

report/volume-integrals/volume-integral

+

Prints integral of scalar over cell zones.

+ + +

server/start-client

+

Start the ANSYS Fluent remote visualization client.

+ + +

server/start-server

+

Starts the server for the ANSYS Fluent remote visualization client.

+ + +

server/print-connected-clients

+

Prints the name of the connected client and its IP address to the console.

+ + +

server/print-server-address

+

Prints the host address and port number of the server to the console.

+ + +

server/shutdown-server

+

Shuts-down the server and disconnects the connected client.

+ + +

server/write-or-reset-server-info

+

Allows you to create a new server_info.txt file (with any name you specify), which resets the password for connecting to this server session. It does not restart the server.

+ + +

solve/animate/

+

Enters the animation menu.

+ + +

solve/animate/define/

+

Enters the animation definition menu.

+ + +

solve/animate/define/define-monitor

+

Defines new animation.

+ + +

solve/animate/define/edit-monitor

+

Changes animation monitor attributes.

+ + +

solve/animate/objects/

+

Enters the object manipulation menu.

+ + +

solve/animate/objects/clear-history

+

Clears solution animation object history.

+ + +

solve/animate/objects/copy

+

Copies solution animation object.

+ + +

solve/animate/objects/create

+

Creates new solution animation object.

+ + +

solve/animate/objects/delete

+

Deletes solution animation object.

+ + +

solve/animate/objects/edit

+

Edits solution animation object.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/

+

Enters the animation playback menu.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/delete

+

Deletes animation sequence.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/play

+

Plays the selected animation.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/read

+

Reads new animation from file or already defined animations.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/set-custom-frames

+

Specify a custom start frame, increment, and end frame for video export.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/stored-view?

+

Plays the 3D animation sequence using the view stored in the sequence.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/

+

Enters the video menu.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/advanced-quality/

+

Enters the advanced quality menu.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/advanced-quality/bitrate-scale

+

Sets the bitrate scale for saving the video file. The best is 64000 | high is 32000 | medium is 16000 | low is 8000.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/advanced-quality/enable-h264

+

Controls whether H.264 encoding is used when the video file is written.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/format

+

Specifies what format the video file will be written in (MP4 | AVI | FLV | MOV | MPEG).

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/fps

+

Sets the target frames per second (FPS) for the saved video file.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/name

+

Sets the name of the saved video file.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/videoquality

+

Sets the quality of the saved video file.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/scale

+

Expands or collapses the resolution based on this scaling factor.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/video/use-original-resolution

+

Controls whether the resolution of the saved video file matches that of the images used to create it.

+ + +

solve/animate/playback/write

+

Writes animation sequence to the file.

+ + +

solve/animate/pulse/

+

Enter the pulse animation menu (only available when one or more particle track or pathline graphics objects are defined).

+ + +

solve/animate/pulse/pulse-mode

+

Set whether the pulse is a single pulse or continuous.

+ + +

solve/animate/pulse/write

+

Select a pathline or particle track graphics object, specify whether you want to write a video file or picture files, and enter the destination directory for the files. Continuous pulse animations result in a 5 second video. Single pulse animations run for a full cycle.

+ + +

solve/cell-register-operations/

+

Enters the cell register operations menu.

+ + +

solve/cell-register-operations/add

+

Creates a new cell register operation.

+ + +

solve/cell-register-operations/delete

+

Deletes a cell register operation.

+ + +

solve/cell-register-operations/edit

+

Edits an existing cell register operation.

+ + +

solve/cell-register-operations/list

+

Lists the currently defined cell register operations.

+ + +

solve/cell-register-operations/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a report register operation.

+ + +

solve/cell-registers/

+

Enters the cell registers menu.

+ + +

solve/cell-registers/apply-poor-mesh-numerics

+

Applies poor mesh numerics to the mesh of a cell register.

+ + +

solve/cell-registers/delete

+

Deletes a cell register.

+ + +

solve/cell-registers/display

+

Displays a cell register.

+ + +

solve/cell-registers/list

+

Lists all of the currently defined cell registers.

+ + +

solve/cell-registers/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a cell register.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/

+

Enters the convergence conditions menu.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/condition

+

Specifies whether the solution is considered converged when all of the conditions are met or when one of the conditions is met.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/conv-reports/

+

Enters the convergence reports menu.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/conv-reports/add

+

Creates a new convergence condition.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/conv-reports/delete

+

Deletes a convergence condition.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/conv-reports/edit

+

Edits a convergence condition.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/conv-reports/list

+

Lists all of the report definition-based convergence conditions.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/conv-reports/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of the specified convergence condition.

+ + +

solve/convergence-conditions/frequency

+

Specifies how often convergence checks are performed.

+ + +

solve/dpm-update

+

Updates discrete phase source terms.

+ + +

solve/dual-time-iterate

+

Performs unsteady iterations for a specified number of time steps.

+ + +

solve/execute-commands/

+

Enters the execute commands menu.

+ + +

solve/execute-commands/add-edit

+

Adds or edits execute commands.

+ + +

solve/execute-commands/disable

+

Disables an execute command.

+ + +

solve/execute-commands/enable

+

Enables an execute command.

+ + +

solve/initialize/

+

Enters the flow initialization menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/compute-defaults/

+

Enters the compute default values menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/compute-defaults/all-zones

+

Initializes the flow field with the default values.

+ + +

solve/initialize/compute-defaults/zone

+

You can select the type of zone from which you want to compute these values. The types of zones available are:

+ + +

solve/initialize/dpm-reset

+

Resets discrete phase source terms to zero.

+ + +

solve/initialize/fmg-initialization

+

Initializes using the full-multigrid initialization (FMG).

+ + +

solve/initialize/hyb-initialization

+

Initializes using the hybrid initialization method.

+ + +

solve/initialize/init-acoustics-options

+

Specifies the number of timesteps for ramping of sound sources and re-initializes the acoustics wave equation solution. For the initialized acoustics solution, Fluent reports the current state of the sound sources ramping.

+ + +

solve/initialize/init-flow-statistics

+

Initializes unsteady statistics.

+ + +

solve/initialize/initialize-flow

+

Initializes the flow field with the current default values.

+ + +

solve/initialize/lwf-initialization

+

Deletes wall film particles and initializes wall film variables to zero. This option is available only with the wall-film DPM boundary condition.

+ + +

solve/initialize/init-turb-vel-fluctuations

+

Initializes instantaneous velocity field out of steady state RANS results, for use before enabling a scale resolving simulation such as LES.

+ + +

solve/initialize/list-defaults

+

Lists default values.

+ + +

solve/initialize/mp-localized-turb-init/

+

Enters the menu for localized turbulent flow initialization.

+ + +

solve/initialize/mp-localized-turb-init/enable?

+

Enables/disables localized initialization of turbulent flow variables.

+ + +

solve/initialize/mp-localized-turb-init/turb-init-parameters

+

Sets values for the turbulent intensity and turbulent viscosity ratio for localized initialization.

+ + +

solve/initialize/open-channel-auto-init

+

Opens channel automatic initialization.

+ + +

solve/initialize/reference-frame

+

Sets reference frame to absolute or relative.

+ + +

solve/initialize/repair-wall-distance

+

Corrects wall distance at very high aspect ratio hexahedral/polyhedral cells.

+ + +

solve/initialize/set-defaults/

+

Sets default initial values.

+ + +

solve/initialize/set-fmg-initialization/

+

Enters the set full-multigrid for initialization menu. Initial values for each variable can be set within this menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/set-hyb-initialization/

+

Enters the hybrid initialization menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/set-hyb-initialization/general-settings

+

Enters the general settings menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/set-hyb-initialization/turbulence-settings

+

Enters the turbulence settings menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/set-hyb-initialization/species-settings

+

Enters the species-settings menu.

+ + +

solve/initialize/show-iterations-sampled

+

Displays the number of iterations covered by the data sampled for steady statistics.

+ + +

solve/initialize/show-time-sampled

+

Displays the amount of simulated time covered by the data sampled for unsteady statistics.

+ + +

solve/initialize/vof-patch-smooth-options/

+

Enters the vof patch/smooth options menu.

+ + +

execute-smoothing

+

Performs volumetric smoothing for volume fraction.

+ + +

solve/initialize/vof-patch-smooth-options/set-options

+

Sets options for patching and smoothing volume fraction.

+ + +

solve/iterate

+

Performs a specified number of iterations. This option is still available during transient simulations, since it can be used to add more iterations to the same time step after interrupting iterations within a time step.

+ + +

solve/mesh-motion

+

Performs mesh motion.

+ + +

solve/monitors/

+

Sets solution monitors.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/

+

Enters the residual monitors menu.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/check-convergence?

+

Chooses which currently monitored residuals should be checked for convergence.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/convergence-criteria

+

Sets convergence criteria for residuals that are currently being both monitored and checked.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/criterion-type

+

Sets convergence criterion type.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/enhanced-continuity-residual?

+

Enables/disables an enhanced formulation for the local scaling of the continuity residuals with the pressure-based solver, so that the absolute mass flow rate at each cell is used. This text command is only available when the computing of the local scale is enabled through the solve/monitors/residual/scale-by-coefficient? text command.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/monitor?

+

Chooses which residuals to monitor as printed and/or plotted output.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/n-display

+

Sets the number of most recent residuals to display in plots.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/n-maximize-norms

+

Sets the number of iterations through which normalization factors will be maximized.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/normalization-factors

+

Sets normalization factors for currently monitored residuals (if normalize? is set to yes).

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/normalize?

+

Chooses whether to normalize residuals in printed and plotted output.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/n-save

+

Sets number of residuals to be saved with data. History is automatically compacted when buffer becomes full.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/plot?

+

Chooses whether residuals will be plotted during iteration.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/print?

+

Chooses whether residuals will be printed during iteration.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/relative-conv-criteria

+

Sets relative convergence criteria for residuals that are currently being both monitored and checked.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/re-normalize

+

Re-normalize residuals by maximum values.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/reset?

+

Chooses whether to delete the residual history and reset iteration counter to 1.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/scale-by-coefficient?

+

Chooses whether to scale residuals by coefficient sum in printed and plotted output.

+ + +

solve/monitors/residual/window

+

Specifies window in which residuals will be plotted during iteration.

+ + +

solve/patch

+

Patches a value for a flow variable in the domain. You can either provide a numerical value, which you can enter directly, or you can enter an expression, which must be entered within quotation marks.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/

+

Enters the report definitions menu.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/copy

+

Creates a copy of a report definition.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/delete

+

Deletes a report definition.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/delete-all

+

Deletes all of the report definition objects.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/edit

+

Edits a report definition.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/list

+

Lists all defined report definitions.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a report definition.

+ + +

solve/report-definitions/rename

+

Renames a report definition.

+ + +

solve/report-files/

+

Enters the report files menu.

+ + +

solve/report-files/add

+

Creates a report file.

+ + +

solve/report-files/clear-data

+

Clears the data associated with a report file.

+ + +

solve/report-files/delete

+

Deletes a report file object.

+ + +

solve/report-files/delete-all

+

Deletes all of the report file objects.

+ + +

solve/report-files/edit

+

Edits a report file.

+ + +

solve/report-files/list

+

Lists all defined report files.

+ + +

solve/report-files/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a report file.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/

+

Enters the report plots menu.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/add

+

Creates a report plot.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/axes

+

Defines the axes for a report plot.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/clear-data

+

Clears the data associated with a report plot.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/curves

+

Defines the curves for a report plot.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/delete

+

Deletes a report plot object.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/delete-all

+

Deletes all of the report plot objects.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/edit

+

Edits a report plot.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/list

+

Lists all defined report plots.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/list-properties

+

Lists the properties of a report plot.

+ + +

solve/report-plots/plot

+

Plots the specified report plot.

+ + +

solve/rombuilder/

+

Enters the rombuilder menu.

+ + +

solve/rombuilder/enable?

+

Enables/disables the reduced order model.

+ + +

solve/rombuilder/evaluate

+

Allows you to enter values between the allowed ranges for the existing variables and zones that are part of the loaded ROM and have the results computed (when a ROMZ file is loaded into Fluent in Workbench).

+ + +

solve/rombuilder/select-variables-and-zones

+

Select the variables and locations that you want included in the reduced order model.

+ + +

solve/set/

+

Enters the set solution parameters menu.

+ + +

solve/set/accelerated-non-iterative-time-marching

+

Enables a modified NITA scheme and other setting changes that can speed up the simulation. This option is only available with the Large Eddy Simulation (LES) turbulence model, and is intended for unreacting flow simulations that use a constant-density fluid.

+ + +

solve/set/acoustics-wave-equation-controls/

+

Enters the menu to specify parameters of the acoustics wave equation solver.

+ + +

solve/set/acoustics-wave-equation-controls/expert/

+

Enters the menu to specify the expert parameters.

+ + +

solve/set/acoustics-wave-equation-controls/expert/explicit-relaxation-factor

+

Specifies the explicit relaxation factor. Should be used only with bad meshes, when iterations do not converge.

+ + +

solve/set/acoustics-wave-equation-controls/expert/under-relaxation-factor

+

Specifies the implicit under-relaxation factor. Should be used only with bad meshes, when the AMG linear solver does not converge.

+ + +

solve/set/acoustics-wave-equation-controls/expert/max-iterations-per-timestep

+

Specifies the maximum number if iterations, which will be performed by the acoustics wave equation solver in one timestep.

+ + +

solve/set/acoustics-wave-equation-controls/expert/relative-convergence-criterion

+

Specifies the iterations convergence criterion in terms of the residual norm drop.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/

+

Enters the advanced settings menu.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/alternate-wall-temp-formulation

+

Enables/disables an alternate formulation for wall temperatures.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/bcd-boundedness

+

Specifies the BCD scheme parameter, which controls the boundedness strength of the BCD scheme in the pressure-based solver, as described in .

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/bcd-weights-freeze

+

Enables/disables freezing of weighting coefficients of the central differencing and the upwind components of the BCD scheme. This dialog command requires the iteration number, after which the BCD scheme weights are to be frozen at each timestep. Freezing the BCD weighting coefficients may help to improve convergence of the timestep iterations as described in .

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/correction-form

+

S

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/energy-numerical-noise-filter

+

Enables/disables a filter to eliminate non-physical numerical noise in the energy field. Numerical noise can appear in solution fields where large variations in specific heat or combustion with phase change are present. Using the energy equation numerical noise filter increases robustness, but may make the solution slightly more diffusive. This text command is only available with the pressure-based solver.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/explicit-underrelaxation-value

+

Sets the explicit under-relaxation value for the density-based implicit solver.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/linearized-mass-transfer-udf

+

Enables/disables the use of a linearized mass transfer user-defined function (that is, the DEFINE_LINEARIZED_MASS_TRANSFER macro), as opposed to a mass transfer user-defined function (that is, the DEFINE_MASS_TRANSFER macro).

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/retain-cell-residuals

+

Enables/disables the retention of cell residuals for postprocessing.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/retain-temporary-solver-mem

+

Enables/disables the retention of temporary solver memory, which retains gradient data and makes some advanced options available for postprocessing.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/secondary-gradient-limiting/

+

Enters the secondary gradient limiting menu. This menu is only available when the define/models/solver/pressure-based text command is enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/secondary-gradient-limiting/energy?

+

Enables/disables secondary gradient limiting for the energy calculations on coupled two-sided walls. This limiting can help prevent divergence when the cells on such walls have poor orthogonality.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/secondary-gradient-limiting/mesh-quality-limits

+

Defines the mesh quality limits used when applying secondary gradient limiting to faces on coupled two-sided walls. Shifting this range closer to 1 will decrease the risk of divergence, but at the cost of accuracy.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/secondary-gradient-limiting/uds?

+

Enables/disables secondary gradient limiting for the user-defined scalar (UDS) calculations on coupled two-sided walls. This limiting can help prevent divergence when the cells on such walls have poor orthogonality.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/show-all-discretization-schemes

+

Enables/disables the availability of all applicable discretization schemes.

+ + +

solve/set/advanced/singhal-et-al-cavitation-model

+

Enables/disables the availability of the Singhal et al. cavitation model option, which can then be enabled in the Multiphase Model dialog box or by using the following text command: define/phases/set-domain-properties/interaction-domain/heat-mass-reaction/cavitation/cavitation?.

+ + +

solve/set/amg-options/

+

Enters the AMG options menu

+ + +

solve/set/amg-options/aggressive-amg-coarsening?

+

Enables / disables the use of a version of the AMG solver that is optimized for high coarsening rates. This option is recommended if the AMG solver diverges with the default settings.

+ + +

solve/set/amg-options/conservative-amg-coarsening?

+

Enables / disables the use of conservative coarsening techniques for scalar and/or coupled equations that can improve parallel performance and/or convergence for some difficult cases.

+ + +

solve/set/amg-options/laplace-coarsening?

+

Enables / disables Laplace coarsening for scalar and/or coupled equations.

+ + +

solve/set/bc-pressure-extrapolations

+

Sets pressure extrapolations schemes on boundaries.

+ + +

extrapolate total quantities on pressure-outlet boundaries?

+

The default is[no]. If you enter yes, and the flow leaving the pressure outlet is subsonic, then the total pressure and total temperature from the domain’s interior are extrapolated to the boundary and used with the imposed static pressure to determine the full thermodynamic state at the boundary.

+ + +

extrapolate pressure on pressure-inlet boundary?

+

The default is[no]. If you enter yes, then for cases with very low Mach number flow in the single-precision density-based solver, you can improve convergence by using pressure extrapolation instead of the default velocity extrapolation scheme.

+ + +

pressure on pressure-outlet b.c. is obtained via an advection splitting method?

+

The default is[yes]. If you choose the default, this means that the pressure-outlet boundary condition implementation in the density-based solver has an absorption behavior, as described in of the User’s Guide. To revert to pre-ANSYS Fluent 6.3 boundary condition implementations, where the pressure on the faces of a pressure-outlet boundary is fixed to the specified value while the flow is subsonic, enter no.

+ + +

extrapolate pressure on flow inlets?

+

The default is[yes].

+ + +

extrapolate pressure on all boundaries?

+

The default is[no].

+ + +

extrapolate velocity on out-flow boundaries?

+

The default is[no].

+ + +

solve/set/convergence-acceleration-for-stretched-meshes/

+

Enables convergence acceleration for stretched meshes to improve the convergence of the implicit density based solver on meshes with high cell stretching.

+ + +

solve/set/correction-tolerance/

+

Enters the correction tolerance menu.

+ + +

solve/set/courant-number

+

Sets the fine-grid Courant number (time step factor). This command is available only for the coupled solvers.

+ + +

solve/set/data-sampling

+

Enables data sampling for steady or unsteady flow statistics.

+ + +

solve/set/data-sampling-options/

+

Enter the menu for specifying quantities and zones for steady and unsteady flow statistics.

+ + +

solve/set/data-sampling-options/add-rtdft-datasets

+

Specify zone and quantity combinations for sampling Fourier coefficients of unsteady flows.

+ + +

solve/set/data-sampling-options/list-datasets

+

Lists the combinations of zones and quantities that are defined for sampling steady and unsteady flow statistics.

+ + +

solve/set/data-sampling-options/remove-datasets

+

Specify which zone and quantity combinations to remove from the sampling of steady and unsteady flow statistics.

+ + +

solve/set/disable-reconstruction?

+

Completely disables reconstruction, resulting in totally first-order accuracy.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/

+

Enters the discretization scheme menu. This allows you to select the discretization scheme for the convection terms in the solution equations. The following text commands can make a selection from a subset of the models in the following table:

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/amg-c

+

Selects the discretization scheme for the flow equations.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/epsilon

+

Selects the discretization scheme for the turbulent dissipation rate.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/k

+

Selects the discretization scheme for the turbulent kinetic energy.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/mom

+

Selects the discretization scheme for momentum.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/mp

+

Selects which convective discretization scheme for volume fraction is to be used.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/pressure

+

Selects the discretization scheme for pressure.

+ + +

solve/set/discretization-scheme/temperature

+

Selects the discretization scheme for energy.

+ + +

solve/set/divergence-prevention/

+

Enters the divergence prevention menu. This menu is only available for the density-based solver.

+ + +

solve/set/divergence-prevention/enable?

+

Enables a divergence prevention option so that Fluent applies under-relaxation to the variables in select cells where the temperature and/or pressure values are approaching the minimum and/or maximum limits.

+ + +

solve/set/enable-output-dp-dt?

+

Controls whether the output field variabledp-dt will be available for transient simulation postprocessing. If you select no, pressure fields at the previous time steps will not be stored in memory which reduces memory usage.

+ + +

solve/set/equation-ordering

+

Sets the order in which the model equations are solved, which can affect the convergence speed when you are using the pressure-based solver. The standard method is enabled by default and corresponds to the ordering shown in and in the Theory Guide; alternatively, you can select theoptimized-for-volumetric-expansion method, which is recommended for flows in which the density is strongly dependent on thermal effects, chemical composition, and so on (such as combustion simulations). This text command is not available for steady simulations and/or when a multiphase model is enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/equations/

+

Selects the equations to be solved.

+ + +

solve/set/expert

+

Sets expert options.

+ + +

solve/set/fast-transient-settings/

+

Enters the fast transient settings menu. This menu is only available for transient cases that use the density-based solver.

+ + +

solve/set/fast-transient-settings/rk2

+

Allows you to enable the use of a two-stage Runge-Kutta scheme for time integration, or revert to the default multi-stage Runge-Kutta scheme. This text command is only available for transient cases that use the density-based explicit formulation.

+ + +

solve/set/flow-warnings?

+

Specifies whether or not to print warning messages when reversed flow occurs at inlets and outlets, and when mass-flow inlets develop supersonic regions. By default, flow warnings are printed.

+ + +

solve/set/gradient-scheme

+

Sets gradient options.

+ + +

solve/set/heterogeneous-stiff-chemistry

+

Sets the heterogeneous stiff-chemistry solver.

+ + +

solve/set/high-order-term-relaxation/

+

+ + +

solve/set/high-order-term-relaxation/enable?

+

Enables/disables High Order Term Relaxation.

+ + +

solve/set/high-order-term-relaxation/options/

+

+ + +

solve/set/high-order-term-relaxation/options/relaxation-factor

+

Sets the relaxation factor.

+ + +

solve/set/high-order-term-relaxation/options/variables/

+

Selects the variables.

+ + +

solve/set/high-speed-numerics/

+

+ + +

solve/set/high-speed-numerics/enable?

+

Enables/disables High Speed Numerics.

+ + +

solve/set/high-speed-numerics/expert

+

Sets the level of stabilization used to achieve fast convergence. Enter a number 0-5 corresponding to the Mach number range that best characterizes the flow.

+ + +

solve/set/high-speed-numerics/visualize-pressure-discontinuity-sensor?

+

Makes available the Pressure Discontinuity Sensor which is a binary identifier equal to 1 if a cell is in proximity of a pressure discontinuity.

+ + +

solve/set/limiter-warnings?

+

Specifies whether or not to print warning messages when quantities are being limited. By default, limiter warnings are printed.

+ + +

solve/set/limits

+

Sets solver limits for various solution variables, in order to improve the stability of the solution.

+ + +

solve/set/lock-solid-temperature?

+

Specifies whether you want to lock (or “freeze”) the temperature values for all the cells in solid zones (including those to which you have a hooked an energy source through a UDF) and in walls that have shell conduction enabled, so that the values do not change during further solver iterations.

+ + +

solve/set/max-corrections/

+

Enters the max-corrections menu.

+ + +

solve/set/mp-mfluid-aniso-drag

+

Sets anisotropic drag parameters for the Eulerian multiphase model.

+ + +

solve/set/mp-reference-density

+

Sets the reference density method for the Eulerian multiphase model. The following options are available:

+
    +
  • +

    + 0 (default): Averaged density of the phase

    +
    • +
  • +

    + 1: Cell density of the phase

    +
    • +
  • +

    + 1: Constant value of 1

    +
    • +
  • +

    + 1: Cell density of the phase

    +
    • +
+
See for more information.

+ + +

solve/set/multi-grid-amg

+

Sets the parameters that govern the algebraic multigrid procedure.

+ + +

solve/set/multi-grid-controls/

+

Sets multigrid parameters and termination criteria.

+ + +

solve/set/multi-grid-fas

+

Sets the parameters that control the FAS multigrid solver. This command appears only when the explicit coupled solver is used.

+ + +

solve/set/multi-stage

+

Sets the multi-stage coefficients and the dissipation and viscous evaluation stages. This command appears only when the explicit coupled solver is used.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/

+

Sets multiphase numerics options.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/

+

Enters the menu for the stability controls for multiphase flows. For more information about the below option, see and .

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/anti-diffusion/

+

Enters the anti-diffusion menu. This item is available for VOF cases with the Interfacial Anti-Diffusion option enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/anti-diffusion/enable-dynamic-strength?

+

Enables dynamic strength to reduce compression in the direction tangential to the interface.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/anti-diffusion/set-dynamic-strength-exponent

+

Sets the cosine exponent in the dynamic strength treatment in ).

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/anti-diffusion/set-maximum-dynamic-strength

+

Sets the maximum value of dynamic anti-diffusion strength in ).

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/equation-order/

+

Enters the equation order menu for homogeneous multiphase flow models.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/equation-order/solve-flow-last?

+

When enabled, solves the flow equation at the end of the iteration. This improves the behavior at the start of new time-step if the solution does not converge properly.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/

+

Enters the equation order menu for homogeneous multiphase flow models.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/initial-outer-iterations

+

Allows you to change the number of initial time-steps and the number of initial outer iterations to control solution stability.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/instability-detector/

+

Enters the menu for the instability detector controls.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/instability-detector/enable-instability-detector?

+

Enables/disables the instability detector to deal with possible instability problems. Once this option is enabled, additional instability detection options become available.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/instability-detector/set-cfl-limit

+

Sets the Courant number limit for detecting unstable events. This command becomes available once the enable-instability-detector? text option has been enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/instability-detector/set-cfl-type

+

Selects the CFL number type for detection of an unstable event. This command becomes available once the enable-instability-detector? text option has been enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/instability-detector/set-velocity-limit

+

Sets the velocity limit for detecting unstable events. This command becomes available once the enable-instability-detector? text option has been enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/instability-detector/unstable-event-outer-iterations

+

Sets the number of outer iterations for an unstable event.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/hybrid-nita/outer-iterations

+

Sets the number of outer iterations.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/

+

Enters the menu for the pressure-velocity coupling controls.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/coupled-vof/

+

Enters the stability control menu for VOF cases that involve the Coupled pressure-velocity coupling scheme.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/coupled-vof/buoyancy-force-linearization?

+

Allows you to use the linearized buoyancy force and the blended treatment for the buoyancy force.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/pressure-interpolation/

+

Enters the pressure interpolation menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/pressure-interpolation/modified-bfw-scheme?

+

Enables/disables the modified body force weighted interpolation scheme. See for more information about this option.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/rhie-chow-flux/

+

Enters the stability controls menu for the Rhie-Chow interpolation.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/rhie-chow-flux/low-order-rhie-chow?

+

Enables/disables the low-order velocity interpolation in the flux calculation.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/skewness-correction/

+

Enters the skewness correction menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/advanced-stability-controls/p-v-coupling/skewness-correction/limit-pressure-correction-gradient?

+

Enables/disables the limited pressure correction gradient in skewness terms for the PISO, SIMPLEC, or fractional step pressure-coupling schemes.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/boiling-parameters/

+

Enters the menu for the multiphase boiling model parameters.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/boiling-parameters/liquid-vof-factor

+

When enabled, considers liquid volume fraction effects by multiplying the heat transfer coefficients by the local liquid volume fraction.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/boiling-parameters/thin-film

+

When enabled, includes multiphase boiling thin film effects using .

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/compressible-flow/

+

Enters the compressible multiphase flow numerics menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/compressible-flow/alternate-bc-formulation

+

Enables an alternative formulation for compressible phases at an inlet boundary. This formulation calculates static temperature and pressure using an iterative method based on fundamental thermodynamic relations.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/compressible-flow/enhanced-numerics

+

Enables an enhanced numerical treatment that provides better stability at startup and during calculation of compressible flows.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/default-controls/

+

Enters the default controls menu. This menu is available only for multiphase flows.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/default-controls/recommended-defaults-for-existing-cases

+

Applies the multiphase defaults (version 2020 R1) to the loaded case file.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/default-controls/undo-r20.1-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo multiphase specific default changes (version 2020 R1) applied to the loaded case file.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/

+

Enters the menu for the multiphase heat mass transfer parameters.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/alternative-energy-treatment?

+

Enables the alternative treatment of the energy sources. For more information, see .

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/area-density/

+

Enters the menu for the area density.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/area-density/ia-grad-sym?

+

Enables/disables the interfacial area density Gradient-Symmetric model. For more information about this model, see .

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/area-density/vof-min-seeding

+

Sets the minimum volume fraction for the area density and cavitation. This may be useful, for example, in cases when a species mass transfer model (such as the Symmetric model or Particle model) do not consider evaporation or condensation if the volume fraction of one of the phases is zero. The seeding allows for a phase change to occur in the fluid flow. The default value is 1e-6.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/boiling/

+

Enters the menu for the advanced boiling options for the semi-mechanistic boiling model.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/boiling/heat-flux-relaxation-factor

+

Sets the under-relaxation factor for boiling heat flux. See for details.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/boiling/show-expert-options?

+

Exposes the expert options for the semi-mechanistic boiling model. For more information about these options, see .

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/boiling/two-resistance-boiling-framework?

+

Enables/disables the two-resistance boiling framework to improve the robustness and accuracy of the solution of cases with multiple boiling mechanisms. For more information about this item, see .

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/

+

Enters the cavitation heat mass transfer menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/display_ clipped_pressure?

+

Chooses whether to clip pressure contours to the vapor pressure of the fluid wherever the pressure drops below the vapor pressure. By default, pressure contours are clipped.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/min-vapor-pressure

+

Sets the minimum vapor pressure limit for the cavitation mass-transfer model. The default value is 1 Pa.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/max-vapor-pressure-ratio

+

Sets the maximum limit on the vapor pressure after the turbulence and thermal correction. The default value is five times the vapor pressure, with consideration of turbulent and thermal effects for each cell and phase.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/schnerr-cond-coeff

+

Sets the condensation coefficient for the Schnerr-Sauer model ( in ). The default and recommended value of 0.2.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/schnerr-evap-coeff

+

Sets the evaporation coefficient for the Schnerr-Sauer model ( in ). The default and recommended value of 1.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/heat-mass-transfer/cavitation/turbulent-diffusion

+

Enables/disables the turbulent diffusion treatment for a cavitating turbulent flow. See for details.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/nita-controls/

+

Enters the NITA controls menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/nita-controls/face-pressure-options

+

Sets face pressure options for the pressure calculation. When prompted withenable body-force-weighted for face pressure calculation?, enter + yes + to select Body Force Weighted and + no + to select Second Order as a face pressure interpolation method. See for details.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/porous-media/

+

Enters the porous media numerics menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/porous-media/relative-permeability

+

Allows you to fix the saturation (volume fraction) of the phase at its user-specified residual saturation value.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/

+

Enters the solution-stabilization numerics menu. This item is available only for the VOF model.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/additional-stabilization-controls/

+

Enters the menu for additional advanced stability controls.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/additional-stabilization-controls/blended-compressive-scheme?

+

Enables/disables the blended compressive discretization scheme.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/execute-additional-stability-controls?

+

When enabled, uses additional controls for improved solution stability.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/execute-advanced-stabilization?

+

When enabled, modifies solver settings for improved solution stability.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/additional-stabilization-controls/execute-settings-optimization?

+

When enabled, uses optimized settings for VOF.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/velocity-limiting-treatment/

+

Enters the menu for the velocity-limiting-treatment.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/velocity-limiting-treatment/enable-velocity-limiting?

+

Enables/disables the velocity limiting treatment.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/velocity-limiting-treatment/set-velocity-cutoff

+

Specifies the maximum velocity magnitude.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/solution-stabilization/velocity-limiting-treatment/verbosity?

+

When enabled, the solver prints the number of velocity limited cells at each iteration.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/viscous-flow

+

Enters the viscous multiphase flow numerics menu.

+ + +

solve/set/multiphase-numerics/viscous-flow/viscosity-averaging

+

Forces harmonic averaging of cell viscosities to calculate face viscosity used in momentum equation. This can improve convergence for highly viscous flow applications (the VOF model only).

+ + +

solve/set/nb-gradient-boundary-option?

+

Switches between the modified treatment of node-based gradients at boundary cells and the legacy treatment (R14.5.7 and earlier). If using the density-based solver, you can also specify the extended treatment. For details, see .

+ + +

solve/set/nita-expert-controls/

+

Enters the NITA expert control menu.

+ + +

solve/set/nita-expert-controls/hybrid-nita-settings

+

Enables and sets hybrid NITA options. For more details, see .

+ + +

solve/set/nita-expert-controls/set-verbosity

+

Setting this to 1, enables the verbosity for NITA diagnostics. The default value of 0 disables verbosity output for NITA diagnostics.

+ + +

solve/set/nita-expert-controls/skewness-neighbor-coupling

+

Enables/disables coupling of the neighbor and skewness corrections.

+ + +

solve/set/number-of-iterations

+

Sets the number of iterations for a steady-state simulation without starting the calculation.

+ + +

solve/set/numerical-beach-controls

+

Sets damping function in flow direction. This command appears only when the VOF model is enabled. Select the damping function to be used: + + + + + + Index + Damping Function + + + + + 0 + Linear + + + 1 + Quadratic + + + 2 + Cubic + + + 3 + Cosine + + + + +

+ + +

solve/set/numerics

+

Sets numerics options.

+ + +

solve/set/open-channel-controls

+

For flows that do not transition from sub-critical to super-critical, or vice-versa, you can speed-up the solution calculation by updating the frequency of Froude number during run time.

+ + +

solve/set/open-channel-wave-options/

+

Sets buffer layer height, verbosity, and open channel wave theory formulation.

+ + +

solve/set/open-channel-wave-options/set-buffer-layer-ht

+

Sets the buffer layer height.

+ + +

solve/set/open-channel-wave-options/set-verbosity

+

Sets the open channel wave verbosity.

+ + +

solve/set/open-channel-wave-options/stokes-wave-variants

+

Specifies which open channel wave theory formulation Fluent uses.

+ + +

solve/set/overset/

+

Specifies overset meshing solver options.

+ + +

solve/set/overset/high-order-pressure?

+

Uses the pressure gradient of the donor cell in the interpolation of pressure for its receptor cell.

+ + +

solve/set/overset/interpolation-method

+

Selects the interpolation method for overset interfaces. Note that the least squares method is recommended for sliding mesh cases.

+ + +

solve/set/overset/orphan-cell-treatment?

+

Enables/disables a numerical treatment that attempts to assign reasonable data values to orphan cells.

+ + +

solve/set/p-v-controls

+

Sets pressure-velocity controls.

+ + +

solve/set/p-v-coupling

+

Selects which pressure-velocity coupling scheme is to be used. Five schemes are available:

+ + +

solve/set/phase-based-vof-discretization

+

Sets phase based slope limiter for VOF compressive scheme.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/

+

Enters the poor mesh numerics menu.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/cell-quality-based?

+

Enables/disables the application of poor mesh numerics on cells with an orthogonal quality that is equal to or less than the threshold defined by the solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/set-quality-threshold text command (which by default is set to 0.05).

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/enable?

+

Enables/disables the application of poor mesh numerics on cells (those with an orthogonal quality of 0, as well as those identified by other enabled criteria), and defines whether the local solution correction is 0th, 1st, or 2nd order.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/gradient-quality-based?

+

Enables/disables the detection and treatment of poor cells using a criterion based on the cell gradient quality. Poor mesh numerics are applied when the criterion value is equal to or less than a threshold value defined as part of this text command. This criterion is only available with the pressure-based solver, and is not supported for cases that have periodic boundaries.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/orthogonality-enhancing-cell-centroids?

+

Enables/disables the relocation of select cell centroids, to improve the orthogonality metrics and solution stability. It is applied to cells when the criterion value is equal to or less than a threshold value defined as part of the text command. Note that the enhanced metrics are only apparent when reporting the quality in the solution mode of Fluent, and not in the meshing mode.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/print-poor-elements-count

+

Prints out a listing of the poor cells for each criterion: default, cell quality, and user-defined, and (if enabled) cell gradient quality and solution and cell quality.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/reset-poor-elements?

+

Resets the list of poor cells included by the default, cell quality, user-defined, cell gradient quality, and solution and cell quality criteria.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/set-quality-threshold

+

Sets the orthogonal quality threshold used for applying poor mesh numerics when the solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/cell-quality-based? text command is enabled. By default, cells with an orthogonal quality of 0.05 or lower are corrected.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/solution-and-quality-based?

+

Enables/disables the detection and treatment of poor cells using a criterion based on the solution and cell quality. Poor mesh numerics are applied when the criterion value is equal to or less than a threshold value defined as part of this text command, and at a specified frequency (of iterations or time steps). This criterion is only available with the pressure-based solver.

+ + +

solve/set/poor-mesh-numerics/user-defined-on-register

+

Includes a register for the poor mesh numerics or not.

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/

+

Provides text commands that allow you to undo enhancements to the default solver behavior.

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/undo-2019r1-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo enhancements introduced in version 2019 R1 of ANSYS Fluent, including:

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/undo-2019r3-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo enhancements introduced in version 2019 R3 of ANSYS Fluent, including:

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/undo-2021r1-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo enhancements introduced in version 2021 R1 of ANSYS Fluent, including:

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/undo-2021r2-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo the following enhancements introduced in version 2021 R2 of ANSYS Fluent:

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/undo-2022r1-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo the following enhancements introduced in version 2022 R1 of ANSYS Fluent:

+ + +

solve/set/previous-defaults/undo-r19.0-default-changes?

+

Allows you to undo enhancements introduced in version 19.0 of ANSYS Fluent, including the treatment of symmetry boundary conditions and the treatment of walls with the specified shear condition, as well as an early protection scheme for the linear solver.

+ + +

solve/set/pseudo-time-method/

+

Enters the pseudo time method menu. This menu is only available for cases that use a pressure-based segregated solver (SIMPLE, SIMPLEC, or PISO) or for steady-state cases that use the pressure-based coupled solver or the density-based implicit solver.

+ + +

solve/set/pseudo-time-method/advanced-options/

+

Enters the advanced options menu, which allows you to enable / disable the pseudo time method for individual equations and define their pseudo time scale factors or under-relaxation factors, respectively. These settings only apply when the global time step formulation is selected.

+ + +

solve/set/pseudo-time-method/global-time-step-settings

+

Defines the pseudo time settings for the calculation when the global time step formulation is selected.

+ + +

solve/set/pseudo-time-method/local-time-step-settings

+

Defines the pseudo time Courant number when the local time step formulation is selected.

+ + +

solve/set/pseudo-time-method/verbosity

+

Sets the verbosity of the messages related to the pseudo time method.

+ + +

solve/set/reactions?

+

Enables the species reaction sources and sets relaxation factor.

+ + +

solve/set/relaxation-factor/

+

Enters the relaxation-factor menu.

+ + +

solve/set/relaxation-method

+

Sets the solver relaxation method.

+ + +

solve/set/reporting-interval

+

Sets the number of iterations for which convergence monitors are reported. The default is 1 (after every iteration).

+ + +

solve/set/residual-smoothing

+

Sets the implicit residual smoothing parameters. This command is available only for the explicit coupled solver.

+ + +

solve/set/residual-tolerance/

+

Enters the residual tolerance menu.

+ + +

solve/set/residual-verbosity

+

Sets the amount of residual information to be printed. A value of 0 (the default) prints residuals at the end of each fine grid iteration. A value of 1 prints residuals after every stage of the fine grid iteration. A value of 2 prints residuals after every stage on every grid level.

+ + +

solve/set/second-order-time-options

+

Enables / disables the variable time step size formulation for second-order implicit transient formulations. If you disable the variable time step size formulation, note that any change in the time step size will introduce an error proportional to the change in the time step size ratio.

+ + +

solve/set/set-all-species-together

+

Sets all species discretizations and URFs together.

+ + +

solve/set/set-controls-to-default

+

Sets controls to default values.

+ + +

solve/set/set-solution-methods-to-default

+

Sets the solution methods to the default settings.

+ + +

solve/set/set-solution-steering

+

Sets solution steering parameters.

+ + +

solve/set/slope-limiter-set/

+

Selects a new Fluent solver slope limiter.

+ + +

solve/set/solution-steering

+

Enables solution steering for the density-based solver.

+ + +

solve/set/stiff-chemistry

+

Sets solver options for stiff chemistry solutions.

+ + +

solve/set/surface-tension

+

Sets surface-tension calculation options.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/

+

Enters the transient controls menu, which allows you to define settings related to time advancement for transient flow calculations.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/cfl-based-time-stepping

+

Allows you to specify that an adaptive time stepping method is used in which the time step gets modified by ANSYS Fluent as the calculation proceeds such that the Courant–Friedrichs–Lewy (CFL) condition is satisfied, using the specified Courant number.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/duration-specification-method

+

Sets the method by which you will specify the duration of the calculation. The duration can be defined by the total time, the total number of time steps, the incremental time, or the number of incremental time steps. In this context, "total" indicates that Fluent will consider the amount of time / steps that have already been solved and stop appropriately, whereas "incremental" indicates that the solution will proceed for a specified amount of time / steps regardless of what has previously been calculated. This text command is only available when the time stepping is adaptive or based on a user-defined function.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/error-based-time-stepping

+

Allows you to specify that an adaptive time stepping method is used in which the time step gets modified by ANSYS Fluent based on the specified truncation error tolerance.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/extrapolate-eqn-vars/

+

Enters the extrapolation menu.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/extrapolate-vars?

+

Applies a predictor algorithm for computing initial conditions at time step n+1. The predictor algorithm is a computation that sets a better initial condition for the time step.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/fixed-periodic

+

Allows you to specify that a fixed time stepping method is used in which a specified period or frequency is the basis for determining the time step size and number of time steps.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/fixed-user-specified

+

Allows you to specify that a fixed time stepping method is used in which you directly specify the time step size and number of time steps.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/

+

Enters the menu for setting multiphase-specific time constraints.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/mesh-based-cfl-constraint?

+

Enables/disables the time step size constraints based on the mesh Courant number.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/physics-based-constraint?

+

Enables/disables the physics-driven time-step constraints.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/time-scale-options/

+

Enters the menu for choosing the time-scale options. This menu becomes available after you enable the physics-driven time-step constraints using the solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/physics-based-constraint? text command.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/time-scale-options/acoustic-scale?

+

Allows you to Include the acoustic time scale. This option is available only for compressible flows.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/time-scale-options/gravity-scale?

+

Allows you to Include the gravitational time scale. This option is available only if gravity is enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/time-scale-options/surface-tension-scale?

+

Allows you to Include the surface-tension-driven time scale. This option is available only if the surface tension force modeling is enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/time-scale-options/viscous-scale?

+

Allows you to Include the viscous time scale. This option is disabled by default. This command is not available with inviscid flows.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-constraints/verbosity?

+

When enabled, various time scales (depending on the selection) are printed to the console window at every time step. This text command is available with the moving mesh CFL constraint and with the physics-based constraint.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/incremental-time

+

Sets the amount of incremental (that is, additional) time to run the simulation, regardless of how much time has already been run in previous calculations. This text command is only available when the solve/set/transient-controls/duration-specification-method is set to3.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/max-flow-time

+

Sets the maximum flow time.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/max-iterations-per-time-step

+

Sets the number of time steps for a transient simulation. This option is available when automatic initialization and case modification is enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/multiphase-specific-time-stepping

+

Allows you to specify that an adaptive time stepping method is used in which the time step gets modified by ANSYS Fluent based on the convective time scale (global Courant number): the time-step-size calculation depends on the mesh density and velocity in interfacial cells. This method is available for all multiphase models using the implicit or explicit volume fraction formulation, except for the wet steam model.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/number-of-time-steps

+

Sets the number of time steps for a transient simulation without starting the calculation.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/predict-next-time?

+

Applies a predictor algorithm for computing the next time step. The predictor algorithm is a computation that sets a better initial condition for the time step. It uses the rate of change between the prediction and the correction as an indicator for whether the next time step should be larger, smaller, or the same as the current one.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/rotating-mesh-flow-predictor?

+

Enables / disables an option that allows for better prediction of the flow field in rotating fluid zones at every time step, in order to speed up the calculation. This text command is only available for transient simulations.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/solid-time-step-size

+

Allows you to specify that the time step size used for solid zones is independent from that used for fluid zones. This text command is only available when both a solid zone exists and energy is enabled.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/solution-status

+

Allows you to open theSimulation Status dialog box, which reports details about the simulation.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/specified-time-step

+

Specifies whether to define the transient advancement either directly by entering a time step size / period / frequency (using the text commands available in thesolve/set/transient-controls menu) or indirectly by entering a Courant number value (using the solve/set/courant-number text command). This text command is only available for the density-based solver when both the explicit formulation and explicit transient formulation are used.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/time-step-size

+

Sets the magnitude of the (physical) time step . This text command is only available when the solve/set/transient-controls/fixed-user-specified text command is set toyes.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/time-step-size-for-acoustic-export

+

Specifies the time interval for acoustic data sampling. This text command is only available when both the Ffowcs Williams and Hawkings model is selected and the density-based solver is used with the explicit formulation and explicit transient formulation.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/total-number-of-time-steps

+

Sets the total number of time steps that the simulation will run (which includes any time steps that have already been run in previous calculations). This text command is only available when the solve/set/transient-controls/duration-specification-method is set to1.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/total-time

+

Sets the total amount of time that the simulation will be run (which includes any time that has already been run in previous calculations). This text command is only available when the solve/set/transient-controls/duration-specification-method is set to2.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/udf-based-time-stepping

+

Allows you to specify that the time step size is defined by a user-defined function (UDF) that uses theDEFINE_DELTAT macro.

+ + +

solve/set/transient-controls/undo-timestep

+

When enabled, if the truncation error within a time step exceeds the specified tolerance Fluent will automatically undo the current calculation and make another attempt with the time step reduced by 1/2. This will be attempted up to 5 times after which Fluent will accept the result and proceed to the next time step.

+ + +

solve/set/under-relaxation/

+

Enters the under-relaxation menu, which allows you to set the under-relaxation factor for each equation that is being solved in a segregated manner.

+ + +

solve/set/vof-explicit-controls

+

Sets the sub time step calculation method for VOF calculations.

+ + +

solve/set/vof-numerics

+

Sets VOF numeric options.

+ + +

solve/set/warped-face-gradient-correction/

+

Enters the warped-face gradient correction menu.

+ + +

solve/set/warped-face-gradient-correction/enable?

+

Enables/disables gradient enhancement computations and specifies whether Fluent uses fast or memory saving mode.

+ + +

solve/update-physical-time

+

Advances the unsteady solution to the next physical time level. Using this command in conjunction with theiterate command allows you to manually advance the solution in time (rather than doing it automatically with the dual-time-iterate command).

+ + +

surface/circle-slice

+

Extracts a circular slice.

+ + +

surface/delete-surface

+

Removes a defined data surface.

+ + +

surface/edit-surface

+

Allows you to edit any of the listed available surfaces.

+ + +

surface/imprint-surface

+

Enters the list of surfaces to imprint from and the name of the new imprinted surface.

+ + +

surface/iso-clip

+

Clips a data surface (surface, curve, or point) between two isovalues.

+ + +

surface/iso-surface

+

Extracts an iso-surface (surface, curve, or point) from the current data field.

+ + +

surface/line-slice

+

Extracts a linear slice in 2D, given the normal to the line and a distance from the origin.

+ + +

surface/line-surface

+

Defines a “line" surface by specifying the two endpoint coordinates.

+ + +

surface/list-surfaces

+

Displays the ID and name, and the number of point, curve, and surface facets of the current surfaces.

+ + +

surface/mouse-line

+

Extracts a line surface that you define by using the mouse to select the endpoints.

+ + +

surface/mouse-plane

+

Extracts a planar surface defined by selecting three points with the mouse.

+ + +

surface/mouse-rake

+

Extracts a “rake" surface that you define by using the mouse to select the endpoints.

+ + +

surface/multiple-iso-surfaces

+

Creates multiple iso-surfaces at once. Accepts zone names, lists of zone ID’s, and wildcards.

+ + +

surface/multiple-plane-surfaces

+

Creates multiple planes at once. Accepts zone names, lists of zone ID’s, and wildcards.

+ + +

surface/multiple-zone-surfaces

+

Creates multiple data surfaces at one time. Accepts zone names, lists of zone ID’s, and wildcards.

+ + +

surface/partition-surface

+

Defines a data surface consisting of mesh faces on the partition boundary.

+ + +

surface/plane-slice

+

Extracts a planar slice.

+ + +

surface/plane-surface

+

Create a plane from a coordinate plane, point and normal, or three points.

+ + +

surface/point-array

+

Extracts a rectangular array of data points.

+ + +

surface/point-surface

+

Defines a “point" surface by specifying the coordinates.

+ + +

surface/quadric-slice

+

Extracts a quadric slice.

+ + +

surface/rake-surface

+

Extracts a “rake" surface, given the coordinates of the endpoints.

+ + +

surface/rename-surface

+

Renames a defined data surface.

+ + +

surface/reset-zone-surfaces

+

Recreates missing surface zones by resetting the case surface list.

+ + +

surface/sphere-slice

+

Extracts a spherical slice.

+ + +

surface/structural-point-surface

+

Defines a structural “point" surface by specifying the coordinates.

+ + +

surface/surface-cells

+

Extracts all cells intersected by a data surface.

+ + +

surface/transform-surface

+

Transforms surface.

+ + +

surface/zone-surface

+

Creates a surface of a designated zone and gives it a specified name.

+ + +

switch-to-meshing-mode/

+

Switches from the solution mode to the meshing mode. This text command is only available if you have not yet read a mesh or a case file.

+ + +

turbo-post/2d-contours

+

Displays 2D contours.

+ + +

turbo-post/avg-contours

+

Displays average contours.

+ + +

turbo-post/compute-report

+

Computes turbomachinery quantities.

+ + +

turbo-post/current-topology

+

Sets the current turbo topology for global use.

+ + +

turbo-post/write-report

+

Writes the turbo report to file.

+ + +

turbo-post/xy-plot-avg

+

Displays average XY plots.

+ + +

views/auto-scale

+

Scales and centers the current scene without changing its orientation.

+ + +

views/camera/

+

Enters the camera menu to modify the current viewing parameters.

+ + +

views/camera/dolly-camera

+

Adjusts the camera position and target.

+ + +

views/camera/field

+

Sets the field of view (width and height).

+ + +

views/camera/orbit-camera

+

Adjusts the camera position without modifying the target.

+ + +

views/camera/pan-camera

+

Adjusts the camera target without modifying the position.

+ + +

views/camera/position

+

Sets the camera position.

+ + +

views/camera/roll-camera

+

Adjusts the camera up-vector.

+ + +

views/camera/target

+

Sets the point to be the center of the camera view.

+ + +

views/camera/up-vector

+

Sets the camera up-vector.

+ + +

views/camera/zoom-camera

+

Adjusts the camera’s field of view. This operation is similar to dollying the camera in or out of the scene. Dollying causes objects in front to move past you. Zooming changes the perspective effect in the scene (and can be disconcerting).

+ + +

views/default-view

+

Resets view to front and center.

+ + +

views/delete-view

+

Removes a view from the list.

+ + +

views/last-view

+

Returns to the camera position before the last manipulation.

+ + +

views/list-views

+

Lists predefined and saved views.

+ + +

views/read-views

+

Reads views from a view file.

+ + +

views/restore-view

+

Uses a saved view.

+ + +

views/save-view

+

Saves the current view to the view list.

+ + +

views/write-views

+

Writes selected views to a view file.

+ + +

boundary/auto-slit-faces

+

Slits all boundary faces with cells on both sides (these cells must be in the same cell zone). A displacement can be specified to provide thickness to the boundary.

+ + +

boundary/boundary-conditions/

+

Contains options for copying or clearing boundary conditions when a case file is read.

+ + +

boundary/boundary-conditions/clear

+

Clears the boundary conditions assigned to the specified face zones.

+ + +

boundary/boundary-conditions/clear-all

+

Clears the boundary conditions assigned to all the face zones.

+ + +

boundary/boundary-conditions/copy

+

Enables you to copy the boundary conditions from the face zone selected to the face zones specified.

+ + +

boundary/check-boundary-mesh

+

Reports the number of Delaunay violations on the triangular surface mesh and the number of isolated nodes.

+ + +

boundary/check-duplicate-geom

+

Displays the names of the duplicate surfaces and prints maximum and average distance between them.

+ + +

boundary/clear-marked-faces

+

Clears marked faces.

+ + +

boundary/clear-marked-nodes

+

Clears nodes that were marked using the mark-duplicate-nodes command.

+ + +

boundary/compute-bounding-box

+

Computes the bounding box for the zones specified.

+ + +

boundary/count-free-nodes

+

Reports the number of boundary nodes associated with edges having only one attached face.

+ + +

boundary/count-marked-faces

+

Reports the number of marked faces.

+ + +

boundary/count-unused-bound-node

+

Counts the unused boundary nodes in the domain.

+ + +

boundary/count-unused-faces

+

Lists the number of boundary faces that are not used by any cell.

+ + +

boundary/count-unused-nodes

+

Lists the number of boundary nodes that are not used by any cell.

+ + +

boundary/create-bounding-box

+

Creates the bounding box for the specified zones. You can specify the zone type, name, edge length, and the extents of the box, as required. You can also optionally create a geometry object from the bounding box created.

+ + +

boundary/create-cylinder

+

Creates a cylinder by specifying the axis, radius, and edge length or three arc nodes, the axial delta, the radial gap, and the edge length. You can also specify the prefix for the zone being created, as required. You can also optionally create a geometry object from the cylinder created.

+ + +

boundary/create-plane-surface

+

Creates a plane surface by specifying either the axis direction, axial location, and the extents of the surface or three points defining the plane. You can also optionally create a geometry object from the plane surface created.

+ + +

boundary/create-revolved-surface

+

Creates a revolved surface by rotating the specified edge through the angle specified. Specify the number of segments, scale factor, and the pivot point and axis of rotation. You can also optionally create a geometry object from the revolved surface created.

+ + +

boundary/create-swept-surface

+

Creates a surface by sweeping the specified edge in the direction specified. You need to specify the distance to sweep through and the number of offsets, as required. You can also optionally create a geometry object from the swept surface created.

+ + +

boundary/delete-all-dup-faces

+

Searches for faces on all boundary zones that have the same nodes and deletes the duplicates.

+ + +

boundary/delete-duplicate-faces

+

Searches for faces on a specified zone that have the same nodes and deletes the duplicates. Duplicate faces may be present if you generated the boundary mesh using a third-party grid generator, or if you have used the slit-boundary-face command to modify the boundary mesh and then merged the nodes.

+ + +

boundary/delete-free-edge-faces

+

Enables you to remove faces with the specified number of free edges from the specified boundary zones.

+ + +

boundary/delete-island-faces

+

Enables you to delete faces in a non-contiguous region of a face zone.

+ + +

boundary/delete-unconnected-faces

+

Enables you to delete the unconnected face-zones.

+ + +

boundary/delete-unused-faces

+

Deletes all the boundary faces that are not used by any cell.

+ + +

boundary/delete-unused-nodes

+

Deletes the boundary nodes that are not used by any boundary faces.

+ + +

boundary/edge-limits

+

Prints the length of the shortest and longest edges on the boundary. This information is useful for setting initial mesh parameters and refinement controls.

+ + +

boundary/face-distribution

+

Reports the distribution of face quality in the text window.

+ + +

boundary/face-skewness

+

Lists the worst face skewness.

+ + +

boundary/feature/

+

Enables you to create and modify features.

+ + +

boundary/feature/copy-edge-zones

+

Copies the specified edge zone(s) to new edge zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/feature/create-edge-zones

+

Extracts edge loops for the specified face zone(s) based on the feature method specified. You also need to specify an appropriate value for feature angle when using the fixed-angle method. The Face Seed approach cannot be used when creating edge loops using text commands.

+ + +

boundary/feature/delete-degenerated-edges

+

Deletes degenerated edges (edges where the two end nodes are the same) for the edge zone(s) specified.

+ + +

boundary/feature/delete-edge-zones

+

Deletes the specified edge zone(s)

+ + +

boundary/feature/edge-size-limits

+

Reports the minimum, maximum, and average edge length for the specified edge zone(s) in the console.

+ + +

boundary/feature/group

+

Associates the specified edge zone(s) with the specified face zone.

+ + +

boundary/feature/intersect-edge-zones

+

Intersects the specified edge loops to create a new edge loop comprising the common edges. You can enable automatic deleting of overlapped edges and specify an appropriate intersection tolerance.

+ + +

boundary/feature/list-edge-zones

+

Lists the name, ID, type, and count for the specified edge zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/feature/merge-edge-zones

+

Merges multiple edge loops of the same type into a single loop.

+ + +

boundary/feature/orient-edge-direction

+

Orients the edges on the loop to point in the same direction.

+ + +

boundary/feature/project-edge-zones

+

Projects the edges of the specified loop onto the specified face zone using the specified projection method.

+ + +

boundary/feature/remesh-edge-zones

+

Remeshes the specified edge loop(s), modifying the node distribution according to the specified remeshing method, spacing values, and feature angle. You can also enable quadratic reconstruction, if required.

+ + +

boundary/feature/reverse-edge-direction

+

Reverses the direction of the edge loop.

+ + +

boundary/feature/separate-delete-small-edges

+

Separates the edge zones based on the feature angle specified, and then deletes the edges having a count smaller than the minimum count specified.

+ + +

boundary/feature/separate-edge-zones

+

Separates the specified edge loop based on connectivity and the specified feature angle.

+ + +

boundary/feature/separate-edge-zones-by-seed

+

Separates the edge loop based on the seed edge specified. The edge zone separation angle is used to separate the edge zone (default 40).

+ + +

boundary/feature/toggle-edge-type

+

Toggles the edge type between boundary and interior.

+ + +

boundary/feature/ungroup

+

Ungroups previously grouped edge zones.

+ + +

boundary/fix-mconnected-edges

+

Resolves multi-connected edges/non-manifold configurations in the boundary mesh by deleting fringes and overlaps based on threshold values specified.

+ + +

boundary/improve/

+

Enables you to improve boundary surfaces.

+ + +

boundary/improve/collapse-bad-faces

+

Enables you to collapse the short edge of faces having a high aspect ratio or skewness in the specified face zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/improve/degree-swap

+

Enables you to improve the boundary mesh by swapping edges based on a node degree value other than 6. The node degree is defined as the number of edges connected to the node.

+ + +

boundary/improve/improve

+

Enables you to improve the boundary surface quality using skewness, size change, aspect ratio, or area as the quality measure.

+ + +

boundary/improve/smooth

+

Enables you to improve the boundary surface using smoothing.

+ + +

boundary/improve/swap

+

Enables you to improve the boundary surface using edge swapping.

+ + +

boundary/jiggle-boundary-nodes

+

Randomly perturbs all boundary nodes based on an input tolerance. Some nodes will be perturbed less than the tolerance value, while others will be perturbed by half of the tolerance value in all three coordinate directions.

+ + +

boundary/make-periodic

+

Enables you to make the specified boundaries periodic. You can specify the type of periodicity (rotational or translational), the angle, pivot, and axis of rotation, for rotational periodicity or the translational shift for translational periodicity. For each of the zones specified, a corresponding periodic shadow boundary zone will be created.

+ + +

boundary/manage/

+

Contains options for manipulating the boundary zones.

+ + +

boundary/manage/auto-delete-nodes?

+

Specifies whether or not unused nodes should be deleted when their face zone is deleted.

+ + +

boundary/manage/change-prefix

+

Enables you to change the prefix for the specified face zones.

+ + +

boundary/manage/copy

+

Copies all nodes and faces of the specified face zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/manage/create

+

Creates a new face zone.

+ + +

boundary/manage/delete

+

Deletes the face zone.

+ + +

boundary/manage/flip

+

Reverses the normal direction of the specified boundary zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/manage/id

+

Specifies a new boundary zone ID. If there is a conflict, the change will be ignored.

+ + +

boundary/manage/list

+

Prints information about all boundary zones.

+ + +

boundary/manage/merge

+

Merges face zones.

+ + +

boundary/manage/name

+

Gives a face zone a new name.

+ + +

boundary/manage/orient

+

Consistently orients the faces in the specified zones.

+ + +

boundary/manage/origin

+

Specifies a new origin for the mesh, to be used for face zone rotation and for periodic zone creation. The default origin is (0,0,0).

+ + +

boundary/manage/remove-suffix

+

Removes the suffix (characters including and after the leftmost ":") in the face zone names.

+ + +

boundary/manage/rotate

+

Rotates all nodes of the specified face zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/manage/rotate-model

+

Rotates all nodes of the model through the specified angle, based on the specified point and axis of rotation.

+ + +

boundary/manage/scale

+

Scales all nodes of the specified face zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/manage/scale-model

+

Scales all nodes of the model by multiplying the node coordinates by the specified scale factors (x, y, z).

+ + +

boundary/manage/translate

+

Translates all nodes of the specified face zone(s).

+ + +

boundary/manage/translate-model

+

Translates all nodes of the model by the specified translation offsets (x, y, z). The translation offsets are interpreted as absolute numbers in meshing mode. In solution mode, however, the translation offsets are assumed to be distances in the length unit set. This may lead to differences in domain extents reported after translating the mesh in the respective modes.

+ + +

boundary/manage/type

+

Changes the boundary type of the face zone. When changing the boundary type of any zone to type interior, ensure that there is a single cell zone across the interior boundary. Retaining multiple cell zones across an interior boundary can cause undesirable results with further tet meshing or smoothing operations. Also, face zones having no/one neighboring cell zone should not be changed to type interior. The mesh check will issue a warning if multiple cell zones are maintained across an interior boundary. The boundary type in such cases should be set to internal instead.

+ + +

boundary/manage/user-defined-groups/

+

Enables you to manipulate user-defined groups.

+ + +

boundary/manage/user-defined-groups/activate

+

Activates the specified user-defined groups.

+ + +

boundary/manage/user-defined-groups/create

+

Creates the user-defined group comprising the specified zones.

+ + +

boundary/manage/user-defined-groups/delete

+

Deletes the specified user-defined group.

+ + +

boundary/manage/user-defined-groups/list

+

Lists the groups in the console.

+ + +

boundary/manage/user-defined-groups/update

+

Enables you to modify an existing group.

+ + +

boundary/mark-duplicate-nodes

+

Marks duplicate nodes. The marked nodes will appear in the grid display when nodes are displayed. For a list of duplicate nodes, set the /report/verbosity level to 2 before using the mark-duplicate-nodes command.

+ + +

boundary/mark-face-intersection

+

Marks intersecting faces. Intersection is detected if the line defined by any two consecutive nodes on a face intersects any face in the current domain. The marked faces will appear in the grid display when faces are displayed. For a list of intersecting faces, set the /report/verbosity level to 2 before using the mark-face-intersection command.

+ + +

boundary/mark-face-proximity

+

Marks faces that are in proximity to each other. Face A is considered to be in proximity to face B if any of the nodes on face A are within the calculated proximity distance from face B. The proximity distance is calculated based on the specified relative distance and the sphere radius. The sphere radius is determined by the maximum distance from the centroid of the face to its nodes. The marked faces will appear in the grid display when faces are displayed. For a list of faces in proximity to each other, set the /report/verbosity level to 2 before using the mark-face-proximity command.

+ + +

boundary/mark-faces-in-region

+

Marks the faces that are contained in a specified local refinement region.

+ + +

boundary/merge-nodes

+

Merges duplicate nodes.

+ + +

boundary/merge-small-face-zones

+

Merges the face zones having area less than the minimum area.

+ + +

boundary/modify/

+

Contains commands used to modify the boundary mesh.

+ + +

boundary/modify/analyze-bnd-connectvty

+

Finds and marks free edges and nodes and multiply-connected edges and nodes. This process is necessary if the boundary mesh has been changed with Scheme functions.

+ + +

boundary/modify/clear-selections

+

Clears all selections.

+ + +

boundary/modify/clear-skew-faces

+

Clears faces that were marked using the mark-skew-face command.

+ + +

boundary/modify/collapse

+

Collapses pairs of nodes, edge(s), or face(s). If a pair of nodes is selected, both the nodes are deleted and a new node is created at the midpoint of the two nodes. If a triangular face is selected, the complete face is collapsed into a single node at the centroid of the face.

+ + +

boundary/modify/create

+

Creates a boundary face if the selection list contains 3 nodes and an optional zone. If the selection list contains positions, then nodes are created.

+ + +

boundary/modify/create-mid-node

+

Creates a node at the midpoint between two selected nodes.

+ + +

boundary/modify/delete

+

Deletes all selected faces and nodes.

+ + +

boundary/modify/delta-move

+

Moves the selected node by specified magnitude.

+ + +

boundary/modify/deselect-last

+

Removes the last selection from the selection list.

+ + +

boundary/modify/hole-feature-angle

+

Specifies the feature angle for consideration of holes in the geometry.

+ + +

boundary/modify/list-selections

+

Lists all of the selected objects.

+ + +

boundary/modify/local-remesh

+

Remeshes marked faces or faces based on selections in the graphics window. Select the faces to be remeshed and specify the sizing source (constant-size, geometry, or size-field), the number of radial layers of faces to be remeshed (rings), the feature angle to be preserved while remeshing the selected faces, and the size for constant size remeshing (if applicable).

+ + +

boundary/modify/mark-skew-face

+

Marks faces that should be skipped when the worst skewed face is reported using the Modify Boundary dialog box. This enables you to search for the next skewed face.

+ + +

boundary/modify/merge

+

Merges pairs of nodes. The first node selected is retained, and the second is the duplicate that is merged.

+ + +

boundary/modify/move

+

Moves the selected node to the selected position if the selection list contains a node and a position.

+ + +

boundary/modify/next-skew

+

Finds the triangular face of nearest lower skewness value than that of the worst skewed face. The face ID, its skewness, the longest edge ID, and the node ID opposite to the longest edge are displayed in the console.

+ + +

boundary/modify/repair

+

Repairs zones by filling all holes associated with free faces. Specify the face zones for the repair operation.

+ + +

boundary/modify/repair-options/

+

Contains

+ + +

boundary/modify/rezone

+

Moves the selected faces from their current zone into the selected zone, if the selection list contains a zone and one or more faces.

+ + +

boundary/modify/select-entity

+

Adds a cell, face, or node to the selection list by entering the name of the entity.

+ + +

boundary/modify/select-filter

+

Selects a filter. The possible filters are off, cell, face, edge, node, zone, position, object, and size. If off is chosen, then when a selection is made, it is first checked to see if it is a cell, then a face, an edge, and so on. When the node filter is used, and if a cell or face is selected, the node closest to the selection point is picked. Thus, the nodes do not have to be displayed, to be picked.

+ + +

boundary/modify/select-position

+

Adds a position to the selection list by entering the coordinates of the position.

+ + +

boundary/modify/select-probe

+

Selects the probe function. The possible functions are:

+ + +

boundary/modify/select-visible-entities?

+

Enables you to select only visible entities (nodes, edges, faces, zones, objects) when the box select or polygon select options are used. Ensure that the model is zoomed to an appropriate level for correct selection.

+ + +

boundary/modify/select-zone

+

Adds a zone to the selection list by entering the zone name or ID.

+ + +

boundary/modify/show-filter

+

Shows the current filter.

+ + +

boundary/modify/show-probe

+

Shows the current probe function.

+ + +

boundary/modify/skew

+

Finds the face with the highest (worst) skewness, selects it in the graphics window, and reports its skewness and zone ID in the console window.

+ + +

boundary/modify/skew-report-zone

+

Enables you to select the zone for which you want to report the skewness. You can either specify zone name or zone ID.

+ + +

boundary/modify/smooth

+

Uses Laplace smoothing to modify the position of the nodes in the selection list. It moves the selected node to a position computed from an average of its node neighbors. The new position is an average of the neighboring node coordinates and is not reprojected to the discrete surface.

+ + +

boundary/modify/split-face

+

Splits two selected faces into four faces.

+ + +

boundary/modify/swap

+

Swaps boundary edges (of triangular faces) if the selection list contains edges.

+ + +

boundary/modify/undo

+

Undoes the previous operation. When an operation is performed, the reverse operation is stored on the undo stack. For example, a create operation places a delete on the stack, and a delete adds a create operation. The undo operation requires that the name of the object exist when the action is undone. If the name does not exist, then the undo will fail. You can undo the last few operations, but if many operations are being performed it is recommended that you also save the mesh periodically.

+ + +

boundary/orient-faces-by-point

+

Orients the normals based on the specified material point.

+ + +

boundary/print-info

+

Prints information about the grid in the text window.

+ + +

boundary/project-face-zone

+

Projects nodes on a selected face zone onto a target face zone. Projection can be performed based on normal direction, closest point, or specified direction.

+ + +

boundary/recover-periodic-surfaces

+

Restores the periodic relationship between face zones. You will be prompted for the type (rotational or translational), method (semi-automatic, automatic, or manual, depending on the periodicity type) and for face zones. Periodicity information (angle, pivot point, axis of rotation, or translational shift) are read in with the mesh file.

+ + +

boundary/refine/

+

Discusses the commands used to refine the boundary mesh.

+ + +

boundary/refine/auto-refine

+

Automatically refines a face zone based on proximity. The original face zone is treated as a background mesh. Faces are refined by multiple face splitting passes, so that no face is in close proximity to any face in the current domain.

+ + +

boundary/refine/clear

+

Clears all refinement marks from all boundary faces.

+ + +

boundary/refine/count

+

Counts the number of faces marked on each boundary zone.

+ + +

boundary/refine/limits

+

Prints a report of the minimum and maximum size of each specified zone. This report will also tell you how many faces on each zone have been marked for refinement.

+ + +

boundary/refine/local-regions/

+

Enters the local refinement menu.

+ + +

boundary/refine/local-regions/define

+

Defines the refinement region according to the specified parameters.

+ + +

boundary/refine/local-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified region.

+ + +

boundary/refine/local-regions/init

+

Creates a region encompassing the entire geometry.

+ + +

boundary/refine/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists all the refinement regions in the console.

+ + +

boundary/refine/mark

+

Marks the faces for refinement.

+ + +

boundary/refine/refine

+

Refines the marked faces.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/

+

Has a set of commands for remeshing the face zones.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/clear-marked-faces

+

Clears the highlighting of the triangles that are marked.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/coarsen-and-refine

+

Remeshes (coarsens/refines) the boundary face zones based on the computed size field. Specify the boundary face zones to be remeshed, the boundary edge zones, feature angle, and corner angle. Additionally, specify whether the current boundary face zones should be replaced by the remeshed face zones after the operation is complete.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/

+

Enters the edge loop tools text menu.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/delete-overlapped?

+

Toggles the deletion of region of overlap of the two surfaces.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/direction

+

Specifies the direction of the edge loop projection.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/

+

Enters the intersect control menu.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/absolute-tolerance?

+

Enables you to switch between the use of absolute and relative tolerance. By default, the relative tolerance value is used.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/delete-overlap?

+

Enables/disables the deletion of overlapped edges. It toggles the automatic deletion of region of overlap of the two surfaces. This option is used by while remeshing overlapping zones and retriangulating prisms. By default, this option is enabled.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/feature-angle

+

Specifies the minimum feature angle that should be considered while retriangulating the boundary zones. All the edges in the zone having feature angle greater than the specified feature angle are retained. This option is useful for preserving the shape of the intersecting boundary zones. The default value of feature angle is 40, however, a value in the range of 10–50 degrees is recommended. A large value may distort the shape of the intersecting boundary zones.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/ignore-parallel-faces?

+

Default is yes. If there are close-to-parallel faces, set to no to separate the zones and avoid creating an intersection loop.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/join-match-angle

+

Specifies the allowed maximum angle between the normals of the two overlapping surfaces to be joined. This parameter is used to control the size of the join region.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/join-project-angle

+

Specifies the allowed maximum angle between the face normal and the project direction for the overlapping surfaces to be joined. This parameter is used to control the size of the join region.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/refine-region?

+

Enables you to refine the regions that are modified during the intersect operations. It toggles the refinement of the intersecting regions after performing any of the intersection operation. This operation improves the quality of the resulting mesh, however, this option is disabled by default.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection?

+

Used to enable or disable automatic post-remesh operation after any connect operation (join, intersect, or stitch).

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/retri-improve?

+

Enables you to improve the mesh. After performing any intersection operation, the slivers are removed along the curve of intersection, Laplace smoothing is performed, and followed by the edge swapping. Laplace smoothing is also performed for insert-edge-zone, remesh-overlapped-zones, and prism-retriangulation options. Smoothing is performed again. The smooth-swap operations can be controlled by changing the various defaults such as swapping iterations, smoothing iterations, etc.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/separate?

+

Enables the automatic separation of intersected zones.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/stitch-preserve?

+

Indicates that shape of the first zone specified is to be preserved. This option is enabled by default.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/tolerance

+

Specifies the tolerance value for the intersect operations.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/within-tolerance?

+

Performs the intersection operation only within the specified tolerance value. It is useful only for the Intersect option.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/project-method

+

Specifies the method for projecting edge loops.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/proximity-local-search?

+

Includes the selected face for proximity calculation.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/quadratic-recon?

+

Enables/disables quadratic reconstruction of edge loops.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/remesh-method

+

Specifies the method to be used for the node distribution on the edge loop.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/spacing

+

Sets the node spacing for the edge loop.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/controls/tolerance

+

Sets the tolerance for determining if two edges intersect.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/create-all-intrst-loops

+

Creates edge loop of intersection for all boundary zones in current domain.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/create-edge-loops

+

Creates edge loops for a specified face zone, based on feature angle.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/create-intersect-loop

+

Creates an interior edge loop at the intersection between two adjacent face zones. Edges created in this way will not be remeshed by default.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/create-join-loop

+

Creates edge loop on boundary of the region of overlap of two surfaces.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/create-stitch-loop

+

Creates edge loops for connecting two surfaces along their free edges.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/delete-overlapped-edges

+

Deletes edges that overlap selected edge loops.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/faceted-stitch-zones

+

Performs the faceted stitching of zones.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/insert-edge-zone

+

Inserts an edge zone into a triangulated boundary face zone.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/intersect-all-face-zones

+

Remeshes all the intersecting face zones. After the intersect operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no +

+ + +

boundary/remesh/intersect-face-zones

+

Remeshes two intersecting face zones so that they become conformal. After the intersect operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no +

+ + +

boundary/remesh/join-all-face-zones

+

Connects all overlapping face zones using the join operation. After the join operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no +

+ + +

boundary/remesh/join-face-zones

+

Connects two overlapping faces. After the join operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no +

+ + +

boundary/remesh/mark-intersecting-faces

+

Highlights the triangles in the neighborhood of the line of intersection.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/mark-join-faces

+

Highlights the triangles in the neighborhood of the join edge loop.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/mark-stitch-faces

+

Highlights the triangles in the neighborhood of the stitch edge loop.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/remesh-face-zone

+

Remeshes a specified face zone by automatically extracting edge loops. If edge loops are present in the current domain (for example, if they were created using the create-edge-loops command), they are used to remesh the specified face zone.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/remesh-constant-size

+

Remeshes the specified face zones to a constant triangle size while maintaining conformity with adjacent zones. Specify the boundary face zones to be remeshed, the boundary edge zones, feature angle, corner angle, and the constant size. Additionally, specify whether the current boundary face zones should be replaced by the remeshed face zones after the operation is complete.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/remesh-face-zones-conformally

+

Remeshes face zones using the current size function and keeping a conformal interface between them. If no size function is defined, an error message will be generated. This command will prompt for:

+
    +
  • +

    + Boundary Face Zones +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + Boundary Edge Zones +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + feature angle – used to determine the minimum angle between features that will be preserved during remeshing

    +
    • +
  • +

    + corner angle – used to specify the minimum angle between feature edges that will be preserved

    +
    • +
  • +

    + Replace Face Zone? – (default is Yes) the remeshed face zone(s) will take the name and -id of the original zones, and the original face zone(s) will have “orig” appended to their name. If No, the remeshed face zone(s) will have “retri” added postfix.

    +
    • +
+
Periodic face zones cannot be remeshed using this command.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/remesh-overlapping-zones

+

Remeshes overlapping face zones. The non-overlapping region is remeshed using the edge loops created from the overlapping face zones.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/

+

Enters the size functions menu where you can define size functions for controlling mesh size distribution.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/compute

+

Computes the size field based on the defined parameters.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/contours/

+

Contains options for displaying contours of size functions.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/contours/draw

+

Displays contours in the graphics window. Compute the size field using /size-functions/compute or read in a size field file prior to displaying the contours of size.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/contours/set/refine-facets?

+

Enables you to specify smaller facets if the original are too large. Default is no.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/create

+

Defines the size function based on the specified parameters.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/create-defaults

+

Creates default size functions based on face and edge curvature and proximity.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/delete

+

Deletes the specified size function or the current size field.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/delete-all

+

Deletes all the defined size functions.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/disable-periodicity-filter

+

Removes periodicity from the size field.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/list

+

Lists all the defined size functions and the parameter values defined.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/reset-global-controls

+

Resets the global controls to their default values.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/set-global-controls

+

Sets the values for the global minimum and maximum size, and the growth rate.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/set-periodicity-filter

+

Applies periodicity to the size field by selecting one source face zone. Ensure that periodicity is previously defined. Only rotational periodicity is supported, translational periodicity is not supported currently.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/set-prox-gap-tolerance

+

Sets the tolerance relative to minimum size to take gaps into account. Gaps whose thickness is less than the global minimum size multiplied by this factor will not be regarded as a proximity gap.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/set-scaling-filter

+

Specifies the scale factor, and minimum and maximum size values to filter the size output from the size field.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/triangulate-quad-faces?

+

Identifies the zones comprising non-triangular elements and uses a triangulated copy of these zones for computing the size functions.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/size-functions/use-cad-imported-curvature?

+

Enables/disables curvature data from the nodes of the CAD facets.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/stitch-all-face-zones

+

Connects (stitches) all the face zones along the free edges. After the stitch operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no +

+ + +

boundary/remesh/stitch-face-zones

+

Connects two surfaces along their free edges. After the stitch operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no +

+ + +

boundary/remesh/stitch-with-preserve-boundary

+

Connects (stitches) a zone to another which is connected to an existing volume mesh, while preserving the boundary of the zones connected to the volume mesh. Specify a list of boundary zones to be preserved, a list of the boundary zones to be connected to each of these zones, and the tolerance value. After the stitch operation, remesh is called automatically. To disable the post-remesh operation, use the text command: /boundary/remesh/controls/intersect/remesh-post-intersection? + no This command will not work for overlapping or partially overlapping face zones.

+ + +

boundary/remesh/triangulate

+

Triangulates quad zones.

+ + +

boundary/reset-element-type

+

Resets the element type (mixed, tri, or quad) of a boundary zone. If you have separated a mixed (tri and quad) face zone into one tri face zone and one quad face zone, for example, each of these will be identified as a “mixed" zone. Resetting the element type for each of these new zones will identify them as, respectively, a triangular zone and a quadrilateral zone.

+ + +

boundary/resolve-face-intersection

+

Resolves self intersection on manifold surface meshes.

+ + +

boundary/scale-nodes

+

Applies a scaling factor to all node coordinates. You can use this command to change the units of the grid.

+ + +

boundary/separate/

+

Contains options for separating face zones.

+ + +

boundary/separate/local-regions/

+

Enters the local refinement menu.

+ + +

boundary/separate/local-regions/define

+

Enables you to define the local region.

+ + +

boundary/separate/local-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified local region.

+ + +

boundary/separate/local-regions/init

+

Creates a region encompassing the entire geometry.

+ + +

boundary/separate/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists all the local regions defined.

+ + +

boundary/separate/mark-faces-in-region

+

Marks the faces that are contained in a specified local refinement region.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-angle

+

Separates a boundary face zone based on significant angle.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-cnbor

+

Separates a boundary/interior face zone based on its cell neighbors.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-mark

+

Separates a boundary face zone by moving marked faces to a new zone.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-region

+

Separates a boundary face zone based on contiguous regions.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-seed

+

Separates a boundary face zone by defining a seed face on the surface.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-seed-angle

+

Separates faces connected to the seed face, whose normal fall within the specified cone.

+ + +

boundary/separate/sep-face-zone-by-shape

+

Separates a boundary face zone based on the shape of the faces (triangular or quadrilateral).

+ + +

boundary/set-periodicity

+

Defines the periodicity parameters. You will be prompted for the type of periodicity (rotational or translational). For rotational periodicity, you will be prompted for the angle and axis of rotation parameters. For translational periodicity, you will be prompted for the shift vector components.

+ + +

boundary/slit-boundary-face

+

Slits a boundary face zone by duplicating all faces and nodes, except those nodes that are located at the edges of the boundary zone. A displacement can be specified to provide thickness to the boundary. The slit command only works when it is possible to move from face to face using the connectivity provided by the cells. You should slit the boundary face after you generate the volume mesh so that cells will not be placed inside the gap. There may be some inaccuracies when you graphically display solution data for a mesh with a slit boundary in ANSYS Fluent.

+ + +

boundary/smooth-marked-faces

+

Smooths the marked faces.

+ + +

boundary/unmark-selected-faces

+

Unmarks the marked selected faces.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/

+

Enters the surface wrapper menu. This menu is no longer supported, and will be removed in a future release.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/delete-all-cells?

+

Deletes the Cartesian mesh. This command is available only after initializing the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/imprint-edges?

+

Imprints the wrapper surface on recovered feature edges that you recover. This command is available only after creating the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/initialize

+

Creates a Cartesian mesh of the specified parameters.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/local-regions/

+

Enters the local refinement menu.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/local-regions/define

+

Enables you to define the local refinement region.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/local-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified refinement region.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/local-regions/init

+

Creates a region encompassing the entire geometry.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists all the refinement regions in the console.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/local-regions/refine

+

Refines the specified region according to the refinement parameters specified.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/

+

Enters the wrapper surface improvement options menu.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/auto-post-improve

+

Improves the wrapper surface using a pre-defined sequence of operations.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/auto-post-wrap

+

Performs a pre-defined sequence of post-wrapping operations on the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/coarsen-wrapper-surf

+

Coarsens the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/filterout-far-features

+

Deletes feature edges beyond the specified distance from the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/imprint-geom-surf

+

Imprints the geometry threads on wrapper (manual zone recovery).

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/improve

+

Improves the wrapper surface quality based on skewness, size change, or aspect ratio.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/inflate-thin-regions

+

Pushes apart the overlapping faces in thin regions.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/post-single-surface

+

Cleans up unmerged island regions after recovering the single surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/recover-single-surface

+

Recovers thin surfaces as a single surface after wrapping.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/recover-zone

+

Separates the wrapper surface into zones based on the original geometry.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/remove-crossover-config

+

Removes crossover configurations.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/remove-duplicated-nodes

+

Removes the duplicate nodes on the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/rename-wrapper-zones

+

Renames the wrapper zones by specifying an appropriate prefix instead of the default prefix (wrap-).

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/resolve-nonmanifoldness

+

Resolves non-manifold configurations on the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/resolve-self-intersection

+

Removes the self intersecting faces.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/rezone

+

Smooths the zones separated from the wrapper surface for better representation of the geometry.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/smooth-folded-faces

+

Smooths the folded faces on the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/smooth-wrapper-surf

+

Smooths the wrapper surface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/post-improve/swap-wrapper-surf

+

Swaps the nodes of the wrapper surface to improve its quality.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/pre-smooth?

+

Enables/disables smoothing of nodes during wrapping. This command is available only after initializing the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/

+

Enters the regions menu. This command is available only after initializing the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/draw-holes

+

Draws the holes detected.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/delete-interface

+

Deletes the existing interface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/extract-enclosing-region

+

Extracts the interface for the region enclosing the specified point.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/extract-interface

+

Extracts the interfaces for the specified regions.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/fix-holes

+

Fixes the specified hole(s).

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/list-holes

+

Lists the existing holes.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/list-interfaces

+

Lists the existing interfaces.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/list-regions

+

Lists the regions created during the wrapper initialization.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/merge-interior-regions

+

Merges all the interior regions. After using this command, two regions will remain, the exterior and the merged interior region.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/merge-regions

+

Merges the specified regions.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/modify-region-holes

+

Enables you to fix or open holes related to the specified region.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/open-holes

+

Opens the specified hole(s).

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/refine

+

Refines the Cartesian grid based on the zone specific sizes and local size functions. This command is available only after initializing Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/refine-enclosing-region

+

Refines the region enclosing the specified point.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/refine-region

+

Refines the specified region.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/refine-zone-cells

+

Refines the cells associated with the specified boundary zone. This command is available only after initializing the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/update-regions

+

Updates the regions to account for the changes made to the original geometry (during manual hole fixing).

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/wrap-enclosing-region

+

Generates the wrapper surface for the region enclosing the specified point.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/wrap-interface

+

Generates the wrapper surface for the specified interface.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/wrap-region

+

Generates the wrapper surface for the specified region. This command is available only after initializing the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/region/wrapper-region-at-location

+

Reports the region at the specified location.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/

+

Enters the menu to set cell parameters.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/auto-draw-sizes

+

Enables you to draw zone-specific sizes.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/clear-size

+

Clears all the zone specific size parameters.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/curvature-factor

+

Enables you to modify curvature size function sensitivity of a wrapper.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/curvature?

+

Enables you to enable or disable curvature size function.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/default-face-size

+

Enables you to specify default face size for Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/feature-threshold

+

Enables you to specify critical range within which the nodes of the wrapper will be projected onto the feature edges.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/ignore-feature-skewness

+

Specifies the critical skewness to be considered for ignoring feature lines.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/ignore-self-proximity?

+

Enables/disables the self-proximity calculation during the refinement.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/list-size

+

Lists the current zone specific sizes of the domain.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/local-size-function

+

Enables you to set local size functions.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/max-refine-level

+

Specifies the maximum refinement level permitted.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/maximum-size-level

+

Specifies the refinement level of the largest cell in the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/minimum-proximity-gap

+

Specifies the minimum proximity gap within which the proximity will be ignored.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/minimum-size-level

+

Specifies the refinement level of the smallest cell in the Cartesian grid.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/number-of-size-boxes

+

Controls the number of boxes to display, when using Draw Sizes button in the Face Size tab.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/proximity-factor

+

Enables you to modify proximity size function sensitivity of a wrapper.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/proximity?

+

Enables/disables proximity size function.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/read-local-sizes

+

Reads the zone specific sizes stated in a file.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/refinement-buffer-layers

+

Specifies the number of additional cell layers that you want to refine.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/relative-island-count

+

Specifies a critical cell count of noise zones in a zone separation.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/volume-marker

+

Offers a volume marker manipulation for holes.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/write-local-sizes

+

Writes the zone specific sizes in a file.

+ + +

boundary/wrapper/set/zone-specific-size

+

Enables you to specify zone specific sizes.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/add-prefix

+

Enables you to add a prefix to the selected entities. Specify the path for the entities and the prefix to be added.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/add-to-object

+

Enables you to add the selected CAD entities to an existing object. Specify the path for the entities to be added and select the object to be modified.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/create-objects

+

Enables you to create new geometry/mesh objects for the selected entities. Specify the path for the entities and if required, choose to create one object per CAD entity selected and/or retain the CAD zone granularity for object creation. By default, a single object will be created for all entities selected and the CAD zone granularity will not be retained. Specify the object name (if applicable), object type (geom or mesh), and cell zone type (dead, fluid, or solid).

+ + +

cad-assemblies/delete-cad-assemblies

+

Deletes all the CAD assemblies data.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/draw

+

Displays the selected CAD entities.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/draw-options/

+

Contains additional options for displaying CAD entities.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/draw-options/add-to-graphics

+

Adds the selected entities to the display in the graphics window.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/draw-options/draw-unlabelled-zones

+

Displays the unlabeled zones for the selected entities in the graphics window.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/draw-options/remove-from-graphics

+

Removes the selected entities from the display in the graphics window.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/extract-edge-zones

+

Enables you to extract the feature edge zone for the selected entities. Specify the path for the CAD entities and the feature angle.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/labels/

+

Contains options for displaying and managing labels.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/labels/add-to-graphics

+

Adds the selected labels to the display in the graphics window.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/labels/delete

+

Deletes the selected labels.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/labels/draw

+

Displays the selected labels.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/labels/remove-from-graphics

+

Removes the selected labels from the display in the graphics window.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/labels/rename

+

Enables you to rename the selected labels. Specify the path for the labels and the new name. For multiple selections, the specified name will be used, with a suitable index as suffix. For example, specifying a new label name wall will result in entities wall.1, wall.2, etc.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/manage-state/

+

Contains options for setting the CAD entity state.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/manage-state/suppress

+

Suppresses the selected CAD entities.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/manage-state/unlock

+

Unlocks the selected CAD entities.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/manage-state/unsuppress

+

Unsuppresses the selected CAD entities.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/rename

+

Enables you to rename the selected entities. Specify the path for the entities and the new name. For multiple entities, the specified name will be used, with a suitable index as suffix. For example, specifying a new name wall will result in entities wall.1, wall.2, etc.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/replace-object

+

Enables you to replace an object with the selected CAD entities. Specify the path for the entities to be added and select the object to be modified.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/update-cad-assemblies

+

Reimports the selected CAD entities using new parameters specified in the update-options/ menu.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/update-options/

+

Contains options for updating the CAD entities on reimport.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/update-options/import-edge-zones?

+

Enables you to import edge zones from the CAD entities on reimport. Specify an appropriate value for feature angle.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/update-options/one-object-per

+

Enables you to change the CAD object granularity on reimport.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/update-options/one-zone-per

+

Enables you to change the CAD zone granularity on reimport.

+ + +

cad-assemblies/update-options/tessellation

+

Enables you to control the tessellation (faceting) during reimport. You can select either cad-faceting or cfd-surface-mesh. CAD faceting enables you to control the tessellation based on the CAD faceting tolerance and maximum facet size specified. CFD Surface Mesh enables you to use a size field file during reimport. If you enter yes, specify the size field file to be read. If you do not want to use a size field file, you can obtain conformal faceting based on the underlying curve and surface curvature (using the minimum and maximum facet sizes, and the facet curvature normal angle specified) and edge proximity (using the cells per gap specified). You can also save the size field in a file (size field is computed based on the specified parameters; that is, Min Size, Max Size, Curvature Normal Angle, Cells Per Gap).

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/

+

Contains options for fixing problems with face connectivity on the specified object face zones or boundary face zones.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/add-label-to-small-neighbors

+

Separates island object face zones from all connected neighbors and merges them to the connected neighboring face zone label based on minimum face count specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-deviations

+

Fixes deviations in the wrapped surface mesh by imprinting edges on the wrapped face zones. Specify the number of imprint iterations and aggressive imprint iterations to be performed.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-duplicate-faces

+

Removes duplicate faces.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-free-faces/

+

Removes free faces by the method selected. The methods available are:

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-free-faces/delete-free-edge-faces

+

Removes free faces having the specified number of free edges.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-free-faces/delete-fringes

+

Removes free face fringes based on the face count specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-free-faces/delete-skewed-faces

+

Removes free faces based on the minimum skewness specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-free-faces/merge-nodes

+

Removes free faces by merging nodes within the tolerance specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-free-faces/stitch

+

Removes free faces based on the tolerance and number of steps specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-invalid-normals

+

Fixes invalid normals by smoothing. Zone-specific or scoped prism settings should be applied prior to using this command.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-islands

+

Deletes groups of island faces based on the absolute face count specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-multi-faces

+

Fixes multiply connected faces by a combination of deleting face fringes, overlapping faces, and disconnected faces. Specify the maximum number of fringe faces, overlapping faces, and multiply connected edges, respectively.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-point-contacts

+

Fixes non-manifold configurations by removing point contacts.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-self-intersections

+

Fixes self intersecting or folded faces. For fixing folded faces by smoothing, specify whether features should be imprinted.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-slivers

+

Fixes faces based on skewness and height criteria. Height is the perpendicular distance between the longest edge of the triangle and the opposite node.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-spikes

+

Fixes spiked faces based on the spike angle specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/fix-steps

+

Fixes step configurations by smoothing or collapsing faces based on the angle and step width specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/face-connectivity/remove-label-from-small-neighbors

+

Removes disconnected island object face zone labels by merging the specified island object face zones to the connected neighboring face zone label based on minimum face count specified.

+ + +

diagnostics/quality/

+

Contains options for fixing problems related to surface mesh quality on the specified object face zones or boundary face zones.

+ + +

diagnostics/quality/collapse

+

Collapses bad quality faces based on area or skewness. For collapsing based on face area, specify the maximum face area and relative maximum area. For collapsing based on face skewness, specify the minimum skewness and feature angle. Additionally, specify the number of iterations and whether the boundary should be preserved.

+ + +

diagnostics/quality/delaunay-swap

+

Improves the surface mesh by swapping based on the minimum skewness value and feature angle specified. Additionally, specify the number of iterations and whether the boundary should be preserved.

+ + +

diagnostics/quality/general-improve

+

Improves the surface mesh based on aspect ratio, size change, or skewness. Specify the minimum quality value, feature angle, number of iterations, and whether the boundary should be preserved.

+ + +

diagnostics/quality/smooth

+

Improves the surface mesh by smoothing. Specify the number of smoothing iterations and whether the boundary should be preserved.

+ + +

display/all-grid

+

Displays the grid according to the currently set parameters.

+ + +

display/annotate

+

Adds annotation text to a graphics window. It will prompt you for a string to use as the annotation text, and then a dialog box will prompt you to select a screen location using the mouse-probe button on your mouse.

+ + +

display/boundary-cells

+

Displays boundary cells attached to the specified face zones.

+ + +

display/boundary-grid

+

Displays only boundary zones according to the currently set parameters.

+ + +

display/center-view-on

+

Sets the camera target to be the center (centroid) of an entity.

+ + +

display/clear

+

Clears the active graphics window. This option is useful when you redo an overlay.

+ + +

display/clear-annotation

+

Removes all annotations and attachment lines from the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/draw-cells-using-faces

+

Draws cells that are neighbors for the selected faces.

+ + +

display/draw-cells-using-nodes

+

Draws cells that are connected to the selected nodes.

+ + +

display/draw-face-zones-using-entities

+

Draws cells that are connected to the selected entities.

+ + +

display/draw-zones

+

Draws the boundary/cell zones using the zone ID specified as input.

+ + +

display/objects/

+

Contains commands for displaying objects.

+ + +

display/objects/display-neighborhood

+

Displays the objects that are in the neighborhood of the selected object. The neighboring objects have to be in contact, or intersecting the selected object.

+ + +

display/objects/display-similar-area

+

Displays the objects with similar area to the selected object area.

+ + +

display/objects/explode

+

Explodes the objects in the geometry. (This command is valid only when the geometry is an assembled mode.)

+ + +

display/objects/hide-objects

+

Hides the selected objects in the display.

+ + +

display/objects/implode

+

Implodes or assembles the objects in the geometry. (This command is available only when the geometry is an exploded mode.)

+ + +

display/objects/isolate-objects

+

Displays only the selected objects.

+ + +

display/objects/make-transparent

+

Makes the geometry transparent so that internal objects are visible. This command works as a toggle undoing the transparency of the previously selected objects.

+ + +

display/objects/select-all-visible

+

Selects all the visible objects in the graphics window.

+ + +

display/objects/show-all

+

Unhides all the objects in the geometry and displays them.

+ + +

display/objects/toggle-color-mode

+

Toggles the colors of the geometry. In one mode geometry is colored object-wise while in the other mode it is colored zone-wise.

+ + +

display/objects/toggle-color-palette

+

Toggles the color palette of the geometry.

+ + +

display/redisplay

+

Redraws the grid in the graphics window.

+ + +

display/save-picture

+

Saves a picture file of the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/set-grid/

+

Contains options controlling the display of the grid.

+ + +

display/set-grid/all-cells?

+

Enables/disables the display of all cells.

+ + +

display/set-grid/all-faces?

+

Enables/disables the display of all faces.

+ + +

display/set-grid/all-nodes?

+

Enables/disables the display of all nodes.

+ + +

display/set-grid/cell-quality

+

Sets the lower and upper bounds of quality for cells to be displayed. Only cells with a quality measure value (for example, skewness) within the specified range will be displayed.

+ + +

display/set-grid/default

+

Resets the grid display parameters to their default values.

+ + +

display/set-grid/face-quality

+

Sets the lower and upper bounds of quality for faces to be displayed. Only faces with a quality measure value (for example, skewness) within the specified range will be displayed.

+ + +

display/set-grid/free?

+

Enables/disables the drawing of faces/nodes that have no neighboring face on at least one edge.

+ + +

display/set-grid/label-alignment

+

Sets the alignment of labels that appear in the graphics window. By default, the label is centered on the node, cell, and so on, to which the label refers. You can specify *,ˆ, v, <, > for center, top, bottom, left, or right. You can also combine symbols—for example, "*v" for bottom center.

+ + +

display/set-grid/label-font

+

Sets the label font. By default, all labels appear in “sans serif" font. Some other choices are roman, typewriter, and stroked.

+ + +

display/set-grid/label-scale

+

Scales the size of the label.

+ + +

display/set-grid/labels?

+

Enables/disables the display of labels.

+ + +

display/set-grid/left-handed?

+

Enables/disables the display of left-handed faces.

+ + +

display/set-grid/list

+

Lists all the grid display settings.

+ + +

display/set-grid/marked?

+

Enables/disables the display of marked nodes.

+ + +

display/set-grid/multi?

+

Enables/disables the display of those faces/nodes that have more than one neighboring face on an edge.

+ + +

display/set-grid/neighborhood

+

Sets the x, y, and z range to be within a specified neighborhood of a specified grid object.

+ + +

display/set-grid/node-size

+

Sets the node symbol scaling factor.

+ + +

display/set-grid/node-symbol

+

Specifies the node symbol.

+ + +

display/set-grid/normal-scale

+

Sets the scale factor for face normals.

+ + +

display/set-grid/normals?

+

Enables/disables the display of face normals.

+ + +

display/set-grid/refine?

+

Enables/disables the display of those faces that have been marked for refinement.

+ + +

display/set-grid/tagged?

+

Enables/disables the display of tagged nodes.

+ + +

display/set-grid/unmeshed?

+

Enables/disables the display of nodes and faces that have not been meshed.

+ + +

display/set-grid/unused?

+

Enables/disables the display of unused nodes.

+ + +

display/set-grid/x-range

+

Limits the display of grid objects to the specified x-range.

+ + +

display/set-grid/y-range

+

Limits the display of grid objects to the specified y-range.

+ + +

display/set-grid/z-range

+

Limits the display of grid objects to the specified z-range.

+ + +

display/set-list-tree-separator

+

Sets the separator character to be used to determine the common prefix for items listed in the selection lists, when the tree view is used.

+ + +

display/set/

+

Enables you to enter the set menu to set the display parameters.

+ + +

display/set/colors/

+

Enables you to enter the colors options menu.

+ + +

display/set/colors/axis-faces

+

Sets the color of axisymmetric faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/background

+

Sets the background (window) color.

+ + +

display/set/colors/color-by-type?

+

Enables you to specify that the entities should be colored by their type or ID.

+ + +

display/set/colors/color-by-partition?

+

Enables you to view the partitions by color. This command applies to parallel processing.

+ + +

display/set/colors/far-field-faces

+

Sets the color of far field faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/foreground

+

Sets the foreground (text and window frame) color.

+ + +

display/set/colors/free-surface-faces

+

Sets the color of free surface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/graphics-color-theme

+

Sets the color theme for the graphics window. The color options (black, white, gray-gradient, or workbench) are for the background display, but changing the theme also changes the default colors for items that display in the graphics windows, like faces and edges.

+ + +

display/set/colors/highlight-color

+

Sets the highlight color.

+ + +

display/set/colors/inlet-faces

+

Sets the color of the inlet faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/interface-faces

+

Sets the color of grid interface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/interior-faces

+

Sets the color of the interior faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/internal-faces

+

Sets the color of the internal interface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/list

+

Lists the colors available for the selected zone type.

+ + +

display/set/colors/outlet-faces

+

Sets the color of the outlet faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/overset-faces

+

Sets the color of the overset faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/periodic-faces

+

Sets the color of periodic faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/rans-les-interface-faces

+

Sets the color of RANS/LES interface faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/reset-colors

+

Resets the individual grid surface colors to the defaults.

+ + +

display/set/colors/reset-user-colors

+

Resets individual grid surface colors to the defaults.

+ + +

display/set/colors/show-user-colors

+

Lists the current defined user colors.

+ + +

display/set/colors/skip-label

+

Sets the number of labels to be skipped in the colormap scale.

+ + +

display/set/colors/surface

+

Sets the color of surfaces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/symmetry-faces

+

Sets the color of symmetric faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/traction-faces

+

Sets the color for traction faces.

+ + +

display/set/colors/user-color

+

Enables you to change the color for the specified zone.

+ + +

display/set/colors/wall-faces

+

Sets color for wall faces.

+ + +

display/set/edges?

+

Enables/disables the display of face/cell edges.

+ + +

display/set/filled-grid?

+

Enables/disables the filled grid option. When a grid is not filled, only its outline is drawn.

+ + +

display/set/lights/

+

Enters the lights menu.

+ + +

display/set/lights/headlight-on?

+

Turns the light that moves with the camera on or off. This is controlled automatically by default.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lighting-interpolation

+

Sets the lighting interpolation method to be used. You can choose automatic, flat, gouraud, or phong. "Automatic" automatically picks the best lighting method for the display in the graphics window. Flat is the most basic method, and the others are more sophisticated and provide smoother gradations of color.

+ + +

display/set/lights/lights-on?

+

Enables/disables the display of all lights.

+ + +

display/set/lights/set-ambient-color

+

Sets the ambient color for the scene. The ambient color is the background light color in scene.

+ + +

display/set/lights/set-light

+

Adds or modifies a directional, colored light.

+ + +

display/set/line-weight

+

Sets the line width factor for the window.

+ + +

display/set/native-display-defaults

+

Resets graphics window parameters to optimal settings for a local display. Used after setting parameters for a remote display with remote-display-defaults.

+ + +

display/set/overlays?

+

Turns overlays on and off.

+ + +

display/set/picture/

+

Saves a hardcopy file of the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/

+

Contains the available color modes.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/color

+

Selects full color and plots the hardcopy in color.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/gray-scale

+

Selects gray scale (that is, various shades of gray) and converts color to gray-scale for hardcopy.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/list

+

Displays the current hardcopy color mode.

+ + +

display/set/picture/color-mode/mono-chrome

+

Selects color to monochrome (black and white) for hardcopy.

+ + +

display/set/picture/dpi

+

Specifies the resolution in dots per inch for EPS and PostScript files.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/

+

Contains the available hardcopy formats.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/dump-window

+

Sets the command to dump a graphics window to a file.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/eps

+

Sets the Encapsulated PostScript format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/jpeg

+

Sets the JPEG image format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/list

+

Displays the current hardcopy format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/options

+

Enables you to set hardcopy options, such as landscape orientation, pen speed, and physical size. The options may be entered on one line if you separate them with commas.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/png

+

Sets the PNG image format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/

+

Contains commands for setting the PostScript driver format and save files in PS files that can be printed quickly.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/fast-raster

+

Enables a raster file that may be larger than the standard raster file, but will print much more quickly.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/raster

+

Enables the standard raster file.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/rle-raster

+

Enables a run-length encoded raster file that will be about the same size as the standard raster file, but will print slightly more quickly. This is the default file type.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-format/vector

+

Enables the standard vector file.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/post-script

+

Sets the PostScript format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/ppm

+

Sets the PPM format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/tiff

+

Sets the TIFF format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/driver/vrml

+

Sets the VRML format.

+ + +

display/set/picture/invert-background?

+

Enables/disables the exchange of foreground/background colors for hardcopy files.

+ + +

jpeg-hardcopy-quality

+

Controls the size and quality of how JPEG files are saved based on a scale of 0-100, with zero being low quality small files and 100 being high quality larger files.

+ + +

display/set/picture/landscape?

+

Toggles between landscape or portrait orientation.

+ + +

display/set/picture/preview

+

Applies the settings of the color-mode, invert-background, and landscape options to the currently active graphics window to preview the appearance of printed hardcopies.

+ + +

display/set/picture/use-window-resolution?

+

Disables/enables the use of the current graphics window resolution when saving an image of the graphics window. If disabled, the resolution will be as specified for x-resolution and y-resolution.

+ + +

display/set/picture/x-resolution

+

Sets the width of the raster format images in pixels (0 implies that the hardcopy should use the same resolution as the active graphics window).

+ + +

display/set/picture/y-resolution

+

Sets the height of the raster format images in pixels (0 implies that the hardcopy should use the same resolution as the active graphics window).

+ + +

display/set/re-render

+

Re-renders the current window after modifying the variables in the set menu.

+ + +

display/set/remote-display-defaults

+

Adjusts graphics window parameters to optimal settings for a remote display. Restore parameters for local display using native-display-defaults.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/

+

Contains the commands that enable you to set options that determine how the scene is rendered.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/animation-option/

+

Enables you to specify the animation option as appropriate.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/animation-option/all

+

Uses a solid-tone shading representation of all geometry during mouse manipulation.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/animation-option/wireframe

+

Uses a wireframe representation of all geometry during mouse manipulation. This is the default option.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/auto-spin?

+

Enables mouse view rotations to continue to spin the display after the button is released.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/color-map-alignment

+

Sets the color bar alignment.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/device-info

+

Prints out information about your graphics driver.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/double-buffering?

+

Enables or disables double buffering. Double buffering dramatically reduces screen flicker during graphics updates. If your display hardware does not support double buffering and you turn this option on, double buffering will be done in software. Software double buffering uses extra memory.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/driver

+

Changes the current graphics driver. When enabling graphics display, you have various options: for Linux, the available drivers include opengl and x11; for Windows, the available drivers include opengl, dx11 (for DirectX 11), and msw (for Microsoft Windows). You can also disable the graphics display window by entering null. For a comprehensive list of the drivers available to you, press the Enter key at the driver> prompt. For any session that displays graphics in a graphics window and/or saves picture files, having the driver set to x11, msw, or null will cause the rendering / saving speed to be significantly slower.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/face-displacement

+

Sets the face displacement (in Z-buffer units along the camera Z-axis) for the displayed geometry when both faces and edges are displayed simultaneously.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/help-text-color

+

Sets the color of the help text on the screen. You can select black, default, or white.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-lines?

+

Turns hidden line removal on or off. This command is available only when the color scheme is set to classic. This command (only available when Graphics Color Theme is set to Black) is deprecated and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-lines-method/

+

Enables you to select the hidden line removal algorithm.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-lines-method/mesh-display-hlr?

+

Enables you to remove hidden lines for surfaces that are very close together. This option should be used only if the default algorithm does not produce suitable results.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-lines-method/normal-hlr-algorithm

+

Is the default hidden line removal algorithm.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/

+

Enables you to choose from among the hidden surface removal methods that are supported. These options (listed below) are display hardware dependent.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/hardware-z-buffer

+

Is the fastest method if your hardware supports it. The accuracy and speed of this method is hardware dependent.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/painters

+

Will show less edge-aliasing effects than hardware-z-buffer. This method is often used instead of software-z-buffer when memory is limited.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/software-z-buffer

+

Is the fastest of the accurate software methods available (especially for complex scenes), but it is memory intensive.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surface-method/z-sort-only

+

Is a fast software method, but it is not as accurate as software-z-buffer.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/hidden-surfaces?

+

Enables/disables the display of hidden surfaces.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/outer-face-cull?

+

Enables/disables the display of outer faces.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/set-rendering-options

+

Sets the rendering options.

+ + +

display/set/rendering-options/surface-edge-visibility

+

Controls whether or not the mesh edges are drawn.

+ + +

display/set/reset-graphics

+

Resets the graphics system.

+ + +

display/set/shrink-factor

+

Sets shrinkage of both faces and cells. A value of zero indicates no shrinkage, while a value of one would shrink the face or cell to a point.

+ + +

display/set/styles/

+

Contains commands for setting the display style for the different types of nodes and faces that can be displayed.

+ + +

display/set/styles/cell-quality

+

Indicates cells within the specified cell quality range.

+ + +

display/set/styles/cell-size

+

Indicates cells within the specified cell size range.

+ + +

display/set/styles/face-quality

+

Indicates faces within the specified face quality range.

+ + +

display/set/styles/face-size

+

Indicates faces within the specified face size range.

+ + +

display/set/styles/free

+

Indicates free nodes or faces.

+ + +

display/set/styles/left-handed

+

Indicates faces that do not follow the right-hand rule with respect to their cell neighbors.

+ + +

display/set/styles/mark

+

Indicates marked objects (for expert users).

+ + +

display/set/styles/multi

+

Indicates multiply-connected nodes or faces.

+ + +

display/set/styles/refine

+

Indicates boundary faces to be refined.

+ + +

display/set/styles/tag

+

Indicates tagged objects (for expert users).

+ + +

display/set/styles/unmeshed

+

Indicates unmeshed nodes or faces.

+ + +

display/set/styles/unused

+

Indicates unused nodes or faces.

+ + +

display/set/title

+

Sets the problem title.

+ + +

display/set/windows/

+

Enters the windows options menu, which contains commands that enable you to customize the relative positions of sub-windows inside the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/aspect-ratio

+

Sets the aspect ratio of the active window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/

+

Enters the axes window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/clear

+

Sets the transparency of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/axes/visible?

+

Controls the visibility of the axes window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/

+

Enters the main view window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/main/visible?

+

Controls the visibility of the main viewing window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/

+

Enters the color scale window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/clear?

+

Sets the transparency of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/font-size

+

Sets the font size of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/format

+

Sets the number format of the color scale window (for example, percentage0.2e).

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/margin

+

Sets the margin of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/scale/visible?

+

Controls the visibility of the color scale window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/

+

Enters the text window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/application?

+

Shows or hides the application name in the picture.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/clear?

+

Enables/disables the transparency of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/company?

+

Shows or hides the company name in the picture.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/date?

+

Shows or hides the date in the picture.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/text/visible?

+

Controls the visibility of the text window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/

+

Contains options for modifying a video. This menu is not relevant for the meshing mode.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/background

+

Sets the background color of the graphics window. The color is specified as a string of three comma-separated numbers between 0 and 1, representing red, green, and blue. For example, to change the background from black (default) to gray, you would enter ".5,.5,.5" after selecting the background command.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/color-filter

+

Sets the video color filter. For example, to change the color filter from its default setting to PAL video with a saturation of 80percentage and a brightness of 90percentage, you would enter "video=pal,sat=.8,gain=.9" after selecting the color-filter command.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/foreground

+

Sets the foreground (text) color of the graphics window. The color is specified as a string of three comma-separated numbers between 0 and 1, representing red, green, and blue. For example, to change the foreground from white (default) to gray, you would enter ".5,.5,.5" after selecting the foreground command.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/on?

+

Enables or disables the video picture settings.

+ + +

display/set/windows/video/pixel-size

+

Sets the window size in pixels.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/

+

Enters the XY plot window options menu.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/border?

+

Sets whether or not to draw a border around the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/set/windows/xy/visible?

+

Controls the visibility of the XY plot window.

+ + +

display/show-hide-clipping-plane-triad

+

S

+ + +

display/update-scene/

+

Contains commands that enable you to update the scene description.

+ + +

display/update-scene/delete

+

Deletes the geometry selected using the select-geometry command.

+ + +

display/update-scene/display

+

Displays the geometry selected using the select-geometry command.

+ + +

display/update-scene/draw-frame?

+

Enables/disables the drawing of the bounding frame.

+ + +

display/update-scene/overlays?

+

Enables/disables the overlays option.

+ + +

display/update-scene/select-geometry

+

Enables you to select the geometry to be updated.

+ + +

display/update-scene/set-frame

+

Enables you to change the frame options.

+ + +

display/update-scene/transform

+

Enables you to apply the transformation matrix to the geometry selected using the select-geometry command.

+ + +

display/views/

+

Enters the view window options menu.

+ + +

display/views/auto-scale

+

Scales and centers the current scene without changing its orientation.

+ + +

display/views/camera/

+

Contains commands to set the camera options.

+ + +

display/views/camera/dolly-camera

+

Enables you to move the camera left, right, up, down, in, and out.

+ + +

display/views/camera/field

+

Enables you to set the field of view (width and height) of the scene.

+ + +

display/views/camera/orbit-camera

+

Enables you to move the camera around the target. Gives the effect of circling around the target.

+ + +

display/views/camera/pan-camera

+

Gives you the effect of sweeping the camera across the scene. The camera remains at its position but its target changes.

+ + +

display/views/camera/position

+

Sets the camera position.

+ + +

display/views/camera/projection

+

Lets you switch between perspective and orthographic views.

+ + +

display/views/camera/roll-camera

+

Lets you adjust the camera up-vector.

+ + +

display/views/camera/target

+

Sets the point the camera will look at.

+ + +

display/views/camera/up-vector

+

Sets the camera up-vector.

+ + +

display/views/camera/zoom-camera

+

Adjusts the camera’s field of view. This operation is similar to dollying the camera in or out of the scene. Dollying causes objects in front to move past you. Zooming changes the perspective effect in the scene (and can be disconcerting).

+ + +

display/views/default-view

+

Resets the view to front and center.

+ + +

display/views/delete-view

+

Deletes a particular view from the list of stored views.

+ + +

display/views/last-view

+

Returns to the camera position before the last manipulation.

+ + +

display/views/list-views

+

Lists all predefined and saved views.

+ + +

display/views/read-views

+

Reads views from an external view file.

+ + +

display/views/restore-view

+

Sets the current view to one of the stored views.

+ + +

display/views/save-view

+

Saves the currently displayed view into the list of stored views.

+ + +

display/views/write-views

+

Writes views to an external view file.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/

+

Enters the XY plot menu.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/cell-distribution

+

Plots a histogram of cell quality.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/face-distribution

+

Plots a histogram of face quality.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/file

+

Enables you to choose a file from which to create an xy plot.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/

+

Enters the set window options menu.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/auto-scale?

+

Sets the range for the x- and y-axis. If auto-scaling is not activated for a particular axis, you will be prompted for the minimum and maximum data values.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/background-color

+

Sets the color of the field within the abscissa and ordinate axes.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/file-lines

+

Sets the parameters for plot lines.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/file-markers

+

Sets the parameters for data markers.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/key

+

Sets the visibility and title of the description box that displays the markers and/or lines with their associated data. The key can be positioned and resized using the left mouse button.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/labels

+

Sets the strings that define the x- and y- axis labels.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/lines

+

Sets the pattern, weight, and color of the plot lines.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/log?

+

Enables/disables the log scaling on the x- and y-axis.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/markers

+

Sets parameters for the data markers.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/numbers

+

Sets the format and precision of the data numbers displayed on the x- and y-axis.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/plot-to-file

+

Enables you to write the xy plot values to a file.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/rules

+

Sets the visibility, line weight and color of the major and minor rules in the x- and y-axis directions.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/

+

Contains commands that enable you to customize the relative positions of sub-windows inside the active graphics window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/border?

+

Draws a border around the sub-window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/bottom

+

Sets the bottom boundary of the sub-window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/left

+

Sets the left boundary of the sub-window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/right

+

Sets the right boundary of the sub-window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/top

+

Sets the top boundary of the sub-window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/windows/visible?

+

Sets the visibility of the sub-window.

+ + +

display/xy-plot/set/xy-percent-y?

+

Enables/disables whether the y-coordinate should be scaled to show a percent of total values being plotted.

+ + +

display/zones/

+

Contains commands for displaying zones.

+ + +

display/zones/display-neighborhood

+

Displays the zones that are in the neighborhood of the selected zones. The neighboring zones have to be in contact, or intersecting the selected zone.

+ + +

display/zones/display-similar-area

+

Displays the zones with similar area to the selected zone area.

+ + +

display/zones/hide-zones

+

Hides the selected zones in the display.

+ + +

display/zones/isolate-zones

+

Displays only the selected zones.

+ + +

display/zones/make-transparent

+

Makes the geometry transparent so that internal zones are visible. This command works as a toggle undoing the transparency of the previously selected zones.

+ + +

display/zones/select-all-visible

+

Selects all the visible zones in the graphics window.

+ + +

display/zones/show-all

+

Unhides all the zones in the geometry and displays them.

+ + +

display/zones/toggle-color-mode

+

Toggles the colors of the geometry. In one mode geometry is colored object-wise while in the other mode it is colored zone-wise.

+ + +

display/zones/toggle-color-palette

+

Toggles the color palette of the geometry.

+ + +

exit

+

Exits the program.

+ + +

file/append-mesh

+

Enables you to append the mesh files. This command is available only after a mesh file has been read in.

+ + +

file/append-meshes-by-tmerge

+

Enables you to append the mesh files using the tmerge utility. This command is available only after a mesh file has been read in.

+ + +

file/cff-files?

+

Answering yes will set the Common Fluids Format (CFF) as the default file format for reading and writing case/data files.

+ + +

file/confirm-overwrite?

+

Controls whether attempts to overwrite existing files require confirmation. If you do not want ANSYS Fluent to ask you for confirmation before it overwrites existing files, you can enter the file/confirm-overwrite? text command and answer no.

+ + +

file/file-format

+

Enables/disables the writing of binary files.

+ + +

file/filter-list

+

Lists the names of the converters that are used to change foreign mesh (while importing mesh files from third-party packages) files.

+ + +

file/filter-options

+

Enables you to change the extension (such as .cas, .msh, .neu) and arguments used with a specified filter. For example, if you saved the PATRAN files with a .NEU extension instead of .neu, you can substitute or add .NEU to the extension list. For some filters, one of the arguments will be the dimensionality of the grid. When you use the filter-options command for such a filter, you will see a default dimensionality argument of -d a. The dimension will automatically be determined, so you need not substitute 2 or 3 for a.

+ + +

file/import/

+

Enables you to import mesh information generated by some CAD packages (Ansys, I-deas, NASTRAN, PATRAN, and HYPERMESH), as well as mesh information in the CGNS (CFD general notation system) format.

+ + +

file/import/ansys-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a Ansys surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/ansys-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a Ansys volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/cad

+

Enables you to import CAD files based on the options set.

+ + +

file/import/cad-geometry

+

Enables you to import CAD files based on the options set.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/

+

Contains additional options for importing CAD files.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/continue-on-error?

+

Enables you to continue the import of the CAD file(s), despite errors or problems creating the faceting on certain surfaces, or other issues. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/create-cad-assemblies?

+

Enables creating the CAD Assemblies tree on CAD import. The CAD Assemblies tree represents the CAD tree as it is presented in the CAD package in which it was created. All sub-assembly levels from the CAD are maintained on import in Fluent Meshing. For commands specific to the CAD assemblies, refer to cad-assemblies/ +

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/derive-zone-name-from-object-scope?

+

Enables zones without Named Selections to inherit the object name on import. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/double-connected-face-label

+

Adds the specified label to the name of double-connected face zones (face zones shared by two bodies).

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/enclosure-symm-processing?

+

Enables processing of enclosure and symmetry named selections during import. This option is disabled by default. This option is applicable only to Ansys DesignModeler (*.agdb) files.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/extract-features?

+

Enables feature extraction from the CAD model on import. You can choose to disable this, if desired. Specify an appropriate value for feature angle. The default value is 40.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/import-body-names?

+

Enables import of Body names from the CAD files. This option is enabled by default. Any renaming of Body names in Ansys Mechanical/Ansys Meshing prior to the export of the mechdat/meshdat files is ignored during import. Only original Body names will be imported.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/import-curvature-data-from-CAD?

+

Enables importing of the curvature data from the nodes of the CAD facets. You can choose to disable this, if desired.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/import-part-names?

+

Enables import of Part names from the CAD file(s). This option is enabled by default. Any renaming of Part names in Ansys Mechanical/Ansys Meshing prior to the export of the mechdat/meshdat files is ignored during import. Only original Part names will be imported.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/merge-nodes?

+

Enables the merging of geometry object nodes during CAD import. This option is enabled by default. This option can be optionally enabled/disabled only when geometry objects are imported using the CAD Faceting option for CAD import. Mesh object nodes will always be merged when the CFD Surface Mesh is selected for CAD import.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/modify-all-duplicate-names?

+

Enables you to modify all duplicate object/zone names by adding incremental integers as suffix. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/name-separator-character

+

:

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/named-selections

+

Enables you to import Named Selections from the CAD file(s), including Named Selections from Ansys DesignModeler, publications from CATIA, and so on. You can additionally choose to ignore import of certain Named Selections based on the pattern specified (for example, Layer* to ignore layer Named Selections from CATIA), or by specifying multiple wild cards (for example, ^(Color|Layer|Material).* to remove color, layer, and material Named Selections from CATIA).

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/object-type

+

Enables the setting of object type on import. The options available are auto, geometry, and mesh. The default setting is auto based on the tessellation method selected: geometry objects will be created when the cad-faceting method is used, while mesh objects will be created when the cfd-surface-mesh method is used.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/one-face-zone-per

+

Enables you to create one face zone per body/face/object to be imported.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/one-object-per

+

Enables you to create one object per body/part/file/selection to be imported. The default program-controlled option allows the software to make the appropriate choice. This option makes a choice between per body and per part based on whether shared topology is off or on, respectively. For Ansys ICEM CFD files (*.tin), set the object granularity to one object per selection.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/read-all-cad-in-subdirectories?

+

When enabled, all files in the specified directory as well as in its subdirectories will be imported. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/save-PMDB?

+

Saves a PMDB (*.pmdb) file in the directory containing the CAD files imported. You can use this file to import the same CAD file(s) again with different options set, for a quicker import than the full import. This option is disabled by default. Some options will not be available any more once the model is imported from a PMDB file (for example, enclosure-symm-processing?), since they are processed before the PMDB file is created.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/separate-features-by-type?

+

Enables separation of feature edges based on angle, connectivity, and named selections on import. Edge zone names will have suitable suffixes depending on separation criteria, order of zones, existing zone names and other import options selected.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/single-connected-edge-label

+

Adds the specified label to the name of single-connected edge zones (edge zones referenced by a single face).

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/strip-file-name-extension-from-naming?

+

Removes the extension of the CAD files from the object/face zone names on import. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/strip-path-prefix-from-names?

+

Enables you to remove the path prefix from the object/face zone names on import. The default setting is auto which removes the path prefix from object/face zone names when the object creation granularity is set to one object per file. You can also explicitly select yes or no.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/tessellation

+

Enables you to control the tessellation (faceting) during file import. You can select either cad-faceting or cfd-surface-mesh. CAD faceting enables you to control the tessellation based on the CAD faceting tolerance and maximum facet size specified. CFD Surface Mesh enables you to use a size field file, (Use size field file?). If you enter yes, specify the size field file to be read. If you do not want to use a size field file, you can obtain conformal faceting based on the underlying curve and surface curvature (using the minimum and maximum facet sizes, and the facet curvature normal angle specified) and edge proximity (using the cells per gap specified). You can also save a size field in a file (size field is computed based on the specified parameters; that is, Min Size, Max Size, Curvature Normal Angle, Cells Per Gap).

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/use-collection-names?

+

Enables you to use the Named Selections for the object/zone names on import. Select auto, no, or yes. The default selection is auto where the Named Selection will be used as the object/zone name, except when the object creation granularity is set to one object per file.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/use-component-names?

+

Enables you to add the component (part or assembly) names to the object/zone names on import. Select auto, no, or yes. The default selection is auto where the component name will be added to the object/zone name.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/use-part-names?

+

Enables you to choose whether to add the part names from the CAD file to the object and zone names on import. The default setting is auto which adds the part names to both object and zone names when object creation granularity is set to body. When the object creation granularity is set to part or file, the part names are not added to the zone names, face zone labels, or the region names, by default. You can also explicitly select yes or no.

+ + +

file/import/cad-options/use-part-or-body-names-assuffix-to-named-selections?

+

Enables you to modify zone names by using part or body names as suffixes to the Named Selections spanning multiple parts/bodies. This option is enabled by default.

+ + +

file/import/cgns-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a CGNS surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/cgns-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a CGNS volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/fidap-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a FIDAP surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/fidap-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a FIDAP volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/fl-uns2-mesh

+

Enables you to read a Fluent UNS V2 case file.

+ + +

file/import/fluent-2d-mesh

+

Enables you to read a 2D mesh into the 3D version.

+ + +

file/import/gambit-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a GAMBIT surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/gambit-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a GAMBIT volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/hypermesh-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a HYPERMESH surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/hypermesh-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a HYPERMESH volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/ideas-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read an I-deas surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/ideas-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read an I-deas volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/nastran-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a NASTRAN surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/nastran-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a NASTRAN volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/patran-surf-mesh

+

Enables you to read a PATRAN surface mesh file.

+ + +

file/import/patran-vol-mesh

+

Enables you to read a PATRAN volume mesh file.

+ + +

file/load-act-tool

+

Loads the Ansys ACT tool.

+ + +

file/read-boundary-mesh

+

Enables you to read a boundary mesh. If the boundary mesh is contained in two or more separate files, you can read them in together and assemble the complete boundary mesh. This option is also convenient if you want to reuse the boundary mesh from a file containing a large volume mesh. The naming of face zones can be controlled by Named Selections defined in Ansys Workbench. For details on exporting faceted geometry from Ansys Workbench, refer to the Ansys Workbench Help.

+ + +

file/read-case

+

Enables you to read the mesh contained in a case file. Cell hierarchy in case files adapted in the solution mode will be lost when they are read in the meshing mode. Case files containing polyhedral cells can also be read in the meshing mode of Fluent. You can display the polyhedral mesh, perform certain mesh manipulation operations, check the mesh quality, and so on.

+ + +

file/read-domains

+

Enables you to read domain files. Each mesh file written by Fluent has a domain section. A domain file is the domain section of the mesh file and is written as a separate file. It contains a list of node, face, and cell zone IDs that make up each domain in the mesh. If a domain that is being read already exists in the mesh, a warning message is displayed. Fluent verifies if the zones defining the domains exist in the mesh. If not, it will display a warning message.

+ + +

file/read-journal

+

Enables you to read a journal file into the program. The read-journal command always loads the file in the main (that is, top-level) menu, regardless of where you are in the menu hierarchy when you invoke it.

+ + +

file/read-mesh

+

Enables you to read a mesh file. You can also use this command to read a Fluent mesh file created with GAMBIT, or to read the mesh available in a Fluent case file. Reading a case file as a mesh file will result in loss of boundary condition data as the mesh file does not contain any information on boundary conditions. Case files containing polyhedral cells can also be read in the meshing mode of Fluent. You can display the polyhedral mesh, perform certain mesh manipulation operations, check the mesh quality, and so on. Important: You cannot read meshes from solvers that have been adapted using hanging nodes. To read one of these meshes in the meshing mode in Fluent, coarsen the mesh within the solver until you have recovered the original unadapted grid. The naming of face zones can be controlled by Named Selections defined in Ansys Workbench. For details on exporting faceted geometry from Ansys Workbench, refer to the Ansys Workbench Help.

+ + +

file/read-meshes-by-tmerge

+

Uses the tmerge utility to read the mesh contained in two or more separate files. It enables you to read the mesh files together and helps assemble the complete mesh.

+ + +

file/read-multi-bound-mesh

+

Enables you to read multiple boundary mesh files into the meshing mode.

+ + +

file/read-multiple-mesh

+

Enables you to read in two or more files together and have the complete mesh assembled for you, if the mesh files are contained in two or more separate files. For example, if you are going to create a hybrid mesh by reading in a triangular boundary mesh and a volume mesh consisting of hexahedral cells, you can read both files at the same time using this command.

+ + +

file/read-options

+

Enables you to set the following options for reading mesh files:

+ + +

file/read-size-field

+

Enables you to read in a size field file. If you read a size-field file after scaling the model, ensure that the size-field file is appropriate for the scaled model (size-field vertices should match the scaled model).

+ + +

file/set-idle-timeout

+

Allows you to set an idle timeout so that an idle ANSYS Fluent session will automatically save and close after the specified time.

+ + +

file/set-tui-version

+

Allows you to improve backwards compatibility for journal files. This command hides any new TUI prompts that are added at a future release of ANSYS Fluent and reverts to the arguments of the release that you specify using the command (within two full releases of the current release). The command is automatically added to a journal file as soon as you start the recording. See for details.

+ + +

file/show-configuration

+

Displays the current release and version information.

+ + +

file/start-journal

+

Starts recording all input and writes it to a file. The current Fluent version is automatically recorded in the journal file. Note that commands entered using paths from older versions of Fluent will be upgraded to their current path in the journal file. See .

+ + +

file/start-transcript

+

Starts recording input and output in a file. A transcript file contains a complete record of all standard input to and output from Fluent (usually all keyboard and user interface input and all screen output).Start the transcription process with the file/start-transcript command, and end it with the file/stop- + transcript command (or by exiting the program).

+ + +

file/stop-journal

+

Stops recording input and closes the journal file.

+ + +

file/stop-transcript

+

Stops recording input and output, and closes the transcript file.

+ + +

file/write-boundaries

+

Enables you to write the specified boundaries into a mesh file. This is useful for large cases where you may want to mesh different parts of the mesh separately and then merge them together. This enables you to avoid frequent switching between domains for such cases. You can write out selected boundaries to a mesh file and then create the volume mesh for the part in a separate session. You can then read the saved mesh into the previous session and merge the part with the rest of the mesh.

+ + +

file/write-case

+

Enables you to write a case file that can be read by Fluent. You should delete dead zones in the mesh before writing the mesh or case file for Fluent.

+ + +

file/write-domains

+

Enables you to write all the mesh domains (except global) into a file that can be read.

+ + +

file/write-mesh

+

Enables you to write a mesh file. You should delete dead zones in the mesh before writing the mesh or case file for Fluent.

+ + +

file/write-options

+

Allows you to enable or disable the enforce mesh topology option for writing mesh/case files. This option is enabled by default; where it will orient the face zones consistently when the mesh file is written. If necessary, the zones will be separated, such that each boundary face zone has at most two cell zones as neighbors, one on either side. Also, internal face zones will be inserted between neighboring cell zones that are connected by interior faces.

+ + +

file/write-size-field

+

Enables you to write a size field file.

+ + +

error

+

Displays the Scheme object that was the “irritant” in the most recent Scheme error interrupt.

+ + +

pwd

+

Prints the working directory in which all file operations will take place.

+ + +

chdir

+

Will change the working directory.

+ + +

ls

+

Lists the files in the working directory.

+ + +

. (period)

+

Prompts you for a journal file name and then run the journal file you have specified.

+ + +

alias

+

Displays the list of symbols currently aliased.

+ + +

material-point/create-material-point

+

Enables the definition of a material point. Specify the fluid zone name and the location to define the material point.

+ + +

material-point/delete-all-material-points

+

Enables the deletion of all defined material points.

+ + +

material-point/delete-material-point

+

Deletes the specified material point.

+ + +

material-point/list-material-points

+

Lists all the defined material points.

+ + +

mesh/auto-mesh

+

Enables you to generate the volume mesh automatically. Specify a mesh object name for object-based auto mesh; if no name is given, face zone based auto mesh is performed. Specify the mesh elements to be used when prompted. Specify whether to merge the cells into a single zone or keep the cell zones separate. For face zone based meshing, specify whether automatically identify the domain to be meshed based on the topology information.

+ + +

mesh/auto-mesh-controls/

+

Enters the auto-mesh-controls submenu

+ + +

mesh/auto-mesh-controls/backup-object

+

Enables creation of a backup of the surface mesh before volume meshing starts. This option is enabled by default.

+ + +

mesh/auto-prefix-cell-zones

+

Enables you to specify a prefix for cell zones created during the auto mesh procedure. The auto-prefix-cell-zones command is not relevant for object-based meshing, where the cell zone names are generated based on the material points and the objects used to generate the mesh object.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/

+

Enters the cavity menu.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/add-zones

+

Enables you to create a cavity for adding new zones to the existing volume mesh.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/create-hexcore-cavity-by-region

+

Creates the cavity in the hexcore mesh based on the zones and bounding box extents specified. The create-hexcore-cavity-by-region option is no longer supported and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/create-hexcore-cavity-by-scale

+

Creates the cavity in the hexcore mesh based on the zones and scale specified. The create-hexcore-cavity-by-scale option is no longer supported and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/merge-cavity

+

Enables you to merge the specified cavity domain with the parent domain. During the merging operation, the cavity cell zones merges with the zones in the parent domain. The wall boundaries extracted from the interior zones will be converted to interior type and merged with the corresponding zones in the parent domain.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/region

+

Enables you to create a cavity to modify the existing volume mesh in the specified region.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/remove-zones

+

Enables you to create a cavity for removing zones from the existing volume mesh.

+ + +

mesh/cavity/replace-zones

+

Enables you to create a cavity for removing a set of zones from an existing volume mesh and replacing them with new set of zones.

+ + +

mesh/cell-zone-conditions/

+

Contains options for copying or clearing cell zone conditions when a case file is read.

+ + +

mesh/cell-zone-conditions/clear

+

Clears the cell zone conditions assigned to the specified zones.

+ + +

mesh/cell-zone-conditions/clear-all

+

Clears the cell conditions assigned to all the zones.

+ + +

mesh/cell-zone-conditions/copy

+

Enables you to copy the cell zone conditions from the zone selected to the zones specified.

+ + +

mesh/check-mesh

+

Checks the mesh for topological errors.

+ + +

mesh/check-quality

+

Enables you to ensure that the mesh quality is appropriate before transferring the mesh to the solution mode.

+ + +

mesh/check-quality-level

+

Enables you to report additional quality metrics when set to 1. In addition to the orthogonal quality and Fluent aspect ratio, additional metrics such as cell squish and skewness will be reported when the check-quality-level is set to 1.

+ + +

mesh/clear-mesh

+

Enables you to generate a new mesh by deleting the internal mesh and leaving only the boundary faces and nodes.

+ + +

mesh/create-heat-exchanger

+

Creates the heat exchanger mesh. You need to specify the method for selecting the Location coordinates (by Position or Nodes), the location coordinates, the parameters for setting up mesh density (by Interval or Size), and the number of intervals (sizes) between points (nodes) 1–2, 1–3, 1–4. Also specify the object/zone name prefix and enable creating the mesh object, if required.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/

+

Enters the cutcell menu. This menu is no longer supported, and will be removed in a future release.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/create

+

Creates the CutCell mesh by performing the initialize, refine, snap, and improve operations sequentially.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/create-prism

+

Creates the prism layers on the recovered boundary based on the zone-specific prism parameters set. Specify the cell zones into which the prism layers are to be grown and the gap factor as appropriate.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/modify/

+

Enters the cutcell modify menu.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/modify/auto-node-move

+

Enables you to use the Auto Node Move utility to improve the CutCell mesh quality.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/modify/cavity-remeshing

+

Enables you to use the Cavity Remeshing utility to improve the CutCell mesh quality near the boundary. Face zones of type internal are recovered as type wall in the cutcell mesher. These should be reset to type internal before using the cavity remesher.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/modify/post-morph-improve

+

Improves the quality of the CutCell mesh post-prism generation.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/modify/rezone-multi-connected-faces

+

Enables you to resolve multi-connected configurations on the CutCell boundary. Specify an appropriate value for the critical count for contiguous manifold faces.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/modify/split-boundary

+

Creates a copy of the specified CutCell boundary zones and makes the boundary mesh conformal at the hanging-nodes on the copied zones. The new zones will be named based on the original zone names and prefixed by split-.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/

+

Enters the objects menu.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/change-object-type

+

Enables you to change the object type (geom or mesh).

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/check-mesh

+

Checks the mesh on the specified objects for connectivity and orientation of faces. The domain extents, volume statistics, and face area statistics will be reported along with the results of other checks on the mesh.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create

+

Creates the object based on the priority, cell zone type, face zones, edge zones, and object type specified. You can specify the object name or retain the default blank entry to have the object name generated automatically.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-and-activate-domain

+

Creates and activates the domain comprising the face zones from the objects specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-groups

+

Creates a face group and an edge group comprising the face zones and edge zones included in the specified objects, respectively.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-intersection-loops

+

Enables you to create intersection loops for objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-multiple

+

Creates multiple objects by creating an object per face zone specified. The objects will be named automatically based on the prefix and priority specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-new-mesh-object/

+

Contains options for creating a new mesh object by wrapping or remeshing existing objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-new-mesh-object/remesh

+

Creates a new mesh object by remeshing geometry objects individually or collectively.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/create-new-mesh-object/wrap

+

Creates a new mesh object by wrapping the specified objects individually or collectively.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/delete

+

Deletes the specified objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/delete-all

+

Deletes all the defined objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/delete-all-geom

+

Deletes all the defined geom objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/delete-unreferenced-faces-and-edges

+

Deletes all the faces and edges that are not included in any defined objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/extract-edges

+

Extracts the edge zones from the face zones included in the specified objects, based on the edge-feature-angle value specified (/mesh/cutcell/objects/set/set-edge-feature-angle).

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/improve-feature-capture

+

Enables you to imprint the edges comprising the object on to the object face zones to improve feature capture for mesh objects. You can specify the number of imprinting iterations and additional aggressive imprinting iterations to be performed.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/improve-object-quality

+

This command is not relevant for CutCell meshing.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/join-intersect/

+

The commands in this sub-menu are not relevant for CutCell meshing.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/list

+

Lists the defined objects, indicating the respective cell zone type, priority, face zones and edge zones comprising the object, object type, and object reference point in the console.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/merge

+

Merges the specified objects into a single object.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/merge-edges

+

Merges all the edge zones in an object into a single edge zone. If the object is composed of edge zones of different types (boundary and interior), the edge zones of the same type (boundary or interior) will be merged into a single edge zone.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/merge-nodes

+

Merges the free nodes at the object level based on the specified tolerance or using a tolerance that is a specified percentage of shortest connected edge length.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/merge-voids

+

Enables you to merge voids in the mesh object after the sewing operation. This command is not relevant for CutCell meshing.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/merge-walls

+

Merges all the face zones of type wall in an object into a single face zone.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/remove-gaps/

+

Contains options for removing gaps between mesh objects. The commands in this sub-menu are not relevant for CutCell meshing.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/rotate

+

Rotates the objects based on the angle of rotation, pivot point, and axis of rotation specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/scale

+

Scales the objects based on the scale factors specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/separate-faces-by-angle

+

Separates the face zones comprising the object based on the angle specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/separate-faces-by-seed

+

Separates the face zones comprising the object based on the seed face specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/set/

+

Contains the following options:

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/set/set-edge-feature-angle

+

Sets the edge feature angle to be used for extracting edge zones from the face zones included in the objects.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/set/show-edge-zones?

+

Displays the edge zones comprising the objects drawn in the graphics window.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/set/show-face-zones?

+

Displays the face zones comprising the objects drawn in the graphics window.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/sew/

+

Contains options for sewing mesh objects. The commands in this sub-menu are not relevant for CutCell meshing.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/translate

+

Translates the objects based on the translation offsets specified.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/update

+

Enables you to update the objects defined when the face and/or edge zones comprising the object have been deleted.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/objects/wrap/

+

Contains options for the object wrapping operation. The commands in this sub-menu are not relevant for CutCell meshing.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/

+

Enters the CutCell settings menu.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/auto-delete-dead-zones?

+

Controls the automatic deleting of the dead zones in the CutCell mesh.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/auto-delete-solid-zones?

+

Controls the automatic deleting of the solid zones in the CutCell mesh.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/create-material-point

+

Enables you to define a material point.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/delete-all-material-points

+

Enables you to delete all defined material points.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/delete-material-point

+

Deletes the specified material point.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/list-material-points

+

Lists all the defined material points.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/max-initial-cells

+

Specifies the maximum number of cells in the initial Cartesian grid.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/set-cutcell-quality-method

+

Enables you to set the quality measure for the improve operation. The default measure used is the orthoskew metric.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/set-post-morph-parameters

+

Enables you to set parameters for improving the CutCell mesh post-prism generation using the command /mesh/cutcell/modify/post-morph-improve.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/set-post-snap-parameters

+

Enables you to set parameters for improving the CutCell mesh quality.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/set-thin-cut-face-zones

+

Enables you to specify the face zones constituting the thin regions to be recovered during the CutCell meshing process.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/set/set-thin-cut-edge-zones

+

Enables you to specify the edge zones defining the features in thin regions to be recovered during the CutCell meshing process.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/

+

Enters the size functions menu.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/compute

+

Computes the size field based on the defined parameters.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/contours/

+

Enters the contours sub-menu.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/contours/draw

+

Displays contours in the graphics window. Compute the size field using /size-functions/compute or read in a size field file prior to displaying the contours of size.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/contours/set/refine-facets?

+

Enables you to specify smaller facets if the original are too large. Default is no.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/create

+

Defines the size function based on the specified parameters.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/create-defaults

+

Creates default size functions based on face and edge curvature and proximity.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/delete

+

Deletes the specified size function or the current size field.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/delete-all

+

Deletes all the defined size functions.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/list

+

Lists all the defined size functions and the corresponding parameter values defined.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/list-periodicity-filter

+

Lists the details of the source zone and rotational periodic parameters specified for the size field.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/reset-global-controls

+

Resets the values for the global controls to the defaults.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/set-global-controls

+

Sets the values for the global minimum and maximum size, and growth rate.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/set-periodicity-filter

+

Enables you to apply periodicity to the size field by selecting one source face zone. Ensure that periodicity is previously defined in the Make Periodic Boundaries dialog box. Only rotational periodicity is supported, translational periodicity is not supported currently.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/set-prox-gap-tolerance

+

Sets the tolerance relative to minimum size to take gaps into account. Gaps whose thickness is less than the global minimum size multiplied by this factor will not be regarded as a proximity gap.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/set-scaling-filter

+

Enables you specify the scale factor, and minimum and maximum size values to filter the size output from the size field.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/triangulate-quad-faces?

+

Identifies the zones comprising non-triangular elements and uses a triangulated copy of these zones for computing the size functions.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/un-set-periodicity-filter

+

Removes periodicity from the size field.

+ + +

mesh/cutcell/size-functions/use-cad-imported-curvature?

+

Allows you to use curvature data from the nodes of the CAD facets.

+ + +

mesh/domains/

+

Enters the domain menu.

+ + +

mesh/domains/activate

+

Activates the specified domain for meshing or reporting operations.

+ + +

mesh/domains/create

+

Creates a new domain based on the specified boundary face zones. Ensure valid boundary zones are specified; specifying invalid zones will generate an error.

+ + +

mesh/domains/create-by-cell-zone

+

Creates a new domain based on the specified cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/domains/create-by-point

+

Creates a new domain based on the specified The create-by-point option works only for cases with no overlapping face zones.

+ + +

mesh/domains/delete

+

Deletes the specified domain.

+ + +

mesh/domains/draw

+

Displays the boundary face zones of the specified domain.

+ + +

mesh/domains/print

+

Prints the information for the specified domain.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/

+

Enters the hexcore menu.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/

+

Enters the hexcore controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/avoid-1:8-cell-jump-in-hexcore

+

Determines the types of cells (large cells, small cells, or both) that are going to be replaced with pyramid and tet cells in order to avoid any 1:8 cell jumps in the hexcore region. The default is no and small-cells.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/buffer-layers

+

Sets the number of addition cells to mark for subdivision.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/compute-max-cell-length

+

Computes the maximum cell length for the hexcore mesh.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/define-hexcore-extents?

+

Enables you to extend the hexcore mesh to specified domain extents and/or selected planar boundaries. When enabled, the outer-domain-params sub-menu will be available.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/delete-dead-zones?

+

Toggles the automatic deleting of the dead zones.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/maximum-cell-length

+

Sets the maximum cell length for the hex cells in the domain.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/maximum-initial-cells

+

Specifies the maximum number of cells in the initial Cartesian mesh.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/non-fluid-type

+

Selects the default non-fluid cell zone type. After the mesh is initialized, any non-fluid zones will be set to this type. If the mesh includes multiple regions (for example, the problem for which you are creating the mesh includes a fluid zone and one or more solid zones), and you plan to refine all of them using the same refinement parameters, modify the Non-Fluid Type + before generating the hexcore mesh. For zone-based meshing, if any cell zone has at least one boundary zone type as inlet, it will automatically be set to fluid type. For object based meshing, volume region type is used to determine the cell zone type.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/octree-hexcore?

+

Speeds up hexahedral core generation by enabling the octree technique for hexcore mesh generation. This option is disabled by default. Body-of-influence sizing may be used for refinement. This option does not support hexcore generation up to boundaries.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/

+

Contains options for defining the outer domain parameters. This sub-menu is available only when define-hexcore-extents? is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/specify-coordinates?

+

Enables you to specify the extents of the hexcore outer box using the coordinates command.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/coordinates

+

Specifies the extents (min and max coordinates) of the hexcore outer box. This command is available when the specify-coordinates? option is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/specify-boundaries?

+

Enables you to specify selected boundaries to which the hexcore mesh is to be generated using the boundaries command.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/boundaries

+

Specifies the boundaries to which the hexcore mesh is to be generated when the specify-boundaries? option is enabled. After specifying the boundaries, the auto-align?, delete-old-face-zones?, and list options will also be available.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/auto-align?

+

Enables you to axis-align non-aligned planar boundaries to which hexcore mesh is to be generated. This option is available only when the specify-boundaries? option is enabled and the boundaries are specified.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/auto-align-tolerance

+

Specifies the tolerance for aligning boundary zones when auto-align? is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/auto-align-boundaries

+

Aligns the boundary zones specified (using the boundaries command) with the tolerance specified \ (using the auto-align-tolerance command) when auto-align? is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/delete-old-face-zones?

+

Enables you to delete the original tri face zones that have been replaced during the hexcore meshing process. This option is available only when the specify-boundaries? option is enabled and the boundaries are specified.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/outer-domain-params/list

+

Lists the boundaries to which the hexcore mesh is to be generated. This option is available only when the specify-boundaries? option is enabled and the boundaries are specified.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/peel-layers

+

Specifies the distance for the hexcore interface to peel-back from the boundary. The default value is 0. The higher the value of peel layer, the bigger the distance between the hexcore interface and the boundary.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/print-region-based-sizing

+

Displays local sizing settings (max cell length and growth rate) for specified region(s).

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/set-region-based-sizing

+

Allows you to specify local sizing settings (max cell length and growth rate) for specified region(s).

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/controls/skip-tet-refinement?

+

Enables you to omit the tetrahedral refinement phase for reducing total cell count (default is no). Hex cell count is unaffected.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/create

+

Enables you to create the hexcore mesh according to the specified parameters.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/

+

Enters the hexcore local refinement region sub-menu.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/activate

+

Enables you to activate the specified local regions for refinement.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/deactivate

+

Enables you to deactivate the specified local regions for refinement.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/define

+

Defines the local region according to the specified parameters.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/ideal-hex-vol

+

Reports the ideal hex volume for the given edge length.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/init

+

Creates a default region encompassing the entire geometry.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists the defined and active regions in the console.

+ + +

mesh/hexcore/merge-tets-to-pyramids?

+

Enables the merge-tets-to-pyramids command to reduce the total cell count. If skip-tet-refinement is enabled, pairs of tets will be merged into pyramids. Hexcore count is unaffected.

+ + +

mesh/laplace-smooth-nodes

+

Applies a Laplacian smoothing operator to the mesh nodes. This command can be used for smoothing of all cell types, including prismatic cells.

+ + +

mesh/list-mesh-parameter

+

Shows all mesh parameters.

+ + +

mesh/manage/

+

Enters the manage cell zones menu.

+ + +

mesh/manage/active-list

+

Lists all active zones.

+ + +

mesh/manage/adjacent-face-zones

+

Lists all face zones that refer to the specified cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/manage/auto-set-active

+

Sets the active zones based on points that are defined in an external file. For each zone you want to activate, you need to specify the coordinates of a point in the zone, the zone type (for example, fluid), and (optionally) a new name. A sample file is shown below:

+ + +

mesh/manage/change-prefix

+

Enables you to change the prefix for the cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/manage/copy

+

Copies all nodes and faces of specified cell zones.

+ + +

mesh/manage/delete

+

Deletes a cell zone, along with its associated nodes and faces. When deleting cell zones that contain poly cells, you will be warned that the original mesh needs to be deleted and the original faces restored prior to remeshing the volumetric region.

+ + +

mesh/manage/get-material-point

+

Prints the coordinates of the material point for the specified cell zone. If the cell zone is non-contiguous, the get-material-point command will print a list of material points, one for each contiguous region.

+ + +

mesh/manage/id

+

Specifies a new cell zone ID. If a conflict is detected, the change will be ignored.

+ + +

mesh/manage/list

+

Prints information on all cell zones.

+ + +

mesh/manage/merge

+

Merges two or more cell zones. For object-based merge, the selected zones must be in the same volumetric region. If not, you will have to merge the volumetric regions first using /objects/volumetric-regions/merge. If the volumetric regions cannot be merged because they are not contiguous, you will have to delete the object(s) only before merging the cell zones.

+ + +

mesh/manage/merge-dead-zones

+

Enables you to merge dead zones having a cell count lower than the specified threshold value, with the adjacent cell zone. The result of the merge operation is determined by the type of the adjacent cell zone and the shared face area. The priority for merging with the adjacent cell zone based on type is fluid > solid > dead (that is, merging with an adjacent fluid zone takes priority over merging with an adjacent solid zone, which in turn takes priority over merging with a dead zone). Also, if the adjacent zones are of the same type (for example, fluid), the zone will be merged with the zone having the largest shared face area.

+ + +

mesh/manage/name

+

Enables you to rename a cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/manage/origin

+

Specifies a new origin for the mesh, to be used for cell zone rotation. The default origin is (0,0,0).

+ + +

mesh/manage/revolve-face-zone

+

Generates cells by revolving a face thread.

+ + +

mesh/manage/rotate

+

Rotates all nodes of specified cell zones by a specified angle.

+ + +

mesh/manage/rotate-model

+

Rotates all nodes of the model by a specified angle.

+ + +

mesh/manage/scale

+

Scales all nodes of specified cell zones by a specified factor.

+ + +

mesh/manage/scale-model

+

Scales all nodes of the model by a specified factor.

+ + +

mesh/manage/set-active

+

Sets the specified cell zones to be active.

+ + +

mesh/manage/translate

+

Translates all nodes of specified cell zones by a specified vector.

+ + +

mesh/manage/translate-model

+

Translates all nodes of the model by a specified vector.

+ + +

mesh/manage/type

+

Changes the type and name of a cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/modify/

+

Enters the mesh modify menu.

+ + +

mesh/modify/auto-improve-warp

+

Enables you to improve face warp by node movement. Specify the appropriate cell zones and boundary zones, the maximum warp, the number of iterations per face to be improved, and the number of iterations of the automatic node movement procedure (default, 4).

+ + +

mesh/modify/auto-node-move

+

Enables you to improve the mesh quality by node movement. Specify the appropriate cell zones and boundary zones, the quality limit based on the quality measure selected, dihedral angle, the number of iterations per node to be moved and the number of iterations of the automatic node movement procedure (default, 1). You can also choose to restrict the movement of boundary nodes along the surface.

+ + +

mesh/modify/clear-selections

+

Clears all items from the selection list.

+ + +

mesh/modify/deselect-last

+

Deselects the last item you selected using the select-entity command.

+ + +

mesh/modify/extract-unused-nodes

+

Places all unused nodes in a separate interior node zone.

+ + +

mesh/modify/list-selections

+

Lists all items in the selection list.

+ + +

mesh/modify/list-skewed-cells

+

Lists cells with skewness in a specified range.

+ + +

mesh/modify/mesh-node

+

Attempts to introduce a new node into the existing mesh.

+ + +

mesh/modify/mesh-nodes-on-zone

+

Inserts nodes associated with node or face zone into the volume mesh.

+ + +

mesh/modify/neighborhood-skew

+

Reports the maximum skewness of cells using the specified node.

+ + +

mesh/modify/refine-cell

+

Attempts to refine the cells in the probe list by introducing a node nears its centroid. This technique is useful for removing very flat cells near the boundary when boundary sliver removal is not possible. After refining the cell, you should smooth the mesh.

+ + +

mesh/modify/repair-negative-volume-cells

+

Repairs negative volume cells by moving nodes. Specify the appropriate boundary zones, the number of iterations per node to be moved, dihedral angle, whether to restrict the movement of boundary nodes along the surface, and the number of iterations of the automatic node movement procedure (default, 1).

+ + +

mesh/modify/select-entity

+

Adds an entity (face, node, cell, etc.) to the selection list.

+ + +

mesh/modify/smooth-node

+

Applies Laplace smoothing to the nodes in the selection list.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/

+

Enters the non-conformals menu.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/controls/

+

Enters the non-conformals controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/controls/enable?

+

Toggles the creation of a non-conformal interface.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/controls/retri-method/

+

Specifies the method to be used for retriangulating the quad faces on the non-conformal zones.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/controls/retri-method/prism

+

Remeshes the prism-side quad zones named prism-side* or *-quad*.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/controls/retri-method/quad-split

+

Splits the quad faces diagonally into tri faces.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/controls/retri-method/remesh

+

Remeshes all the quad faces based on the edge and surface feature angle specified.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/create

+

Creates the non-conformal interface on the specified face zones using the specified retriangulation method.

+ + +

mesh/non-conformals/separate

+

Enables you to separate the face zones comprising the non-conformal interface between the cell zones specified. Specify the cell zones where the interface is non-conformal, an appropriate gap distance, and the critical angle to be used for separating the face zones. You can also choose to orient the boundary face zones after separation and additionally write a journal file for the separation operation. If you choose to write a journal file when using the /mesh/non-conformals/separate command to separate the mesh interface zones, you can read the journal file to create the mesh interface automatically in solution mode.

+ + +

mesh/poly/

+

Enters the polyhedral mesh generation menu.

+ + +

mesh/poly/collapse

+

Merge nodes to remove short edges and small faces. The decision threshold uses edge size ratio, face size ratio, and (face) area fraction. +

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/

+

Enters the controls menu for setting poly parameters.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/cell-sizing

+

Sets cell volume distribution function as geometric, linear, or size-field.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/edge-size-ratio

+

Sets the threshold for the size ratio of two connected edges. Recommended range is 20 to 200.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/face-size-ratio

+

Sets the threshold for the size ratio of two faces on one cell. Recommended range is 100 to 300.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/feature-angle

+

Sets the minimum threshold that should be preserved as a feature.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/improve?

+

Enables poly mesh improvement by smoothing based on the smooth-controls.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/merge-skew

+

Sets the minimum skewness threshold for cell merge.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/non-fluid-type

+

Selects the default type for non-fluid zones.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/remesh-skew

+

Sets the target skewness when remeshing.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/sliver-cell-area-fraction

+

Sets the threshold for the area of a single face to the cell surface area. Recommended range is 0.00001 to 0.001.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/

+

Enters the menu for setting smoothing parameters for poly mesh.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/centroid-smooth-iterations

+

Sets the number of passes for tet-cell centroid smoothing during the poly mesh generation phase.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/edge-smooth-iterations

+

Sets the number of passes for tet-cell edge smoothing during the poly mesh generation phase.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/laplace-smooth-iterations

+

Sets the number of passes for tet-cell Laplace smoothing during the poly mesh generation phase.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/smooth-attempts

+

Sets the maximum number of movements for a single node during poly mesh smoothing.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/smooth-boundary

+

Enables boundary smoothing as part of poly cell smoothing. Default is no.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/smooth-iterations

+

Sets the number of improvement passes over the full poly mesh.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/smooth-on-layer

+

Constrains movement of nodes to maintain layering during poly mesh smoothing.

+ + +

mesh/poly/controls/smooth-controls/smooth-skew

+

Sets the minimum skewness threshold for poly mesh smoothing.

+ + +

mesh/poly/improve

+

Allows you to improve the polyhedral mesh quality based on the quality-method.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/

+

Enters the local refinement menu. Poly meshing follows tet meshing. These commands behave like the equivalent commands under /mesh/tet/local-regions/.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/activate

+

Activates the specified regions for refinement.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/deactivate

+

Deactivates the specified regions for refinement.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/define

+

Defines the refinement region according to the specified parameters.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/ideal-vol

+

Reports the volume of an ideal tetrahedron for the edge length specified.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/init

+

Defines the default refinement region encompassing the entire geometry.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists all refinement region parameters and the activated regions in the console.

+ + +

mesh/poly/local-regions/refine

+

Refines the active cells inside the selected region based on the specified refinement parameters.

+ + +

mesh/poly/quality-method

+

Asks you to choose from internal-default, orthoskew or squish quality measure for mesh improvement.

+ + +

mesh/poly/remesh

+

Improves the quality in a local region based on the minimum skewness threshold.

+ + +

mesh/poly-hexcore/

+

Enters the menu for poly-hexcore mesh.

+ + +

mesh/poly-hexcore/controls/

+

Enters the menu for setting parameters for poly-hexcore mesh.

+ + +

mesh/poly-hexcore/controls/avoid-1:8-cell-jump-in-hexcore

+

Determines the types of cells (large cells, small cells, or both) that are going to be replaced with polyhedra cells in order to avoid any 1:8 cell jumps in the hexcore region. The default is no and large-cells.

+ + +

mesh/poly-hexcore/controls/mark-core-region-cell-type-as-hex?

+

Determines whether or not to apply hexahedra cells in the core region of the mesh. The default value is yes. 

+ + +

mesh/poly-hexcore/controls/only-polyhedra-for-selected-regions

+

Determines if polyhedra cells are to be applied to the selected regions.

+ + +

mesh/prepare-for-solve

+

Prepares the mesh for solving in solution mode by performing a cleanup operation after the volume mesh has been generated. Operations such as deleting dead zones, deleting geometry objects, deleting edge zones, deleting unused faces and nodes are performed during this operation.

+ + +

mesh/prism/

+

Enters the prism menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/

+

Enters the prism controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/adjacent-zone/

+

Enters the prism adjacent zone controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/adjacent-zone/project-adjacent-angle

+

Determines whether or not to project to an adjacent zone. If a zone shares outer nodes with any of the zones from which the layers are being grown (the “base zones”), its angle with respect to the growth direction is compared with this value. If the angle is less than or equal to this value, then the zone will be projected to. The default value is 75 degrees. See for details.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/adjacent-zone/side-feature-angle

+

Specifies the angle used for computing the feature normals.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/check-quality?

+

Enables/disables the checking of volume, skewness, and handedness of each new cell and face.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/

+

Enters the prism smoothing controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/check-allowable-skew?

+

Enables you to check the skewness of the prism cap for every layer.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/corner-height-weight?

+

When enabled, the offset height at corners with large angles (for example, 270º) is reduced to give a smoother prism cap.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/edge-swap-base-angle

+

Specifies the maximum allowable angle between the normals of the base faces for skewness-driven edge swapping.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/edge-swap-cap-angle

+

Specifies the maximum allowable angle between the normals of the cap faces for skewness-driven edge swapping.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/improve-warp?

+

Enables or disables improving of face warp during prism generation. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/left-hand-check

+

Controls checking for left-handedness of faces. The default setting of 0 implies face handedness will not be checked. A value of 1 implies only cap faces will be checked, while 2 implies faces of all cells in current layer will be checked.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/max-allowable-cap-skew

+

Specifies the maximum skewness allowed for a prism cap face. If the skewness of a cap face exceeds this value, the meshing process will stop and a warning indicates that the skewness for that layer is too high.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/max-allowable-cell-skew

+

Specifies the cell quality criteria for smoothing and quality checking.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/improve/smooth-improve-prism-cells?

+

Enables you to set the parameters for improving the prism cells after the required prism layers are created. You can select optimized smoothing (smooth), node movement (improve), or a combination of both to improve the quality. Specify the quality measure to be used, the cell quality threshold, the number of improvement iterations, and the minimum improvement required.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/merge-ignored-threads?

+

Enables you to automatically merge all ignored zones related to a base thread into a single thread. This option is enabled by default. When this option is disabled, more than one ignored thread will be generated per base thread. However, various zones can be created by ignoring this option. They are:

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/merge-ignored-threads?*:dwall

+

Is formed due to dangling wall.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/merge-ignored-threads?*:prox

+

Is formed due to proximity.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/merge-ignored-threads?*:ud_normal

+

Is formed due to invalid normal.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/merge-ignored-threads?*:smooth

+

Is formed due to smoothing of ignored regions.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/morph/

+

Enters the prism morphing controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/morph/improve-threshold

+

Specifies the quality threshold used for improving the quality during the morphing operation.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/morph/morphing-convergence-limit

+

Specifies the convergence limit for the morphing operation. The morpher uses an iterative solver. It is assumed to have converged when the relative residual is less than this number.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/morph/morphing-frequency

+

Specifies the frequency of the morphing operation. The number specified denotes the number of prism layers after which the morpher is applied to the remainder of the mesh (for example, a value of 5 indicates that the morpher is applied to the mesh after every 5 prism layers grown).

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/

+

Enters the prism normal controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/bisect-angle

+

Is required for growing prisms out of sharp interior corners. When the value of this angle is set, the normals are automatically projected onto the plane bisecting the angle between faces having an interior angle less than this angle.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/compute-normal

+

Computes the normal for the specified face zone.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/direction-method

+

Specifies whether the prism layers should be grown normal to surfaces or along a specified direction vector.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/direction-vector

+

Specifies the direction vector for prism extrusion when the uniform method is selected for direction-method.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/ignore-invalid-normals?

+

Enables you to ignore nodes that have poor normals.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/max-angle-change

+

Specifies the maximum angle by which the normal direction at a node can change during smoothing.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/orient-mesh-object-face-normals

+

Enables you to orient the face normals for mesh object boundary zones. Specify the mesh object, region or material point as appropriate, and specify whether walls, baffles or both comprising the prism base zones are to be separated and oriented.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/normal/orthogonal-layers

+

Specifies the number of layers to preserve orthogonality. All smoothing is deferred until after these layers.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/offset/

+

Enters the prism offset controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/offset/first-aspect-ratio-min

+

Specifies the minimum first aspect ratio (ratio of prism base length to prism layer height) for the prism cells.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/offset/min-aspect-ratio

+

Specifies the minimum aspect ratio (ratio of prism base length to prism layer height) for the prism cells.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/post-ignore/

+

Contains options for setting the parameters for removing poor quality prism cells after the required prism layers are created.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/post-ignore/post-remove-cells?

+

Enables you to set the parameters for removing poor quality prism cells after the required prism layers are created. You can remove cells based on quality, intersection, interior warp, and feature edges. Specify options for removing additional cells in regions of high aspect ratio and feature angle, the number of cell rings to be removed around the marked cells, and options for smoothing the prism boundary and prism side height.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/

+

Enters the prism proximity controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/allow-ignore?

+

Enables you to ignore nodes where the specified maximum shrink factor cannot be maintained.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/allow-shrinkage?

+

Enables shrinkage while growing prism layers.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/gap-factor

+

Controls the gap between the intersecting prisms layers in the proximity region with respect to the cell size of the prisms.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/keep-first-layer-offsets?

+

Enables you to retain first layer offsets while performing proximity detection.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/max-aspect-ratio

+

Specifies the maximum allowable cell aspect ratio to determine the limit for the shrinkage of prism layers. This option is available only when the allow-ignore? option is disabled.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/proximity/max-shrink-factor

+

Specifies the shrink factor determining the maximum shrinkage of the prism layers. This option is available only when the allow-ignore? option is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/remove-invalid-layer?

+

Removes the last prism layer if it fails in the quality check.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/set-post-mesh-controls

+

Sets controls specific to growing prisms post volume mesh generation.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/split?

+

Enables you to set parameters for splitting the prism layers after the initial prism layers are generated, to generate the total number of layers required. Specify the number of divisions per layer.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/zone-specific-growth/

+

Enters the prism growth controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/zone-specific-growth/apply-growth

+

Applies the zone-specific growth parameters specified.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/zone-specific-growth/clear-growth

+

Clears the zone-specific growth specified.

+ + +

mesh/prism/controls/zone-specific-growth/list-growth

+

Lists the zone-specific growth parameters specified for individual zones in the console.

+ + +

mesh/prism/create

+

Creates prism layers on one or more boundary face zones based on the offset method, growth method, number of layers, and rate specified.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/

+

Enters the prism improve menu.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/improve-prism-cells

+

Collects and smooths cells in layers around poor quality cells. Cells with quality worse than the specified threshold value will be identified, and the nodes of the cells surrounding the poor quality cells will be moved to improve quality.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/smooth-brute-force?

+

Forcibly smooths cells if cell skewness is still high after regular smoothing.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/smooth-cell-rings

+

Specifies the number of cell rings around the skewed cell used by improve-prism-cells.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/smooth-improve-prism-cells

+

Uses a combination of node movement and optimized smoothing to improve the quality. This command is a combination of the smooth-prism-cells and improve-prism-cells commands. The cell aspect ratio will also be maintained based on the value specified for max-aspect-ratio.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/smooth-prism-cells

+

Enables optimization based smoothing of prism cells. The nodes of cells with quality worse than the specified threshold value will be moved to improve quality. The cell aspect ratio will also be maintained based on the value specified for max-aspect-ratio.

+ + +

mesh/prism/improve/smooth-sliver-skew

+

Specifies the skewness above which prism cells will be smoothed.

+ + +

mesh/prism/list-parameters

+

Shows all prism mesh parameters.

+ + +

mesh/prism/mark-ignore-faces

+

Enables you to mark the faces to be ignored during prism meshing.

+ + +

mesh/prism/mark-nonmanifold-nodes

+

Enables you to mark the non-manifold prism base nodes. A list of the non-manifold nodes will be printed in the console. The faces connected to the non-manifold nodes will also be marked. You can use this command after specifying zone-specific prism settings, prior to generating the prisms to verify that non-manifold configurations do not exist.

+ + +

mesh/prism/post-ignore/

+

Contains the following options for ignoring prism cells:

+ + +

mesh/prism/post-ignore/create-cavity

+

Creates a cavity in regions where prism quality is adequate, but the quality of adjacent tetrahedra is poor. The cavity is created based on the tetrahedral cell zone, the quality measure and the corresponding threshold value, and the additional number of cell rings specified. You can create a cavity comprising only tetrahedral cells or optionally include prism cells in the cavity created. When prism cells are also included in the cavity, you can specify whether the non-conformal interface is to be created.

+ + +

mesh/prism/post-ignore/mark-cavity-prism-cap

+

Marks the prism cap faces and tetrahedral cell faces bounding the cavity to be created in regions where prism quality is adequate, but the quality of adjacent tetrahedra is poor. Specify the tetrahedral cell zone, the quality measure and the corresponding threshold value to be used, and the additional number of cell rings based on which the cavity will be created.

+ + +

mesh/prism/post-ignore/mark-prism-cap

+

Marks the prism cap faces for ignoring prism cells in regions of poor quality cells and sharp corners. Specify the prism cell zone and the basis for ignoring prism cells and the relevant parameters. The prism cells can be ignored based on quality, intersection, (both enabled by default), warp, and features (both disabled by default). Specify the quality measure and threshold value to be used for ignoring cells based on quality and (if applicable) the feature edges for ignoring cells based on features. Additionally, specify whether cells are to be marked in regions of high aspect ratio and based on feature angle, and the additional number of cell rings based on which prism cells will be removed.

+ + +

mesh/prism/post-ignore/post-remove-cells

+

Enables you to remove prism cells in layers around poor quality cells and sharp corners. Specify the prism cell zone, the basis for ignoring prism cells (quality, intersection, warp, features) and the relevant parameters. Specify the number of cell rings to be removed around the marked cells. Cells will be marked for removal in regions of sharp corners based on quality, intersection, warp, and features (as applicable) and then extended based on the number of cell rings specified. Additional cells will be marked for removal in regions of high aspect ratio and based on feature angle (if applicable) around the exposed prism side. The boundary will be smoothed at feature corners after the prism cells have been removed. The prism-side faces exposed by the removal of the prism cells will be collected in a zone named prism-side-#, while for a zone wall-n, the faces corresponding to the ignored prism cells will be collected in a zone named wall-n:ignore. You can also optionally smooth the prism side nodes from the base node to the cap node to create better triangles for the non-conformal interface.

+ + +

mesh/prism/quality-method

+

Specifies the quality method used during prism generation.

+ + +

mesh/prism/reset-parameters

+

Resets all prism parameters.

+ + +

mesh/prism/split/

+

Contains options for splitting the prism layers after the initial prism layers are generated, to generate the total number of layers required.

+ + +

mesh/prism/split/split

+

Enables you to split the prism layers after the initial prism layers are generated, to generate the total number of layers required. Specify the prism cell zones to be split and the number of divisions per layer. You can also choose to use the existing growth rate (default) or specify the growth rate to be used while splitting the prism layers.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/

+

Enters the pyramid menu.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/controls/

+

Enters the pyramid controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/controls/neighbor-angle

+

Sets the threshold dihedral angle used to limit the neighboring faces considered for pyramid creation. For example, if the value is set to 110° and the angle between a given quadrilateral face and a neighboring triangular face is greater than 110°, the resulting pyramid will not include the triangular face.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/controls/offset-factor

+

Specifies the fraction of the computed pyramid height (offset) by which the pyramid heights will be randomly adjusted. The default value is 0, indicating that all pyramids will have the exact height computed. A value of 0.1, for example, will limit each adjustment to ±10percentage of the computed height.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/controls/offset-scaling

+

Specifies the scaling, to be used to determine the height of the pyramid.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/controls/vertex-method

+

Specifies the method by which the location of the new vertex of the pyramid will be determined. The skewness method is used by default.

+ + +

mesh/pyramid/create

+

Creates a layer of pyramids on the quad face zone.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/

+

Enters the rapid octree menu, which provides text commands for using the Rapid Octree mesher.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/boundary-treatment

+

Selects the boundary treatment option. Enter 0 for the Boundary Projection treatment or 1 for the Cartesian Snapping treatment.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/bounding-box

+

Defines/modifies the bounding box around the geometry.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/create

+

Creates a mesh using the Rapid Octree mesher.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/distribute-geometry?

+

Enables/disables the distribution of the input geometry across partitions / compute nodes, so that it is not copied to each process. This reduces the memory requirements of the mesh generation significantly, especially for geometries with a high number of triangles. Note that this geometric distribution is enabled by default and is automatically deactivated if the geometry is not fully enclosed by the defined bounding box.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/flow-volume

+

Specifies the volume to be filled by the mesh.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/geometry

+

Allows you to apply the Rapid Octree mesher to a defined mesh object or geometry object rather than all available surface zones. Note that using a mesh object with multiple volumetric regions allows you to generate multiple disconnected cell zones that can be coupled by a non-conformal mesh interface in the solution mode; all other input objects result in the creation of a single volume / cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/mesh-sizing/

+

Enters the mesh sizing menu, which allows you to define the cell sizes.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/mesh-sizing/boundary-cell-size

+

Sets the default cell size for the geometry.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/mesh-sizing/feature-angle-refinement

+

Defines the angular threshold and number of refinement levels for features. This text command is only available when the Boundary Projection treatment is selected through the /mesh/rapid-octree/boundary-treatment text command.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/mesh-sizing/max-cell-size

+

Sets the maximum cell size in the octree mesh.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/refinement-regions/

+

Enters the rapid octree refinement region menu, which allows you to manage the refinement regions.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/refinement-regions/add

+

Adds a refinement region to the domain.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/refinement-regions/delete

+

Deletes a refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/refinement-regions/list

+

Lists all of the refinement regions.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/reset-bounding-box

+

Redefines the bounding box extents to encompass all of the surfaces of the currently selected geometry, and updates the base length scale used in the mesh generation process.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/undo-last-meshing-operation

+

Attempts to restore the object state (including its surfaces) as it was prior to the meshing operation performed by the Rapid Octree mesher.

+ + +

mesh/rapid-octree/verbosity

+

Sets the verbosity of the messages printed by the Rapid Octree mesher.

+ + +

mesh/repair-face-handedness

+

Reverses face node orientation.

+ + +

mesh/reset-mesh

+

Clears the entire mesh.

+ + +

mesh/reset-mesh-parameter

+

Resets all parameters to their default value.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/

+

Contains options for creating scoped prism controls for mesh objects.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/create

+

Creates a new scoped prism control based on the parameters and scope specified. Specify the name, offset method, first height or aspect ratio, number of layers, and rate or last percent. Select the mesh object and set the scope (fluid-regions, named-regions, or solid-regions). Specify the zones to grow prisms (all-zones, only-walls, selected-face-zones, or selected-labels, or solid-fluid-interface). When named-regions and/or selected-face-zones or selected-labels are selected, specify the volume and/or boundary scope. If interior baffle zones are selected, retain the option to grow prisms on both sides of the baffles or disable it to grow prisms on one side.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/delete

+

Deletes the specified scoped prism control.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/growth-options

+

Enables you to specify scoped prism growth options. Select Fix First Height if required, and specify the gap factor, maximum aspect ratio, prism quality method, and the threshold quality value for stair stepping.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/list

+

Lists all the defined scoped prism controls.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/modify

+

Modifies the specified control based on the parameters specified.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/read

+

Reads in the specified scoped prism control file (*.pzmcontrol).

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/set-no-imprint-zones

+

Used to specify face zones that should not be imprinted during prism generation.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/set-advanced-controls

+

Used to specify various controls for scoped prisms. Prompts include setting iterations for normal based prisms, smoothing, prism improvement, automatic node movement, and warp improvement. Prompts also include checks for stair-step interactions, as well as proximity, quality, and the exposure of quad quality. Automatic stair-stepping occurs during prism generation based on the proximity and quality limits. You can intentionally avoid stair-stepping by setting the last three prompts (proximity, quality, and the exposure of quad quality) to no, although you may also retain some poor quality cells.

+ + +

mesh/scoped-prisms/write

+

Writes the scoped prism controls to a prism control file (*.pzmcontrol). Specify the scoped prism file name.

+ + +

mesh/selective-mesh-check

+

Performs a customized mesh check on specific zones rather than all zones.

+ + +

mesh/separate/

+

Separates cells by various user-defined methods.

+ + +

mesh/separate/local-regions/

+

Enters the local refinement menu.

+ + +

mesh/separate/local-regions/define

+

Enables you to define the parameters for the refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/separate/local-regions/delete

+

Enables you to delete a refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/separate/local-regions/init

+

Deletes all current regions and adds the default refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/separate/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists all the refinement regions.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-cell-by-face

+

Separates cells that are connected to a specified face zone into another cell zone. This separation method applies only to prism cells.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-cell-by-mark

+

Separates cells within a specified local region into another cell zone.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-cell-by-region

+

Separates contiguous regions within a cell zone into separate cell zones.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-cell-by-shape

+

Separates cells with different shapes (pyramids, tetrahedra, etc.) into separate cell zones.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-cell-by-size

+

Separates cells based on the specified minimum and maximum cell sizes.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-cell-by-skew

+

Separates cells based on the specified cell skewness.

+ + +

mesh/separate/separate-prisms-from-poly

+

Separates the poly-prism cells from the poly cells within your mesh. Available only when the report/enhanced-orthogonal-quality? flag is set to yes, and is only supported for the .h5 format.

+ + +

mesh/tet/

+

Enters the tetrahedral mesh menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/

+

Enters the tet controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/

+

Enters the advancing front refinement controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/first-improve-params

+

Defines the refining front improvement parameters for the advancing front method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/refine-parameters

+

Defines the cell zone improvement parameters for the advancing front method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/second-improve-params

+

Defines the cell zone improvement parameters for the advancing front method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/

+

Enters the refine improve controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/attempts

+

Specifies the number of overall improvement attempts for the advancing front method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/boundary-sliver-skew

+

Specifies the boundary sliver skewness for the advancing front method. This parameter is used for removing sliver cells along the boundary.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/iterations

+

Specifies the number of improvement iterations in each attempt for the advancing front method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/sliver-skew

+

Specifies the sliver skewness for the advancing front method. This parameter is used for removing sliver cells in the interior.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/target-low-skew

+

Specifies the targeted skewness threshold above which cells will be improved. The improve operation will attempt to improve cells with skewness above the target-low-skew value specified, but there will be no attempt to reduce the skewness below the specified value. A limited set of improve operations will be used as compared to the operations required for the target-skew value-based improvement. The value specified could be approximately 0.1 lower than the target-skew value.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/target-skew

+

Specifies the targeted skewness during improvement for the advancing front method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/adv-front-method/skew-improve/target?

+

Enables you to enable targeted skewness-based refinement for the advancing front method. This option enables you to improve the mesh until the targeted skewness value is achieved.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/cell-sizing

+

Specifies the cell sizing function for refinement. You can select geometric, linear, none, or size-field as appropriate.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/compute-max-cell-volume

+

Computes the maximum cell volume for the current mesh.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/delete-dead-zones?

+

Specifies the maximum allowable cell volume.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/delete-unused-nodes?

+

Toggles the deleting of unused nodes during mesh initialization. The delete-unused-nodes? option is no longer supported and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/improve-mesh/

+

Enters the improve mesh controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/improve-mesh/improve?

+

Automatically improves the mesh.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/improve-mesh/laplace-smooth

+

Enables you to specify the Laplace smoothing parameters.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/improve-mesh/skewness-smooth

+

Enables you to specify the skewness smooth parameters.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/improve-mesh/swap

+

Enables you to specify the face swap parameters.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/improve-surface-mesh?

+

Enables you to improve the surface mesh by swapping face edges where Delaunay violations occur. The improve-surface-mesh? option is no longer supported and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/max-cell-length

+

Specifies the maximum allowable cell length.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/max-cell-volume

+

Specifies the maximum allowable cell volume.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/non-fluid-type

+

Selects the non-fluid cell zone type. After the mesh is initialized, any non-fluid zones will be set to this type. If the mesh includes multiple regions (for example, the problem for which you are creating the mesh includes a fluid zone and one or more solid zones), and you plan to refine all of them using the same refinement parameters, modify the non-fluid type before generating the mesh. For zone-based meshing, if any cell zone has at least one boundary zone type as inlet, it will automatically be set to fluid type. For object based meshing, volume region type is used to determine the cell zone type.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/print-region-based-sizing

+

Displays local sizing settings (max cell length) for specified region(s).

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/refine-levels

+

Sets the number of refinement levels.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/refine-method

+

Enables you to select the refinement method. You can select either skewness-based refinement or the advancing front method. The skewness-based refinement option is no longer supported and will be removed at a future release.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/

+

Enters the sliver remove controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/angle

+

Specifies the maximum dihedral angle for considering the cell to be a sliver

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/attempts

+

Specifies the number of attempts overall to remove slivers.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/iterations

+

Specifies the number of iterations to be performed for the specific sliver removal operation.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/low-skew

+

Specifies the targeted skewness threshold above which cells will be improved. The improve operation will attempt to improve cells with skewness above the low-skew value specified, but there will be no attempt to reduce the skewness below the specified value. A limited set of improve operations will be used as compared to the operations required for the skew value-based improvement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/method

+

Enables you to select the method for sliver removal. The default method used is the fast method. The fast and the aggressive methods use the same controls and give similar results for good quality surface meshes. In case of poor surface meshes, the aggressive method will typically succeed in improving the mesh to a greater extent, but it may be slower than the fast method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/remove?

+

Enables/disables the automatic removal of slivers.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/remove-slivers/skew

+

Specifies the skewness threshold for sliver removal.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/set-region-based-sizing

+

Allows you to specify local sizing settings (max cell length) for specified region(s)

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/

+

Enters the skewness refinement controls menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/levels

+

Specifies the number of refinement levels for skewness-based refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/max-skew-improve?

+

Enables/disables the skewness-based improvement during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/must-improve-skewness?

+

Enables/disables the modification of the default auto refinement parameters in order to improve skewness after refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/refine-boundary-cells?

+

Enables/disables the automatic refinement of boundary cells during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/refine-cells?

+

Enables/disables the automatic refinement of cells during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/

+

Contains options for improving refinement by the skewness method. This sub-menu is available when max-skew-improve? is enabled.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/attempts

+

Specifies the number of overall improvement attempts for the skewness method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/boundary-sliver-skew

+

Specifies the boundary sliver skewness for the skewness method. This parameter is used for removing sliver cells along the boundary.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/iterations

+

Specifies the number of improvement iterations in each attempt for the skewness method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/sliver-skew

+

Specifies the sliver skewness for the skewness method. This parameter is used for removing sliver cells in the interior.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/target-low-skew

+

Specifies the targeted skewness threshold above which cells will be improved. The improve operation will attempt to improve cells with skewness above the target-low-skew value specified, but there will be no attempt to reduce the skewness below the specified value. A limited set of improve operations will be used as compared to the operations required for the target-skew value-based improvement. The value specified could be approximately 0.1 lower than the target-skew value.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/target-skew

+

Specifies the targeted skewness during improvement for the skewness method.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/skew-improve/target?

+

Enables you to enable targeted skewness-based refinement for the skewness method. This enables you to improve the mesh until the targeted skewness value is achieved.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/smooth-mesh?

+

Enables/disables the automatic smoothing of the mesh during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/sort-boundary-faces?

+

Enables/disables the automatic sorting of boundary faces by size during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/sort-cells?

+

Enables/disables the automatic reverse sorting of cells by skewness during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/swap-faces?

+

Enables/disables the automatic swapping of faces during refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/skewness-method/type

+

Enables you to select the appropriate pre-defined skewness refinement parameters. You can select default, fast-transition, or incremental-improve as required.

+ + +

mesh/tet/controls/use-max-cell-size?

+

Enables you to use the maximum cell size specified instead of recomputing the value based on the objects, when the volume mesh is generated. This option is disabled by default.

+ + +

mesh/tet/delete-virtual-cells

+

Deletes virtual cells created due to the use of the keep-virtual-entities? option.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/

+

Enters the tet improve menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/collapse-slivers

+

Attempts to collapse the nodes of a skewed sliver cell on any one of its neighbors.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/improve-cells

+

Improves skewed tetrahedral cells.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/refine-boundary-slivers

+

Attempts to increase the volume of boundary slivers to create a valid tet cell. Tetrahedra having one or two faces on the boundary are identified and then the appropriate edge split. The split node is then smoothed such that the volume of the tetrahedron increases, thereby creating a valid tet cell.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/refine-slivers

+

Attempts to remove the sliver by placing a node at or near the centroid of the sliver cell. Swapping and smoothing are performed to improve the skewness. You can also specify whether boundary cells are to be refined. Refining the boundary cells may enable you to carry out further improvement options such as smoothing, swapping, and collapsing slivers.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/skew-smooth-nodes

+

Applies skewness-based smoothing to nodes on the tetrahedral cell zones to improve the mesh quality.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/sliver-boundary-swap

+

Removes boundary slivers by moving the boundary to exclude the cells from the zone.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/smooth-boundary-sliver

+

Smooths nodes on sliver cells having all four nodes on the boundary until the skewness value is less than the specified value. The default values for the skewness threshold, minimum dihedral angle between boundary faces, and feature angle are 0.985, 10, and 30, respectively.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/smooth-interior-sliver

+

Smooths non-boundary nodes on sliver cells having skewness greater than the specified threshold value. The default value for the skewness threshold is 0.985.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/smooth-nodes

+

Enables you to apply either Laplacian or variational smoothing to nodes on the tetrahedral cell zones to improve the mesh quality.

+ + +

mesh/tet/improve/swap-faces

+

Performs interior face swapping to improve cell skewness.

+ + +

mesh/tet/init

+

Generates the initial Delaunay mesh by meshing the boundary nodes.

+ + +

mesh/tet/init-refine

+

Generates the tetrahedral mesh.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/

+

Enters the local refinement menu.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/activate

+

Activates the specified regions for refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/deactivate

+

Deactivates the specified regions for refinement.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/define

+

Defines the refinement region according to the specified parameters.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified refinement region.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/ideal-vol

+

Reports the volume of an ideal tetrahedron for the edge length specified.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/init

+

Defines the default refinement region encompassing the entire geometry.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/list-all-regions

+

Lists all refinement region parameters and the activated regions in the console.

+ + +

mesh/tet/local-regions/refine

+

Refines the active cells inside the selected region based on the specified refinement parameters.

+ + +

mesh/tet/preserve-cell-zone

+

Allows you to specify the cell zones to be preserved during the meshing process.

+ + +

mesh/tet/refine

+

Refines the initialized mesh.

+ + +

mesh/tet/trace-path-between-cells

+

Detects holes in the geometry by tracing the path between the two specified cells

+ + +

mesh/thin-volume-mesh/

+

Creates a sweep-like mesh for a body occupying a thin gap. You define source and target boundary faces zones (the source face normal should point to the target). The source face mesh may be triangles or quads.

+ + +

mesh/thin-volume-mesh/create

+

Initiates the dialog box to specify source and target faces and specify the following parameters

+ + +

mesh/zone-names-clean-up

+

S

+ + +

objects/cad-association/

+

Contains options for modifying the selected objects based on the associated CAD entities and attaching/detaching the CAD entities from the objects. This menu is available when the CAD Assemblies tree is created during CAD import.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/attach-cad

+

Attaches CAD entities to the selected geometry/mesh objects. Select the geometry/mesh objects and specify the path for the CAD entities to be associated with the objects. The selected geometry/mesh objects will be associated with the CAD entities which will then be locked.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/detach-all-objects

+

Detaches all the CAD objects associated with the geometry/mesh objects. Specify the type of objects (geom or mesh) to be detached. All association will be removed and the geometry/mesh objects will be independent of changes to the CAD entities.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/detach-objects

+

Detaches the CAD objects associated with the specified geometry/mesh objects. All association will be removed and the selected geometry/mesh objects will be independent of changes to the CAD entities.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/query-object-association

+

Returns a list of the CAD entities associated with the objects selected.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/restore-cad

+

Restores the geometry/mesh objects from the associated CAD objects.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/unlock-cad

+

Unlocks the CAD objects associated with the selected geometry/mesh objects.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/update-objects

+

Updates the specified geometry/mesh objects based on changes to the associated CAD objects.

+ + +

objects/cad-association/update-all-objects

+

Updates all geometry/mesh objects based on changes to the associated CAD objects. Specify the type of objects (geom or mesh) to be updated.

+ + +

objects/change-object-type

+

Allows you to change the object type (geom, or mesh).

+ + +

objects/check-mesh

+

Checks the mesh on the specified objects for connectivity and orientation of faces. The domain extents, volume statistics, and face area statistics will be reported along with the results of other checks on the mesh.

+ + +

objects/create

+

Creates the object based on the priority, cell zone type, face zone(s), edge zone(s), and object type specified. You can specify the object name or retain the default blank entry to have the object name generated automatically.

+ + +

objects/create-and-activate-domain

+

Creates and activates the domain comprising the face zone(s) from the object(s) specified.

+ + +

objects/create-groups

+

Creates a face group and an edge group comprising the face zone(s) and edge zone(s) included in the specified object(s), respectively.

+ + +

objects/create-intersection-loops

+

Allows you to create intersection loops for objects.

+ + +

objects/create-multiple

+

Creates multiple objects by creating an object per face zone specified. The objects will be named automatically based on the prefix and priority specified.

+ + +

objects/create-new-mesh-object/

+

Contains options for creating a new mesh object by wrapping or remeshing existing objects.

+ + +

objects/create-new-mesh-object/remesh

+

Creates a new mesh object by remeshing geometry objects individually or collectively.

+ + +

objects/create-new-mesh-object/wrap

+

Creates a new mesh object by wrapping the specified objects individually or collectively.

+ + +

objects/delete

+

Deletes the specified object(s).

+ + +

objects/delete-all

+

Deletes all the defined objects.

+ + +

objects/delete-all-geom

+

Deletes all the defined geom objects.

+ + +

objects/delete-unreferenced-faces-and-edges

+

Deletes all the faces and edges that are not included in any defined objects.

+ + +

objects/extract-edges

+

Extracts the edge zone(s) from the face zone(s) included in the specified object(s), based on the edge-feature-angle value specified (/objects/set/set-edge-feature-angle).

+ + +

objects/improve-feature-capture

+

Enables you to imprint the edges comprising the object on to the object face zones to improve feature capture for mesh objects. You can specify the number of imprinting iterations to be performed. The geometry objects used to create the mesh objects should be available when the improve-feature-capture command is invoked. Additionally, the face zones comprising the objects should be of type other than geometry.

+ + +

objects/improve-object-quality

+

Enables you to improve the surface mesh quality for mesh objects. Select the mesh objects and the method for improving the surface mesh. The smooth-and-improve method improves the mesh by a combination of smoothing, swapping, and surface mesh improvement operations. Object normals are correctly oriented and island faces are also deleted. You can optionally coarsen the surface mesh by specifying a suitable coarsening factor. Additional imprinting operations can be done to improve feature capture on the surface mesh. The surface-remesh method improves the mesh by remeshing based on the current size field. Object normals are correctly oriented and island faces are also deleted.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/

+

Contains options for connecting overlapping and intersecting face zones.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/add-objects-to-mesh-object

+

Allows you to specify one or more mesh objects to be added to an existing mesh object.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/change-region-type

+

Allows you to select a cell zone type (solid, fluid or dead) for a specific region.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/compute-regions

+

Closed cell zone regions are computed from the specified mesh object. You may include a material point, if desired.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/controls/remesh-post-intersection?

+

Used to enable or disable automatic post-remesh operation after join or intersect.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/create-mesh-object

+

Allows you to specify one or more mesh objects to be connected in one mesh object.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/delete-region

+

Removes a closed cell zone region and all of its face zones, except those which are shared by other regions, from the specified mesh object.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/intersect

+

Connects two intersecting face zones within specified angle and tolerance.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/join

+

Connects two overlapping face zones within specified angle and tolerance.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/list-regions

+

Lists details of region type, volume, material point, and comprising face zones for the topological regions computed for the specified mesh object.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/merge-regions

+

Specified regions are joined into a single region.

+ + +

objects/join-intersect/rename-region

+

Enables you to specify a new name for a specified region.

+ + +

objects/labels/

+

Contains options for creating and managing face zone labels.

+ + +

objects/labels/add-zones

+

Adds the specified face zones to the existing face zone label for an object.

+ + +

objects/labels/create

+

Creates a new face zone label for the specified face zones.

+ + +

objects/labels/create-label-per-object

+

Creates a new face zone label for all the face zones in every object.

+ + +

objects/labels/create-label-per-zone

+

Creates a new face zone label for each face zone in the object.

+ + +

objects/labels/delete

+

Deletes the specified face zone labels.

+ + +

objects/labels/label-unlabeled-zones

+

Creates labels for unlabeled face zones within the specified object. You can either use the object name as the label or provide your own label.

+ + +

objects/labels/merge

+

Merges the specified face zone labels to a single label with the name specified.

+ + +

objects/labels/remove-all-labels-on-zones

+

Removes all the face zone labels for the specified face zones. This command is applicable to geometry objects only.

+ + +

objects/labels/remove-zones

+

Removes the specified face zones from the existing face zone label for an object.

+ + +

objects/labels/rename

+

Renames the specified face zone label.

+ + +

objects/list

+

Lists details such as cell zone type, priority, object type, comprising face and edge zones, and object reference point for all the defined objects.

+ + +

objects/merge

+

Merges the specified objects into a single object.

+ + +

objects/merge-edges

+

Merges all the edge zones in an object into a single edge zone. If the object is composed of edge zones of different types (boundary and interior), the edge zones of the same type (boundary or interior) will be merged into a single edge zone.

+ + +

objects/merge-nodes

+

Merges the free nodes at the object level based on the specified tolerance or using a tolerance that is a specified percentage of shortest connected edge length.

+ + +

objects/merge-voids

+

Allows you to merge voids in the mesh object after the sewing operation.

+ + +

objects/merge-walls

+

Merges all the face zones of type wall in an object into a single face zone.

+ + +

objects/remove-gaps/

+

Contains options for removing gaps between the mesh objects specified or removing the thickness in the mesh objects specified.

+ + +

objects/remove-gaps/ignore-orientation?

+

Allows you to set whether the orientation of the normals should be taken into account while identifying the gap to be removed.

+ + +

objects/remove-gaps/remove-gaps

+

Allows you to remove gaps between the mesh objects specified or remove the thickness in the mesh objects specified. Select the appropriate repair option and specify the other parameters required.

+ + +

objects/remove-gaps/show-gaps

+

Marks the faces at the gap between mesh objects based on the gap distance and percentage margin specified.

+ + +

objects/rename-cell-zone-boundaries-using-labels

+

Renames the boundaries of the cell zones based on the existing face zone labels. This allows for the cell zone boundaries in solution mode to have names corresponding to the face zone labels in meshing mode. This command will not work if you read in a volume mesh generated in a version prior to release 16.2. In such cases, regenerate the volume mesh before using the command.

+ + +

objects/rename-object

+

Allows you to rename a specified geometry or mesh object with another specified name.

+ + +

objects/rename-object-zones

+

Renames the face and edge zones comprising the object based on the object name. You can also specify the separator to be used.

+ + +

objects/restore-faces

+

Restores the mesh object surface mesh from the backup created. The current mesh object face zones and cell zones will be deleted. If the object backup is disabled (/mesh/auto-mesh-controls/backup-object no), you will not be able to restore the surface mesh using this command. There may be a difference in the initial volume mesh generated for an object and that generated after restoring the object surface mesh due to differences in the order of zones/entities processed during volume meshing.

+ + +

objects/rotate

+

Rotates the object(s) based on the angle of rotation, pivot point, and axis of rotation specified.

+ + +

objects/scale

+

Scales the object(s) based on the scale factors specified.

+ + +

objects/separate-faces-by-angle

+

Separates the face zone(s) comprising the object based on the angle specified.

+ + +

objects/separate-faces-by-seed

+

Separates the face zone(s) comprising the object based on the seed face specified.

+ + +

objects/set/

+

Contains options for setting additional object-related settings.

+ + +

objects/set/set-edge-feature-angle

+

Sets the edge feature angle to be used for extracting edge zone(s) from the face zone(s) included in the object(s).

+ + +

objects/set/show-edge-zones?

+

Displays the edge zone(s) comprising the object(s) drawn in the graphics window.

+ + +

objects/set/show-face-zones?

+

Displays the face zone(s) comprising the object(s) drawn in the graphics window.

+ + +

objects/sew/

+

Contains options related to the object sewing operation. This menu is no longer supported, and will be removed in a future release.

+ + +

objects/sew/sew

+

Connects the mesh objects to generate the conformal surface mesh.

+ + +

objects/sew/set/

+

Contains additional options related to the object sewing operation.

+ + +

objects/sew/set/include-thin-cut-edges-and-faces

+

Allows better recovery of thin region configurations during the sewing operation.

+ + +

objects/sew/set/process-slits-as-baffles?

+

Allows you to collapse the nearly overlapping surfaces corresponding to the baffle when the sew operation is performed to create the mesh object. Specify the maximum slit thickness relative to the minimum size specified and the parallel face angle between the faces comprising the slit when process-slits-as-baffles is enabled.

+ + +

objects/sew/set/zone-name-prefix

+

Allows you to specify a prefix for the zones included in the mesh object created using the sew operation.

+ + +

objects/summary

+

Allows you to obtain a summary of a specified geometry or mesh object, or obtain a summary of all geometry or mesh objects.

+ + +

objects/translate

+

Translates the object(s) based on the translation offsets specified.

+ + +

objects/update

+

Allows you to update the objects defined when the face and/or edge zone(s) comprising the object have been deleted.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/auto-fill-volume

+

Creates the volume mesh for the selected volumetric regions based on the meshing parameters set.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/change-type

+

Enables you to change the region type.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/compute

+

Computes the volumetric regions based on the face zone labels. You can choose to use existing material points for computing the regions. When regions are computed, region names and types will be based on the face zone labels of the mesh object selected. If regions are recomputed, all previous region names and types will be over written.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/delete

+

Deletes the specified volumetric regions.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/delete-cells

+

Deletes the cell zones of the specified regions.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/hexcore/

+

Contains options for setting hexcore mesh controls. See mesh/ +

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/list

+

Prints region information to the console, including type, volume, material point and face zones.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/merge

+

Merges specified regions in to a single region. If there are shared face zones, merging regions will delete the shared face zones. However, if there are cell zones associated with the regions, then merging the regions will not delete the shared face zones. In this case, the shared face zones will be deleted when the cell zones are deleted.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/rename

+

Renames the region.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/scoped-prism/

+

Contains options for setting scoped prism controls.

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/tet/

+

Contains options for setting tetrahedral mesh controls. See mesh/ +

+ + +

objects/volumetric-regions/update

+

Recomputes the selected volumetric region(s) while preserving the region name(s) and type(s).

+ + +

objects/wrap/

+

Contains options related to the object wrapping operation.

+ + +

objects/wrap/check-holes

+

Allows you to check for holes in the objects. The number of hole faces marked will be reported.

+ + +

objects/wrap/recover-periodic-surfaces/

+

+ + +

objects/wrap/recover-periodic-surfaces/auto

+

Performs the automatic periodic recovery method using either the leader or shadow periodic face zones. Periodic recovery will be attempted in both directions without additional prompting.

+ + +

objects/wrap/recover-periodic-surfaces/manual

+

Performs the manual periodic recovery method. You will be prompted for periodic and shadow face zones, and for the periodic source. The periodic source may be from an underlying periodic geometry surface or manual entry of the rotational periodic parameters (angle, origin, axis).

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/

+

Contains additional options related to the object wrapping operation.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/add-geometry-recovery-level-to-zones

+

Enables you to set the geometry recovery level (high or low) for the specified face zones.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/include-thin-cut-edges-and-faces

+

Allows better recovery of thin region configurations during the object wrapping operation.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/list-zones-geometry-recovery-levels

+

Lists the zones based on geometry recovery level specified.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/max-free-edges-for-hole-patching

+

Allows you to set the maximum number of free edges in a loop to fill the holes.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/minimum-relative-topo-area

+

Specifies the minimum relative topological area for shrink wrapping.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/minimum-relative-topo-count

+

Specifies the minimum relative topological count for shrink wrapping.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/minimum-topo-area

+

Specifies the minimum topological area for shrink wrapping.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/minimum-topo-count

+

Specifies the minimum topological count for shrink wrapping.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/relative-feature-tolerance

+

Specifies the relative feature tolerance for shrink wrapping.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/report-holes?

+

Allows you to check for holes in the mesh object created. Holes, if any will be reported at the end of the object wrapping operation.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/resolution-factor

+

Sets the resolution factor for shrink wrapping. This option can be used to set sampling coarser or finer than the final surface mesh.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/shrink-wrap-rezone-parameters

+

Allows you to set the parameters for improving the mesh object surface quality using rezoning. The geometry object zones will be separated based on the separation angle specified to improve the feature imprinting on the mesh object.

+ + +

objects/wrap/set/zone-name-prefix

+

Allows you to specify a prefix for the zones included in the mesh object created using the object wrapping operation.

+ + +

objects/wrap/wrap

+

Creates the mesh objects based on the geometry objects selected and other object wrapping parameters specified.

+ + +

parallel/agglomerate

+

Recombines distributed mesh data into a single partition on compute node 0.

+ + +

parallel/auto-partition?

+

Automatically partitions face-zones for parallel meshing.

+ + +

parallel/print-partition-info

+

Displays computed partition data to the console.

+ + +

parallel/spawn-solver-processes

+

Specifies the number of solver processes. Additional processes will be spawned as necessary when switching to solution mode in Linux with the default MPI. You will also be prompted for (Linux and mixed Windows/Linux) interconnect type, machine list or host file, and (Linux and mixed Windows/Linux) option to be used.

+ + +

parallel/thread-number-control

+

Controls the maximum number of threads on each machine.

+ + +

report/boundary-cell-quality

+

Reports the number and quality limits of boundary cells containing the specified number of boundary faces. If you specify zero for number of boundary faces, you will be prompted for number of boundary nodes.

+ + +

report/cell-distribution

+

Reports the distribution of cell quality or size based on the bounding limits and number of partitions specified.

+ + +

report/cell-quality-limits

+

Reports the cell quality limits.

+ + +

report/cell-size-limits

+

Reports the cell size limits.

+ + +

report/cell-zone-at-location

+

Returns the cell zone at or closest to the specified location.

+ + +

report/cell-zone-volume

+

Reports the volume of the specified cell zone.

+ + +

report/edge-size-limits

+

Reports the edge size limits.

+ + +

report/enhanced-orthogonal-quality?

+

Employs an enhanced definition of the orthogonal quality measure that combines a variety of quality measures, including: the orthogonality of a face relative to a vector between the face and cell centroids; a metric that detects poor cell shape at a local edge (such as twisting and/or concavity); and the variation of normals between the faces that can be constructed from the cell face. This definition is optimal for evaluating thin prism cells.

+ + +

report/face-distribution

+

Reports the distribution of face quality or size based on the bounding limits and number of partitions specified.

+ + +

report/face-node-degree-distribution

+

Reports the distribution of boundary faces based on face node degree. The node degree is the number of faces connected to the node. Specify the list of boundary face zones and the minimum and maximum face node degree to be reported. You can also consider only internal nodes, if required.

+ + +

report/face-quality-limits

+

Reports the face quality limits.

+ + +

report/face-size-limits

+

Reports the face size limits.

+ + +

report/face-zone-area

+

Reports the area of the specified face zone.

+ + +

report/face-zone-at-location

+

Reports the face zone at the given location.

+ + +

report/list-cell-quality

+

Reports a list of cells with the specified quality measure within a specified range. The valid prefixes are bn (boundary node), n (node), bf (boundary face), f (face), and c (cell).

+ + +

report/memory-usage

+

Reports the amount of memory used for all nodes, faces, and cells, and the total memory allocated.

+ + +

report/mesh-size

+

Reports the number of nodes, faces, and cells in the mesh.

+ + +

report/mesh-statistics

+

Writes mesh statistics (such as zone information, number of cells, faces, and nodes, range of quality and size) to an external file.

+ + +

report/neighborhood-quality

+

Reports the maximum skewness, aspect ratio, or size change of all cells using a specified node.

+ + +

report/number-meshed

+

Reports the number of elements that have been meshed.

+ + +

report/print-info

+

Prints information about individual components of the mesh. This command also appears in the boundary menu. When you use this command, you will be prompted for an “entity” (that is, a node, face, or cell). An entity name consists of a prefix and an index. For a description of the displayed information see +

+ + +

report/quality-method

+

Specifies the method to be used for reporting face and cell quality.

+ + +

report/unrefined-cells

+

Reports the number of cells that have not been refined.

+ + +

report/update-bounding-box

+

Updates the bounding box.

+ + +

report/verbosity-level

+

Specifies how much information should be displayed during mesh initialization, refinement and other operations. Changing the value to 2 from the default value of 1 will produce more messages, while changing it to 0 will disable all messages.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/compute

+

Computes the size field based on the defined size functions and/or scoped size controls.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/create

+

Defines the scoped size based on the specified parameters.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/delete

+

Deletes the specified scoped size controls.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/delete-all

+

Deletes all the defined scoped size controls.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/delete-size-field

+

Deletes the current size field.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/list

+

Lists all the defined scoped size controls and the corresponding parameter values defined.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/list-zones-uncovered-by-controls

+

Lists the zones for which no scoped sizing controls have been defined.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/modify

+

Modifies the scoped size control definition.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/read

+

Enables you to read in a scoped sizing file (*.szcontrol).

+ + +

scoped-sizing/validate

+

Validates the scoped sizing controls defined. An error will be reported if the scoped sizing controls do not exist or the scope for one (or more) controls is invalid.

+ + +

scoped-sizing/write

+

Enables you to write a scoped sizing file (*.szcontrol).

+ + +

size-functions/compute

+

Computes the size function based on the defined parameters.

+ + +

size-functions/contours/

+

Contains options for managing contours.

+ + +

size-functions/contours/draw

+

Displays contours in the graphics window. Run compute prior to contours/draw.

+ + +

size-functions/contours/set/

+

Contains options to manage the contour size.

+ + +

size-functions/contours/set/refine-facets?

+

Allows you to specify smaller facets if the original are too large. Default is no.

+ + +

size-functions/create

+

Defines the size function based on the specified parameters.

+ + +

size-functions/create-defaults

+

Creates default size functions based on face and edge curvature and proximity.

+ + +

size-functions/delete

+

Deletes the specified size function or the current size field.

+ + +

size-functions/delete-all

+

Deletes all the defined size functions.

+ + +

size-functions/disable-periodicity-filter

+

Removes periodicity from the size field.

+ + +

size-functions/enable-periodicity-filter

+

Applies periodicity to the size field. Specify the angle, pivot, and axis of rotation to set up periodicity. If periodicity has been previously defined, the existing settings will be applied. Only rotational periodicity is supported, translational periodicity is not supported currently.

+ + +

size-functions/list

+

Lists all the defined size functions and the corresponding parameter values defined.

+ + +

size-functions/reset-global-controls

+

Resets the global controls to their default values.

+ + +

size-functions/set-global-controls

+

Sets the values for the global minimum and maximum size, and the growth rate. If you set the global minimum size to a value greater than the local minimum size defined for existing proximity, curvature, or hard size functions, a warning will appear, indicating that the global minimum size cannot be greater than the specified local minimum size.

+ + +

size-functions/set-prox-gap-tolerance

+

Sets the tolerance relative to minimum size to take gaps into account. Gaps whose thickness is less than the global minimum size multiplied by this factor will not be regarded as a proximity gap.

+ + +

size-functions/set-scaling-filter

+

Allows you specify the scale factor, and minimum and maximum size values to filter the size output from the size field.

+ + +

size-functions/triangulate-quad-faces?

+

Identifies the zones comprising non-triangular elements and uses a triangulated copy of these zones for computing the size functions.

+ + +

size-functions/use-cad-imported-curvature?

+

Allows you to disable curvature data from the nodes of the CAD facets.

+ + +

switch-to-solution-mode

+

Enables you to transfer the mesh data from meshing mode to solution mode in ANSYS Fluent. When you use the switch-to-solution-mode command, you will be asked to confirm that you want to switch to solution mode.

+ + +
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/codegen/tuigen.py b/codegen/tuigen.py index 1cddfa294330..f930f6423799 100644 --- a/codegen/tuigen.py +++ b/codegen/tuigen.py @@ -345,7 +345,8 @@ def generate(self) -> None: def generate(): # pyfluent.set_log_level("WARNING") - _copy_tui_help_xml_file() + if FLUENT_VERSION > "22.2": + _copy_tui_help_xml_file() _populate_xml_helpstrings() TUIGenerator(meshing=True).generate() TUIGenerator(meshing=False).generate()